No preview available
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract - Vol 1 of 2Project No.: TED 4004043 Contract Provisions Contract No.: CAG-19-001 Award Amount: $1,585,247.60 Award Date: March 11, 2019 Award To: R. W. Scott Construction, Co. 4005 West Valley Hwy #A Auburn, WA 98001 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Federal Aid Number: STP(UL)-1201(023) Volume 1 of 2 General Bid Information: Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc. (425) 258-1303 City Contact: Michelle Faltaous (425) 430-7301 Consultant Contact: Tani Stafford, PE (206) 284-0860 Appra ed for Bid City of Renton D te: Submitted by: Approved for Construction City of Renton 3/4/2019 t41--my an oshx-zke, irlur— CONSULTING ENGINEERS Date: Gray & Osborne. Inc 1130 Rainier Avenue South, Suite 300 Seattle. Washington 98144 CITY OF enton W Public Works Department Transportation Systems Division 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, Washington 98057 a CITY OF RENTON Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Table of Contents VOLUME I I. CALL FOR BIDS II. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS 1. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS 2. SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY, CITY OF RENTON 3. SUMMARY OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY, CITY OF RENTON III. PROJECT PROPOSAL 1. * PROJECT PROPOSAL COVER SHEET 2. * PROPOSAL 3. * SCHEDULE OF PRICES 4. * LOCAL AGENCY CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL AID CONTRACTS 5. * NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION 6. * LOCAL AGENCY SUBCONTRACTOR LIST 7. * UDBE UTILIZATION CERTIFICATION 8. * UDBE WRITTEN CONFIRMATION DOCUMENT 9. * PROPOSAL FOR INCORPORATING RECYCLED MATERIALS INTO THE PROJECT 10. * CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION, WAGE LAW COMPLIANCE — RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA, WASHINGTON STATE PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS 11. * PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE 12. * PROPOSAL BID BOND IV. AGREEMENT FORMS 1. ❖ AGREEMENT 2. ❖ CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON 3. ❖ FAIR PRACTICES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY DECLARATION * Submit as part of the bid. ❖ Submit within 10 days after Notice of Award. V. REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS VI. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 1. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1— GENERAL REQUIREMENTS........................................1-1 TO 1-87 DIVISION 2 — EARTHWORK.............................................................2-1 TO 2-12 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Table of Contents Page 1 of 2 2018 DIVISION 3 - AGGREGATE PRODUCTION AND ACCEPTANCE ..................... 3-1 DIVISION 4 - BASES..................................................................................... 4-1 DIVISION 5 - SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS ...............5-1 TO 5-38 DIVISION 6 - STRUCTURES...............................................................6-1 TO 6-4 DIVISION 7 - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS................7-1 TO 7-43 DIVISION 8 - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION ............................8-1 TO 8-38 DIVISION 9 - MATERIALS................................................................9-1 TO 9-65 APPENDICES A - WAGE RATES 1. WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES 2. FEDERAL WAGE RATES B - BORING LOGS (FOR INFORMATION ONLY) Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Table of Contents Page 2 of 2 2018 Addendum No. 1 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Federal Aid Number: STP(UL)-1201(023) Date of Issue: January 29, 2019 Bid Due Date: February 5, 2019 (REMAINS UNCHANGED) Date of Bid Opening: February 5, 2019 (REMAINS UNCHANGED) ATTENTION: ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid Documents for the above -named project are modified as described below. Bidders shall take this Addendum into consideration when preparing and submitting their bids. Bidders shall attach this addendum to their copy of the Contract Documents, and shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Proposal Signature Page. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if the receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be reiected if the Schedule of Prices included in this Addendum is not completed and submitted with the Proposal. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS: 1. PROPOSAL— SCHEDULE OF PRICES REPLACE the Schedule of Prices in the Proposal (5 pages) with the revised Schedule of Prices (5 pages) attached to this Addendum. The Schedule of Prices was revised to reflect the following: • Item No. 25 "ADJUST MANHOLE" quantity was revised. • Item No. 26 "ADJUST CATCH BASIN" quantity was revised. • Item No. 48 "PLASTIC CROSSWALK LINE" quantity was revised. • Item No. 53 "LANDSCAPE BLOCK WALL" quantity was revised. 2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following special provision sections are revised for this contract as follows: • Section 2-09.3(1) General Requirements, located on page SP 2-11, line 1 is supplemented as follows: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 1 January 29, 2019 Page 1 of 5 If the minimum vertical distance between the existing water line and the new utility pipe is less than 6-inches and such installation is approved by the Water Utility, a foam pad shall be placed between the pipes. The pad shall be O.D. x O.D. x 2.5 inches thick minimum or as required to protect the pipes. The above O.D. is equal to the outside diameter of the larger pipe. The pad shall be a polyethylene foam plank per Section 9-05.52. • Section 9-05.52 Foam Plank, located on page SP 9-57, line 25 is added as follows: 9-05.52 Polyethylene Foam Plank Section 9-05.52 is a new section: Foam plank for utility separation shall be a durable polyethylene closed cell foam plank. It shall meet the following material specifications: Phvsicul Prur,riic- TestMelhod Uirertia ViLuc 71ensLty ASTM 11.3575. Sufiez'a, f'd Ikgfm') Niethod &, ISO 045 I 2 ;35.2) 1. i)Mpn lion Set ASTM f33575. Suffix 6 lrcrtiol LS()% compr.I; c 20% EN156 1656 (23'C, 25'% compr.I c 1 D% Carnpreysive Creep ASTM D3575, Suffix BE Vcrti—1 c T D'ti 0' 2.5 pi I ]04D hn UP TIT 123'ClI L17_5 kpa) Compressive Ek-Ge Lion ASTM 03575. Suffix D .overage pu fkpa) 0 10% 7 1501 @ 2514. 9 I a51 B 50% 18 f124E Thermal Stability ASTM 103575, Suffix S; c 1.5'% ISO 2796 c 2% Thermal Cooductivity ASTM 03575, Suffix V; Verti"I 6Tif•infhr-Fr-f EN 21M1;ISO 25b1 jw/.-Kl Q; 75T 424'C I 0.42 10.") (91 2 3 T 4-5-0 0. 37 10.05) Water Absorption ASTM D3575, Suffix L, IWF1' Ikgfm'6 ISO 2096; AST .1 C272 0.3 ; L.SI hg volume 6uog2at ASTM D3575, Suffix AA pcF Lkgfm'y 56193W Ieniile Strengtb 0. peak ASTM MY:5, 5offix T; A"mge paG Ik.Pu) LSO 179E 32 12201 Trn & Elccgation As-rM D3575: Suffix T; Anrage 50% L5O 179S Te2r 517engrh ASTM f335-5 Suffix c; A"mK: Ihlin INimmj 19ILT57 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 1 January 29, 2019 Page 2 of 5 3. PLANS (VOLUME 2 OF 2) REPLACE Site Preparation & TESC Construction Note 2 on Sheets 4/TE-1 through 8/TE-5 with the following: "FURNISH AND INSTALL HIGH VISIBILITY SILT FENCE PER DETAIL, SHEET 9/TE-6" REPLACE High Visibility Fence Standard Plan 1-10.10-01 on Sheets 9/TE-6 with the following: High Visibility Silt Fence Standard Plan 1-30.17-00 DELETE Paving Note 5 from the Plan view on sheet 15/RD-1 near Sta 101+00 RT and near Sta 9+17 RT. DELETE Paving Note 10 from the Plan view on sheet 15/RD-1 near Sta 10+35 RT and at Sta 11+70 LT. DELETE Paving Note 10 from the Plan view on sheet 16/RD-2 near Sta 12+30 RT and Sta 16+65 RT and Sta 16+90 LT. ADD Paving Note 10 in the Plan view on sheet 16/RT-2 at the existing catch basin near Sta 200+60 LT. REPLACE Paving Note 15 in the Plan view on sheet 16/RT near Sta 13+10 RT with Paving Note 13. DELETE Paving Note 10 from the Plan view on sheet 17/RD-3 near Sta 21+10 RT and Sta 22+80 LT, Sta 24+25 LT, Sta 24+95 LT, 26+45 LT and Sta 27+65 LT. DELETE Paving Note 10 from the Plan view on sheet 18/RD-4 in its entirety. DELETE Paving Note 5 from the Plan view on sheet 18/R-4 in its entirety. DELETE Paving Note 10 from the Plan view on sheet 19/RD-5 in its entirety. DELETE Paving Note 5 from the Plan view on sheet 19/RD-5 near Sta 36+00 RT. REPLACE Channelization Note 10 on sheets 33/CH-1 to 37/CH-5 with the following: "CONTRACTOR SHALL PAINT ISLAND CURBS WHITE WHERE LOCATED ALONG THE RIGHT- HAND EDGE OF THE TRAVEL LANES, AND SHALL PAINT ISLAND CURBS YELLOW WHERE LOCATED ALONG THE LEFT-HAND EDGE OF THE TRAVEL LANES." Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 1 January 29, 2019 Page 3 of 5 REPLACE General Note 3 on sheets 33/CH-1 to 37/CH-5 with the following: "ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL BE THERMOPLASTIC UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE." DELETE the plastic crosswalk lines from the S 13211 Street leg of the Renton Ave S/132nd Street intersection on sheet 34/CH-2. DELETE the R1-6A signs from the median island at the Renton Ave S/132nd Street intersection on sheet 34/CH-2. ADD the following sentences to the end of General Note #3 on sheet 34/CH- "NOTE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD 29 IS MOUNTED ON POLE #4 (NOT POLE #3 AS SHOWN ON 138.2). WIRING SHALL BE ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY." REPLACE Legend Item "DECORATIVE SIGNAL POLE, TYPE PPB OR I" on sheet 44/TS1 with the following: "DECORATIVE SIGNAL POLE, TYPE PPB". SHIFT pedestrian signal head #29 on sheet 44/TS1 from signal pole #3 to signal pole #4. REPLACE Construction Note #3 on sheet 44/TS1 with the following: "NOT USED". ADD the following to the end of General Note #2 on sheet 44/TS1: ", EXCEPT SIGNAL HEAD ASSIGNMENT NOTE #2 SHALL STATE MOUNTING TYPE "E" INSTEAD OF MOUNTING TYPE "D"." DELETE Conduit Run 16 from the plan on sheet 44/TS1. SHIFT pedestrian signal head #29 on sheet 45/TS2 from signal pole #3 to signal pole #4 in the NE Corner Detail. REPLACE Construction Note #3 in the NE Corner Detail on sheet 45/TS2 with Construction Note #2 REPLACE Wire Note #3 in the NE Corner Detail on sheet 45/TS2 with Wire Note #4. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 1 January 29, 2019 Page 4 of 5 REPLACE Wire Note #1 in the Wiring Schedule on sheet 45/TS2 with the following: "THREE (3) V/P HEAD 5C AND ONE (1) GROUND #8 CONDUCTORS." REPLACE Wire Note #3 in the Wiring Schedule on sheet 45/TS2 with the following: "NOT USED". DELETE Conduit Run 16 from the Wiring Schedule on sheet 45/TS2. DELETE the Type PS Ped Head Standard elevation near the center of the Sheet 46/TS3. REPLACE the pole Type for signal pole #3 on sheet 46/TS3 with "PPB". DELETE the G1 Pole Attachment Point Angle for signal pole #3 on sheet 46/TS3 of the word "TOP". ADD "270" to the G1 Pole Attachment Point Angle for signal pole #4 on sheet 46/TS3. ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REMAIN IN EFFECT. CITY OF RENTON Robert . Hanson, P.E. Transportation Design Manager Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 1 January 29, 2019 Page 5 of 5 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SCHEDULE OF PRICES ►� '� Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY RESURFACING 1 Unexpected Site Changes (1-04.4(1)) CALC 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 2 Record Drawings (Minimum Bid $500) (1-05.18) LS 1 3 Roadway Surveying (1-05.4) LS 1 4 Licensed Surveying (1-05.4) FA 1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 5 ADA Feature Surveying (1-05.4) LS 1 6 SPCC Plan (1-07.15(1)) LS 1 7 Mobilization (1-09.7) LS 1 8 Portable Changeable Message Sign (1-10.5) HR 3,720 9 Project Temporary Traffic Control (1-10.5) LS 1 10 Clearing and Grubbing (2-01.5) AC 0.21 11 Removal of Structures and Obstructions (2-02.5) LS 1 12 Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul (2-03.5) Cy 310 13 Gravel Borrow, Incl. Haul (2-03.5) TN 110 14 Unsuitable Foundation Excavation, Incl. Haul (2-03.5) Cy 10 15 Locate Existing Utilities (2-09.5) LS 1 16 Controlled Density Fill (2-09.5) Cy 10 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 1 of 5R 2018 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SCHEDULE OF PRICES ►� '� Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. 17 Crushed Surfacing Top Course (4-04.5) TN 320 ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION 18 Planing Bituminous Pavement (5-04.5) Sy 21,000 19 Pavement Repair Excavation, Incl. Haul (5-04.5) SY 420 20 HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 64-22 (5-04.5) TN 4,050 21 Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment (5-04.5) CALC 1 $0.00 $0.00 22 Compaction Price Adjustment (5-04.5) CALC 1 $0.00 $0.00 23 CPEP Storm Sewer Pipe, 12 In. Diam. (Incl. Bedding) (5-04.5) LF 90 24 Catch Basin, Type 1 (7-05.5) EA 2 25 Adjust Manhole (7-05.5) EA 2 26 Adjust Catch Basin (7-05.5) EA 8 27 Trench Excavation Safety Systems (7-08.5) LS 1 28 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill (7-08.5) TN 60 29 Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul (7-08.5) Cy 55 30 Removal of Unsuitable Material (Trench) (7-09.5) Cy 5 31 Television Inspection (7-12.5) LS 1 32 Adjust Meter Box (7-15.5) EA 3 33 Adjust Valve Box (7-15.5) EA 3 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 2 of 5R 2018 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SCHEDULE OF PRICES ►� '� Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. 34 Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching (8-01.5) Sy 100 ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION 35 Erosion/Water Pollution Control (8-01.5) LS 1 36 Topsoil, Type A (8-02.5) Cy 60 37 Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter (8-04.5) LF 990 38 Cement Conc. Driveway Entrance (8-06.5) Sy 40 39 Cement Conc. Driveway Repair (8-06.5) Sy 10 40 Raised Pavement Marker, Type 1 (8-09.5) HD 39 41 Raised Pavement Marker, Type 2 (8-09.5) HD 5 42 Adjust Monument Case and Cover (8-13.5) EA 2 43 Cement Conc. Sidewalk (8-14.5) Sy 215 44 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp (8-14.5) EA 9 45 Video Detection (8-20.5) LS 1 46 Permanent Signing (8-21.5) LS 1 47 Plastic Line (8-22.5) LF 660 48 Plastic Crosswalk Line (8-22.5) SF 107 49 Plastic Stop Line (8-22.5) LF 60 50 Plastic Traffic Arrow (8-22.5) EA 10 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 3 of 5R 2018 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SCHEDULE OF PRICES ►� '� Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. 51 Plastic Yield Lane Symbol (8-22.5) EA 6 ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION SECTION Temporary Pavement Marking —Short 52 (8-23.5) LF 16,500 Duration 53 Landscape Block Wall (8-24.5) SF 60 TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULE A = ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION SCHEDULE B - WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS 100 Trench Excavation Safety Systems (7-09.5) LS 1 101 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill (7-09.5) TN 300 102 Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul (7-09.5) CY 400 103 DI Water Main Pipe, 8 In. Diann. (7-09.5) LF 540 104 Connection to Existing Water Main (7-09.5) EA 2 105 Additional Ductile Iron Fittings (7-09.5) LB 500 106 Gate Valve, 8 In. (7-12.5) EA 1 107 Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly (7-12.5) EA 1 108 Fire Hydrant Assembly (7-14.5) EA 2 109 Service Connection, 1 In. Diann. (7-15.5) EA 5 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 4 of 5R 2018 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SCHEDULE OF PRICES ►� '� Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULE B = I'EOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION >CHEDULE C - HAWK SIGNAL 200 Pedestrian Hydbrid Beacons (Hawk) Signal (8-20.5) LS 1 System, Complete TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULE C = TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULES A, B AND C = *NOTE: All applicable sales tax shall be included in the unit and lump sum bid price per section 1-07.2(1) and WAC 458-20-171. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 5 of 5R 2018 POST- SEE STD. SPEC. 8-01.3(9)A NOTES i �Z GEOTEXTILE BACKFILLED & COMPACTED NATIVE SOIL BURY GEOTEXTILE IN TRENCH Ic .I FASTEN GEOTEXTILE TO POST EVERY 6" (IN.) O.C. 4 a SELF-LOCKING TIE -NYLON 6/6 (MIN. GRADE), 120# MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH, UV STABILIZED a �2 NOTE DURING EXCAVATION, MINIMIZE DISTURBING THE GROUND AROUND TRENCH AS MUCH AS IS FEASIBLE, AND SMOOTH SURFACE FOLLOWING EXCAVATION TO AVOID CONCENT- RATING FLOWS. COMPACTION MUST BE ADEQUATE TO PREVENT UNDERCUTTING FLOWS. TYPICAL INSTALLATION DETAIL 4 N (STEEL POSTS SHOWN) SEE NOTE 1 Q� 1. Install the ends of the high visibility silt fence to point slightly upslope to prevent sediment from flowing around the ends of the fence. 2. Perform maintenance in accordance with Standard Specifications 8-01.3(9)A and 8-01.3(15). 3. Splices shall never be placed in low spots or sump locations. If splices are located in low or sump areas, the fence may need to be reinstalled unless the Project Engineer approves the installation. 4. Install silt fencing parallel to mapped contour lines. SEE NOTE 1 GEOTEXTILE FOR HIGH VISIBILITY SILT FENCE COLOR - ORANGE - SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-33.2 (1), TABLE 6 POST - WOOD OR STEEL (TYPICAL) TYPICAL HIGH VISIBILITY SILT FENCE WITHOUT BACKUP SUPPORT ISOMETRIC (STEEL POSTS SHOWN) FASTEN GEOTEXTILE TO POST EVERY 6" (IN.) O.C. FABRIC (GEOTEXTILE) (TYPICAL) HIGH VISIBILITY SILT FENCE / a STANDARD PLAN 1-30.17-00 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET SPLICED FENCE SECTIONS SHALL BE CLOSE ENOUGH TOGETHER TO PREVENT SILT LADEN WATER FROM ESCAPING THROUGH THE APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION FENCE AT THE OVERLAP. JOINING SECTIONS SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN LOW SPOTS OR IN SUMP LOCATIONS. Pasco Bakoflch III 3122113 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE SPLICE DETAIL T Washington State Department of Transportation(WOOD POSTS SHOWN) -„ Date of Issue: Bid Due Date: Date of Bid Opening Addendum No. 2 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Federal Aid Number: STP(UL)-1201(023) February 1, 2019 February 12, 2019 (CHANGED FROM DATE IN CALL FOR BIDS) February 13, 2019 (CHANGED FROM DATE IN CALL FOR BIDS) ATTENTION: ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid Documents for the above -named project are modified as described below. Bidders shall take this Addendum into consideration when preparing and submitting their bids. Bidders shall attach this addendum to their copy of the Contract Documents, and shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Proposal Signature Page. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if the receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if the Schedule of Prices included in this Addendum is not completed and submitted with the Proposal. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS: 1. BID DUE DATE AND BID OPENING DATE Sealed bids will be received by the City of Renton, at the City Clerk's Office, located on the 7th floor of Renton City Hall, until 10:30 AM on Tuesday, February 12, 2019. All supplemental documents, that are allowed to be submitted after this date and time, shall be delivered to the City Clerk's Office. The bids will be opened and publicly read at 11:30 AM on Wednesday, February 13, 2019 in room #511, located on the 5th floor of Renton City Hall. Renton City Hall is located at 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057. 2. FUTURE ADDENDA A future addendum is planned the week of Monday, February 3, 2019, that will be revising select sections of the Special Provisions and the Schedule of Prices. ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REMAIN IN EFFECT. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 2 February 1, 2019 Page 1 of 2 CITY Of RENTON 'Robert M. Hanson, P.E. Transportation Design Manager Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 2 February 1, 2019 Page 2 of 2 Date of Issue: Bid Due Date: Date of Bid Opening Addendum No. 3 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Federal Aid Number: STP(UL)-1201(023) February 5, 2019 February 12, 2019 (CHANGED FROM DATE IN CALL FOR BIDS) February 13, 2019 (CHANGED FROM DATE IN CALL FOR BIDS) ATTENTION: ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid Documents for the above -named project are modified as described below. Bidders shall take this Addendum into consideration when preparing and submitting their bids. Bidders shall attach this addendum to their copy of the Contract Documents, and shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Proposal Signature Page. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if the receipt of Addenda are not acknowledged. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if the Schedule of Prices included in this Addendum is not completed and submitted with the Proposal. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS: 1. PROPOSAL— SCHEDULE OF PRICES REPLACE the Schedule of Prices in the Proposal (5 pages) with the revised Schedule of Prices (5 pages) attached to this Addendum. The Schedule of Prices was revised to reflect the following: • Item No. 108 "FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY" quantity was revised. • Item No 201 "WIRELESS INTERCONNECT" bid item was added. • Sales Tax was added to Schedule B 2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following special provision sections are revised for this contract as follows: • Section 1-10.3(3)M Uniformed Police Officer, located on page SP 1-86, line 6 is ADDED as follows: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 1 of 10 "1-10.3(3)M Uniformed Police Officer Section 1-10.3(3)M is a new section: The Contractor shall arrange for uniformed police officers that are off duty to be present for the following: 1. For all activities within 150 feet of signalized intersections where the operation of the signal will be adversely affected. 2. Countermanding a traffic signal indication at a signalized intersection. 3. Directing vehicle and pedestrian traffic when a traffic signal indication is turned off or inoperative. 4. For all other conditions where the Engineer deems it necessary for safety, including Work during hours of darkness. The Contractor shall identify the use of uniformed police officers on the Traffic Control Plan(s). The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to use of uniformed police officers. The Contractor may contact the City of Renton Police Department to inquire about uniformed police officers that may be interested in performing off duty work or contract with a business, licensed in the State of Washington, that provides Security Guards and Patrol Services." • Section 6-07.2 Materials, located on page SP 6-2, between line 5 and 6 DELETE the table "Paint Color/Paint System Table" and all paragraphs "Galvanizing, Decorative Signal Poles, Decorative Luminaires" below and REPLACE with the following: Paint Color/Paint System Table Specification Section Item Paint Color Paint System 9-29.6(1)A Decorative Signal Poles Type II RAL 9005TX Refer to specification and III and associated sub- "Jet Black" below assemblies and terminal cabinets 9-29.6(1)B Decorative Luminaire Poles RAL 9005TX Refer to specification and Bases "Jet Black" below 9-29.6(1)C Decorative Signal Poles Type RAL 9005TX Refer to specification PPB and associated sub- "Jet Black" below assemblies 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires RAL 9005TX Refer to specification "Jet Black" below 9-29.18(3) Video Detection System RAL 9005TX Refer to specification "Jet Black" below Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 2 of 10 Decorative Signal and Luminaire Poles and Sub -Assemblies Paint Specifications Steel poles and sub -assemblies shall be factory galvanized, primed and painted with polyester. Powder coating per Section 6-07 and Section 9-08 of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor is to purchase a one gallon sample from the pole manufacturer for use as a color match for the Engineer's approval prior to factory finish coating. Decorative Luminaires, Terminal Cabinets, and Video Detection Systems Paint Specifications All decorative luminaire housings, signal pole terminal cabinets shall be factory primed and painted with polyester powder coating to meet ASTM-B-117/D-2247 requirements to salt spray and humidity resistance. The video detection system mounting hardware shall be painted by manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall provide a sample to the Engineer for approval prior to factory finish coating. Contractor shall provide one gallon of touch-up paint to the City. Galvanizing All fabricated steel components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 123. All steel hardware components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 153. Aluminum materials surface shall be prepared per ASTM D1730 — 09 and factory powder coated per Section 9-08.2 of the Standard Specifications. • Section 7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade, the seventh paragraph of this Section on page SP 7-6, lines 16 through 39 is DELETED and REPLACED with the following: In asphalt concrete pavement: manholes shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each manhole shall be carefully located from references previously established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and base material shall be removed to permit removal of the cover per Standard Plan — 106 except note 1 shall be replaced with "REMOVE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIALS FOR A DISTANCE WHICH IS EQUAL TO THE DIAMETER OF THE FRAME PLUS ONE FOOT. ADJUST CASTING FRAME TO PAVEMENT SURFACE USING RISER RINGS AND MORTAR." The manhole shall then be brought to proper grade utilizing the same methods of construction as for the manhole itself. The cast iron frame shall be placed on a full course of mortar and adjusted to finish grade. The excavated material Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 3 of 10 shall be replaced and completed per the City of Renton Standard Plan 106 in the Plans. The complete patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and the existing pavement shall then be carefully painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies per Standard Plan 106. All joints between the cone, adjustment rings, and frame shall be fully mortared and struck clean with a trowel. The use of shims, wedges, or blocks is prohibited. • Section 8-20.4 Measurement, on page SP 8-32, lines 25 through 29 are DELETED and REPLACED with the following: When shown as lump sum in the Plans or in the proposal as "Wireless Interconnect" no specific unit of measure will apply, but measurement shall be for the sum total of all items for a complete system to be furnished and installed per lump sum. • Section 8-20.5 Payment, on page SP 8-32, lines 38 through 42 are DELETED and REPLACED with the following: "Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (HAWK) Signal System, Complete", per lump sum. "Wireless Interconnect", per lump sum. • Section 8-20.5 Payment, on page SP 8-32, lines 44 and 45 REPLACE the phrase "Installation of Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (HAWK) Signal System, Complete" with the following: "Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (HAWK) Signal System, Complete" • Section 8-20.5 Payment, on page SP 8-33, lines 27 through 31 are DELETED and REPLACED with the following: "Wireless Interconnect" lump sum shall be full pay for the construction of a partial wireless interconnect system at the Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (HAWK) Signal System location at the intersection of Renton Avenue South and S 132nd Street as specified in Section 9-29.22 to include furnishing, installing, and testing all equipment for a partial wireless interconnect system. • Section 9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes, on page SP 9-3, after line 11 ADD the following: Junction boxes shall be marked for use in accordance with the following schedule: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 4 of 10 System Type: Legend Illumination: LT Traffic Signal: TS Interconnect Only: COMM • Section 9-29.3(2)J Cable for Vehicle Video Detection Cameras, on page SP 9-5, DELETE lines 33 through 41 in its entirety. • Section 9-29.6(1)C Signal Poles Type PPB, on page SP 9-7, ADD the following: 9-29.6(1)C Signal Poles Type PPB Section 9-29.6(1)C is added as follows: Type PPB signal poles shall be as noted on the approved Plans. Pole and its subassemblies color shall be per Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. • Section 9-29.13 Traffic Signal Controllers, on page SP 9-9, DELETE this Section in its entirety and REPLACE with the attached (24 pages) Section 9-29.13 Control Cabinet Assemblies. • Section 9-29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads, on page SP 9-41, REVISE the first paragraph as shown below (added text is italicized): Vehicular signal heads shall have McCain 12-inch lens sizes or approved equivalent unless shown otherwise on the signal Plans. • Section 9-29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads, on page SP 9-41, DELETE the second paragraph in its entirety. • Section 9-29.18 Vehicle Detector, on page SP 9-45, ADD the following new section: 9-29.18 VEHICLE DETECTOR 9-29.18(3) Video Detection System This Section is a new section: The video detection camera mounting hardware shall be painted per Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. The fully functional video Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 5 of 10 detection systems shall be provided and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit complete equipment list to the City Engineer for approval prior to the system's purchase. The video detection system shall be capable of providing presence vehicle detection and shall be expandable without removing or replacing existing units. All materials furnished during construction for temporary and permanent detection shall be new, unused, current production models and shall be items currently in distribution. The video detection system shall have a minimum 18-month warranty (from the time of permanent installation) against manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship from the date of shipment. The Contractor shall supply the warranty and all documentation necessary to maintain and operate the system to the COR Transportation Operations Maintenance Representative prior to approval of the video detection system by the Transportation Operations Maintenance Manager. The Video Detection System shall consist of ITERIS video detection equipment, auxiliary equipment, cameras, housings, and mounts, and all required mounting hardware, cables, connectors, and wiring. The video detection equipment shall be of the quantities shown in the Plans, and shall meet the following specifications (The contractor shall submit to the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop Representative a detailed summary of video detection equipment prior to placing an order): Camera: Vantage Vector color camera with video and radar sensor fusion and with integrated weatherproof housing or approved equivalent. Mounting: The camera shall be mounted on a mast arm per manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall have approval for the mounting location from the Transportation Operations Maintenance Manager prior to installation. Video Detection Board: Iteris Dual Camera Processor or approved equivalent that operable with the Vantage Vector Camera Monitoring: Include (1) shelf mounted 9" LCD color monitor and (1) computer optical USB mouse at each signal. Modem: Edge Connect Network Modem Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 6 of 10 Surge Suppression: Each camera assembly shall have a surge suppressor which shall be installed inside the traffic signal controller cabinet. The surge suppressor shall be an EDCO CX06-BNCY or approved equivalent meeting these specifications: Peak Surge Current 5Ka Technology Hybrid, Solid State Attenuation 0.1dB @ 10 Mhz Response Time <1 nanosecond Protection Line to Ground Clamp Voltage 6 V Connectors BNC Impedance 75 ohms Environmental -40°F to 185°F Mechanical 4%" x 1%" x 1%" • Section 9-29.22 Wireless Interconnect, the seventh paragraph of this Section on page SP 9-47, ADD the following on line 42: 9-29.22 Wireless Interconnect (New Section) This section is supplemented with the following: Contractor shall furnish, install and test a partial wireless interconnect system to include radio, antenna, antenna mount and connecting cable at: • Renton Ave S/S 132nd St (Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon) The Contractor shall demonstrate that the wireless interconnect components installed function properly (i.e., radio and antenna operation and connectivity). Wireless interconnect shall be Intuicom's Integrated Nitro58n wireless interconnect system, including all equipment for a functioning wireless interconnect system, or approved equivalent. The wireless interconnect system shall be a broadband product capable of the following specifications. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 7 of 10 General Specifications: • PoE Standard: IEEE 802.3af/at • Ethernet:10/100/1000base-TX • Geolocation: Embedded GPS • Size: 13.2 inches X 13.2 inches x 3.5 inches • Weight 4.0 Ibs • Antenna Included: Dual Polarized Panel • Environmental: -40 to +70 degrees C (IP67) Wireless Interface: • Wireless Protocols: IEEE 802.11a/n • Frequency Range: 5.150 — 5.825Ghz • Data Rate: 300Mbps/600Mbps (dual) • Receive Sensitivity: -97 to -74dBm • Channel Widths 20, 40MHz • Modulations: OFDM, BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM • MIMO:2x2:2 • Topology: Point -to -Point, Point-to-Multipoint • Dynamic Frequency Selection: Automatic or User Configurable Security: • Capable of being secured with multiple types of encryption to prevent non -authorized access 0 802.11i WPA-PSK 0 802.11i WPA2-PSK 0 802.11i WPA-EAP 0 802.11i WPA2-WAP 0 802.11i TKIP 0 802.11i AES-CCM 0 802.11i 802.1X 0 802.11i —RSN 0 Radius authentication 0 Mac Access Control List 0 128/256 Encryption The connecting cable between the radio unit in the signal controller cabinet and the antenna shall be a shielded Category 5 cable provided by the manufacturer. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 8 of 10 The antenna mounting bracket shall be per manufacturer's recommendation. It shall be fully articulating and capable of mounting to a signal mast arm or shaft of a signal standard. • Section 9-30.4 Construction Requirements, located on page SP 9-57, lines 2 through 10 are DELETED and REPLACED with the following: Relocated signs shall be installed on new galvanized steel posts per the detail shown in the Plans or attached to light poles where noted on the Plans. 3. PLANS (VOLUME 2 OF 2) • ADD Site Preparation & TESC Construction Note 12 to the Plan view 8/TE-5 at Sta 35+80, 35' LT and at Sta 36+70, 34' LT. • ADD the following to the detail title for Modified Standard Plan 103 on sheet 23/RD-9: "AND PAVEMENT REPAIR DETAIL" • ADD Construction Note 10 to sheet 44/TS1 as follows: "INSTALL WIRELESS INTERCONNECT EQUIPMENT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. RADIO UNIT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONTROLLER CABINET. ANTENNA WITH MOUNTING SHALL BE INSTALLED ON SIGNAL MAST ARM OF SIGNAL STANDARD #1 ONE FOOT AWAY FROM SIGNAL STANDARD SHAFT. CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED FROM RADIO TO ANTENNA THROUGH CONDUIT RUNS 2 AND 6 IN WIRING SCHEDULE." • ADD Construction Note 10 label to NW Corner Detail on 45/TS2 at signal standard #1 adjacent to Construction Note 1. • ADD Construction Note 10 label to NW Corner Detail on 45/TS2 at controller cabinet adjacent to Construction Note 5. 4. FUTURE ADDENDA • A future addendum is planned that will update Appendix A — Wage Rates. ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REMAIN IN EFFECT. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 9 of 10 CITY OF RENTON 'fiobert M. Hanson, P.E. Transportation Design Manager Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 3 February 5, 2019 Page 10 of 10 Addendum No. 3 9-29.13 CONTROL CABINET ASSEMBLIES 9-29.13(1) Environmental, Performance and Test Standards for Solid State Traffic Controller This Section is supplemented by adding the following: s The traffic signal controller assemblies, including the traffic signal controller, auxiliary control equipment and cabinet shall be shop tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Testing and check-out of all timing circuits, phasing and signal operation shall be at the City of Renton Signal Shop, Renton, Washington. The contractor shall give the city of Renton Signal Shop at least one week notice in advanced for lead time to delivery. The contractor shall deliver the controller and cabinet to the shop and shall pick up the units at the end of the test period, deliver to the job site, and install. Allow for three weeks for testing. The Signal Shop will make space available to the Contractor for the required test demonstrations. The Contractor shall assemble the cabinet and related signal control equipment ready for testing. A complete demonstration by the Contractor of all integrated components satisfactorily functioning shall start the test period. Any malfunction shall stop the test period until all parts are satisfactorily operating. The test shall be extended until a minimum of 72 hours continuous satisfactory performance of the entire integrated system has been demonstrated. The demonstration by the Contractor to the Engineer of all components functioning properly shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility relative to the proper functioning of all aforestated control gear when field installed. 9-29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall give fourteen (14) calendar days written notice to the Engineer prior to delivering the signal control equipment to the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop. The equipment shall be delivered far enough in advance of actual need to allow for testing by the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop. This may involve retesting because of failures or rejections. The COR Transportation Maintenance Shop may require thirty-five (35) calendar days for testing the signal control equipment. This time will increase if the equipment does not meet the contract requirements or is incomplete. If more than thirty-five (35) calendar days are required for any individual testing or retesting by the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop, an extension of time will be considered in accordance with Section 1-08.8. Addendum No. 3 Tests in environment chamber will only be run as needed for type changes. Upon successful completion of testing by the COR Transportation Maintenance Department, the signal controller equipment shall be available for pickup. A certificate verifying environmental testing, if required, shall be supplied in the cabinet to the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop for each respective control cabinet. The Contractor shall notify the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop in writing a minimum of fourteen (14) calendar days before the Contractor is ready to pick up the signal controller cabinet. The Contractor shall not pick up the controller cabinet from COR Transportation Maintenance Shop until the electrical service is energized and all site preparation required to install the controller cabinet is complete. Documentation A complete documentation set shall be furnished with the control equipment prior to the start of testing. It shall include the following: • Serial numbers when applicable. • Written certification that equipment of the same make and model has been tested according to NEMA Environmental Standards and Test Procedures, and has met or exceeded these standards. The certificate shall include equipment model number and where, when, and by whom the tests were conducted. This certificate shall accompany each shipment of controllers. • The Contractor shall provide wiring diagrams, including a USB flash drive containing the diagrams for all controllers in AutoCAD Release 2018 or later and two blue -tone prints for each controller and cabinet supplied. The sheet size shall be 22 inches by 34 inches. • Wiring diagrams for all auxiliary equipment furnished. One set per cabinet. • Complete operations and maintenance manuals including complete and correct software listing and flow charts, five sets of operations and maintenance manuals per cabinet, and five sets of software listings and flow charts. • Complete operations and maintenance manuals for all auxiliary equipment. One set per cabinet. • The operational and maintenance manuals for each traffic signal controller supplied including as a minimum, but not to be limited to the following: Detailed instructions for maintaining all hardware components, controller, and auxiliary equipment; a complete parts list detailing all manufacturer's identification codes; detailed wiring 2 Addendum No. 3 diagrams and schematics indicating voltage levels and pictorial description, part name, and location for all hardware components, controller, and auxiliary equipment. The supplier has 5 working days to repair or replace any components that fail during the testing process at no cost to the Contracting Agency. All failed or rejected equipment shall be removed from the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop within seven (7) calendar days following notification; otherwise, the failed or rejected equipment will be returned, freight collect, to the Contractor. 9-29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller This Section is revised with the following: The NEMA controller shall be a Siemens Eagle Model EPAC300-M62 with a USB Data module with a hand-held Display Unit. Two Input/Output configurations shall be provided: a. NEMATS-2 Type 1 for serial connection to cabinet Bus Interface Unit. b. NEMA TS-2 Type 2 for direct parallel connection to load switches and detectors. In addition to NEMA requirements, the controller shall provide the following: a. Built-in 10 Base-T Ethernet with RJ-45 connector on controller front panel. b. Built-in Internet Protocol (IP) address assigned by Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), one unique IP address for each controller. C. Built-in Infrared (IR) wireless port compatible with Microsoft Windows for Pocket PC Infrared RAW mode. d. Built-in 1200 bps Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) modem. Modem is optional per Agency specification. Choice of 2 or 4 wire operation per Agency specification. e. Built-in EIA-232 port for uploading and downloading applications software, as well as to update the operating system. 3 Addendum No. 3 f. Built-in C60 connector for use with removable Keyboard and Display, Personal Computer COM1 or Personal Digital Assistant (PDA). C60 protocol per Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE ATC standard. 9-29.13(4) Traffic Signal Controller Software This Section is supplemented as follows: The controller shall have Siemens SE -PAC HAWK 10 Firmware 3.34G and shall also be completely operable with TACTICS central system. 9-29.13(5) Flashing Operations The following items in this Section are revised as follows: 2. Police Panel Switch. When the flash -automatic switch located behind the police panel door is turned to the flash position, the signals shall immediately revert to flash and remove power from the controller. When the switch is placed on automatic, power shall be applied to the controller to initiate start-up sequence. 3. Cabinet Switches. When the flash -automatic switch located inside the controller cabinet is placed in the flash position, the signals shall immediately revert to flash; however, the controller shall continue to function. When the flash -automatic switch is placed in the automatic position, the controller shall immediately resume normal cyclic operation. Adjacent to the flash -automatic switch shall be a controller on -off switch. If the flash -automatic switch is in the automatic position and the controller on -off switch is placed in the OFF position, the signals shall immediately revert to flash. 5. Conflict Monitor. Upon sensing conflicting signals or unsatisfactory operation voltages, the conflict monitor shall immediately cause the signal to revert to flash; however, the controller shall stop time at the point of conflict. After the conflict monitor has been reset, the controller shall immediately take command of the signal displays. The following is a supplement: 6. Flash unit shall be a two -circuit type, capable of switching loads up to 1,000 watts per circuit alternately at a rate of 60 flashes per minute per circuit, plus or minus two flashes per minute. n Addendum No. 3 9-29.13(6) Emergency Pre-emption This Section is replaced with: Immediately after a valid call has been received, the preemption controls shall cause the signals to display the required clearance intervals and subsequent preemption intervals. Preemption shall sequence as noted in the contract. Preemption equipment shall be installed so that internal wiring of the controller, as normally furnished by the manufacturer, is not altered. Termination of the pre-emption sequence shall NOT place a call on all vehicle and pedestrian phases. Pre-emption indicators, if required, shall turn on when the controller reaches the pre-empted phase. Emergency vehicle pre-emption shall be furnished as modules that plug directly into a rack wired to accept GTT Opticom discriminator type units. The pre-emption system operation shall be compatible with the 764 GTT company "Opticom" system which the City of Renton is currently using and shall be capable of being activated by the same transmitters and GPS opticom antenna. The optical signal discriminator system shall enable an authorized vehicle to remotely control traffic control signals from a distance of up to 1800 feet (0.54 kilometers) along an unobstructed "line of sight" path or within range of the antenna if the vehicle is equipped with a GPS receiver. The system shall cause the traffic signals controller to move into an appropriate fire pre-emption program. This optical discriminator shall interface to the 562 software, for field programmability. It shall consist of the following components: Optical energy detectors which shall be mounted on the traffic signal mast arms and shall receive the optical energy emitter's signal. There shall also be a GPS antenna on the signal pole located closest to the traffic signal controller cabinet and shall receive a GPS signal. 2. Discriminators which shall cause the signal controller to go into internal pre-emption which will give the authorized vehicle the right of way in the manner shown on the phase sequence diagram. 3. Pre-emption Indicator Lights. Optical Detector Shall be of solid state construction. 4". Addendum No. 3 2. Fittings shall meet the specifications of the system manufacturer to facilitate ease of installation. 3. Shall operate over an ambient temperature range of -40°F to +180°F (- 40°C to +85°C). 4. Shall have internal circuitry encapsulated in a semi -flexible compound and shall be impervious to moisture. 5. Shall respond to the optical energy impulses generated by a pulsed Xenon source with a pulse energy density of 0.8 micro joule per square meter at the detector, a rise time less than one microsecond and half power point pulse width on not less than thirty microseconds. Discriminator When a pre-emption detector detects an emergency vehicle, the phase selector shall hold the controller in the required phase or advance directly to that phase after observing all vehicle clearances. The phase selector shall hold the controller in the phase selected until the detector no longer detects the emergency vehicle. When the phase selector is responding to one detector, it shall not respond to any other detector until calls from the first detector are satisfied. Indicator lights shall indicate power on, signal being received, channel called. Switches shall control system power and simulate detector calls for each phase. Phase selectors shall be able to validate both IR detectors and GPS enabled receivers. 9-29.13(7) Wiring Diagrams This Section is modified and supplemented by retaining the first three sentences and replacing the remainder with: The controller cabinet shall have a waterproof envelope with a side access attached to the inside of the cabinet door. There shall be four complete sets of controller cabinet schematics as well as manuals for all assemblies and sub- assemblies. The controller cabinet schematics shall include the intersection name, and an intersection diagram that shall include intersection phasing and loop assignments. There shall be a USB flash drive containing the controller cabinet schematics in AutoCAD Release 2018 or later digital file format. Addendum No. 3 9-29.13(9) Radio Interference Suppressors This Section is supplemented by adding the following: A Cornell-Dubiler radio interference filter NF 10801-1 30 amps or approved equivalent shall be used to filter the A.C. power. Additionally, all power supplies shall have noise immunity from other devices within the cabinet. 9-29.13(10) NEMA, Type 170E, 2070 Controllers And Cabinets The following auxiliary equipment shall be furnished and installed in each cabinet for NEMAtraffic-actuated controllers: Flasher The cabinet shall come with one (1) flasher. The flasher shall be discrete type and have LED indications. The flasher shall be PDC model SSF-87 or approved equivalent. Flasher Transfer Relay The cabinet shall come with eight (8) heavy duty flash transfer relays. The relays shall be Detrol Controls model 295 or approved equivalent. Load Switches The cabinet shall come with sixteen (16) load switches. All load switches shall be discreet type and have LED indications for both the input and output side of the load. The load switches shall be PDC model SSS-871/0 or approved equivalent. Bus Interface Unit (BIU700) The cabinet shall come with four (4) bus interface units (BIU) 1/2 width. These shall meet all the requirements of NEMATS-2 1988 standards. In addition, all BIUs shall provide separate front panel indicator LEDs for DC power status and SDLC Port 1 transmit and receive status. The BIUs shall be Eberle Design, Inc. model BIU700H or approved equivalent. Power Supply (PS) The cabinet shall come with a shelf -mounted cabinet power supply meeting at minimum TS 2-2003 standards. It shall be a heavy duty device that provides +12VDC at 5 Amps / +24VDC at 2 Amps / 12VAC at .25 Amp, and line 7 Addendum No. 3 frequency reference at 50 mA. The power supply shall provide a separate front panel indicator LED for each of the four outputs. Front panel banana jack test points for 24VDC and logic ground shall also be provided. The power supply shall provide 5A of power and be able to cover the load of four (4) complete detector racks. The PS shall be Eberle Design, Inc. model PS250 or approved equivalent. BBS System The cabinet shall come with a complete uninterruptable power system (BBS) which shall include at a minimum a UPS module with SNMP, ATS assembly, batteries, battery heater mats, battery cables, and a battery management system. All other ancillary equipment for a complete functioning UPS system shall be included. The key BBS system components include: UPS Module The cabinet shall come with one FXM 110OW uninterruptible power supply that supplies clean reliable power control and management. It shall have Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR), an Ethernet SNMP interface, and a control and power connection panel that is rotatable for viewing in any vertical or horizontal orientation. It shall have nominal dimensions of 5.22 inches by 15.5 inches by 8.75 inches and come with mounting brackets. The UPS module shall be an Alpha model 017-201- 23 or equivalent. UATS/UGTS Assembly The cabinet shall come with one universal automatic transfer switch and universal generator transfer switch connected between the UPS module and the batteries. It shall have surge protection, have dimensions of 3.25 inches by 15.5 inches by 6.00 inches, and come with mounting brackets. The ATS module shall be an Alpha model 020- 168-25 or equivalent. UPS Batteries The cabinet shall come with eight high performance extreme temperature Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) technology AlphaCellTM XTV Glass Mat Cell batteries with 56Ah runtime. The BBS batteries shall be Alpha model 100XTV or equivalent. Addendum No. 3 UPS Battery Harness The cabinet shall come with a battery "Y" cable, two (2) battery cables 10 feet long wired for four (4) batteries each. The battery harness shall be Alpha model 740-628-27 or equivalent. Battery Management System The cabinet shall come with an AlphaGuardTm battery charge management system which extends battery operational life. It shall be an Alpha model 012-306-21 or approved equivalent. Malfunction Management Unit (MMU) The cabinet shall come with a MMU that meets all the requirements of NEMA TS2-2003 while remaining downward compatible with NEMATS1. It shall have two high contrast LCD displays and an internal diagnostic wizard. It shall come with a 10/100 ethernet port. It shall come with software to run flashing yellow arrow operation. The MMU shall be an Eberle Design, Inc. model MMU2- 16LEip or approved equivalent. Ethernet Switch The cabinet shall come with a 10-port Ethernet switch. Eight ports of 10/100TX and two ports of 1,000-base single -mode fiber with LC ports with 10km distance. The Ethernet switch shall support all of the following minimum requirements: rapid spanning tree protocol (IEEE 802.1w), quality of service (IEEE802.1p), virtual local area networks (VLAN) tagging (IEEE 802.1q), IGMP snooping, port mirroring, broadcast storm filtering, and simple network management protocol (SNMP). The Ethernet switch shall be a RuggedCom model RS940G-HI-D-2SFP-XX or approved equivalent. The following cables and cords shall be supplied with the Ethernet switch: • Two single mode patch cords (LC to LC); two meters • One 16-gauge, 3-conductor power adapter • Four Cat6 patch cables; five meters Opticom The cabinet shall come with one 4-channel, rack -mounted OpticomTM phase selector. This device shall be capable of receiving encoded signals from Opticom series 700 emitters and detectors. The OpticomTM phase selectors shall be Global Traffic Technologies model 764 or approved equivalent. One OpticomTm 768 auxiliary interface panel or approved equivalent shall be supplied for each OpticomTM phase selector supplied. X Addendum No. 3 Cabinet Quality The cabinet shall be compliant to both mechanical and function specification prior to being shipped to owner. 1. Cabinet and hardware will comply with project specification. 2. Function compliance will be tested with power applied. 3. All cabinet and loadbay functions will pass point-to-point tests including expansion requirements. 4. All field detector inputs must be checked from field connection point to controller. Cabinet issues and clarifications need to be documented and addressed prior to delivery. This agency will NOT provide QAor testing service for the delivered cabinet. Testing done by this agency is not in lieu of manufacturer test requirements. 9-29.13(10)C NEMA Controller Cabinets The standard traffic signal controller cabinet shall be a TS2 — Type 1 Stretch M36+ (SM36+). The traffic signal cabinet(s) built to NEMA TS2 — Type 1 M standards with modifications as required to include separate compartment with BBS and shall be supplied in compliance with Section 9-29.13, Traffic Signal Cabinet of the Standard Specification and modified as stated herein. All new traffic signals located within a signal interconnect system shall be connected to said system. The following are minimum requirements for all cabinets: 1. The cabinet shall have nominal dimensions of 60 inches high by 36 inches wide by 17 inches deep and meet the footprint dimensions as specified in Section 7.3, Table 7-1 of NEMA TS2 standards for a Type M36 cabinet. The cabinet base shall have continuously welded interior mounting reinforcement plates with the same anchor bolt hole pattern as the footprint dimensions. 2. The cabinet shall be fabricated from 5052-H32 0.125-inch-thick aluminum. 3. The cabinet shall be double -flanged where it meets the cabinet door. 10 Addendum No. 3 4. The top of the cabinet shall be sloped 1 inch towards the rear to facilitate water runoff. And shall bend at a 90-degree angle at the front of the cabinet. Lesser slope angles are not allowed. 5. The inside of the cabinet shall have two separate compartments. The main compartment shall be accessible from the front door and shall house the cabinet load facilities and electronics. The BBS compartment shall be accessible from the side door and shall contain the UPS system batteries. The UPS system inverter and ATS assembly shall be mounted in the BBS compartment but shall be accessible when the front door is open. 6. The inside of the cabinet shall utilize C channel rails. Two welded on the back wall on 19-inch center and two welded on each side wall on 08-inch center. The C channel rails on the back wall shall be 52 inches in length and start 5 inches from the bottom of the cabinet interior. The C channel rails on the side walls shall be 52 inches in length and start 5 inches from the bottom of the cabinet interior. Adjustable rails are not allowed. 7. The Cabinet shall be supplied with the following finishes: the interior natural mill finish and the exterior natural mill finish. 8. All external fasteners shall be stainless steel. Pop rivets shall not be allowed on any external surface. 9. The front door handle shall be 3/4-inch-round stock stainless steel bar. The side door shall use a recessed hexagonal socket in lieu of a door handle. All door handle mechanisms shall be interchangeable and field replaceable. 10. The front door shall contain two flush -mounted locking recessed compartments. The upper compartment that houses a police door and a lower compartment that houses a generator bypass receptacle. A stiffener plate shall be welded to the inside of the front door to prevent flexing. It shall have a two -position, three-point door stop that accommodates open -angles at 90 degrees, 125 degrees, and 150 degrees. A louvered air entrance located at the bottom of the main door shall satisfy NEMA rod entry test requirements for 3R ventilated enclosures. Bearing rollers shall be applied to ends of door latches to discourage metal -on -metal surfaces from rubbing. The main front door lock assembly shall be positioned so the door handle does not cause interference with the key when opening the door. 11 Addendum No. 3 11. The police door compartment shall come with a conventional police lock. 12. The generator bypass receptacle compartment shall be equipped with a universal lock bracket capable of accepting a BestTM style lock and a Corbin #2 tumbler series lock. The lock shall be a tapered lock using a Best TM style lock or Corbin #2 series core. The door shall have an integrated door slide mechanism that allows the door to be closed and locked after a generator has been connected to the internal receptacle. This compartment is used by maintenance personnel for emergency generator operation in the absence of service power or BBS control. 13. The side door shall be one-piece construction without any recessed compartments. It shall have a three -position, two -point door stop that accommodates open -angles at roughly 80 degrees, 100 degrees, and 120 degrees. A louvered air entrance located at the bottom of the side door shall satisfy NEMA rod entry test requirements for 3R ventilated enclosures. Bearing rollers shall be applied to ends of door latches to discourage metal -on -metal surfaces from rubbing. Lock assembly shall be positioned so handle does not cause interference with key when opening the door. 14. Closed -cell, neoprene gaskets shall be bonded to the inside of the cabinet doors. The gaskets shall cover all areas where the doors contact the double -flanged cabinet housing exterior and be thick enough to provide a watertight seal. 15. A complete set of keys shall be supplied providing access to the cabinet front door, cabinet side door, the police door, and the generator receptacle door. 16. The cabinet shall be equipped with universal lock brackets capable of accepting a Best TM style lock and a Corbin #2 tumbler series lock. The cabinet shall come equipped with a BestTM style locks and green cores. 17. The cabinet shall be supplied with one door switch which controls the cabinet interior lighting circuits. 18. All exterior seams shall be manufactured with a neatly formed continuously welded construction. The weld for the police and generator bypass box door shall be done on the inside of the cabinet door. All welds shall be free from burrs, cracks, blowholes, or other irregularities. 12 Addendum No. 3 19. The fan baffle panel seams shall be sealed with RTV sealant or equivalent material on the interior of the cabinet. 20. The cabinet shall be UL listed. 21. The cabinet shall come with lifting ears affixed to the upper exterior of the cabinet. These ears shall utilize only one bolt for easy reorientation. (The cabinet lifting ears shall not be used when the batteries are installed.) 22. The cabinet shall come with one dual -ply DustlockTM Media polyester, disposable air filter; and the filter performance shall conform to listed UL 900 Class 2 and conform to MERV-8 & ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999. The filter element shall be secured to louvered entrance on the main door with a metal filter cover. The filter and metal cover shall be secured to the entrance on the main door by two (2) horizontally -mounted restraints. 23. All cabinet doors shall be mounted with a single continuous stainless steel piano hinge that runs the length of the door. The hinge shall be attached via stainless steel tamper resistant bolts. 24. All steel incorporated in the cabinet shell shall be manufactured in the United States of America, and shall meet the requirements of Section 1605 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. 25. The cabinet enclosure shall be a SM36+ style Western Systems Part # 3025505000 or approved equivalent. Labels A permanent printed thermo vinyl, engraved, or silk screened label shall be provided for all terminals and sockets. Labels shall be legible and shall not be obstructed by cabinet wiring, panels, or cables. All labels shall conform to the designations on the cabinet wiring prints. Shelves Shelves shall come with two double -beveled shelves 10 inches deep that are reinforced welded with V channel, fabricated from 5052-H32 0.125-inch-thick aluminum with double flanged edges rolled front to back. Slotted hole shall be inserted every 7 inches for the purpose of tying off wire bundles. The BIBS compartment shall come with four shelves designed to hold batteries and capable of supporting 75 Ibs each. 13 Addendum No. 3 Cabinet Layout The shelves shall be populated as follows: The controller and monitor shall be placed on the bottom shelf. The two detector racks and power supply shall be placed on the top shelf. The roll out drawer shall be mounted under the bottom shelf. Load bay shall be mounted on the back wall with 5 inches of clearance to the bottom of the cabinet. The detector panel for all field inputs shall be located on the lower left wall. The SDLC and power supply interface panels shall be located on the left wall between the shelves. The load resistor panel shall be mounted on the lower right wall. The power panel shall be located on the lower right wall above the load resistor panel. The 768 shall be mounted on the left "C" channel located on back wall. It shall be placed between the shelves. The cabinet wiring assembly for the SM+ shall be Western Systems Part # 2525012085 or approved equivalent. Ventilating Fans The cabinet shall be provided with two finger -safe fans mounted on the right and left sides of the cabinet plenum, and shall be thermostatically controlled (adjustable between 4 to 176 degrees Fahrenheit). The safe touch thermostat fuse holder and power terminal block(s) shall be rail -mounted on the right side of the cabinet plenum. Computer Shelf A slide -out computer shelf 16 inches in length by 12 inches in width by 2 inches in depth shall be installed below the middle shelf underneath the controller. The shelf shall be mounted just right of center so that controller cables will not interfere with the operation of the shelf when equipment is installed. The shelf shall have a hinged cover that opens from the front and shall be powder -coated black. It shall be a General Devices Part # VC4080-99-1168 or approved equivalent. The door when fully extended shall hold up to 50 lbs. 14 Addendum No. 3 Main Panel Configuration (Load -Bay) The design of the panel shall conform to NEMA TS2 Section 5, Terminals and Facilities, unless modified herein. This panel shall be the termination point for the controller unit (CU) MSA, (MMU) MSAand B cables, bus interface units 1 and 2 (BIU), and field terminal facilities. The terminal and facilities layout shall be arranged in a manner that allows all equipment in the cabinet and all screw terminals to be readily accessible by maintenance personnel. The load -bay shall be fully wired and meet the following requirements: • The load -bay shall have the following dimensions; constructed from aluminum with a nominal thickness of 0.125 inch, a maximum height of 25.5 inches and maximum width of 23 inches. The field terminals width shall be 24 inches, including attached wiring bundles. • The entire assembly shall roll down and provide access to all of the back of the panel wiring. All solder terminals shall be accessible when the load -bay is rolled down. The assembly shall be able to roll down without requiring other components, cables, or switches to be removed. • The load -bay shall be designed so that all other cabinet screw terminals are accessible without removing cabinet electronics. • All the controller (CU) and malfunction management (MMU) cables shall be routed through the back of the load -bay so that they will not be subject to damage during load -bay roll down. • The top of the load -bay panel shall attach directly to "C" channel and detach without the use of tools or loose hardware for roll -down purpose. • The load -bay shall be balanced such that it will not roll down when the top of the load bay is detached from the "C" channel, even when fully loaded with BIU load switches, flashers, and flash transfer relays. • The load -bay facility shall be wired for 16 channels. Load switch(s) 1-8 shall be vehicle phases 1-8; load switch(s) 9-12 shall be pedestrian phases 2, 4, 6, and 8; load switches 13-16 shall be overlaps A, B, C, and D. Load switches 1-8 and 13-16 shall be routed through a flash transfer relay. Sixteen load switch sockets in two rows of eight spaced on 2-inch center per NEMATS2 section 5.3.1.2, figure 5-2. Six flash transfer relay sockets. 15 Addendum No. 3 • One flasher socket. • All load switches and flashers shall be supported by a bracket extending at least 1 /2 the length of the load switch. • Two bus interface unit rack slots for BIUs 1 and 2. The main panel BIU racks shall be left of the load switches, placed vertically with BIU 1 on top and BIU 2 on bottom. • BIU wires connection to the PCB shall be two 34-pin connectors. These connectors shall have locking latches. • All BIU wiring shall be soldered to backside of a screw terminal. The screw terminals provide access to all functions of BIUs. • Wiring for one Type-16 MMU. All MMU wiring shall be soldered to backside of a screw terminal. The screw terminals provide access to all functions of the MMU. • All 24-VDC relays shall have the same base socket, but it shall be different from the 120-VAC relays. • All 120-VAC relays shall have the same base socket, but it shall be different from the 24-VDC relays (not applicable to flash transfer relays). • Shall have a relay that drops +24 VDC to load switches when the cabinet is in flash. • There shall be a wire between the pedestrian yellow field terminals and another terminal on the load bay. The MMU channel 9-12 yellows shall terminate next to said pedestrian yellows terminal. • The load -bay shall be silkscreened on both sides. Silkscreen shall be numbers and functions on the front side, and numbers only on the back side. • The field terminals shall be labeled with 300 series for load bay wiring proposes and with WSDOT 600 and 700 series for landing field wiring. Wiring chart: Red: 611, 621, 631, 641, 651, 661, 671, 681, 6A1, 6131, 6C1, 6D1 Yellow: 612, 622, 632, 642, 652, 662, 672, 682, 6A2, 6132, 6C2, 61D2 16 Addendum No. 3 Green: 613, 623, 633, 643, 653, 663, 673, 683, 6A3, 6B3, 6C3, 6D3 Don't Walk: 711, 721, 731, 741, 751, 761, 771, 781 Ped Yellow: 712, 722, 732, 742, 752, 762, 772, 782 Walk: 713, 723, 733, 743, 753, 763, 773, 783 • Field wiring terminations shall be per channel across the bottom of the load -bay. Each channel shall have three terminations corresponding to the appropriate vehicle phase Red, Yellow, and Green. Default wiring shall be left to right Red, Yellow, Green, vehicle phases 1-8; pedestrian phases 2, 4, 6, and 8; and overlap channels A, B, C, and D following the order of the load switches. Field terminals shall be #10 screw terminal and be rated for 600V. • All cable wires shall be terminated. No tie -off of unused terminals will be allowed. • Shall be 100% manufactured in the United States of America. All wiring shall conform to NEMA TS2 Section 5.2.5 and table 5-1. Conductors shall conform to military specification MIL-W-16878D, Electrical insulated high heat wire, type B. Conductors #14 or larger shall be permitted to be UL type THHN. Main panel wiring shall conform to the following colors and minimum wire sizes: Vehicle green load switch output Vehicle yellow load switch output Vehicle red load switch output Pedestrian Don't Walk switch Pedestrian Walk switch Pedestrian Clearance load switch Vehicle green load switch input Vehicle yellow load switch input Vehicle red load switch input Pedestrian Don't Walk input Pedestrian Walk input Pedestrian Clearance input Logic Ground +24V DC +12V DC AC+ Line AC- Line Earth Ground AC line (load bay) AC neutral (load bay) Controller A cables 14 gauge brown 14 gauge yellow 14 gauge red 14 gauge orange 14 gauge blue 14 gauge yellow 22 gauge brown 22 gauge yellow 22 gauge red 22 gauge orange 22 gauge blue 22 gauge yellow 18 gauge white with red tracer 18 gauge red with white tracer 18 gauge pink 14 gauge black 14 gauge white 16 gauge green 12/14 gauge black 12/14 gauge white 22 gauge blue with the exception of power wires (AC+ Black, AC- White, and Earth 17 Addendum No. 3 Ground Green). These wires shall be 18AWG. MMU A & B cables 22 gauge orange with the exception of power wires (AC+ Black, AC- White, and Earth Ground Green Start Delay Relay Common Black, Normally open Black, and Normally Closed Black) These wires shall be 18AWG. Four conductors will supply alternating current (AC) power to the load switch sockets. The load switch sockets shall be supplied 1-4, 5-8, 9-12, and 13-16 by each conductor. The vehicle and overlap field terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than three No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. Three 12-position terminal blocks shall be provided in a single row across the bottom of the main panel. Spade lugs from internal cabinet wiring are not allowed on field terminal screws. There shall be a second row of three 12-position terminal blocks with screw type #10 above the field terminal blocks. These blocks shall operate the flash program. It shall be changeable from the front of the load bay. The power terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than three No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. One 12-position terminal block shall be provided vertically on the right side of the load bay. The placement of the power terminal block on any other panel shall not be allowed. The pedestrian terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than three No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. One 12- position terminal block shall be provided vertically on the right side of the load bay, below the power terminal block. The placement of the power terminal block on any other panel shall not be allowed. All load switches, flasher, and flash transfer relay sockets shall be marked and mounted with screws. Rivets and clip -mounting is unacceptable. Wire size 16 AWG or smaller at solder joints shall be hooked or looped around the eyelet or terminal block post prior to soldering to ensure circuit integrity. All wires shall have lugs or terminal fittings when not soldered. Lap joint/tack on soldering is not acceptable. All soldered connections shall be made with 60/40 solder and non- corrosive, non-conductive flux. All wiring shall be run neatly and shall use mechanical clamps, and conductors shall not be spliced between terminations. Cables shall be sleeved in braided nylon mesh, and wires shall not be exposed. Addendum No. 3 Load -Bay and Panel Wire Termination All wires terminated behind the main panel or on the back side of other panels shall be SOLDERED. No pressure or solder -less connectors shall be used. Printed circuit boards shall only be used on the load bay where connecting to the bus interface units (BIU). Cabinet Light Assembly The cabinet shall have an LED lighting fixture with 15 high power LEDs using a cool white color emitting 3001m min @ 12VDC/750mA. The LED shall be a Rodeo Electronics TS-LED-05M02. The LED fixture shall be powered by a Mean Well class 2 power supply LPV-20-12 that shall be mounted on the inside top of the cabinet near the front edge. The cabinet light circuit shall be designed so a second LED fixture can be installed in the cabinet without the need of a second power supply. It shall be attached under the cabinet drawer so that it remains stationary when the drawer is extended. An on/off switch that is turned on when the cabinet door is opened and off when it is closed shall activate the lighting fixture(s) power supply. Convenience Outlet The cabinet shall be wired with one convenience outlet with a ground fault interrupter (GFI) and one quad convenience outlet without ground fault interrupters. The ground fault outlet (GFI) shall be mounted on the right side of the cabinet on or near the power panel. The quad outlet shall be mounted on the right side between the UPS invertor and the bypass. No outlets shall be mounted on the door. The GFI power shall be fed through the auxiliary breaker (CB2). The quad outlet shall be fed through an EDCO SHP300-10 or approved equivalent transient voltage suppressor located on the cabinet power panel. Auxiliary Panel The cabinet shall include an auxiliary switch panel mounted to the interior side of the police panel compartment on the cabinet door. The panel shall be secured to the police panel compartment by two (2) screws and shall be hinged at the bottom to allow access to the soldered side of the switches with the use of only a Phillips screwdriver. Both sides of the panel shall be silkscreened. Silk-screening on the backside of the switch panel shall be upside down so that when the panel is opened for maintenance the silk-screening will be right side up. All of the switches shall be protected by a hinged see -through Plexiglas cover. At a minimum the following switches shall be included: Controller ON/OFF Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the controller and load -switching devices electrically dead while maintaining flashing operations for purpose of changing the controller or load -switching devices. 19 Addendum No. 3 The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Signals ON/OFF Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the field signal displays electrically dead while maintaining controller operation for purpose of monitoring controller operations. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Stop Time Switch: There shall be a 3-position switch labeled "Normal" (up), "Off' (center), and "On" (down). With the switch in the "Normal" position, a stop timing command shall be applied to the controller by the police flash switch or the MMU (Malfunction Management Unit). When the switch is in its "Off' position, stop timing commands shall be removed from the controller. The "On" position shall cause the controller to stop time. The switch shall be a general- purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. There shall be a red LED indicator light that illuminates when stop time is applied. Technician Flash Switch: There shall be a switch that places the field signal displays in flashing operation while the controller continues to operate. This flash shall have no effect on the operation of the controller or MMU. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Vehicle Test Switches: All eight vehicle phase inputs shall have a 2-position (on, on) test switch. Switches shall be labeled "On" (up) and "Test" (down). With the switches in the "On" position, normal operations of the vehicle detection occur. When in the "Test" position, a constant input shall be applied to the controller. The switches shall directly input a call to the related controller vehicle phase without routing the call through the detector rack(s) when activated. These switches shall be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Pedestrian Test Switches: All eight pedestrian phase inputs shall have a 2- position (on, on) test switch. Switches shall be labeled "On" (up) and "Test" (down). With the switches in the "On" position, normal operations of the pedestrian detection occur. When in the "Test" position, a constant input shall be applied to the controller. The switches shall directly input a call to the related controller pedestrian phase. These switches shall be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Police Panel Behind the police panel door there shall be switches for use by emergency personnel. The wiring for these switches shall be accessible when the auxiliary panel is open. The following switches shall be included: 20 Addendum No. 3 Flash Switch: There shall be a switch for the police that puts the cabinet into flashing operations. The switch shall have two positions, "Auto" (up) and "Flash" (down). The "Auto" position shall allow normal signal operation. The "Flash" position shall immediately cause all signal displays to flash as programmed for emergency flash and apply stop time to the controller. When the police flash switch is returned to "Auto", stop time shall be removed from the controller except when the MMU has commanded flash operation. The effect shall be to disable the police panel switch when the MMU has detected a malfunction and all controller and MMU indications shall be available to the technician regardless of the position of the police flash switch. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Signals ON/OFF Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the field signal displays electrically dead while maintaining controller operation for purpose of monitoring controller operations. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Cables All wire cable bundles shall be encased in flex or expandable braided sleeving along the entire free length. All SDLC cables shall be terminated on both ends; securely terminated to the SDLC interface panel with screw type connection; and professionally routed in the cabinet interior to easily reach the load bay, controller, malfunction management unit, and detector racks. All SDLC connectors shall be fully populated with 15 pins each. Flashing Operation All cabinets shall be wired to flash for all vehicle channels. Flashing operation shall alternate between the used vehicle phases 1, 4, 5, 8, OLA & OLD and 2, 3, 6, 7, OLB & OLC. Flash programming shall be either red, yellow, or no flash simply by changing wires on the front of the load -bay. Detector Racks At a minimum, the cabinet shall be wired to accommodate 32 channels of detection. One detector rack shall be standard size and support 16 channels of loop detection, one Buss Interface Unit (BIU), and four channels of OpticomTM. These racks shall be capable of using both two -channel or -channel detection devices or OpticomTM cards. One detector rack shall be standard size and support 16 channels of loop detection and one Buss Interface Unit (BIU). This racks shall be capable of using both two - channel and four -channel detection devices. The loop cabling shall be connected via a 37-pin DB connector using spring clips. The Opticom cable shall be connected via a 24-pin connector using locking latches. The power cable shall be a 6-pin connector. 21 Addendum No. 3 All power wires shall be 18 AWG. The addressing of detector racks shall be accomplished via dipswitches mounted to the PCB. There shall be the capability to turn off the TS2 status to the BIU for the uses of TS1 detector equipment via dipswitches mounted to the PCB. There shall be a 34-pin connector using locking latches that breaks the output from the detector to the input of the BIU; there shall also be +24VDC and logic ground on this connector. All racks shall have space at the bottom front for labeling. All racks shall be designed for horizontal stacking. Separate racks for detection and preemption are not allowed. 768 Panel There shall be an OpticomTm GTT 768 or approved equivalent. interface panel installed in the cabinet. At a minimum, it shall be soldered to the load switch green outputs and to the advanced vehicle preemption terminal block on the detector panel. This panel shall have a protective plastic cover. It shall be mounted between the shelves on the left side of the back wall. Detection Panel The detection panel shall support 32 channels of vehicle detection, 4 channels of emergency vehicle preemption detection, 8 channels or pedestrian detection, and 8 pedestrian returns on a single panel. The loop wires shall be a 22-AWG twisted pair, color coded as follows. Channel one brown, channel two red, channel three orange, and channel four yellow. One of the twisted pair wires of all colors shall have a white tracer and land on the second position terminal of each loop. The emergency preempt wires shall be color coded as follows: +24VDC orange, preempt inputs yellow, and ground blue. This panel will be mounted on the left side of the cabinet below the bottom shelf. The panel shall also include 19-position solid aluminum, tin-plated neutral, and ground buss bars with raised slotted and torque style screw heads. The buss bars shall be mounted vertically at the bottom of the panel. The Opticom and pedestrian terminal blocks shall be labeled as follows: Opticom + orange: 5A1, 5131, 5C1, 5D1 Opticom Call yellow: 5A2, 5132, 5133, 5134 Opticom — blue: 5A3, 5133, 5C3, 5D3 Pedestrian Calls: 714, 724, 734, 744, 754, 764, 774, 784 Pedestrian Returns: 715, 725, 735, 745, 755, 765, 775, 785 Power Supply Interface Panel The power supply interface panel shall include terminations for all the cabinet power supply inputs and outputs. It shall have a protective plastic cover. This panel shall be mounted on the left wall of the cabinet. 22 Addendum No. 3 Generator Bypass Compartment and Cable The cabinet front door shall have a locking generator bypass compartment that shall be used to connect a generator to operate the cabinet during extended loss of service line power. The generator compartment shall be capable of being closed and locked while a generator is connected. The mechanism for allowing generator cable access, while the compartment is closed, shall be an integral part of the generator bypass door, via a sliding panel that will normally be in the closed position. Inside the compartment, there shall be a silkscreened panel housing a Hubbell HBL2615 30A/125V flanged inlet receptacle capable of accepting a standard 30-amp generator plug, a BACO HC52DQG cam switch with split 120-VAC line, and neutral feeds .The switch shall be a break before make type. Two (2) LED lamps with sockets. One LED shall be illuminated when the cabinet has service line power available and the other when the cabinet has generator power available. All LEDs shall be field replaceable without putting the intersection in flash and shall carry a 5-year manufacturer warranty. All wiring to and from the generator bypass compartment shall be contained in a single cable bundle. The cable shall connect to the backside of the electrical components and shall only be accessible from the inside of the cabinet front door. All electrical components on the inside of the front door that carry AC voltage shall be covered by a see -through plexi-glass cover. The generator bypass cable shall terminate at the same power panel location as service line voltage. Service Surge Suppression The cabinet shall be equipped with an EDCO model SHP300-10 or approved equivalent surge arrestor mounted on the power panel. Power to all cabinet electronics equipment and power strip shall come through this surge suppression circuit. Power Panel The power panel shall handle all the power distribution and protection for the cabinet and shall be mounted in the bottom right side of the facility. All equipment shall be mounted on a 12-inch by 17-inch silkscreened aluminum panel and include, at a minimum, the following equipment: A 40-amp main breaker shall be supplied. This breaker shall supply power to the load bay, load switches, and auxiliary panel. The breaker shall also supply power via the EDCO SHP300-10 to the controller, MMU, power supply, detector racks, and quad outlet. A20-amp auxiliary breaker shall supply powerto the fan, light, and GFI A 50-amp, 125 VAC radio interference line filter. 23 Addendum No. 3 A normally open, 50-amp, solid-state relay. The relay shall have a green LED light that is on when energized. (No Mercury Contactors shall be allowed.) One see -through plexi-glass cover on stand-offs to protect maintenance personnel from AC line voltages. It shall cover the top and front of the power panel. With cover on access to the neutral and ground busses is possible. It shall also cover the utility power in terminal block. The protective cover shall have a slot to access the field side of said power block with a standard screwdriver. This shall be removable by loosening screws but without removing screws. Two 19-position solid aluminum, tin-plated neutral buss bar with raised slotted and torque style screw heads. One 19-position solid aluminum, tin-plated ground buss bar with raised slotted and torque style screw heads. Two MOVs shall be terminated on the 120AC in field terminal. One tied between line and ground, the other between neutral and ground. Manuals and Documentation The cabinet shall be furnished with three complete sets of cabinet prints. All cabinet wiring, and layout shall come on one E1 size sheet, multiple pages shall not be allowed. Upon request a USB flash drive with AutoCAD Release 2018 or later cabinet drawing for the cabinet wiring. Cabinet mounting and installation The foundation for a cabinet shall be a concrete pedestal of the same size as the base of the cabinet with one foot of the foundation above the adjacent grade. The pedestal shall be poured in place and shall be 12 inches below grade and 12 inches above grade. A sidewalk shall be provided on all sides of a cabinet and poured in place with the cabinet foundation. Refer to Cabinet Foundation details on project Plans for concrete pedestals where multiple cabinets are to be installed on one pad. 24 ADDENDUM NO.3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY RESURFACING 1 Unexpected Site Changes (1-04.4(1)) CALC 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 2 Record Drawings (Minimum Bid $500) (1-05.18) LS 1 3 Roadway Surveying (1-05.4) LS 1 4 Licensed Surveying (1-05.4) FA 1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 5 ADA Feature Surveying (1-05.4) LS 1 6 SPCC Plan (1-07.15(1)) LS 1 7 Mobilization (1-09.7) LS 1 8 Portable Changeable Message Sign (1-10.5) HR 3,720 9 Project Temporary Traffic Control (1-10.5) LS 1 10 Clearing and Grubbing (2-01.5) AC 0.21 11 Removal of Structures and Obstructions (2-02.5) LS 1 12 Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul (2-03.5) Cy 310 13 Gravel Borrow, Incl. Haul (2-03.5) TN 110 14 Unsuitable Foundation Excavation, Incl. Haul (2-03.5) Cy 10 15 Locate Existing Utilities (2-09.5) LS 1 16 Controlled Density Fill (2-09.5) Cy 10 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 1 of 5R 2018 ADDENDUM NO.3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION 17 Crushed Surfacing Top Course (4-04.5) TN 320 18 Planing Bituminous Pavement (5-04.5) SY 21,000 19 Pavement Repair Excavation, Incl. Haul (5-04.5) Sy 420 20 HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 64-22 (5-04.5) TN 4,050 21 Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment (5-04.5) CALC 1 $0.00 $0.00 22 Compaction Price Adjustment (5-04.5) CALC 1 $0.00 $0.00 23 CPEP Storm Sewer Pipe, 12 In. Diam. (Incl. Bedding) (5-04.5) LF 90 24 Catch Basin, Type 1 (7-05.5) EA 2 25 Adjust Manhole (7-05.5) EA 2 26 Adjust Catch Basin (7-05.5) EA 8 27 Trench Excavation Safety Systems (7-08.5) LS 1 28 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill (7-08.5) TN 60 29 Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul (7-08.5) Cy 55 30 Removal of Unsuitable Material (Trench) (7-09.5) Cy 5 31 Television Inspection (7-12.5) LS 1 32 Adjust Meter Box (7-15.5) EA 3 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 2 of 5R 2018 ADDENDUM NO.3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION 33 Adjust Valve Box (7-15.5) EA 3 34 Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching (8-01.5) SY 100 35 Erosion/Water Pollution Control (8-01.5) LS 1 36 Topsoil, Type A (8-02.5) Cy 60 37 Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter (8-04.5) LF 990 38 Cement Conc. Driveway Entrance (8-06.5) Sy 40 39 Cement Conc. Driveway Repair (8-06.5) Sy 10 40 Raised Pavement Marker, Type 1 (8-09.5) HD 39 41 Raised Pavement Marker, Type 2 (8-09.5) HD 5 42 Adjust Monument Case and Cover (8-13.5) EA 2 43 Cement Conc. Sidewalk (8-14.5) Sy 215 44 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp (8-14.5) EA 9 45 Video Detection (8-20.5) LS 1 46 Permanent Signing (8-21.5) LS 1 47 Plastic Line (8-22.5) LF 660 48 Plastic Crosswalk Line (8-22.5) SF 107 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 3 of 5R 2018 ADDENDUM NO.3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION SECTION 49 Plastic Stop Line (8-22.5) LF 60 50 Plastic Traffic Arrow (8-22.5) EA 10 51 Plastic Yield Lane Symbol (8-22.5) EA 6 Temporary Pavement Marking — Short 52 (8-23.5) LF 16,500 Duration 53 Landscape Block Wall (8-24.5) SF 60 *TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULE A = ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION SCHEDULE B - WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS 100 Trench Excavation Safety Systems (7-09.5) LS 1 101 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill (7-09.5) TN 300 102 Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul (7-09.5) CY 400 103 DI Water Main Pipe, 8 In. Diam. (7-09.5) LF 540 104 Connection to Existing Water Main (7-09.5) EA 2 105 Additional Ductile Iron Fittings (7-09.5) LB 500 106 Gate Valve, 8 In. (7-12.5) EA 1 107 Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly (7-12.5) EA 1 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 4 of 5R 2018 ADDENDUM NO.3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION SECTION 108 Fire Hydrant Assembly (7-14.5) EA 3 109 Service Connection, 1 In. Diam. (7-15.5) EA 5 Subtotal Bid Amount, SCHEDULE B = Sales Tax of 10% = TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULE B = ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION SECTION SCHEDULE C - HAWK SIGNAL Pedestrian Hydbrid Beacon (Hawk) Signal 200 (8-20.5) LS 1 System, Complete 201 Wireless Interconnect (8-20.5) LS 1 *TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULE C = TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULES A, B AND C = *NOTE: All applicable sales tax shall be included in the unit and lump sum bid price per section 1-07.2(1) and WAC 458-20-171. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 5 of 5R 2018 Date of Issue: Bid Due Date Date of Bid Opening: Addendum No. 4 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Federal Aid Number: STP(UL)-1201(023) February 8, 2019 February 19, 2019 (CHANGED FROM DATE IN CALL FOR BIDS) February 20, 2019 (CHANGED FROM DATE IN CALL FOR BIDS) ATTENTION: ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid Documents for the above -named project are modified as described below. Bidders shall take this Addendum into consideration when preparing and submitting their bids. Bidders shall attach this addendum to their copy of the Contract Documents, and shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Proposal Signature Page. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if the receipt of Addenda are not acknowledged THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS: 1. BID DUE DATE AND BID OPENING DATE Sealed bids will be received by the City of Renton, at the City Clerk's Office, located on the 7th floor of Renton City Hall, until 10:30 AM on Tuesday, February 19, 2019. All supplemental documents, that are allowed to be submitted after this date and time, shall be delivered to the City Clerk's Office. The bids will be opened and publicly read at 11:30 AM on Wednesday, February 20, 2019 in room #511, located on the 5th floor of Renton City Hall. Renton City Hall is located at 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057. 2. APPENDIX A. WAGE RATES, SECTION 2. FEDERAL WAGE RATES: • The Federal Wage Rates for Construction Type: Highway for this project are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the new Federal Wage Rates for Construction Type: Highway dated January 18, 2019. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO.4 February 8, 2019 Page 1 of 2 3. FUTURE ADDENDA • No future addenda are planned. ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REMAIN IN EFFECT. CITY OF RENTON l Robert M. Hanson, P.E. Transportation Design Manager Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TED4003844 ADDENDUM NO. 4 February 8, 2019 Page 2 of 2 Page 1 of 42 General Decision Number: WA190001 01/18/2019 WA1 Superseded General Decision Number: WA20180001 State: Washington Construction Type: Highway Counties: Washington Statewide. HIGHWAY (Excludes D.O.E. Hanford Site in Benton and Franklin Counties) Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.60 for calendar year 2019 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.60 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2019. If this contract is covered by the EO and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must pay workers in that classification at least the wage rate determined through the conformance process set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) (or the EO minimum wage rate,if it is higher than the conformed wage rate). The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above -mentioned types of contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis -Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis -Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/04/2019 1 01/18/2019 CARP0001-008 06/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN, and YAKIMA Counties Rates CARPENTER GROUP 1.....................$ 33.40 GROUP 2.....................$ 45.42 GROUP 3.....................$ 34.52 GROUP 4.....................$ 34.52 GROUP 5.....................$ 77.52 Fringes 16.40 18.83 16.40 16.40 16.40 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 2 of 42 GROUP 6.....................$ 37.76 16.40 GROUP 7.....................$ 38.76 16.40 GROUP 8.....................$ 35.52 16.40 GROUP 9.....................$ 41.76 16.40 CARPENTER & DIVER CLASSIFICATIONS: GROUP 1: Carpenter GROUP 2: Millwright, Machine Erector GROUP 3: Piledriver - includes driving, pulling, cutting, placing collars, setting, welding, or creosote treated material, on all piling GROUP 4: Bridge, Dock, and Wharf carpenters GROUP 5: Diver Wet GROUP 6: Diver Tender, Manifold Operator, ROV Operator GROUP 7: Diver Standby GROUP 8: Assistant Diver Tender, ROV Tender/Technician GROUP 9: Manifold Operator -Mixed Gas ZONE PAY: ZONE 1 0-60 MILES FREE ZONE 2 61-100 $4.00/PER HOUR ZONE 3 OVER 100 MILES $6.00/PER HOUR DISPATCH POINTS: CARPENTERS/MILLWRIGHTS: PASCO (515 N Neel Street) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS/PILEDRIVER: SPOKANE (127 E. AUGUSTA AVE.) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: WENATCHEE (27 N. CHELAN) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: COEUR D' ALENE (1839 N. GOVERNMENT WAY) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: MOSCOW (306 N. JACKSON) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). DEPTH PAY FOR DIVERS BELOW WATER SURFACE: 50-100 feet $2.00 per foot 101-150 feet $3.00 per foot 151-220 feet $4.00 per foot 221 feet and deeper $5.00 per foot PREMIUM PAY FOR DIVING IN ENCLOSURES WITH NO VERTICAL ASCENT: https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 3 of 42 0-25 feet Free 26-300 feet $1.00 per Foot SATURATION DIVING: The standby rate applies until saturation starts. The saturation diving rate applies when divers are under pressure continuously until work task and decompression are complete. the diver rate shall be paid for all saturation hours. WORK IN COMBINATION OF CLASSIFICATIONS: Employees working in any combination of classifications within the diving crew (except dive supervisor) in a shift are paid in the classification with the highest rate for that shift. HAZMAT PROJECTS: Anyone working on a HAZMAT job (task), where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated at a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL D + $.25 per hour - This is the lowest level of protection. No respirator is used and skin protection is minimal. LEVEL C + $.50 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B + $.75 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit". LEVEL A +$1.00 per hour - This level utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0003-006 06/01/2018 SOUTHWEST WASHINGTON: CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, LEWIS(Piledriver only), PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to Willapa Bay to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA, and WAHKIAKUM Counties. Rates Fringes Carpenters: CARPENTERS ..................$ 37.64 16.83 DIVERS TENDERS ..............$ 43.73 16.83 DIVERS ......................$ 87.73 16.83 DRYWALL .....................$ 37.64 16.83 MILLWRIGHTS .................$ 38.17 16.83 PILEDRIVERS .................$ 38.71 16.83 DEPTH PAY: 50 TO 100 FEET $1.00 PER FOOT OVER 50 FEET https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 4 of 42 101 TO 150 FEET $1.50 PER FOOT OVER 101 FEET 151 TO 200 FEET $2.00 PER FOOT OVER 151 FEET Zone Differential (Add up Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $0.85 Zone 3 - 1.25 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.00 Zone 6 - 3.00 BASEPOINTS: ASTORIA, LONGVIEW, PORTLAND, THE DALLES, AND VANCOUVER, (NOTE: All dispatches for Washington State Counties: Cowlitz, Wahkiakum and Pacific shall be from Longview Local #1707 and mileage shall be computed from that point.) ZONE 1: Projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities ZONE 2: Projects located more than 30 miles and less than 40 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 3: Projects located more than 40 miles and less than 50 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 4: Projects located more than 50 miles and less than 60 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities. ZONE 5: Projects located more than 60 miles and less than 70 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 6: Projects located more than 70 miles of the respected city of the above mentioned cities ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0770-003 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes CARPENTER CENTRAL WASHINGTON: CHELAN, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), KITTITAS, OKANOGAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) AND YAKIMA COUNTIES CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTE MATERIAL ...................$ 29.15 13.93 CARPENTERS .................$ 29.05 13.93 DIVERS TENDER ..............$ 48.59 16.12 DIVERS .....................$ 97.43 16.12 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS ...................$ 45.42 16.12 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING ....... $ 44.17 13.93 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 5 of 42 Seattle Olympia Bellingham Auburn Bremerton Anacortes Renton Shelton Yakima Aberdeen-Hoquiam Tacoma Wenatchee Ellensburg Everett Port Angeles Centralia Mount Vernon Sunnyside Chelan Pt. Townsend Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55/hour (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0770-006 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes CARPENTER WESTERN WASHINGTON: CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS (excludes piledrivers only), MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES BRIDGE CARPENTERS .......... $ 43.92 16.12 CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTE MATERIAL ...................$ 44.02 16.12 CARPENTERS .................$ 43.92 16.12 DIVERS TENDER ..............$ 48.59 16.12 DIVERS .....................$ 97.48 16.12 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS ...................$ 45.42 16.12 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING ....... $ 44.17 16.12 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 6 of 42 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Seattle Auburn Renton Aberdeen-Hoquiam Ellensburg Centralia Chelan Olympia Bremerton Shelton Tacoma Everett Mount Vernon Pt. Townsend Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55/hour Bellingham Anacortes Yakima Wenatchee Port Angeles Sunnyside (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0046-001 08/06/2018 CALLAM, JEFFERSON, KING AND KITSAP COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 55.627 3%+20.21 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 50.57 3%+20.21 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ELECO048-003 01/01/2018 CLARK, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 44.22 21.50 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 42.60 22.75 HOURLY ZONE PAY: Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Portland, The Dalles, Hood River, Tillamook, Seaside and https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 7 of 42 Astoria Zone Pay: Zone 1: 31-50 miles $1.50/hour Zone 2: 51-70 miles $3.50/hour Zone 3: 71-90 miles $5.50/hour Zone 4: Beyond 90 miles $9.00/hour *These are not miles driven. Zones are based on Delorrne Street Atlas USA 2006 plus. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0048-029 01/01/2018 COWLITZ AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTY Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 44.22 21.50 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 42.60 22.75 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ELECO073-001 01/01/2019 ADAMS, FERRY, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 34.10 16.68 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 34.30 18.88 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0076-002 08/31/2018 GRAYS HARBOR, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 48.06 23.23 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 43.69 23.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0112-005 06/01/2018 ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, KITTITAS, WALLA WALLA, YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 45.68 20.60 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 43.50 20.54 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0191-003 06/01/2018 ISLAND, SAN JUAN, SNOHOMISH, SKAGIT AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 8 of 42 CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 44.23 17.73 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 44.95 21.42 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELECO191-004 06/01/2018 CHELAN, DOUGLAS, GRANT AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 40.82 17.63 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 42.45 21.34 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0302-003 06/01/2018 CHELAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), CLALLAM, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, KITTITAS, MASON, OKANOGAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), SAN JUNA, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, WHATCOM AND YAKIMA (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Group 1A...................$ 44.44 Group 1AA..................$ 45.09 Group 1AAA.................$ 45.73 Group 1.....................$ 43.79 Group 2.....................$ 43.23 Group 3.....................$ 42.74 Group 4.....................$ 40.01 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) - $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 Fringes 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 BASEPOINTS: Aberdeen, Bellingham, Bremerton, Everett, Kent, Mount Vernon, Port Angeles, Port Townsend, Seattle, Shelton, Wenatchee, Yakima POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1AAA - Cranes -over 300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes 200 to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Tower crane over 175 ft in height, base to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders -overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 9 of 42 of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off -road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9, HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers -self propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all truck or track type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operaor- Concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane -overhead, bridge type-20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete Pump -truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3yards and under; Finishing Machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Horizontal/directional drill operator; Loaders -overhead under 6 yards; Loaders -plant feed; Locomotives -all; Mechanics -all; Mixers -asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders -finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill,roto-grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper -self propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off -road equipment -under 45 yards; Subgrade trimmer; Tractors, backhoes-over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine -shuttle buggy, blaw knox-roadtec; Truck crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount portable conveyor; Yo Yo Pay dozer GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes-thru 19 tons with attachments; A -frame crane over 10 tons; Drill oilers -auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozers-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside hoists -(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loader -elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pumps -concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi -lift materials; Saws -concrete; Scrpers-concrete and carry -all; Service engineer -equipment; Trenching machines; Truck Crane Oiler/Driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe 75 hp and under GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete finish mahine-laser screed; Cranes -A frame-10 tons and under; Elevator and Manlift-permanent or shaft type; Gradechecker, Stakehop; Forklifts under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger, mechanical; Power plant; Pumps, water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller -other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 10 of 42 elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing H-2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .25 per hour. H-3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .75 per hour. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10370-002 06/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES ZONE 1: Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1.....................$ 27.51 15.95 GROUP 2.....................$ 27.83 15.95 GROUP 3.....................$ 28.44 15.95 GROUP 4.....................$ 28.60 15.95 GROUP 5.....................$ 28.76 15.95 GROUP 6.....................$ 29.04 15.95 GROUP 7.....................$ 29.31 15.95 GROUP 8.....................$ 30.41 15.95 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 Zone 1: Within 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho Zone 2: Outside 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Bit Grinders; Bolt Threading Machine; Compressors (under 2000 CFM, gas, diesel, or electric power); Deck Hand; Fireman & Heater Tender; Hydro -seeder, Mulcher, Nozzleman; Oiler Driver, & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine; Pumpman; Rollers, all types on subgrade, including seal and chip coatings (farm type, Case, John Deere & similar, or Compacting Vibrator), except when pulled by Dozer with operable blade; Welding Machine; Crane Oiler -Driver (CLD required) & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine GROUP 2: A -frame Truck (single drum); Assistant Refrigeration Plant (under 1000 ton); Assistant Plant Operator, Fireman https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 11 of 42 or Pugmixer (asphalt); Bagley or Stationary Scraper; Belt Finishing Machine; Blower Operator (cement); Cement Hog; Compressor (2000 CFM or over, 2 or more, gas diesel or electric power); Concrete Saw (multiple cut); Distributor Leverman; Ditch Witch or similar; Elevator Hoisting Materials; Dope Pots (power agitated); Fork Lift or Lumber Stacker, hydra -lift & similar; Gin Trucks (pipeline); Hoist, single drum; Loaders (bucket elevators and conveyors); Longitudinal Float; Mixer (portable -concrete); Pavement Breaker, Hydra -Hammer & similar; Power Broom; Railroad Ballast Regulation Operator (self-propelled); Railroad Power Tamper Operator (self-propelled); Railroad Tamper Jack Operator (self-propelled; Spray Curing Machine (concrete); Spreader Box (self-propelled); Straddle Buggy (Ross & similar on construction job only); Tractor (Farm type R/T with attachment, except Backhoe); Tugger Operator GROUP 3: A -frame Truck (2 or more drums); Assistant Refrigeration Plant & Chiller Operator (over 1000 ton); Backfillers (Cleveland & similar); Batch Plant & Wet Mix Operator, single unit (concrete); Belt -Crete Conveyors with power pack or similar; Belt Loader (Kocal or similar); Bending Machine; Bob Cat (Skid Steer); Boring Machine (earth); Boring Machine (rock under 8 inch bit) (Quarry Master, Joy or similar); Bump Cutter (Wayne, Saginau or similar); Canal Lining Machine (concrete); Chipper (without crane); Cleaning & Doping Machine (pipeline); Deck Engineer; Elevating Belt -type Loader (Euclid, Barber Green & similar); Elevating Grader -type Loader (Dumor, Adams or similar); Generator Plant Engineers (diesel or electric); Gunnite Combination Mixer & Compressor; Locomotive Engineer; Mixermobile; Mucking Machine; Posthole Auger or Punch; Pump (grout or jet); Soil Stabilizer (P & H or similar); Spreader Machine; Dozer/Tractor (up to D-6 or equivalent) and Traxcavator; Traverse Finish Machine; Turnhead Operator GROUP 4: Concrete Pumps (squeeze-crete, flow-crete, pump- crete, Whitman & similar); Curb Extruder (asphalt or concrete); Drills (churn, core, calyx or diamond); Equipment Serviceman; Greaser & Oiler; Hoist (2 or more drums or Tower Hoist); Loaders (overhead & front-end, under 4 yds. R/T); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (under 1000 ton); Rubber -tired Skidders (R/T with or without attachments); Surface Heater & Plant Machine; Trenching Machines (under 7 ft. depth capacity); Turnhead (with re -screening); Vacuum Drill (reverse circulation drill under 8 inch bit) GROUP 5: Backhoe (under 45,000 gw); Backhoe & Hoe Ram (under 3/4 yd.); Carrydeck & Boom Truck (under 25 tons); Cranes (25 tons & under), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Derricks & Stifflegs (under 65 tons); Drilling Equipment(8 inch bit & over) (Robbins, reverse circulation & similar); Hoe Ram; Piledriving Engineers; Paving (dual drum); Railroad Track Liner Operaotr (self-propelled); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (1000 tons & over); Signalman (Whirleys, Highline Hammerheads or similar); Grade Checker GROUP 6: Asphalt Plant Operator; Automatic Subgrader (Ditches & Trimmers)(Autograde, ABC, R.A. Hansen & similar on grade https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 12 of 42 wire); Backhoe (45,000 gw and over to 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3/4 yd. to 3 yd.); Batch Plant (over 4 units); Batch & Wet Mix Operator (multiple units, 2 & incl. 4); Blade Operator (motor patrol & attachments); Cable Controller (dispatcher); Compactor (self-propelled with blade); Concrete Pump Boom Truck; Concrete Slip Form Paver; Cranes (over 25 tons, to and including 45 tons), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Crusher, Grizzle & Screening Plant Operator; Dozer, 834 R/T & similar; Drill Doctor; Loader Operator (front-end & overhead, 4 yds. incl. 8 yds.); Multiple Dozer Units with single blade; Paving Machine (asphalt and concrete); Quad -Track or similar equipment; Rollerman (finishing asphalt pavement); Roto Mill (pavement grinder); Scrapers, all, rubber -tired; Screed Operator; Shovel(under 3 yds.); Trenching Machines (7 ft. depth & over); Tug Boat Operator Vactor guzzler, super sucker; Lime Batch Tank Operator (REcycle Train); Lime Brain Operator (Recycle Train); Mobile Crusher Operator (Recycle Train) GROUP 7: Backhoe (over 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3 yds & over); Blade (finish & bluetop) Automatic, CMI, ABC, Finish Athey & Huber & similar when used as automatic; Cableway Operators; Concrete Cleaning/Decontamination machine operator; Cranes (over 45 tons to but not including 85 tons), all attachments including clamshell and dragine; Derricks & Stiffleys (65 tons & over); Elevating Belt (Holland type); Heavy equipment robotics operator; Loader (360 degrees revolving Koehring Scooper or similar); Loaders (overhead & front-end, over 8 yds. to 10 yds.); Rubber -tired Scrapers (multiple engine with three or more scrapers); Shovels (3 yds. & over); Whirleys & Hammerheads, ALL; H.D. Mechanic; H.D. Welder; Hydraulic Platform Trailers (Goldhofer, Shaurerly andSimilar); Ultra High Pressure Wateriet Cutting Tool System Operator (30,000 psi); Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator GROUP 8: Cranes (85 tons and over, and all climbing, overhead,rail and tower), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Loaders (overhead and front-end, 10 yards and over); Helicopter Pilot BOOM PAY: (All Cranes, Including Tower) 180 ft to 250 ft $ .50 over scale Over 250 ft $ .80 over scale NOTE: In computing the length of the boom on Tower Cranes, they shall be measured from the base of the Tower to the point of the boom. HAZMAT: Anyone working on HAZMAT jobs, working with supplied air shall receive $1.00 an hour above classification. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10612-001 09/28/2018 PIERCE County https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 13 of 42 ON PROJECTS DESCRIBED IN FOOTNOTE A BELOW, THE RATE FOR EACH GROUP SHALL BE 90% OF THE BASE RATE PLUS FULL FRINGE BENEFITS. ON ALL OTHER WORK, THE FOLLOWING RATES APPLY. Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1A...................$ 44.44 19.97 GROUP 1AA..................$ 45.09 19.97 GROUP 1AAA.................$ 45.73 19.97 GROUP 1.....................$ 43.79 19.97 GROUP 2.....................$ 43.23 19.97 GROUP 3.....................$ 42.74 19.97 GROUP 4.....................$ 40.01 19.97 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) = $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 BASEPOINTS: CENTRALIA, OLYMPIA, TACOMA POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 AAA - Cranes -over 300 tons or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes- 200 tonsto 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments; Tower crane over 175 ft in height, bas to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders -overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off -road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead, 6 yards to, but not including, 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9 HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers - self -propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all track or truck type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operator - concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane -Overhead, bridge type, 20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete pump -truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck engineer/deck winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3 yards and under; Finishing machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Loaders, overhead under 6 yards; Loaders -plant feed; Locomotives -all; Mechanics- all; https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 14 of 42 Mixers, asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders, finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill, roto- grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper -self- propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off -road equipment- under 45 yards; Subgrader trimmer; Tractors, backhoe over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine -shuttle buggy, Blaw Knox- Roadtec; Truck Crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount Portable Conveyor; Yo Yo pay GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes through 19 tons with attachments; Crane -A -frame over 10 tons; Drill oilers -auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozer-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside Hoists -(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loaders -elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pump -Concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lfit materials; Saws -concrete; Scrapers, concrete and carry all; Service engineers -equipment; Trenching machines; Truck crane oiler/driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe under 75 hp GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete Finish Machine -laser screed; Cranes A -frame 10 tons and under; Elevator and manlift (permanent and shaft type); Forklifts -under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Gradechecker, stakehop; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger -mechanical; Power plant; Pumps -water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller -other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator FOOTNOTE A- Reduced rates may be paid on the following: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and bridges whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000. HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing, Class "D" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.00 per hour. https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 15 of 42 H-3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.50 per hour. H-4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $2.00 per hour. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10612-012 09/28/2018 LEWIS, PACIFIC (portion lying north of a parallel line extending west from the northern boundary of Wahkaikum County to the sea) AND THURSTON COUNTIES ON PROJECTS DESCRIBED IN FOOTNOTE A BELOW, THE RATE FOR EACH GROUP SHALL BE 90% OF THE BASE RATE PLUS FULL FRINGE BENEFITS. ON ALL OTHER WORK, THE FOLLOWING RATES APPLY. Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1A...................$ 44.44 GROUP 1AA..................$ 45.09 GROUP 1AAA.................$ 45.73 GROUP 1.....................$ 43.79 GROUP 2.....................$ 43.23 GROUP 3.....................$ 42.74 GROUP 4.....................$ 40.01 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) = $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 BASEPOINTS: CENTRALIA, OLYMPIA, TACOMA POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS Fringes 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 GROUP 1 AAA - Cranes -over 300 tons or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes- 200 tonsto 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments; Tower crane over 175 ft in height, bas to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders -overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off -road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead, 6 yards to, but not including, 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9 HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers - self -propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all track or truck type https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 16 of 42 GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operator - concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane -Overhead, bridge type, 20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete pump -truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck engineer/deck winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3 yards and under; Finishing machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Loaders, overhead under 6 yards; Loaders -plant feed; Locomotives -all; Mechanics- all; Mixers, asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders, finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill, roto- grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper -self- propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off -road equipment- under 45 yards; Subgrader trimmer; Tractors, backhoe over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine -shuttle buggy, Blaw Knox- Roadtec; Truck Crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount Portable Conveyor; Yo Yo pay GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes through 19 tons with attachments; Crane -A -frame over 10 tons; Drill oilers -auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozer-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside Hoists -(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loaders -elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pump -Concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lfit materials; Saws -concrete; Scrapers, concrete and carry all; Service engineers -equipment; Trenching machines; Truck crane oiler/driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe under 75 hp GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete Finish Machine -laser screed; Cranes A -frame 10 tons and under; Elevator and manlift (permanent and shaft type); Forklifts -under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Gradechecker, stakehop; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger -mechanical; Power plant; Pumps -water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller -other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator FOOTNOTE A- Reduced rates may be paid on the following: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and bridges whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000. HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 17 of 42 designated hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing, Class "D" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.00 per hour. H-3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.50 per hour. H-4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $2.00 per hour. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10701-002 01/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES POWER RQUIPMENT OPERATORS: ZONE 1 Rates POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1.....................$ 41.65 GROUP 1A....................$ 43.73 GROUP 1B....................$ 45.82 GROUP 2.....................$ 39.74 GROUP 3.....................$ 38.59 GROUP 4.....................$ 37.51 GROUP 5.....................$ 36.27 GROUP 6.....................$ 33.05 Zone Differential (add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $3.00 Zone 3 - $6.00 Fringes 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 For the following metropolitan counties: MULTNOMAH; CLACKAMAS; MARION; WASHINGTON; YAMHILL; AND COLUMBIA; CLARK; AND COWLITZ COUNTY, WASHINGTON WITH MODIFICATIONS AS INDICATED: All jobs or projects located in Multnomah, Clackamas and Marion Counties, West of the western boundary of Mt. Hood National Forest and West of Mile Post 30 on Interstate 84 and West of Mile Post 30 on State Highway 26 and West of Mile Post 30 on Highway 22 and all jobs or projects located in Yamhill County, Washington County and Columbia County and all jobs or porjects located in Clark & Cowlitz County, Washington except that portion of Cowlitz County in the Mt. St. Helens "Blast Zone" shall receive Zone I pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located in the area outside the identified boundary above, but less than 50 miles from the Portland City Hall shall receive Zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 18 of 42 Portland City Hall, but outside the identified border above, shall receive Zone III pay for all classifications. For the following cities: ALBANY; BEND; COOS BAY; EUGENE; GRANTS PASS; KLAMATH FALLS; MEDFORD; ROSEBURG All jobs or projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone I pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 30 miles and less than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone III pay for all classifications. POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS Group 1 Concrete Batch Plan and or Wet mix three (3) units or more; Crane, Floating one hundred and fifty (150) ton but less than two hundred and fifty (250) ton; Crane, two hundred (200) ton through two hundred ninety nine (299) ton with two hundred foot (200') boom or less (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, ninety (90) ton through one hundred ninety nine (199) ton with over two hundred (200') boom Including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Tower Crane with one hundred seventy five foot (1751) tower or less and with less than two hundred foot (200') jib; Crane, Whirley ninety (90) ton and over; Helicopter when used in erecting work Group lA Crane, floating two hundred fifty (250) ton and over; Crane, two hundred (200) ton through two hundred ninety nine (299) ton, with over two hundred foot (200') boom (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, three hundred (300) ton through three hundred ninety nine (399) ton; Crane, Tower Crane with over one hundred seventy five foot (175') tower or over two hundred foot (200') jib; Crane, tower Crane on rail system or 2nd tower or more in work radius Group 1B Crane, three hundred (300) ton through three hundred ninety nine (399) ton, with over two hundred foot (200') boom (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Floating crane, three hundred fifty (350) ton and over; Crane, four hundred (400) ton and over Group 2 Asphalt Plant (any type); Asphalt Roto-Mill, pavement profiler eight foot (8') lateral cut and over; Auto Grader or "Trimmer"; Blade, Robotic; Bulldozer, Robotic Equipment (any type); Bulldozer, over one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. and above; Concrete Batch Plant and/or Wet https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 19 of 42 Mix one (1) and two (2) drum; Concrete Diamond Head Profiler; Canal Trimmer; Concrete, Automatic Slip Form Paver (Assistant to the Operator required); Crane, Boom Truck fifty (50) ton and with over one hundred fifty foot (150') boom and over; Crane, Floating (derrick barge) thirty (30) ton but less than one hundred fifty (150) ton; Crane, Cableway twenty-five (25) ton and over; Crane, Floating Clamshell three (3) cu. Yds. And over; Crane, ninety (90) ton through one hundred ninety nine (199) ton up to and including two hundred foot (200') of boom (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, fifty (50) ton through eighty nine (89) ton with over one hundred fifty foot (150') boom (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Whirley under ninety (90) ton; Crusher Plant; Excavator over one hundred thirty thousand (130,000) lbs.; Loader one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. and above; Remote Controlled Earth Moving Equipment; Shovel, Dragline, Clamshell, five (5) cu. Yds. And over; Underwater Equipment remote or otherwise, when used in construction work; Wheel Excavator any size Group 3 Bulldozer, over seventy thousand (70,000) lbs. up to and including one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs.; Crane, Boom Truck fifty (50) ton and over with less than one hundred fifty foot (150') boom; Crane, fifty (50) ton through eighty nine (89) ton with one hundred fifty foot (150') boom or less (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Shovel, Dragline or Clamshell three (3) cu. yds. but less than five (5) cu. Yds.; Excavator over eighty thousand (80,000) lbs. through one hundred thirty thousand (130,000) lbs.; Loader sixty thousand (60,000) lbs. and less than one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. Group 4 Asphalt, Screed; Asphalt Paver; Asphalt Roto-Mill, pavement profiler, under eight foot (8') lateral cut; Asphalt, Material Transfer Vehicle Operator; Back Filling Machine; Backhoe, Robotic, track and wheel type up to and including twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. with any attachments; Blade (any type); Boatman; Boring Machine; Bulldozer over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. and more than one hundred (100) horse up to seventy thousand (70,000) lbs.; Cable -Plow (any type); Cableway up to twenty five (25) ton; Cat Drill (John Henry); Chippers; Compactor, multi -engine; Compactor, Robotic; Compactor with blade self-propelled; Concrete, Breaker; Concrete, Grout Plant; Concrete, Mixer Mobile; Concrete, Paving Road Mixer; Concrete, Reinforced Tank Banding Machine; Crane, Boom Truck twenty (20) ton and under fifty (50) ton; Crane, Bridge Locomotive, Gantry and Overhead; Crane, Carry Deck; Crane, Chicago Boom and similar types; Crane, Derrick Operator, under one hundred (100) ton; Crane, Floating Clamshell, Dragline, etc. Operator, under three (3) cu. yds. Or less than thirty (30) ton; Crane, under fifty (50) ton; Crane, Quick Tower under one hundred foot (100') in height and less than one hundred fifty foot (1501) jib (on rail included); Diesel -Electric Engineer (Plant or Floating); Directional Drill over twenty https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 20 of 42 thousand (20,000) lbs. pullback; Drill Cat Operator; Drill Doctor and/or Bit Grinder; Driller, Percussion, Diamond, Core, Cable, Rotary and similar type; Excavator Operator over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. through eighty thousand (80,000) lbs.; Generator Operator; Grade -all; Guardrail Machines, i.e. punch, auger, etc.; Hammer Operator (Piledriver); Hoist, stiff leg, guy derrick or similar type, fifty (50) ton and over; Hoist, two (2) drums or more; Hydro Axe (loader mounted or similar type); Jack Operator, Elevating Barges, Barge Operator, self -unloading; Loader Operator, front end and overhead, twenty five thousand (25,000) lbs. and less than sixty thousand (60,000) lbs.; Log Skidders; Piledriver Operator (not crane type); Pipe, Bending, Cleaning, Doping and Wrapping Machines; Rail, Ballast Tamper Multi -Purpose; Rubber -tired Dozers and Pushers; Scraper, all types; Side -Boom; Skip Loader, Drag Box; Strump Grinder (loader mounted or similar type); Surface Heater and Planer; Tractor, rubber -tired, over fifty (50) HP Flywheel; Trenching Machine three foot (31) depth and deeper; Tub Grinder (used for wood debris); Tunnel Boring Machine Mechanic; Tunnel, Mucking Machine; Ultra High Pressure Water Jet Cutting Tool System Operator; Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator; Water pulls, Water wagons Group 5 Asphalt, Extrusion Machine; Asphalt, Roller (any asphalt mix); Asphalt, Roto-Mill pavement profiler ground man; Bulldozer, twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. or less, or one hundred (100) horse or less; Cement Pump; Chip Spreading Machine; Churn Drill and Earth Boring Machine; Compactor, self-propelled without blade; Compressor, (any power) one thousand two hundred fifty (1,250) cu. ft. and over, total capacity; Concrete, Batch Plant Quality control; Concrete, Combination Mixer and compressor operator, gunite work; Concrete, Curb Machine, Mechanical Berm, Curb and/or Curb and Gutter; Concrete, Finishing Machine; Concrete, Grouting Machine; Concrete, Internal Full Slab Vibrator Operator; Concrete, Joint Machine; Concrete, Mixer single drum, any capacity; Concrete, Paving Machine eight foot (8') or less; Concrete, Planer; Concrete, Pump; Concrete, Pump Truck; Concrete, Pumperete Operator (any type); Concrete, Slip Form Pumps, power driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms; Conveyored Material Hauler; Crane, Boom Truck under twenty (20) tons; Crane, Boom Type lifting device, five (5) ton capacity or less; Drill, Directional type less than twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. pullback; Fork Lift, over ten (10) ton or Robotic; Helicopter Hoist; Hoist Operator, single drum; Hydraulic Backhoe track type up to and including twenty thousand (20,000) lbs.; Hydraulic Backhoe wheel type (any make); Laser Screed; Loaders, rubber -tired type, less than twenty five thousand (25,000) lbs.; Pavement Grinder and/or Grooving Machine (riding type); Pipe, cast in place Pipe Laying Machine; Pulva-Mixer or similar types; Pump Operator, more than five (5) pumps (any size); Rail, Ballast Compactor, Regulator, or Tamper machines; Service Oiler (Greaser); Sweeper Self -Propelled; Tractor, Rubber -Tired, fifty (50) HP flywheel and under; Trenching Machine Operator, maximum digging capacity three foot (3') depth; Tunnel, Locomotive, Dinkey; Tunnel, Power https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 21 of 42 Jumbo setting slip forms, etc. Group 6 Asphalt, Pugmill (any type); Asphalt, Raker; Asphalt, Truck Mounted Asphalt Spreader, with Screed; Auger Oiler; Boatman; Bobcat, skid steed (less than one (1) yard); Broom, self-propelled; Compressor Operator (any power) under 1,250 cu. ft. total capacity; Concrete Curing Machine (riding type); Concrete Saw; Conveyor Operator or Assistant; Crane, Tugger; Crusher Feederman; Crusher Oiler; Deckhand; Drill, Directional Locator; Fork Lift; Grade Checker; Guardrail Punch Oiler; Hydrographic Seeder Machine, straw, pulp or seed; Hydrostatic Pump Operator; Mixer Box (CTB, dry batch, etc.); Oiler; Plant Oiler; Pump (any power); Rail, Brakeman, Switchman, Motorman; Rail, Tamping Machine, mechanical, self-propelled; Rigger; Roller grading (not asphalt); Truck, Crane Oiler -Driver ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0014-005 07/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND ORIELLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA AND WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER .......................$ 33.18 27.82 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0029-002 05/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKAIKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER .......................$ 37.00 27.87 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0086-002 07/01/2018 YAKIMA, KITTITAS AND CHELAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER .......................$ 33.18 27.82 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0086-004 07/01/2018 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PIERCE, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER .......................$ 40.81 28.22 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00238-004 06/01/2018 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 22 of 42 PASCO AREA: ADAMS, BENTON, COLUMBIA,DOUGLAS (East of 120th Meridian), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GRANT, OKANOGAN, WALLA WALLA SPOKANE AREA: ASOTIN, GARFIELD, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS & WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER (PASCO) GROUP 1.....................$ 24.84 12.35 GROUP 2.....................$ 26.94 12.35 GROUP 3.....................$ 27.21 12.35 GROUP 4.....................$ 27.48 12.35 GROUP 5.....................$ 27.76 12.35 LABORER (SPOKANE) GROUP 1.....................$ 24.74 12.45 GROUP 2.....................$ 26.84 12.45 GROUP 3.....................$ 27.11 12.45 GROUP 4.....................$ 27.38 12.45 GROUP 5.....................$ 27.66 12.45 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office. Zone 2: 45 radius miles and over from the main post office. LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Flagman; Landscape Laborer; Scaleman; Traffic Control Maintenance Laborer (to include erection and maintenance of barricades, signs and relief of flagperson); Window Washer/Cleaner (detail cleanup, such as, but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc. prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Asbestos Abatement Worker; Brush Hog Feeder; Carpenter Tender; Cement Handler; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Crewman (to include stripping of forms, hand operating jacks on slip form construction, application of concrete curing compounds, pumperete machine, signaling, handling the nozzle of squeezcrete or similar machine,6 inches and smaller); Confined Space Attendant; Concrete Signalman; Crusher Feeder; Demolition (to include clean-up, burning, loading, wrecking and salvage of all material); Dumpman; Fence Erector; Firewatch; Form Cleaning Machine Feeder, Stacker; General Laborer; Grout Machine Header Tender; Guard Rail (to include guard rails, guide and reference posts, sign posts, and right-of-way markers); Hazardous Waste Worker, Level D (no respirator is used and skin protection is minimal); Miner, Class "A" (to include all bull gang, concrete crewman, dumpman and pumperete crewman, including distributing pipe, assembly & dismantle, and nipper); Nipper; Riprap Man; Sandblast Tailhoseman; Scaffold Erector (wood or steel); Stake Jumper; Structural Mover (to include separating foundation, preparation, https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 23 of 42 cribbing, shoring, jacking and unloading of structures); Tailhoseman (water nozzle); Timber Bucker and Faller (by hand); Track Laborer (RR); Truck Loader; Well -Point Man; All Other Work Classifications Not Specially Listed Shall Be Classified As General Laborer GROUP 3: Asphalt Roller, walking; Cement Finisher Tender; Concrete Saw, walking; Demolition Torch; Dope Pot Firemen, non -mechanical; Driller Tender (when required to move and position machine); Form Setter, Paving; Grade Checker using level; Hazardous Waste Worker, Level C (uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Jackhammer Operator; Miner, Class "B" (to include brakeman, finisher, vibrator, form setter); Nozzleman (to include squeeze and flo-crete nozzle); Nozzleman, water, air or steam; Pavement Breaker (under 90 lbs.); Pipelayer, corrugated metal culvert; Pipelayer, multi- plate; Pot Tender; Power Buggy Operator; Power Tool Operator, gas, electric, pneumatic; Railroad Equipment, power driven, except dual mobile power spiker or puller; Railroad Power Spiker or Puller, dual mobile; Rodder and Spreader; Tamper (to include operation of Barco, Essex and similar tampers); Trencher, Shawnee; Tugger Operator; Wagon Drills; Water Pipe Liner; Wheelbarrow (power driven) GROUP 4: Air and Hydraulic Track Drill; Aspahlt Raker;Brush Machine (to include horizontal construction joint cleanup brush machine, power propelled); Caisson Worker, free air; Chain Saw Operator and Faller; Concrete Stack (to include laborers when laborers working on free standing concrete stacks for smoke or fume control above 40 feet high); Gunite (to include operation of machine and nozzle); Hazardous Waste Worker, Level B (uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Laser Beam Operator (to include grade checker and elevation control); Miner, Class C (to include miner, nozzleman for concrete, laser beam operator and rigger on tunnels); Monitor Operator (air track or similar mounting); Mortar Mixer; Nozzleman (to include jet blasting nozzleman, over 1,200 lbs., jet blast machine power propelled, sandblast nozzle); Pavement Breaker (90 lbs. and over); Pipelayer (to include working topman, caulker, collarman, jointer, mortarman, rigger, jacker, shorer, valve or meter installer); Pipewrapper; Plasterer Tender; Vibrators (all) GROUP 5 - Drills with Dual Masts; Hazardous Waste Worker, Level A (utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line); Miner Class "D", (to include raise and shaft miner, laser beam operator on riases and shafts) LAB00238-006 06/01/2018 COUNTIES EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN: ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, STEVENS, SPOKANE, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 24 of 42 Rates Fringes Hod Carrier ......................$ 27.75 12.25 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00242-003 06/01/2018 KING COUNTY Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 26.05 11.49 GROUP 2.....................$ 29.83 11.49 GROUP 3.....................$ 37.27 11.49 GROUP 4.....................$ 38.19 11.49 GROUP 5.....................$ 38.80 11.49 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 25 of 42 material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper -Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller -Power; Raker -Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person -sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). LAB00252-010 06/01/2018 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, JEFFERSON, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (EXCLUDING SOUTHWEST), PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 26.05 11.49 GROUP 2.....................$ 29.83 11.49 GROUP 3.....................$ 37.27 11.49 GROUP 4.....................$ 38.19 11.49 GROUP 5.....................$ 38.80 11.49 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 26 of 42 ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper -Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller -Power; Raker -Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 27 of 42 Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person -sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00292-008 06/01/2018 ISLAND, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 26.05 11.49 GROUP 2.....................$ 29.83 11.49 GROUP 3.....................$ 37.27 11.49 GROUP 4.....................$ 38.19 11.49 GROUP 5.....................$ 38.80 11.49 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 28 of 42 Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper -Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller -Power; Raker -Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person -sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). LAB00335-001 06/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH OF A STRAIGHT LINE MADE BY EXTENDING THE NORTH BOUNDARY LINE OF WAHKIAKUM COUNTY WEST TO THE PACIFIC OCEAN), SKAMANIA AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Laborers: ZONE 1: GROUP 1....................$ 31.72 11.49 GROUP 2....................$ 32.38 11.49 GROUP 3....................$ 32.87 11.49 GROUP 4....................$ 33.29 11.49 GROUP 5....................$ 28.98 11.49 GROUP 6....................$ 26.31 11.49 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 29 of 42 GROUP 7....................$ 22.78 11.49 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 $ 0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.75 BASE POINTS: LONGVIEW AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city all. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Asphalt Plant Laborers; Asphalt Spreaders; Batch Weighman; Broomers; Brush Burners and Cutters; Car and Truck Loaders; Carpenter Tender; Change -House Man or Dry Shack Man; Choker Setter; Clean-up Laborers; Curing, Concrete; Demolition, Wrecking and Moving Laborers; Dumpers, road oiling crew; Dumpmen (for grading crew); Elevator Feeders; Median Rail Reference Post, Guide Post, Right of Way Marker; Fine Graders; Fire Watch; Form Strippers (not swinging stages); General Laborers; Hazardous Waste Worker; Leverman or Aggregate Spreader (Flaherty and similar types); Loading Spotters; Material Yard Man (including electrical); Pittsburgh Chipper Operator or Similar Types; Railroad Track Laborers; Ribbon Setters (including steel forms); Rip Rap Man (hand placed); Road Pump Tender; Sewer Labor; Signalman; Skipman; Slopers; Spraymen; Stake Chaser; Stockpiler; Tie Back Shoring; Timber Faller and Bucker (hand labor); Toolroom Man (at job site); Tunnel Bullgang (above ground); Weight -Man- Crusher (aggregate when used) GROUP 2: Applicator (including pot power tender for same), applying protective material by hand or nozzle on utility lines or storage tanks on project; Brush Cutters (power saw); Burners; Choker Splicer; Clary Power Spreader and similar types; Clean- up Nozzleman-Green Cutter (concrete, rock, etc.); Concrete Power Buggyman; Concrete Laborer; Crusher Feeder; Demolition and Wrecking Charred Materials; Gunite Nozzleman Tender; Gunite or Sand Blasting Pot Tender; Handlers or Mixers of all Materials of an irritating nature (including cement and lime); Tool Operators (includes but not limited to: Dry Pack Machine; Jackhammer; Chipping Guns; Paving Breakers); Pipe Doping and Wrapping; Post Hole Digger, air, gas or electric; Vibrating Screed; Tampers; Sand Blasting (Wet); Stake -Setter; Tunnel-Muckers, Brakemen, Concrete Crew, Bullgang (underground) GROUP 3: Asbestos Removal; Bit Grinder; Drill Doctor; Drill https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 30 of 42 Operators, air tracks, cat drills, wagon drills, rubber -mounted drills, and other similar types including at crusher plants; Gunite Nozzleman; High Scalers, Strippers and Drillers (covers work in swinging stages, chairs or belts, under extreme conditions unusual to normal drilling, blasting, barring -down, or sloping and stripping); Manhole Builder; Powdermen; Concrete Saw Operator; Pwdermen; Power Saw Operators (Bucking and Falling); Pumperete Nozzlemen; Sand Blasting (Dry); Sewer Timberman; Track Liners, Anchor Machines, Ballast Regulators, Multiple Tampers, Power Jacks, Tugger Operator; Tunnel -Chuck Tenders, Nippers and Timbermen; Vibrator; Water Blaster GROUP 4: Asphalt Raker; Concrete Saw Operator (walls); Concrete Nozzelman; Grade Checker; Pipelayer; Laser Beam (pipelaying)-applicable when employee assigned to move, set up, align; Laser Beam; Tunnel Miners; Motorman -Dinky Locomotive -Tunnel; Powderman-Tunnel; Shield Operator -Tunnel GROUP 5: Traffic Flaggers GROUP 6: Fence Builders GROUP 7: Landscaping or Planting Laborers ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00335-019 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes Hod Carrier ......................$ 31.72 11.49 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00348-003 06/01/2018 CHELAN, DOUGLAS (W OF 12TH MERIDIAN), KITTITAS, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 22.23 11.49 GROUP 2.....................$ 25.48 11.49 GROUP 3.....................$ 27.89 11.49 GROUP 4.....................$ 28.56 11.49 GROUP 5.....................$ 29.04 11.49 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 31 of 42 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper -Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller -Power; Raker -Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person -sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 32 of 42 GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0005-002 07/01/2018 STATEWIDE EXCEPT CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Painters: STRIPERS ....................$ 30.50 15.73 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0005-004 03/01/2009 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER ..........................$ 20.82 7.44 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN0005-006 07/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN; BENTON AND FRANKLIN (EXCEPT HANFORD SITE); CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER Application of Cold Tar Products, Epoxies, Polyure thanes, Acids, Radiation Resistant Material, Water and Sandblasting ............ $ 30.19 11.71 Over 30'/Swing Stage Work..$ 22.20 7.98 Brush, Roller, Striping, Steam -cleaning and Spray .... $ 22.94 11.61 Lead Abatement, Asbestos Abatement ...................$ 21.50 7.98 *$.70 shall be paid over and above the basic wage rates listed for work on swing stages and high work of over 30 feet. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0055-003 07/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 33 of 42 Rates Fringes PAINTER Brush & Roller ..............$ 23.51 11.94 High work - All work 60 ft. or higher ...............$ 24.26 11.94 Spray and Sandblasting ...... $ 23.51 11.94 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0055-006 07/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, SKAMANIA and WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Painters: HIGHWAY & PARKING LOT STRIPER .....................$ 35.02 12.06 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0072-004 06/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER ZONE 1......................$ 29.07 14.13 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston; Wenatchee Zone 1: 0 - 45 radius miles from the main post office Zone 2: Over 45 radius miles from the main post office ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0528-001 06/01/2018 CLALLAM, COWLITZ, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, WAHKIAKUM AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON CEMENT MASON ................$ 42.63 17.44 COMPOSITION, TROWEL MACHINE, GRINDER, POWER TOOLS, GUNNITE NOZZLE ....... $ 43.13 17.44 TROWLING MACHINE OPERATOR ON COMPOSITION ..............$ 43.13 17.44 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0555-002 06/01/2017 CLARK, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA COUNTIES https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 34 of 42 ZONE 1: Rates CEMENT MASON CEMENT MASONS DOING BOTH COMPOSITION/POWER MACHINERY AND SUSPENDED/HANGING SCAFFOLD..$ 32.87 CEMENT MASONS ON SUSPENDED, SWINGING AND/OR HANGING SCAFFOLD ............ $ 32.87 CEMENT MASONS ...............$ 31.50 COMPOSITION WORKERS AND POWER MACHINERY OPERATORS ... $ 32.19 Zone Differential (Add To Zone 1 Rates): Zone 2 - $0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 3.00 Fringes 17.62 17.62 17.62 17.62 BASE POINTS: BEND, CORVALLIS, EUGENE, MEDFORD, PORTLAND, SALEM, THE DALLES, VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0037-002 06/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Truck drivers: ZONE 1 GROUP 1....................$ 28.52 GROUP 2....................$ 28.64 GROUP 3....................$ 28.78 GROUP 4....................$ 29.05 GROUP 5....................$ 29.27 GROUP 6....................$ 29.45 GROUP 7....................$ 29.65 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 Rates): Zone 2 - $0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.75 Fringes 14.62 14.62 14.62 14.62 14.62 14.62 14.62 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 35 of 42 BASE POINTS: ASTORIA, THE DALLES, LONGVIEW AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: A Frame or Hydra lifrt truck w/load bearing surface; Articulated Dump Truck; Battery Rebuilders; Bus or Manhaul Driver; Concrete Buggies (power operated); Concrete Pump Truck; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations there of: up to and including 10 cu. yds.; Lift Jitneys, Fork Lifts (all sizes in loading, unloading and transporting material on job site); Loader and/or Leverman on Concrete Dry Batch Plant (manually operated); Pilot Car; Pickup Truck; Solo Flat Bed and misc. Body Trucks, 0-10 tons; Truck Tender; Truck Mechanic Tender; Water Wagons (rated capacity) up to 3,000 gallons; Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix - 5 cu. yds. and under; Lubrication Man, Fuel Truck Driver, Tireman, Wash Rack, Steam Cleaner or combinations; Team Driver; Slurry Truck Driver or Leverman; Tireman GROUP 2: Boom Truck/Hydra-lift or Retracting Crane; Challenger; Dumpsters or similar equipment all sizes; Dump Trucks/Articulated Dumps 6 cu to 10 cu.; Flaherty Spreader Driver or Leverman; Lowbed Equipment, Flat Bed Semi -trailer or doubles transporting equipment or wet or dry materials; Lumber Carrier, Driver -Straddle Carrier (used in loading, unloading and transporting of materials on job site); Oil Distributor Driver or Leverman; Transit mix and wet or dry mix trcuks: over 5 cu. yds. and including 7 cu. yds.; Vacuum Trucks; Water truck/Wagons (rated capacity) over 3,000 to 5,000 gallons GROUP 3: Ammonia Nitrate Distributor Driver; Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 10 cu. yds. and including 30 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Self -Propelled Street Sweeper; Transit mix and wet or dry mix truck: over 7 cu yds. and including 11 cu yds.; Truck Mechanic -Welder -Body Repairman; Utility and Clean-up Truck; Water Wagons (rated capacity) over 5,000 to 10,000 gallons GROUP 4: Asphalt Burner; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom cumps, including Semi -Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 30 cu. yds. and including 50 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Fire Guard; Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks, over 11 cu. yds. and including https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 36 of 42 15 cu. yds.; Water Wagon (rated capacity) over 10,000 gallons to 15,000 gallons GROUP 5: Composite Crewman; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 50 cu. yds. and including 60 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks GROUP 6: Bulk Cement Spreader w/o Auger; Dry Pre -Batch concrete Mix Trucks; Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains of combinations thereof: over 60 cu. yds. and including 80 cu. yds., and includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Skid Truck GROUP 7: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 80 cu. yds. and including 100 cu. yds., includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Industrial Lift Truck (mechanical tailgate) ---------------------------------------------------------------- * TEAM0174-001 01/01/2018 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Truck drivers: ZONE A: GROUP 1:...................$ 35.63 18.67 GROUP 2:...................$ 34.79 18.67 GROUP 3:...................$ 31.98 18.67 GROUP 4:...................$ 27.01 18.67 GROUP 5:...................$ 35.18 18.67 ZONE B (25-45 miles from center of listed cities*): Add $.70 per hour to Zone A rates. ZONE C (over 45 miles from centr of listed cities*): Add $1.00 per hour to Zone A rates. *Zone pay will be calculated from the city center of the following listed cities: BELLINGHAM CENTRALIA EVERETT SHELTON SEATTLE PORT ANGELES TACOMA PORT TOWNSEND TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS RAYMOND OLYMPIA ANACORTES BELLEVUE MT. VERNON KENT ABERDEEN BREMERTON GROUP 1 - "A -frame or Hydralift" trucks and Boom trucks or similar equipment when "A" frame or "Hydralift" and Boom truck or similar equipment is used; Buggymobile; Bulk Cement Tanker; Dumpsters and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Tournotrailer, Cat DW series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, Westinghouse, Athye Wagon, Euclid https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 37 of 42 Two and Four -Wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top -loaded equipment transporting material: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi -trucks and trains or combinations thereof with 16 yards to 30 yards capacity: Over 30 yards $.15 per hour additional for each 10 yard increment; Explosive Truck (field mix) and similar equipment; Hyster Operators (handling bulk loose aggregates); Lowbed and Heavy Duty Trailer; Road Oil Distributor Driver; Spreader, Flaherty Transit mix used exclusively in heavy construction; Water Wagon and Tank Truck-3,000 gallons and over capacity GROUP 2 - Bulllifts, or similar equipment used in loading or unloading trucks, transporting materials on job site; Dumpsters, and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Turnotrailer, Cat. D.W. Series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, Westinghouse, Athye wagon, Euclid two and four -wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top -loaded equipment transporting material: Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi -trucks and trains or combinations thereof with less than 16 yards capacity; Flatbed (Dual Rear Axle); Grease Truck, Fuel Truck, Greaser, Battery Service Man and/or Tire Service Man; Leverman and loader at bunkers and batch plants; Oil tank transport; Scissor truck; Slurry Truck; Sno-Go and similar equipment; Swampers; Straddler Carrier (Ross, Hyster) and similar equipment; Team Driver; Tractor (small, rubber-tired)(when used within Teamster jurisdiction); Vacuum truck; Water Wagon and Tank trucks -less than 3,000 gallons capacity; Winch Truck; Wrecker, Tow truck and similar equipment GROUP 3 - Flatbed (single rear axle); Pickup Sweeper; Pickup Truck. (Adjust Group 3 upward by $2.00 per hour for onsite work only) GROUP 4 - Escort or Pilot Car GROUP 5 - Mechanic HAZMAT PROJECTS Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C: +$.25 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B: +$.50 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit." LEVEL A: +$.75 per hour - This level utilizes a fully - encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0690-004 06/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 38 of 42 COUNTIES Rates Fringes Truck drivers: (AREA 1: SPOKANE ZONE CENTER: Adams, Chelan, Douglas, Ferry, Grant, Kittitas, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pen Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, and Whitman Counties AREA 1: LEWISTON ZONE CENTER: Asotin, Columbia, and Garfield Counties AREA 2: PASCO ZONE CENTER: Benton, Franklin, Walla Walla and Yakima Counties) AREA 1: GROUP 1....................$ 24.32 17.30 GROUP 2....................$ 26.86 17.30 GROUP 3....................$ 26.97 17.30 GROUP 4....................$ 27.30 17.30 GROUP 5....................$ 27.41 17.30 GROUP 6....................$ 29.57 17.30 GROUP 7....................$ 28.11 17.30 GROUP 8....................$ 28.43 17.30 AREA 2: GROUP 1....................$ 26.32 17.30 GROUP 2....................$ 28.86 17.30 GROUP 3....................$ 28.97 17.30 GROUP 4....................$ 29.30 17.30 GROUP 5....................$ 29.41 17.30 GROUP 6....................$ 29.57 17.30 GROUP 7....................$ 28.05 17.30 GROUP 8....................$ 30.43 17.30 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate: Zone 1 + $2.00) BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office. Zone 2: Outside 45 radius miles from the main post office TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Escort Driver or Pilot Car; Employee Haul; Power Boat Hauling Employees or Material GROUP 2: Fish Truck; Flat Bed Truck; Fork Lift (3000 lbs. and under); Leverperson (loading trucks at bunkers); Trailer Mounted Hydro Seeder and Mulcher; Seeder & Mulcher; Stationary Fuel Operator; Tractor (small, rubber -tired, pulling trailer or similar equipment) GROUP 3: Auto Crane (2000 lbs. capacity); Buggy Mobile & Similar; Bulk Cement Tanks & Spreader; Dumptor (6 yds. & under); Flat Bed Truck with Hydraullic System; Fork Lift https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 39 of 42 (3001-16,000 lbs.); Fuel Truck Driver, Steamcleaner & Washer; Power Operated Sweeper; Rubber -tired Tunnel Jumbo; Scissors Truck; Slurry Truck Driver; Straddle Carrier (Ross, Hyster, & similar); Tireperson; Transit Mixers & Truck Hauling Concrete (3 yd. to & including 6 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (3 yards to and including 6 yds.); Warehouseperson (to include shipping & receiving); Wrecker & Tow Truck GROUP 4: A -Frame; Burner, Cutter, & Welder; Service Greaser; Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (over 6 yards to and including 12 yds.); Truck Mounted Hydro Seeder; Warehouseperson; Water Tank truck (0-8,000 gallons) GROUP 5: Dumptor (over 6 yds.); Lowboy (50 tons & under); Self- loading Roll Off; Semi -Truck & Trailer; Tractor with Steer Trailer; Transit Mixers and Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 6 yds. to and including 10 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and end dump (over 12 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Truck -Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled, up to 14 ton); Vacuum Truck (super sucker, guzzler, etc.) GROUP 6: Flaherty Spreader Box Driver; Flowboys; Fork Lift (over 16,000 lbs.); Dumps (Semi -end); Mechanic (Field); Semi- end Dumps; Transfer Truck & Trailer; Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 10 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 20 yds. to & including 40 yds.); Truck and Pup; Tournarocker, DWs & similar with 2 or more 4 wheel -power tractor with trailer, gallonage or yardage scale, whichever is greater Water Tank Truck (8,001- 14,000 gallons); Lowboy(over 50 tons) GROUP 7: Oil Distributor Driver; Stringer Truck (cable oeprated trailer); Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 20 yds.); Truck, side, end, bottom end dump (over 40 yds. to & including 100 yds.); Truck Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled (16 through 25 tons); GROUP 8: Prime Movers and Stinger Truck; Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 100 yds.); Helicopter Pilot Hauling Employees or Materials Footnote A - Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in additon to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C-D: - $.50 PER HOUR (This is the lowest level of protection. This level may use an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL A-B: - $1.00 PER HOUR (Uses supplied air is conjunction with a chemical spash suit or fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus. Employees shall be paid Hazmat pay in increments of four(4) and eight(8) hours. https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 40 of 42 NOTE: Trucks Pulling Equipment Trailers: shall receive $.15/hour over applicable truck rate WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health -related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health -related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)) . The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 41 of 42 the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 1000 of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 42 of 42 On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing I. CALL FORBIDS CAG-19-001 CITY OF RENTON Renton Avenue South Resurfacing CALL FOR BIDS Sealed bids will be received by the City of Renton, at the City Clerk's Office, located on the 7th floor of Renton City Hall, until 10:30 AM on Tuesday, February 19, 2019. All supplemental documents, that are allowed to be submitted after this date and time, shall be delivered to the City Clerk's Office. The bids will be opened and publicly read at 11:30 AM on Wednesday, February 20, 2019 in room #511, located on the 5th floor of Renton City Hall. Renton City Hall is located at 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057. Approved plans, specifications, addenda, and plan holders list for this project are available on-line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http://www.bxwa.com. Click on bxwo.com; Posted Projects; Public Works; City of Renton; Projects Bidding. (Note: Bidders are encouraged to Register as a Bidder, in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the Bidders List). Contact Builders Exchange of Washington at 425-258-1303 should you require further assistance. The City of Renton in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally -Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an award. The improvement for which bids will be received is described below: Construct the Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project. The work includes but is not limited to: excavation; grading; sawcutting; removal of pavement; removal of concrete curb, gutter and sidewalk; trench excavation and backfill, water main improvements, fire hydrants, water services, a HAWK signal, street light improvements, planing pavement; forming and placement of concrete curb, gutter, sidewalk and ADA wheelchair ramps; paving with asphalt; adjustments to utility frames, grates and covers; installation of street channelization and video detection; property restoration and all other work necessary to complete the Work as specified and shown in the Contract Provisions. Jason A. Seth, City Clerk Published: January 10, 2019 and January 17, 2019 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Call for Bids 2018 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing II. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS The following supplements the information in the Call for Bids: 1. Special Project Information. The Contract Documents, including Standard Specifications, and all applicable laws and regulations apply to this project. The following items particular to this project are repeated here for emphasis: a. Wages. This project includes federal funding. The State Prevailing Wages and Federal Wage Rates in effect at time of Advertisement are provided in Appendix A. It is the Bidder's responsibility to obtain wage information for any work classifications that are not included. 2. Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, shall request the explanation or interpretation in writing by the close of business five (5) business days preceding the bid opening to allow a written reply to reach all prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids. Oral explanations, interpretations, or instructions given by anyone before the Award of Contract will not be binding on the City of Renton. 3. If a bidder has any questions regarding the project, the bidder may either: • Submit questions in writing to Renton City Hall — Transportation Systems, 1055 S Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057, Attn: Michelle Faltaous, or • Submit questions via e-mail: mailto: MFaltaous@Rentonwa.gov. Put "Renton Avenue South Resurfacing" in the subject line No other type of inquiry will be accepted. 4. All bids must be self-explanatory. Partial bids will not be accepted. No opportunity will be offered for oral explanation except as the City of Renton may request further information on particular points. The bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City of Renton as to their financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work. 5. The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest responsible, responsive bidder. The total bid amount of all schedules combined will be used to determine the low bidder. 6. The City of Renton reserves the right to reject any and all bids or waive any and/or all informalities. 7. Payment for this work will be made in cash warrants. 8. Bidders are not required to be in possession of a current City of Renton business license in order to bid on City projects. However, Contractors and all subcontractors of all tiers must be in possession of a current City business license while conducting work in the City. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Information and Checklist for Bidders Page 1 of 3 2018 9. Bidding Checklist Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name and address of the Bidder, and the name and number of the project for which the bid is submitted. It is the responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed below and in the Table of Contents are included in their copy of the Contract Provisions. If documents are missing, it is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the missing documents prior to the date and time that bids are due. The following documents shall be submitted with the bid. a. Project Proposal Cover Sheet —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. b. Proposal —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. c. Schedule of Prices — The form(s) included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Bidders must bid on all schedules and items shown on the Schedule of Prices. If any unit price is left blank, it will be considered no charge for that bid item, regardless of what has been placed in the extension column. d. Local Agency Certification for Federal -Aid Contracts. e. Non -Collusion Declaration —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. f. Local Agency Subcontractor List - This form is available at http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.htm1. Bidder may download, print and complete the form to include with Bid. The DOT Form, DOT Form Number and revision date must match the form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be considered irregular and non -responsive and the Bid will be rejected. g. Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification. h. UDBE Written Confirmation Document. i. Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project — The form included in these Bid Documents must be used: no substitute will be accented. j. Contractor Certification, Wage Law Compliance — Responsibility Criteria, Washington State Public Works Contracts — This form is available at http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.htm1. Bidder may download, complete, print and sign the form to include with Bid. The DOT Form, DOT Form Number and revision date Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Information and Checklist for Bidders Page 2 of 3 2018 must match the form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be considered irregular and non -responsive and the Bid will be rejected. k. Proposal Signature Page — The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Evidence of signatory's authority to sign the Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall be submitted with the Bid. Otherwise, the submitted Bid will be considered irregular and non -responsive and the Bid will be rejected. I. Proposal Bid Bond — The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. If an attorney -in -fact signs bond, the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety's by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. 10. Contract Checklist The following documents are to be executed by the successful Bidder after the Contract is awarded. a. Agreement —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder. b. Contract Bond — The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder and its surety company. This bond covers successful completion of all work and payment of all laborers, subcontractors, suppliers, etc. If an attorney -in -fact signs bond, the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety's by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. c. Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance —The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. d. Certificates of Insurance — To be executed by an insurance company acceptable to the City, on ACORD Forms. Required coverages are listed in Section 1-07.18 of the Special Provisions. The City of Renton shall be named as "Additional Insured" on the insurance policies as well as the entities listed in Section 1-07.18(2) of the Special Provisions. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Information and Checklist for Bidders Page 3 of 3 2018 CITY OF RENTON SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION NO. 4085 It is the policy of the City of Renton to promote and provide equal treatment and service to all citizens and to ensure equal employment opportunity to all persons without regard to their race; religion/creed; national origin; ancestry; sex; age over 40; sexual orientation or gender identity; pregnancy; HIV/AIDS and Hepatitis C status; use of a guide dog/service animal; marital status; parental/family status; military status; or veteran's status, or the presence of a physical, sensory, or mental disability, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability, of employees and applicants for employment and fair, non-discriminatory treatment to all citizens. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES - The City of Renton will ensure all employment related activities included recruitment, selection, promotion, demotion, training, retention and separation are conducted in a manner which is based on job -related criteria which does not discriminate against women, minorities and other protected classes. Human resources decisions will be in accordance with individual performance, staffing requirements, governing civil service rules, and labor contract agreements. (2) COOPERATION WITH HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity in employment. (3) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATIONS - Contractors, sub -contractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall affirm and subscribe to the Fair Practices and Non-discrimination policies set forth by the law and by City policy. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate city facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of Renton, Washington, this7th day of March 1Z011 CITY RENTON n Denis Law, Mayor Attest: Bonnie I. Walton, City Clerk RENTON CITY COUNCIL until Pr sident JV. SEAL)Z_*', 2018 Street Patch and Overlay with Curb Ramps TED4004007 Summary of Fair Practices Policy 2018 CITY OF RENTON SUI6SARY OFAMEWCANS W= DISABILITIES ACT POLICY ADOPTED B Y RESOL U17ON NO. 3007 The policy of the City of Renton is to promote and afford equal treatment and service to all citizens and to assure employment opportunity to persons with disabilities, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability. This policy shall be based on the principles of equal employment opportunity, the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable guidelines as set forth in federal, state and local laws. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines- (1) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES - All activities relating to employment such as recruitment, selection, promotion, termination and training shall be conducted in a non- discriminatory manner. Personnel decisions will be based on individual performance, staffing requirements, and in accordance with the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable laws and regulations. (2) CGOPEl2ATION _WITH HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and corrm►issions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity for persons with disabilities in employment and receipt of City services, activities and programs. (3) AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY - The City of Renton Americans With Disabilities Act Policy will be maintained to facilitate equivable representation within the City work force and to assure equal employment opportunity and equal access to City services, activities and programs to all people with disabilities. It shall be the responsibility and the duty of all City officials and employees to carry out the policies and guidelines as set forth in this policy (4) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATION - Contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall abide by the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act and promote access to services, activities and programs for people with disabilities. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate City facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of Renton, Washington, this 4th dory of October 1993. C RENTON -" '�� (�n " , Mayor Attest - City Clerk RENTON CITY COUNCIL: ouncil President 2018 Street Patch and Overlay with Curb Ramps TED4004007 Summary of American Disabilities Act Policy 2018 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Ill. PROJECT PROPOSAL Project Name: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Federal Aid Number: STP(UL)-1201(023) City Contract Number: CAG-19-001 Company: P6�1'Qy,, /77- r i Telephone No.: q7, c�J 5 1 �OQQ Fax No.: of S3 .3s , Total Bid Amount: 5?5- rovided to Builders Exchango of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see w,ww:bxwa.cuM - Always Verify Scal PROPOSAL • Renton Avenue South Resurfacing TO THE CITY OF RFNTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Ladies and/or Gentlemen: The undersigned (Bidder) hereby certify that the Bidder has examined the location and construction details of the proposed work, has read and thoroughly understands the Contract Documents governing the work, and the nature of the work, and the method by which payment will be made for said work. Bidder hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work detailed in and in accordance with these Contract Documents, for the Total Bid Amount shown on the attached Schedule of Prices. The Bidder understands that the quantities mentioned herein are approximate only and are subject to increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all quantities of work as either increased or decreased in accordance with the Contract Documents. As evidence of good fa'th, pursuant to RCW 35.23.352(1), an original Bid Proposal Deposit in the form of (check one) 4bid bond, or ❑ cashier's check (made payable to the City of Renton), or ❑ postal money order (made payable to the City of Renton), in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Amount, is attached hereto. If a bid bond is signed by an attorney -in -fact, Bidder agrees that the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety's by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. Bidder understands that Contract Award or Bid rejection will occur within 60 calendar days after the opening of bids, as specified in Section 1-03.2 of the Standard Specifications. Bidder further understands that should Bidder fail to enter into this contract in accordance with his or Mier Bid and furnish a contract bond within a period of ten (10) days from the date at which he or she is notified that he or she is the successful bidder, the Bid Proposal Deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Renton, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352 Bidder hereby agrees to complete the Physical Work in all respects within 60 working days. Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed date. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing proposal 2018 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Znr�. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.cora - Always Verify Scat ADDENDUM NO. 3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Renton Avenue South Resurfacing 0 ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for ali items. all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two 12) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item. the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEM NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION S SPEC,UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EMTENSION SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY RESURFACING 1 Unexpected Site Changes (1-04,4(1)) CALC 1 510,00000 $10,00000 2 Record Drawings (Minimum Bid $50G) (1-05,18) LS 1 s 3 Roadway Surveying (1 U5,4) L5 1 / JWV / 4 Licensed Surveying (1-05 4► FA 1 $2,000.00 5522,000.00 5 �ADA Feature Surveying (1-05.4) LS 1 yo �O�D 6 SPCC Plan (1-07.15f i)) LS 1 ®SAD r7t7 _ S q� 7 Mobilization (1-09.7) LS I S PortaNe Changeable Mesa e Sign (1-10.5) HR 3,720 r �a 9 Project Temporary Traffic Control (1-10.5) LS 1 1 10 Clearing and Grubbing (2-01.S} AC 0,21 11 Removal of Structures and Obstructions (2-02 5) LS 1 �- d% All 12 Roadway Excavation, Inc, Haul (2-03.S) CY 310 �1 —,57W 13 Gravel Borrow, Incl. Haul {2-03.5) TN i1a�lp"?= 14 Unsuitabie Foundation Excavation, Incl. Haul (2-03.5) Cy 10 pGYli s 15 Locate Existing Utilities (2-09.5) LS 1 15 Controlled Density Fill (2-09.5) CYrio Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 1 of SR 2018 r Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www,bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal ADDENDUM NO. 3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES + Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places ;including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and tota9s shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE" EXTENSION 17 Crushed Surfacing Top Course (4-04.5) TN 320 012 0� 18 Planing Bituminous Pavement (5-04.5) SY 21,000 19 Pavement Repair Excavation, Incl. Haul (5-04.5) SY 420 ,W 20 HMA Cl. 112° PG 64-22 (5-04.5) TN 4,050 21 lob Mix Compliance Price Adjustment (5-04.5) CA LC 1 $00.00 $0.00 22 Compaction Price Adjustment (5-04.5) CALC 1 $0.00 $0.00 23 CPEP StBedding)orm Sewer Pipe, 12 In. Diam. (Intl. (5.04.5► LF 90 ,dY9 " ,/V ®� 24 Catch Basin, Type 1 (7-05.5) EA 2 a 6?„9 25 Adjust Manhole (7-05 5) EA 2 26 Adjust Catch Basin (7-05.5( EA 8 27 Trench Excavation Safety Systems {7-08.5) LS 1 G7� nD 28 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfilt (7-08.5) TN 60 7 Q� 29 Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul (7-08.5) Cy 55 30 Removal of Unsuitable Material (Trench) (7-09.5) CY 5 31 Teievision Inspection (7-12.5) L5 1 FW SW 32 Adjust Meter Box (7-15.5) EA 3 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 2 of SR 201E 7 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal ADDENDtTNI NO. 3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES + Renton Avenue South Resurfacing ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs betweenthe unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totats shall be corrected to conform thereto. ITEOM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE' EXTENSION 33 Adjust Valve Box (7-15,S) EA 3mg 34 Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching (8-01,5) SY 100 35 Erosion/Water Pollution Control (8-01.5) LS 1 ®�40 36 Topsoil, Type A (8-02.5) CY 60 S -�� 37 Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter (8-04.5) LF 990 38 Cement Conc. Driveway Entrance (8-06.5) SY 40 , �/� �Tfjep 39 Cement Conc. Driveway Repair (8-06.5) SY 10 40 Raised Pavement Marker, Type 1 (8-09.5) HD 39 41 Raised Pavement Marker, Type 2 (8-09.5) HD 5 42 Adjust Monument Case and Cover {8-13 5) EA 2 43 Cement Conc. Sidewalk (8-14 5) SY 215 44 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp {8-14.5) EA 9 —77jV �✓ 45 Video Detection (8-20.5) LS 1 46 Permanent Signing (8-21.5) LS 1 47 Plastic Line (8-22.5) LF 660 jV 48 P{asticCrosswalk Line (8-22.5) SF 10-1 Fd ID�� Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 3 of 5R 2018 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www-bxwa.COM - Always verify Scal ADDENDUM NO. 3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Renton Avenue South Resurfacing r ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for ah items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (lnduding whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures In the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail. and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto_ ITEM NO.49 ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE" EXTENSION Plastic Stop Line (8-22.S) Li= EO � 50 Plastic Traffic Arrow (8-22.5) EA 10 51 Plastic Yield Lane Symbol (8-22.5) EA 5 �jAM L dj 52 Temporary Pavement Marksng — Short ❑uraticn (8 z3.5) L 15,500 y7 53 Landscape Block Wall (8-24.5) SF 60 �� Z Q2 "TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULE A = J_ �3 - 0 /0� ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* T EXTENSION SCHEDULE B - WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS 100 Trench Excavation Safety Systems (7-09.5) LS 1 � / D /fib - 101 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill (7-09.5) TN 300 �rO� GY2 D 102 Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul (7-09 5) C:Y 40U 103 DI Water Main Plpe, 8 In. Diam. (7 -C9.5) LF L4l) = ! dGd1�'V, 104 Connection to Existing Water Main (7-09.5) EA 2 105 Additional Ductlle Iron Fittings (7-09.5) LB 500 106 Gate Valve, 8 In. (7-12.5} EA 1 107 Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly (7-12 5( EA 1 ys Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 4 of SR 2018 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal ADDENDUM NO. 3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Y ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID NOTE: Unit prices for ali Items. all extensions, and totaS amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices m numerical figures only, in dotlars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected, Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto. I` EOM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE` EXTENSION SECTION 108 Fire Hydrant Assembly (7-14.5) EA 3 ? 109 Service Connection, 1 In, Diam. (7-15.5) 1 EA S Subtotal Bid Amount, SCHEDULE B = ✓33 14'�'p Sales Tax of 10% - �✓ c%�� TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULE B = ! �� /v IT EO ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE' EXTENSION SECTION SCHEDULE C - HAWK SIGNAL Pedestrian Hydbrid Beacon (Hawk) Signal 200 System, Complete (g 20.5) L5 1 /a GU 23 201 Wireless Interconnect (8-20.5) LS 1 � y ��T lives "TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULE C = `4 7 5 TOTAL BID AMOUNT, SCHEDULES A, B AND C - S(f S o�2`% 7 "NOTE, All applicable sales tax shall he included in the unit and lump sum bid price per section 1.07.2il) and WAC 458-20-171. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Schedule of Prices Page 5 of SR 2018 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify 5ca1 Local Agency Certification for Federal -Aid Contracts The prospective participant certifies by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: (1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement. (2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. This certification is material representation of the fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each failure. The prospective participant also agrees y submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. SR DOT Form 272-040A EF 07/2011 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Local Agency Certification for Federal -Aid Contracts 2018 Failure to return this Declaration as part of the bid proposal package will make the bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award. NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS To report rigging activities call: 1-800-424-9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll -free "hotline" Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the "hotline" to report such activities. The "hotline" is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. SR DOT Form 272-0361 EF 07/2011 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Non -Collusion Declaration 2018 tst ayers�r r€arsre s Local Agency Subcontractor List LQCai dwC�I1Cy Afl6rE09 Fr+2pa;ed ,r, compliance with RCW 39.30.060 as amended To Be Submitted with the Bid Proposal Project Name ' Failure to list subcontractors with whom the Kidder. If awarded the contract, will dire ubcontract for performance of the work of heating. ventilation and air conditionrna, plumbing. as described in Chapter 18 106 RCW, and electrical, as deSerlbsd in Chapter 19.28 RCW or naming more than one subcontractor to perform the sarne work will result En your bid being non -responsive and therefore void. Subcontractor(s) with wham the bidder will directly subcontract that are proposed to perform the work of heating. ventilation and air coo lioning, plumbing. as described in Chapter 18106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 1�1.28 RCW M1 be listed below. The work to be performed is tote listed below the subcontractor(si name. To the extent the Pro€ecl includes one or more Cat€gorier- of wgrK retotgr1coo in RCW 39 30.060. and no �OcQnlmcicr i5 liStQd *Plow to perform such work, the bidder Ceryfms that 1h8 w4rh will either fi) be performed b the Mettler itself. or llli be performed by a lower tier subcontractor who will not contract directly with the bidder, Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed — Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed Subcontractor Name Work to be Perfomned Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed SUbcontractor Name Work to be Perfurmetl ' Bidders are notified that is the oprrvon of the enforcement agency that PVC or metal condcilt, junctton boxes, etc, are oonsidered electrical equipment and trtererore considered part oll electrical work, even It the installation es toy future use and no wing or electrical current Is connected during the priAect. SR DOT FomEAEF R..-_7t� MI2 R.r,risetl GPRi'i17 Renton Avenue south Resurfacing Local agency Subcontractor List 2019 Provided to au-ldera Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.rpm - Always Verify seal Fffl Washington State -Underutilized D.isadvantaged-Business• Drapat Transportationlettttcst'E.ntero.rise°Utilization Certification' To be eligible for Award otthls Contract the Bldder shall fill cut and`submit, as a'supplement to its sealed Bid'Proposal,-an Underutlllzed D€sadvantaged' Business Enterprise (UDBE) Utilization Cetlificalion. The Contracting Agency shall consider as':non-responsive and shall reject any Bid Proposal that does not contain a -UDBB Utlilzation Certification which; properly demonstrates lhatlhe'Bldder will meet the UDBE participation requirements1n.drie of the manners provided for'In;the, proposed Contract. Referto the Instructions on Page 2 when filling out.thisTorm or the!Bid may:he.rejeaed.'An, example form has been provided an Page 3. The, successful'Bidder's UDBE.Utllization Certi[Icallon shall'bwdeemed'a part of th esulting Contract. Box 1 t to S ��'� certifies that -the UDBE firms listed,helow have been contacted' regarding parficipaiion on t iis.projecl; f this Bidder is successful on this project'and is awarded the Contract,•it shail- •assure that subcontracts orsupply agreements are executed with. riamad UDBE& {lf,necessary, use additional sheets,)_, Box 2: ColumO Hama of UDBE (806146hucVons) Column 2 Projoct Role. (Ebe instructio6s) Column 3 Doscriptinri of Wdrk (Seeinstructiont) ' Column d DollarAm6unt Siibcontractod "ta'UDBE- (See inetruclions) Column 5 6a1lar4mount',' �to bo Applied Tawards.Goal" (Son ins3rricJien3.)-• Mai R - is F 1 llnilerutilized Disadvaritaaed Rusinnss r Ta1a1'UD9E Commitment l]otlar4rnnunt: 9 f'nte ise Condition of Award Contract Goal 13m 3 eax t7 5 y checking Box s.tho Bidder is stating that their a#temppts to solicit sufficient ll[]l3E participatipn to inert the OA Contract goal has been unsuccessful and good faith effort will be submitted in accordance with Section 1-02.9 of -the Contract gpr Forrh 272-056U ficevised OV2018 Renton Avenue_ South Resurfacing 'UDBE Utilization'Ceiification: 2018' Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement; see vrwov.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal AV WV R.W. SCOTT CONSTRUCTION CO, General Contractors — RWSCOCx 229MU 4005 WEST VALLEY HIGHWAY NORTH, SUITE A, AUBURN, WASHINGTON 99001 PHONE: (253) 351-0001 FAX: (253) 351-0055 February 27, 2019 City of Renton Michelle Faltaous RE: Renton Ave S Resurfacing Federal Aid #STP(UL)-1201(023) Dear Michelle: Our UDBE Subcontractor Amaya Electric will perform the following items of work on the project: Schedule A Item #45 Video Detection Schedule C Item #200 Pedestrian Hydbrid Becon (Hawk) Signal System, Complete Schedule C Item #201 Wireless Interconnect If you have any additional questions please feel free to give us a call. Sincerely, R. W. Scott Vice President $ 22,150.00 $212,400.00 $ 13,200.00 Instructions for Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification Form Box 1: Name of Bidder (Proposal holder) submitting Bid. Box 2: Name of the Project. Column 1 Name of the Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (UDBE). UDBE Firms can be found using the search tools under the Firm Certification section of the Diversity Management and Compliance System web page htt!m llwsdot diversitycompliance cc Repeat the name of the UDBE for each Project Role that will be performed. Column 2: The Project Role that the UDBE will be performing as follows; • Prim Contractor • Subcontractor • Subcontractor (Force Account) Work sublet as Force Account must be listed separately. • Manufacturer • Regular Dealer • Work sublet to a Regular Dealer must be listed separately. • Regular Dealer status must be approved prior to Bid submittal by the Office of Equal Opportunity, Washington State Department of Transportation, on each Contract. • Broker Work sublet to a Broker must be listed separately. List each project role to be performed by a single UDBE individually on a separate row(s). The role is used to determine what portion of the amount to be subcontracted (Column 4) may be applied toward meeting the goal (column 5). Column 3: Provide a description of the work to be performed by the UDBE. The work to be performed must be consistent with the Certified Business Description of the UDBE provided at the Diversity Management and Compliance System web page https Jlwsdot diversitycompliance GO • A Bidder subletting a portion of a bid item shall state "Partial' and describe the Work that is included. For example; "Electrical (Partial) —Trenching • "Mobilization" will not be accepted as a description of Work. Column 4. List the total amount to be subcontracted to each UDBE for each Project Role they are performing. Column 5: This is the dollar amount for each line listed in the certification that the prime intends to apply towards meeting the GOA Contract goal. It may be that only a portion of the amount subcontracted to a UDBE in Column 4 is eligible to be credited toward meeting the goal See Note 1, Note 2, Note 3. The Contracting Agency will utilize the sum of this column (Box 4) to determine whether or not the bidder has met the goal. In the event of an arithmetic error in summing column 5 or an error in making appropriate reductions in the amounts in column four, See Note 1, Note 2, Note 3, then the mathematics will be corrected and the total (Box 4) will be revised Note 1: For Work sublet as Force Account the bidder may only claim 50% of the amount subcontracted (Column 4) towards meeting the goal (Column 5). This information will be used to demonstrate that the UDBE contract ggcal is met at the time that the bidder submits their bid. For example; amount sublet as force account = $100,000 (Column 4) equates to ($1001000 X 50%) _ $50;000 (Column 5) to be applied towards the goal. Note 2: For Work sublet to a Regular Dealer the bidder may only claim 6W. of the cost of the materials or supplies (Column 4) towards meeting the goal (Column 5). For example; Material cost = $100,000 {Column 4) equates to ($100,000 X 60%) = $60,000 (Column 5) to be applied towards the goal Note 3: For Work sublet to a Broker the bidder may only claim the fees paid to a Broker towards meeting the goal {Column 4}. For example; amount sublet to a broker = $100,000 (Column 4) equates to ($100.000 X reasonable fee %) = $ (Column 5) to be applied towards the goal. Box 3: Box 3 is the COA Contract goal which is the minimum required UDBE participation. The goal stated in the Contract will be in terms of a dollar amount or a percentage in the Contract. When expressed as a percentage you must multiply the percentage times the sum total of all bid items as submitted in the Bidder's Proposal to determine the dollar goal and write it in Box 3. In the event of an error in this box, the Contracting Agency will revise the amount accordingly. Box 4: Box 4 is the sum of the values in column 5. This value must equal or exceed the COA Contract goal amount written in Box 3 or; Box 5, Check Box 5 if insuf jciant UDBE Participation has been achieved and a good faith effort is required Refer to the subsection titled, Selection of Successful BidderlGood Faith Efforts (GFE) in the Contract. See the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Participation specification in the Contract for more information. DOT Form 272-056U Revised 02r2018 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing UDBE Utilization Certification 2018 Adw qw.Washington State Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Department of Transportathm Enterprise Utilization Certification To be eligible for Award of this Contract the Bidder shall fill out and submit, as a supplement to its sealed Bid Proposal, an Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise {UDBE} Utilization Certification. The Contracting Agency shall consider as non -responsive and shall reject any Bid Proposal that does not contain a UDBE Utilization Certification which properly demonstrates that the Bidder will meet the UDBE pa rt i ci pat i a n requirements in one of the manners provided for in the proposed Contract. Refer to the instructions on Page 2 when filling out this form or the Bid may be rejected. An example form has been provided on Page 3. The successful Bidder's UDBE Utilization Certification shall be deemed a part of the resulting Contract. Box 1: A Plus Construction Company certifies that the UDBE firms listed below have been contacted regarding participation on this project. If this Bidder is successful on this project and is awarded the Contract, it shall assure that subcontracts or supply agreements are executed with named UDBEs. [If necessary, use additional sheets.} Box 2: US 395, Spokane City Limits to Stevens County Line - Paving and Safety Column t Name of UDBE (See instructions) Column 2 Project Role (See instructions) COluimn 3 Description of Work (see instructions) Column 4 Dollar Amount Subcontracted to UDBE (See instructions) Column 5 Dollar Amount to be Applied Towards Goal (See instructions) A Plus Construction Company Printc Asphalt and coneTc[c paving, asphalt ntilling. prelevciing and pavement repair N/A 90MM0 In the Lint ScrvicM Inc subcontractor Ozorce Account) Cyack seating 20,000 10,ODO In IIie Line Services, Inc, subcontractor Cnridgro4x, joiHi. scat, pavcmcflt markers, temporary signsge, construction sign installation 200,000 200,000 The Everything Guys. LLC ReguIar Dealer Rental and sales of highway construction and related uryipmrnt and materials 100,000 60,000 OptimnsPrimc Tmdcing. htc. McLulltcads, Inc. Subcontractor Manulaclurcr ' hump Trucking Dowel Bars 50,000 50,o00 75,00D 75,000 Erosion Under Cont-rot Co. Broker E.rosiem crnitrol blAnkets strrm hales Andvvanles, sandbags 15,000 250 Underutilized Disadvantaged Business 356,968.16 Total UDBE Commitment DollarAmount 1.295,250 Enterprise Condition of Award Contract Goal Box 3 Box a 5 MBy checking Box 5 the Bidder is stating that their attempts to solicit sufficient UDBE participation to meet the OA Contract goal has been unsucoessful and good faith effort will be submitted in accordance with Section 1-02.9 of the Contract DOT Form 272-056U Rensed0212018 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing UDBE Utilization Certification 2018 Underutilized Disadvantaged Business �W Washington State Depanms e"t of watnt3p+ortlation Enterprise (UDBE) Written Confirmation Document Sm Contract NroWsions: Ul�H�' Uocrurreni Strbrrutta112rrrlrrirvsurruts Dixacll�urltub��td Jlrrslrrc.rs F;+tf�tl>ri.,e!'urfrciperffr�rl THIS FORM SHALT.ONTY BE StIBMITTEF) M UDBF; THAT IS LISI'Fl) ON TITS C0\'I'RA( 'OR'S I. INI ERI I'llI,IAED DISADVAMf.AUEi1) HI iSIl1'I';8% 1•;1\ ITRI'll1SI{ LITI J/.tCl' ON CF'.R-I-iFICAIIUN. 'I'llE C'DN'1AAC I•UIl SI-IALLCOMPLE'l'Ii RLII'I':L PRIU1t'rOSENDIN01'0 I'l-ll'. UD131:. l'A lt•1' .1 r '1'o be completed by the bidd r '11te orllrivs beloiv shall be consistent lvillt .vhut is slitmil till llle llidder's Undot-UHliltd DtstldVUnlugc:d BUS-illes's Enterprise Utilization C'erlificalion. ailtlrc to do soWillresult' t Bid Fe'l loll. r� Contract Title:I�Jlibrp�/!µ�. /L�INGYI�f'/�ri1 Bidder's Bminess Name: LILME's Business Name: Dcscriplion oruDBr's Work; r, Dollar Amount to Ile Allplied'Is+ll•ardx 1113131'. Goal: a t/..�7 %SV DullarAniounttobeSalwolllc•acledtoLll)13h*: '4phemal Field PART 11. To he conipleled by the LTiltlerutiliml Disudynntaped Business Enter rt? iyl As an authorized rcprosentative of ilto Undkmitilized Disadvcuttagcd Business Enterprise. 1 confion Hutt we lmnve been contacted by the Bidder with regiu•d to the rnlcrenced project for the putllo,te ell' perrnrniing the Work ciescm•ibrtl abovC. If qtc Bidder is awarded the Contract, we will entor into tut agreenmctlt with Ilic Bidder lu partic;ipaic ill time pro}ecl Consistent With lire iulollnation pruvitled ill Pall A of tilis AMU. Nitmc (prinlcd). Signature: Title: Address: DOT ram 422-031 f} Revised 0212016 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing � s •�, rn � i-r,r , Ledc'Vr4I'd wa `ON01t, t1DBE Written Confirmation Document 2018 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.hxwa.com - Always Verify Scal + APWA-WA division 1 Committee rev. 1/812016 Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project In compliance with a new law that went into effect January 1, 2016 (SHB1.695). the Bidder shall propose below, the total percent of construction aggregate and concrete materials to be incorporated into the Project that are recycled materials. Calculated percentages must be within the amounts allowed in Section 9-03.21(1)E, Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material, of the Standard Specifications. Proposed total percentage: Ll/ percent, Note: Use of recycled materials is highly encouraged within the limits shown above, but does not constitute a Bidder Preference, and will not affect the determination of award, unless two or more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, in which case proposed recycling percentages wfil be used as a tie -breaker, per the APWA GSP in Section 1-03.1 of the Spacial Provisions. Regardless, the Bidder's stated proposed percentages will become a goal the Contractor should do its best to accomplish, Bidders will be required to report on recycled materials actually incorporated into the Project, in accordance with the APWA GSP in Section 1-06.6 of the Special Provisions. Bidder: C'XS Signature of Authorized Official: Date: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project zoos Provided to aul.1ders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal frWash'segtcn State o Depairtmem a!'Transporta#ton Contractor Certification Waga Law Compliance - Responsibility Criteria Washington State Public Works Contracts. FAILURE TO RETURN THIS CERTIFICATION AS PART OF THE BID PROPOSAL PACKAGE WILL MAKE THIS BID NONRESPONSIVE AND INELIGIBLE FOR AWARD hereby certify, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State:of Washington, an behalf of the;.firm identified below that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, this firm;.has N.Qj'C een determined by,"a final, and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Washington, State Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court: oflimited or general jurisdiotion to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49,48.082, any -provision of RCW chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 within three (3) years prior to the date of the Call for Bids. Bidder Name: W e Name of Contr r/Bidder- Print full legal entity name of firm ' Signature za,—Orrlf fzed person Print Name of person making certifications for firm Title: 1 � Place: �J. vfchurrl �.CJ ; Tlie of person signing certificate Print city and state whore •signed Date: !/ f Form 272-009 , OEV2017 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Contractor Certification, Wage Law Compliance — Respongibllity Criteria, Washington State, Public Works Contracts 2019 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see wsvw:bxwa. cam - Always Verify Scal'I PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE By signing below, Bidder acknowledges receipt and understanding of the following Addenda to the Bid Documents: Addendum No. Date of Receipt Addendum No. 4 Date of Receipt NOTE: A Proposal maybe considered irregular and may be rejected if the receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged, The bidder is hereby advised tha signature of this proposal he/she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirement signed all certificates contained herein. rz- [Signature of Authorized Official] " [Business Name] f Printed Name] [Address Line 11 `e 4, fTitlel [Address Line 21 [Date] [Telephone Number] *NOTE: Evidence a the s gnatory's authority to sign the Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall be submitted with the aid. Otherwi c ^ the submitted Did will be considered irregular and non-resi7vosive and the old will be rejected. NOTE: The address and phone number listed above will be used for all communications regarding this proposal, Type of business entity (e.g. =orporationpartnership, etc.): State of Incorporation, or State where business entity was formed: WA Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Proposal -- Signature Page 2018 Provided to Bu_,lders Exchangz of WA, rrrc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.6xwa,com - Always Verify Scal WA State Contractor's Registration # C� a :a ya, ,e�e,tscoc �a� UBI # 2 Industrial Insurance Account # Sri q d q a Employment Security Department # :907%,!;7' State Excise Tax Registration # ��� a :� 7 a,% DUNS # NSA The Surety Company which will furnish the required Contract Bond is b7"C-grm � [Surety] (Address Line 11 [Telephone Number] [Address Line 21 Renton Avenbe South Resurfacing Proposal— Signature Page 2018 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.cpm - Always Verify Scal PROPOSAL BID BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Bidder] R.W. Scott Construction Co. of [address] 4005 West Valley Highway North, Suite A, Auburn, WA 98001 as Principal, and [Surety] Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of ___.. _Maryland as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton in the full sum of five (5) percent of the total bid amount of the proposal of said Principal for the work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of the bond is such, that whereas the Principal herein is herewith submitting his/her or its sealed proposal for the following public works construction project, to wit: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, If the said proposal bid by said Principal be accepted, and the contract be awarded to said Principal, and if said Principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said contract and shall furnish contract bond as required by the City of Renton within a period of ten (10) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain and be in full force and effect. IN THE EVENT, the Principal, following award, fails to execute an Agreement with the City of Renton in accordance with the terms of the Proposal and furnish a contract bond with Surety or Sureties approved by the City of Renton within ten (10) days from and after said award, then Principal shall forfeit the Bid Bond/Bid Proposal Deposit or Surety shall immediately pay and forfeit to the City of Renton the amount of the Proposal Bid Bond, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352. This Proposal Bid Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed this 5th day of _ February 2019 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Proposal Bid Bond to the City of Renton 2028 T. t:Avd r�_: 511-1d-.rs 'xrTiartyt _ FAA, J-jr�. Fnr uraye i'oiiditicrns :lgraetnztjt see www.t=xwA.com - ?llrrave Ve3: y PRINCIPAL SURETY R.W. Scott Construction Co. Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland [Prfncip:!l - [SuKty] - By: By o�;'; [Signs re f Aut orized Official Ngnat re of Authorized Official] � Scoff [Printed Name] - b [Titfe] /I fDatej Name and address of local office of Agent and/or Surety Company: Holli Albers [Printed Name] -- - - Attomey-In-Fact ITitle] February 5, 2019 [Date[ Propel Insurance 1201 Pacific Ave, Ste 1000, Tacoma Tacoma, WA 98402 Telephone: 253-759-2200 Surety WAOIC 4 442 Surety NAIC ti Renton Avenue South Resurfacing 39306 Proposal Bid Bond to the City of Renton 2018 i.J'--d '.,, Uu_tet�r�; J'xcl-.an., - w;,, rj,-. Fnr usirie Conditions Agreement see w.iwA-xWa.con - Always Verify Sc,11 ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Maryland, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by DAVID MCVICKER, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Karen C. SWANSON, Holli ALBERS, Jamie L. MARQUES, Carley ESPIRITU, Christopher KINYON, Brent E. HEILESEN, Annelies M. RICHIE, Kyle Joseph HOWAT, Heather L. ALLEN and Peter J. COMFORT, all of Tacoma, Washington, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at. its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 3rd day of January, A.D. 20I9. ATTEST: BF 4ssihAt Secrelary Dawn E. Brown - t, ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND Vice President. David McVicker State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 3rd day of January, A.D. 2019, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, DAVID MCVICKER, Vice President, and DAWN E. BROWN, Assistant Secretary, of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly swom, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. Constance A. Dunn, Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 9, 2019 POA-F 180-28498 try EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES "Article V, Section 8, Attornevs-in-Fact. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys -in -fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney -in -fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any time." CERTIFICATE 1, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AML•RICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in frill force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998, RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney... Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May. 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the l Oth day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "'That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice -President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. INXESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have her unto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies. this day of Ff W#XL4 20. EAL ��a suy ros RA y a.¢�l^ 5089 ;J�{7 Brian M. Hodges, Vice President TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND, PLEASE SUBMIT ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION TO: Zurich American Insurance Co. Attn: Surety Claims 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing IV. AGREEMENT FORMS "15 AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. CAG-19-001 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this G71 day of , ww by and between the CITY OF RENTON, a municipal core ration of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "City" and •�} U l rcvS - hereinafter referred to as "Contractor." Contractor. WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: 1. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing in accordance with and as described in the attached plans and specifications, and the 2018 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association (APWA) which are by this reference incorporated herein and made part hereof and, shall perform any changes in the work in accord with the Contract Documents. law Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work and labor, of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in these Contract Documents except those items +�w mentioned therein to be furnished by the City. 2. The City hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and furnish the same in accord with the attached plans and specifications +rr and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this contract �r. The sum total of all progress payments is not to exceed the Total Bid Amount listed in the Schedule of Prices incorporated into this contract, unless the Total Bid Amount is amended by change order(s) prepared and executed in accordance with these Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor for himself/herself, and for his/her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to full performance of all covenants required of the Contractor in the contract. fin wr Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Agreement 2018 ar 4. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of entering into this sr contract, except as provided herein. S 5. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney's and expert witness fees. S 6. This contract is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed and original. oil IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has executed this instrument, on the day and year first below written and the Mayor has caused this instrument to be executed by and in the name of the City of Renton the day and year first above written. S CONTRACTOR CITY OF RENT N eli [Signdfure of Authorized Official] * Denis La% , or 45/(-ci‘../v74 [Title] T I1 / � ``aa�unirrrN [Business Name] Jason eth, City Cler �� � ''�, 4, ata -/2e// yr [Date] ,, (p �iiI \\` 0. /,,,�QRA IEDStP\\•`‘`\ *NOTE: Evidence of the signatory's authority to sign the Agreement on behalf of the business entity shall be submitted. CONTRACTOR ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES CITY OF RENTON ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES le- / iri✓S7 Transportation Systems Division ADD Sr /-si L22/Ay /7'z' 'V Renton City Hall—5th Floor SO A I ki W/4 ei?09/ 1055 South Grady Way Renton,WA 98057 Sri + Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Agreement 2018 rl % CD CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Bond No. 9311011 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,That we, [Contractor] R.W. Scott Construction Co. of [address]4005 West Valley Highway North, Suite A, Renton,WA 98001 as Principal, and [Surety] Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Illinois as a surety corporation,and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton (City) in the penal sum of$1,585,247.60 Total Contract Amount,for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our heirs,executors,administrators and assigns,successors and assigns, or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington,the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at ,Washington,this day of , 20 Nevertheless,the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Contract No. CAG-19-001 providing for construction of the Renton Avenue South Resurfacing;the Principal has accepted,or is about to accept,the Contract, and undertake to perform the Work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, by executing this Contract Bond, a combined Performance and Payment Bond, Surety indemnifies and holds the City, its officers, agents and assigns harmless from all claims, liabilities, causes of action,damages and costs, including property damages and personal injuries, resulting from any defect appearing or developing in the material provided or workmanship performed under the Contract AND for such payments for labor, equipment, and materials by satisfying all claims and demands incurred under the Contract, and reimbursing and paying City all expenses that City may incur in making good any default by Principal. FUTHERMORE, this Contract Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the condition that Principal: • Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by City in the manner and within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract; • Pays all persons in accordance with RCW 39.08, 39.12 and 60.28 including all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material persons, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment,or materials to the Project; • Pays all taxes incurred on said contract under title 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82 RCW; • Receives a written discharge from City, signed by the Mayor or by a duly authorized representative of City. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Contract Bond to the City of Renton 2018 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal No change,extension of time, alteration,or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect Surety's obligation on the Contract Bond. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work, with the exception that Surety shall be notified if the Contract time is extended by more than twenty percent (20%). If any modification or change increases the total amount to be paid under the Contract,Surety's obligation under this Contract Bond shall automatically increase in a like amount. Any such increase shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the original amount of the Contract Bond without the prior written consent of Surety. This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. This Contract Bond shall be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the parties' duly authorized officers.This Contract Bond will only be accepted if is accompanied by a fully executed and original power of attorney for the office executing on behalf of the Surety. PRINCIPAL SURETY R.W. Scott Construction o. Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland [Principal] [Surety] dAl-A-112 [SignatureAuthorized Official] [Sign ture of Authorized Official]c 1 Holli Albers [Printed Name] [Printed Name] Attorney-In-Fact [Title] / [Title] 3/ 2 h March 13, 2019 [Date] [Date] Name and address of local office of Propel Insurance Agent and/or Surety Company: 1201 Pacific Avenue, Suite 1000 Tacoma, WA 98402 Telephone: (253) 759-2200 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Contract Bond to the City of Renton 2018 Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Illinois, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Illinois (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by Robert D.Murray,Vice President,in pursuance of authority granted by Article V,Section 8,of the By-Laws of said Companies,which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof,do hereby nominate,constitute, and appoint Karen C. SWANSON, Holli ALBERS, Jamie L. MARQUES, Carley ESPIRITU, Christopher KINYON, Brent E. HEILESEN,Annelies M. RICHIE, Kyle Joseph HOWAT, and Heather L.ALLEN,all of Tacoma,Washington,EACH,its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact,to make,execute,seal and deliver,for,and on its behalf as surety,and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings,and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents,shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York,New York.,the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V,Section 8,of the By-Laws of said Companies,and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the said Vice-President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and +�F'IDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND,this 26th day of February,A.D.2019. }` 1 • I,sa\,tt (MAL i'k - ATTEST: ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND By: Robert D.Murray Vice President )CZtit'iL r()' L Z94(K- By: Dawn E.Brown Secretary State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 26th day of February, A.D.2019, before the subscriber,a Notary Public of the State of Maryland,duly commissioned and qualified,Robert D. Murray,Vice President and Dawn E.Brown,Secretary of the Companies,to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument,and acknowledged the execution of same,and being by me duly sworn,deposeth and saith,that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid,and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies,and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. / i4,. Constance A.Dunn,Notary Public My Commission Expires:July 9,2019 EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES "Article V,Section 8,Attorneys-in-Fact. The Chief Executive Officer,the President,or any Executive Vice President or Vice President may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations,undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney-in-fact to affix the corporate seal thereto;and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any time." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Secretary of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate;and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8,of the By- Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998. RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attomey...Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice-President,Secretary,or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter,wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this 13th day of March 2019 W(4,, "fr.,tt48,N ��� s � is, SEAL lace w By: Brian M.Hodges Vice President TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND,PLEASE SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING THE PRINCIPAL ON THE BOND,THE BOND NUMBER,AND YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION TO: Zurich Surety Claims 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg,IL 60196-1056 www.reportsfclaims@zurichna.com 800-626-4577 '3 AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. CAG-19-001 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of by and between the CITY OF RENTON, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "City" and , hereinafter referred to as "Contractor." WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: 1. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing in accordance with and as described in the attached plans and specifications, and the 2018 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association (APWA) which are by this reference incorporated herein and made part hereof and, shall perform any changes in the work in accord with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work and labor, of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in these Contract Documents except those items mentioned therein to be furnished by the City. 2. The City hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and furnish the same in accord with the attached plans and specifications and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this contract The sum total of all progress payments is not to exceed the Total Bid Amount listed in the Schedule of Prices incorporated into this contract, unless the Total Bid Amount is amended by change order(s) prepared and executed in accordance with these Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor for himself/herself, and for his/her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to full performance of all covenants required of the Contractor in the contract. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Agreement 2018 4. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of entering into this contract, except as provided herein. 5. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney's and expert witness fees. 6. This contract is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed and original. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has executed this instrument, on the day and year first below written and the Mayor has caused this instrument to be executed by and in the name of the City of Renton the day and year first above written. CONTRACTOR [Signature of Authorized Official] * [Title] Denis Law, Mayor CITY OF RENTON [Business Name] Jason Seth, City Clerk [Date] ATTEST *NOTE: Evidence of the signatory's authority to sign the Agreement on behalf of the business entity shall be submitted. CONTRACTOR ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES CITY OF RENTON ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES Transportation Systems Division Renton Citv Hall — 51h Floor 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Agreement 2018 '3 CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Contractor] of [address] as Principal, and [Surety] a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton (City) in the penal sum of $ Total Contract Amount, for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, successors and assigns, or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at , Washington, this day of , 20 Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Contract No. CAG-19-001 providing for construction of the Renton Avenue South Resurfacing; the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the Contract, and undertake to perform the Work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, by executing this Contract Bond, a combined Performance and Payment Bond, Surety indemnifies and holds the City, its officers, agents and assigns harmless from all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages and costs, including property damages and personal injuries, resulting from any defect appearing or developing in the material provided or workmanship performed under the Contract AND for such payments for labor, equipment, and materials by satisfying all claims and demands incurred under the Contract, and reimbursing and paying City all expenses that City may incur in making good any default by Principal. FUTHERMORE, this Contract Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the condition that Principal: • Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by City in the manner and within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract; • Pays all persons in accordance with RCW 39.08, 39.12 and 60.28 including all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material persons, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment, or materials to the Project; • Pays all taxes incurred on said contract under title 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82 RCW; • Receives a written discharge from City, signed by the Mayor or by a duly authorized representative of City. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Contract Bond to the City of Renton 2018 No change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect Surety's obligation on the Contract Bond. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work, with the exception that Surety shall be notified if the Contract time is extended by more than twenty percent (20%). If any modification or change increases the total amount to be paid under the Contract, Surety's obligation under this Contract Bond shall automatically increase in a like amount. Any such increase shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the original amount of the Contract Bond without the prior written consent of Surety. This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. This Contract Bond shall be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the parties' duly authorized officers. This Contract Bond will only be accepted if is accompanied by a fully executed and original power of attorney for the office executing on behalf of the Surety. PRINCIPAL SURETY [Principal] [Signature of Authorized Official] [Printed Name] [Title] [Date] Name and address of local office of Agent and/or Surety Company: [Surety] [Signature of Authorized Official] [Printed Name] [Title] [Date] Telephone: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Contract Bond to the City of Renton 2018 (D FAIR PRACTICES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY DECLARATION I, by signing the Agreement, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation affirms and subscribes to the Fair Practices and Non-discrimination policies set forth by the law and by City of Renton policy, adopted by Resolution No. 4085. 2. That by signing the signature page of this Agreement, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Fair Practices and Non -Discrimination Declaration 2018 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing V. REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012 I. General II. Nondiscrimination III. Nonsegregated Facilities IV. Davis -Bacon and Related Act Provisions V. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act Provisions VI. Subletting or Assigning the Contract VI 1. Safety: Accident Prevention VIII. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects IX. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act X. Compliance with Governmentwide Suspension and Debarment Requirements XI. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying ATTACHMENTS A. Employment and Materials Preference for Appalachian Development Highway System or Appalachian Local Access Road Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only) I. GENERAL 1. Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated in each construction contract funded under Title 23 (excluding emergency contracts solely intended for debris removal). The contractor (or subcontractor) must insert this form in each subcontract and further require its inclusion in all lower tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services). The applicable requirements of Form FHWA-1273 are incorporated by reference for work done under any purchase order, rental agreement or agreement for other services. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower -tier subcontractor or service provider. Form FHWA-1273 must be included in all Federal -aid design -build contracts, in all subcontracts and in lower tier subcontracts (excluding subcontracts for design services, purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services). The design -builder shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower -tier subcontractor or service provider. Contracting agencies may reference Form FHWA-1273 in bid proposal or request for proposal documents, however, the Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated (not referenced) in all contracts, subcontracts and lower -tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services related to a construction contract). 2. Subject to the applicability criteria noted in the following sections, these contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract. 3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions may be sufficient grounds for withholding of progress payments, withholding of final payment, termination of the contract, suspension / debarment or any other action determined to be appropriate by the contracting agency and FHWA. 4. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not use convict labor for any purpose within the limits of a construction project on a Federal -aid highway unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation. The term Federal -aid highway does not include roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors. II. NONDISCRIMINATION The provisions of this section related to 23 CFR Part 230 are applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The provisions of 23 CFR Part 230 are not applicable to material supply, engineering, or architectural service contracts. In addition, the contractor and all subcontractors must comply with the following policies: Executive Order 11246, 41 CFR 60, 29 CFR 1625-1627, Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633. The contractor and all subcontractors must comply with: the requirements of the Equal Opportunity Clause in 41 CFR 60-1.4(b) and, for all construction contracts exceeding $10,000, the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications in 41 CFR 60-4.3. Note: The U.S. Department of Labor has exclusive authority to determine compliance with Executive Order 11246 and the policies of the Secretary of Labor including 41 CFR 60, and 29 CFR 1625-1627. The contracting agency and the FHWA have the authority and the responsibility to ensure compliance with Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633. The following provision is adopted from 23 CFR 230, Appendix A, with appropriate revisions to conform to the U.S. Department of Labor (US DOL) and FHWA requirements. 1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630, 29 CFR 1625-1627, 41 CFR 60 and 49 CFR 27) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under this contract. The provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO: a. The contractor will work with the contracting agency and the Federal Government to ensure that it has made every good faith effort to provide equal opportunity with respect to all of its terms and conditions of employment and in their review of activities under the contract. b. The contractor will accept as its operating policy the following statement: "It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship, pre -apprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training." 2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known to the contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting an active EEO program and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so. 3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum: a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer. b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor. c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minorities and women. d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees. e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means. 4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minorities and women in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived. a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minorities and women. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority and women applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration. b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, the contractor is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system meets the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. Where implementation of such an agreement has the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Federal nondiscrimination provisions. c. The contractor will encourage its present employees to refer minorities and women as applicants for employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring such applicants will be discussed with employees. 5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed: a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel. b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices. c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons. d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with its obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of their avenues of appeal. 6. Training and Promotion: a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minorities and women who are applicants for employment or current employees. Such efforts should be aimed at developing full journey level status employees in the type of trade or job classification involved. b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. The contracting agency may reserve training positions for persons who receive welfare assistance in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 140(a). c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and entrance requirements for each. d. The contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of employees who are minorities and women and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion. 7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use good faith efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minorities and women. Actions by the contractor, either directly or through a contractor's association acting as agent, will include the procedures set forth below: a. The contractor will use good faith efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minorities and women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minorities and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment. b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the contracting agency and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information. d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minorities and women. The failure of a union to provide sufficient referrals (even though it is obligated to provide exclusive referrals under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement) does not relieve the contractor from the requirements of this paragraph. In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the contracting agency. 8. Reasonable Accommodation for Applicants / Employees with Disabilities: The contractor must be familiar with the requirements for and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and all rules and regulations established there under. Employers must provide reasonable accommodation in all employment activities unless to do so would cause an undue hardship. 9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the administration of this contract. a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers and lessors of their EEO obligations under this contract. b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations. 10. Assurance Required by 49 CFR 26.13(b): a. The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and the State DOT's U.S. DOT -approved DBE program are incorporated by reference. b. The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT -assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the contracting agency deems appropriate. 11. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following the date of the final payment to the contractor for all contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of the contracting agency and the FHWA. a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following: (1) The number and work hours of minority and non -minority group members and women employed in each work classification on the project; (2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase employment opportunities for minorities and women; and (3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minorities and women; b. The contractors and subcontractors will submit an annual report to the contracting agency each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non - minority group employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA-1391. The staffing data should represent the project work force on board in all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. If on-the-job training is being required by special provision, the contractor will be required to collect and report training data. The employment data should reflect the work force on board during all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin cannot result. The contractor may neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensure that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. The term "facilities" includes waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, washrooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees. The contractor shall provide separate or single -user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas to assure privacy between sexes. IV. DAVIS-BACON AND RELATED ACT PROVISIONS This section is applicable to all Federal -aid construction projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts and lower -tier subcontracts (regardless of subcontract size). The requirements apply to all projects located within the right-of-way of a roadway that is functionally classified as Federal -aid highway. This excludes roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt. Contracting agencies may elect to apply these requirements to other projects. The following provisions are from the U.S. Department of Labor regulations in 29 CFR 5.5 "Contract provisions and related matters" with minor revisions to conform to the FHWA-1273 format and FHWA program requirements. 1. Minimum wages a. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1.d. of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph 1.b. of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. b. (1) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (i) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (ii) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (iii) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (2) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs 1.b.(2) or 1.15.(3) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. c. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. d. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 2. Withholding The contracting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract, or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contracting agency may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 3. Payrolls and basic records a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. b. (1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the contracting agency. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee ( e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the contracting agency for transmission to the State DOT, the FHWA or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the contracting agency.. (2) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under §5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under §5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete; (ii) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; (iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (3) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 3.b.(2) of this section. (4) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. c. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 3.a. of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the contracting agency, the State DOT, the FHWA, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FHWA may, `[1 after written notice to the contractor, the contracting agency or the State DOT, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. 4. Apprentices and trainees a. Apprentices (programs of the USDOL). Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. b. Trainees (programs of the USDOL). Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and im individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. c. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. d. Apprentices and Trainees (programs of the U.S. DOT). Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal - aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular program. 5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert Form FHWA-1273 in any subcontracts and also require the subcontractors to include Form FHWA-1273 in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. 7. Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. `r►: 8. Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of eligibility. a. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). b. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). c. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. V. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT The following clauses apply to any Federal -aid construction contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards. 1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual 13 was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section. 3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The FHWA or the contacting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2.) of this section. 4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (1.) through (4.) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1.) through (4.) of this section. VI. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts on the National Highway System. 1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the contracting agency. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted from the total original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635.116). a. The term "perform work with its own organization" refers to workers employed or leased by the prime contractor, and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor, agents of the prime contractor, or any other assignees. The term may include payments for the costs of hiring leased employees from an employee leasing firm meeting all relevant Federal and State regulatory requirements. Leased employees may only be included in this term if the prime contractor meets all of the following conditions: (1) the prime contractor maintains control over the supervision of the day-to-day activities of the leased employees; (2) the prime contractor remains responsible for the quality of the work of the leased employees; (3) the prime contractor retains all power to accept or exclude individual employees from work on the project; and 14 (4) the prime contractor remains ultimately responsible for the payment of predetermined minimum wages, the submission of payrolls, statements of compliance and all other Federal regulatory requirements. b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid or propose on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall contract. 2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph (1) of Section VI is computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract provisions. 3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the performance of the contract. 4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will be given only after the contracting agency has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract. 5. The 30% self -performance requirement of paragraph (1) is not applicable to design -build contracts; however, contracting agencies may establish their own self -performance requirements. VII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. 1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract. 2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3704). `N7 3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C.3704). VIII. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal -aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and similar acts, Form FHWA-1022 shall be posted on each Federal -aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project: 18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows: "Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or the cost thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, false report or false claim with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed, or materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection with the construction of any highway or related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal -aid Roads Act approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supplemented; Shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both." IX. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. `ry By submission of this bid/proposal or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, proposer, Federal -aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows: 1. That any person who is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract is not prohibited from receiving an award due to a violation of Section 508 of the Clean Water Act or Section 306 of the Clean Air Act. 2. That the contractor agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraph (1) of this Section X in every subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such requirements. X. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts, design -build contracts, subcontracts, lower -tier subcontracts, purchase orders, lease agreements, consultant contracts or any other covered transaction requiring FHWA approval or that is estimated to cost $25,000 or more — as defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. 1. Instructions for Certification — First Tier Participants: a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective first tier participant is providing the certification set out below. b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective first tier participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective first tier participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in this transaction. c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the contracting agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the contracting agency may terminate this transaction for cause of default. d. The prospective first tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the contracting agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective first tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. "First Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or 17 general contract). "Lower Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). "First Tier Participant" refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). "Lower Tier Participant" refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers). f. The prospective first tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction. g. The prospective first tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion -Lower Tier Covered Transactions," provided by the department or contracting agency, entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold. h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is compiled by the General Services Administration. i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require the establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of the prospective participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph (f) of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default. 2. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion — First Tier Participants: a. The prospective first tier participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: (1) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; `t-] (2) Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; (3) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (a)(2) of this certification; and (4) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. b. Where the prospective participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. 2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants: (Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions requiring prior FHWA approval or estimated to cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200) a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below. b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. "First Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). "Lower Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). "First Tier Participant" refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). "Lower Tier Participant" refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers). e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or 19 voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated. f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion -Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold. g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is compiled by the General Services Administration. h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph a of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion -- Lower Tier Participants: 1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency. 2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. 20 XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed $100,000 (49 CFR 20). 1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. 3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting its bid or proposal that the participant shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. `I ATTACHMENT A - EMPLOYMENT AND MATERIALS PREFERENCE FOR APPALACHIAN DEVELOPMENT HIGHWAY SYSTEM OR APPALACHIAN LOCAL ACCESS ROAD CONTRACTS This provision is applicable to all Federal -aid projects funded under the Appalachian Regional Development Act of 1965. 1. During the performance of this contract, the contractor undertaking to do work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on -site work, shall give preference to qualified persons who regularly reside in the labor area as designated by the DOL wherein the contract work is situated, or the subregion, or the Appalachian counties of the State wherein the contract work is situated, except: a. To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing in the area are not available. b. For the reasonable needs of the contractor to employ supervisory or specially experienced personnel necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract work. c. For the obligation of the contractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining contract, provided that the number of nonresident persons employed under this subparagraph (1 c) shall not exceed 20 percent of the total number of employees employed by the contractor on the contract work, except as provided in subparagraph (4) below. 2. The contractor shall place a job order with the State Employment Service indicating (a) the classifications of the laborers, mechanics and other employees required to perform the contract work, (b) the number of employees required in each classification, (c) the date on which the participant estimates such employees will be required, and (d) any other pertinent information required by the State Employment Service to complete the job order form. The job order may be placed with the State Employment Service in writing or by telephone. If during the course of the contract work, the information submitted by the contractor in the original job order is substantially modified, the participant shall promptly notify the State Employment Service. 3. The contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred to him by the State Employment Service. The contractor is not required to grant employment to any job applicants who, in his opinion, are not qualified to perform the classification of work required. 4. If, within one week following the placing of a job order by the contractor with the State Employment Service, the State Employment Service is unable to refer any qualified job applicants to the contractor, or less than the number requested, the State Employment Service will forward a certificate to the contractor indicating the unavailability of applicants. Such certificate shall be made a part of the contractor's permanent project records. Upon receipt of this certificate, the contractor may employ persons who do not normally reside in the labor area to fill positions covered by the certificate, notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (1c) above. 5.The provisions of 23 CFR 633.207(e) allow the contracting agency to provide a contractual preference for the use of mineral resource materials native to the Appalachian region. 6. The contractor shall include the provisions of Sections 1 through 4 of this Attachment A in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on -site work. AMENDMENT REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS (Exclusive of Appalachian Contracts) FEDERAL -AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS The Federal —Aid provisions are supplemented with the following: XII. Cargo Preference Act 1. U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration memorandum dated December 11, 2015 requires that all federal -aid highway programs awarded after February 15, 2016 must comply with the Cargo Preference Act and its regulation of 46 CFR 381.7 (a)-(b). Amendment to Form FHWA 1273 Revised January 25, 2016 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing VI. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing 1. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 1► 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 INTRO.AP1 INTRODUCTION The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2018 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 1-01.AP1 Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms August 6, 2018 1-01.3 Definitions The following new term and definition is inserted before the definition for "Shoulder": Sensitive Area — Natural features, which may be previously altered by human activity, that are present on or adjacent to the project location and protected, managed, or regulated by local, tribal, state, or federal agencies. The following new term and definition is inserted after the definition for "Working Drawings": WSDOT Form — Forms developed and maintained by WSDOT that are required or available for use on a project. These forms can be downloaded from the forms catalogue at: http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms. html 1-02.AP1 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions October 30, 2018 1-02.4(1) General This section is supplemented with the following: Prospective Bidders are advised that the Contracting Agency may include a partially completed Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) Transfer of Coverage (Ecology Form ECY 020-87a) for the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) as part of the Bid Documents. When the Contracting Agency requires the transfer of coverage of the CSWGP to the Contractor, an informational copy of the Transfer of Coverage and the associated CSWGP will be included in the appendices. As a condition of Section 1-03.3, the Contractor is required to complete sections I, III, and VIII of the Transfer of Coverage and return the form to the Contracting Agency. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 The Contracting Agency is responsible for compliance with the CSWGP until the end of 2 day that the Contract is executed. Beginning on the day after the Contract is executed, 3 the Contractor shall assume complete legal responsibility for compliance with the 4 CSWGP and full implementation of all conditions of the CSWGP as they apply to the 5 Contract Work. 6 7 1-02.5 Proposal Forms 8 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 9 10 At the request of a Bidder, the Contracting Agency will provide a physical Proposal 11 Form for any project on which the Bidder is eligible to Bid. 12 13 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal 14 Item number 1 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 15 16 1. A unit price for each item (omitting digits more than two places to the right of the 17 decimal point), 18 19 In the third sentence of the fourth paragraph, "WSDOT Form 422-031" is revised to read 20 "WSDOT Form 422-031 U". 21 22 The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: 23 24 The Bidder shall submit with their Bid a completed Contractor Certification Wage Law 25 Compliance form (WSDOT Form 272-009). Failure to return this certification as part of 26 the Bid Proposal package will make this Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible for Award. A 27 Contractor Certification of Wage Law Compliance form is included in the Proposal 28 Forms. 29 30 31 1-03.AP1 32 Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract 33 January 2, 2018 34 1-03.3 Execution of Contract 35 The first paragraph is revised to read: 36 37 Within 20 calendar days after the Award date, the successful Bidder shall return the 38 signed Contracting Agency -prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by 39 Section 1-07.18, a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4, the Transfer 40 of Coverage form for the Construction Stormwater General Permit with sections I, III, 41 and VIII completed when provided, and shall be registered as a contractor in the state of 42 Washington. 43 44 1-03.5 Failure to Execute Contract 45 The first sentence is revised to read: a: 47 Failure to return the insurance certification and bond with the signed Contract as 48 required in Section 1-03.3, or failure to provide Disadvantaged, Minority or Women's 49 Business Enterprise information if required in the Contract, or failure or refusal to sign 50 the Contract, or failure to register as a contractor in the state of Washington, or failure to 51 return the completed Transfer of Coverage for the Construction Stormwater General AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 Permit to the Contracting Agency when provided shall result in forfeiture of the proposal bond or deposit of this Bidder. 1-05.AP1 Section 1-05, Control of Work August 6, 2018 1-05.5 Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 1-05.5 Tolerances Geometrical tolerances shall be measured from the points, lines, and surfaces defined in Contract documents. A plus (+) tolerance increases the amount or dimension to which it applies, or raises a deviation from level. A minus (-) tolerance decreases the amount or dimension to which it applies, or lowers a deviation from level. Where only one signed tolerance is specified (+ or -), there is no specified tolerance in the opposing direction. Tolerances shall not be cumulative. The most restrictive tolerance shall control. Tolerances shall not extend the Work beyond the Right of Way or other legal boundaries identified in the Contract documents. If application of tolerances causes the extension of the Work beyond the Right of Way or legal boundaries, the tolerance shall be reduced for that specific instance. Tolerances shall not violate other Contract requirements. If application of tolerances causes the Work to violate other Contract requirements, the tolerance shall be reduced for that specific instance. If application of tolerances causes conflicts with other components or aspects of the Work, the tolerance shall be reduced for that specific instance. 1-05.9 Equipment The following new paragraph is inserted before the first paragraph: Prior to mobilizing equipment on site, the Contractor shall thoroughly remove all loose dirt and vegetative debris from drive mechanisms, wheels, tires, tracks, buckets and undercarriage. The Engineer will reject equipment from the site until it returns clean. This section is supplemented with the following: Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall completely remove all loose dirt and vegetative debris from equipment before removing it from the job site. 1-06.AP1 Section 1-06, Control of Material January 7, 2019 1-06.1(3) Aggregate Source Approval (ASA) Database This section is supplemented with the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 Regardless of status of the source, whether listed or not listed in the ASA database the 2 source owner may be asked to provide testing results for toxicity in accordance with 3 Section 9-03.21(1). 4 5 1-06.2(2)D Quality Level Analysis 6 This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 7 8 1-06.2(2)D5 Quality Level Calculation — HMA Compaction 9 The procedures for determining the quality level and pay factor for HMA compaction are 10 as follows: 11 12 1. Determine the arithmetic mean, Xm, for compaction of the lot: 13 14 X = Yx m n 15 16 Where: 17 x = individual compaction test values for each sublot in the lot. 18 Yx = summation of individual compaction test values 19 n = total number test values 20 21 2. Compute the sample standard deviation, "S", for each constituent: 22 n�x2—�yx� 23 2 z S = n(n —1) J 24 25 Where: 26 yX2 = summation of the squares of individual compaction test values 27 (Zx)z = summation of the individual compaction test values squared 28 29 3. Compute the lower quality index (QL): 30 31 L = Xm — LSL r J 32 33 Where: 34 LSL = 92.0 35 36 4. Determine PL (the percent within the lower Specification limit which 37 corresponds to a given QL) from Table 1. For negative values of QL, PL is equal 38 to 100 minus the table PL. If the value of QL does not correspond exactly to a 39 figure in the table, use the next higher value. 40 41 5. Determine the quality level (the total percent within Specification limits): 42 43 Quality Level = PL 44 45 6. Using the quality level from step 5, determine the composite pay factor (CPF) 46 from Table 2. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 7. If the CPF determined from step 6 is 1.00 or greater: use that CPF for the compaction lot; however, the maximum HMA compaction CPF using an LSL = 92.0 shall be 1.05. 8. If the CPF from step 6 is not 1.00 or greater: repeat steps 3 through 6 using an LSL = 91.5. The value thus determined shall be the HMA compaction CPF for that lot; however, the maximum HMA compaction CPF using an LSL = 91.5 shall be 1.00. 1-06.2(2)D1 Quality Level Analysis The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence: The quality level calculations for HMA compaction are completed using the formulas in Section 1-06.2(2)D5. 1-06.2(2)D4 Quality Level Calculation The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The procedures for determining the quality level and pay factors for a material, other than HMA compaction, are as follows: 1-06.6 Recycled Materials The first three sentences of the second paragraph are revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Recycled Material Utilization Plan on WSDOT Form 350- 075A within 30 calendar days after the Contract is executed. The plan shall provide the Contractor's anticipated usage of recycled concrete aggregates for meeting the requirements of these Specifications. The quantity of recycled concrete aggregate will be provided in tons and as a percentage of the Plan quantity for eligible material listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material. The last paragraph is revised to read: Within 30 calendar days after Physical Completion, the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled concrete aggregates that were utilized in the construction of the project for each eligible item listed in Section 9-03.21(1)E. The Contractor's report shall be provided on WSDOT Form 350-075A, Recycled Materials Reporting. 1-06.6(1)A General Item 1(a) in the second paragraph is revised to read: a. The estimated costs for the Work for each material with 25 percent recycled concrete aggregate. The cost estimate shall include for each material a documented price quote from the supplier with the lowest total cost for the Work. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 1-07.AP1 2 Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public 3 August 6, 2018 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 1-07.5(5) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers When temporary fills are permitted, the Contractor shall remove fills in their entirety and the affected areas returned to pre -construction elevations. If a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers permit is noted in Section 1-07.6 of the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall retain a copy of the permit or the verification letter (in the case of a Nationwide Permit) on the worksite for the life of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide copies of the permit or verification letter to all subcontractors involved with the authorized work prior to their commencement of any work in waters of the U.S. 1-07.5(6) U.S. Fish/Wildlife Services and National Marine Fisheries Service The Contracting Agency will provide fish exclusion and handling services if the Work dictates. However, if the Contractor discovers any fish stranded by the project and a Contracting Agency biologist is not available, they shall immediately release the fish into a flowing stream or open water. 1-07.5(1) General The first sentence is deleted and replaced with the following: No Work shall occur within areas under the jurisdiction of resource agencies unless authorized in the Contract. The third paragraph is deleted. 1-07.5(2) State Department of Fish and Wildlife This section is revised to read: In doing the Work, the Contractor shall: Not degrade water in a way that would harm fish, wildlife, or their habitat. 2. Not place materials below or remove them from the ordinary high water line except as may be specified in the Contract. 3. Not allow equipment to enter waters of the State except as specified in the Contract. 4. Revegetate in accordance with the Plans, unless the Special Provisions permit otherwise. 5. Prevent any fish -threatening silt buildup on the bed or bottom of any body of water. 6. Ensure continuous stream flow downstream of the Work area. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 7. Dispose of any project debris by removal, burning, or placement above high- water flows. 8. Immediately notify the Engineer and stop all work causing impacts, if at any time, as a result of project activities, fish are observed in distress or a fish kill occurs. If the Work in (1) through (3) above differs little from what the Contract requires, the Contracting Agency will measure and pay for it at unit Contract prices. But if Contract items do not cover those areas, the Contracting Agency will pay pursuant to Section 1- 09.4. Work in (4) through (8) above shall be incidental to Contract pay items. 1-07.5(3) State Department of Ecology This section is revised to read: In doing the Work, the Contractor shall: Comply with Washington State Water Quality Standards. 2. Perform Work in such a manner that all materials and substances not specifically identified in the Contract documents to be placed in the water do not enter waters of the State, including wetlands. These include, but are not limited to, petroleum products, hydraulic fluid, fresh concrete, concrete wastewater, process wastewater, slurry materials and waste from shaft drilling, sediments, sediment -laden water, chemicals, paint, solvents, or other toxic or deleterious materials. 3. Use equipment that is free of external petroleum -based products. 4. Remove accumulations of soil and debris from drive mechanisms (wheels, tracks, tires) and undercarriage of equipment prior to using equipment below the ordinary high water line. 5. Clean loose dirt and debris from all materials placed below the ordinary high water line. No materials shall be placed below the ordinary high water line without the Engineer's concurrence. 6. When a violation of the Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) occurs, immediately notify the Engineer and fill out WSDOT Form 422-011, Contractor ECAP Report, and submit the form to the Engineer within 48 hours of the violation. 7. Once Physical Completion has been given, prepare a Notice of Termination (Ecology Form ECY 020-87) and submit the Notice of Termination electronically to the Engineer in a PDF format a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to submitting the Notice of Termination to Ecology. 8. Transfer the CSWGP coverage to the Contracting Agency when Physical Completion has been given and the Engineer has determined that the project site is not stabilized from erosion. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 9. Submit copies of all correspondence with Ecology electronically to the Engineer in a PDF format within four calendar days. 1-07.5(4) Air Quality This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall comply with all regional clean air authority and/or State Department of Ecology rules and regulations. The air quality permit process may include additional State Environment Policy Act (SEPA) requirements. Contractors shall contact the appropriate regional air pollution control authority well in advance of beginning Work. When the Work includes demolition or renovation of any existing facility or structure that contains Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) and/or Presumed Asbestos -Containing Material (PACM), the Contractor shall comply with the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP). Any requirements included in Federal and State regulations regarding air quality that applies to the "owner or operator" shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1-07.7(1) General The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: When the Contractor moves equipment or materials on or over Structures, culverts or pipes, the Contractor may operate equipment with only the load -limit restrictions in Section 1-07.7(2). The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Unit prices shall cover all costs for operating over Structures, culverts and pipes. 1-07.9(1) General The last sentence of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: Generally, the Contractor initiates the request by preparing standard form 1444 Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Rate, available at https://www.dol.gov/whd/recovery/dbsurvey/conformance.htm, and submitting it to the Engineer for further action. 1-07.9(2) Posting Notices The second sentence of the first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall ensure the most current edition of the following are posted: In items 1 through 10, the revision dates are deleted. 1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements In this section, "creed" is revised to read "religion" Item numbers 1 through 9 are revised to read 2 through 10, respectively. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 After the preceding Amendment is applied, the following new item number 1 is inserted: The Contractor shall maintain a Work site that is free of harassment, humiliation, fear, hostility and intimidation at all times. Behaviors that violate this requirement include but are not limited to: a. Persistent conduct that is offensive and unwelcome. b. Conduct that is considered to be hazing. c. Jokes about race, gender, or sexuality that are offensive. d. Unwelcome, unwanted, rude or offensive conduct or advances of a sexual nature which interferes with a person's ability to perform their job or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment. e. Language or conduct that is offensive, threatening, intimidating or hostile based on race, gender, or sexual orientation. Repeating rumors about individuals in the Work Site that are considered to be harassing or harmful to the individual's reputation. 1-07.11(5) Sanctions This section is supplemented with the following: Immediately upon the Engineer's request, the Contractor shall remove from the Work site any employee engaging in behaviors that promote harassment, humiliation, fear or intimidation including but not limited to those described in these specifications. 1-07.11(6) Incorporation of Provisions The first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall include the provisions of Section 1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements (1) through (5) and the Section 1-07.11(5) Sanctions in every subcontract including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. 1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: An SPCC Plan template and guidance information is available at http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/environment/technical/disciplines/hazardous-materials/spill- prevent-report. 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Item number 1 is supplemented with the following new sentence: This policy shall be kept in force from the execution date of the Contract until the Physical Completion Date. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 E 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1-08.AP1 Section 1-08, Prosecution and ProgressJanuary 7, 2019 1-08.1 Subcontracting The first sentence of the seventh paragraph is revised to read: All Work that is not performed by the Contractor will be considered as subcontracting except: (1) purchase of sand, gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, batched concrete aggregates, ready -mix concrete, off -site fabricated structural steel, other off -site fabricated items, and any other materials supplied by established and recognized commercial plants; or (2) delivery of these materials to the Work site in vehicles owned or operated by such plants or by recognized independent or commercial hauling companies hired by those commercial plants. The following new paragraph is inserted after the seventh paragraph: The Contractor shall not use businesses (material suppliers, vendors, subcontractors, etc.) with federal purchasing exclusions. Businesses with exclusions are identified using the System for Award Management web page at www.SAM.gov. 1-08.5 Time for Completion Item number 2 of the sixth paragraph is supplemented with the following: A copy of the Notice of Termination sent to the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology); the elapse of 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination by Ecology; and no rejection of the Notice of Termination by Ecology. This requirement will not apply if the Construction Stormwater General Permit is transferred back to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 8- 01.3(16). 1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension The fifth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall protect and maintain all other Work in areas not used by traffic. All costs associated with protecting and maintaining such Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1-09.AP1 Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment August 6, 2018 1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor's representative shall collect the tickets throughout the day and provide them to the Engineer's designated receiver, not later than the end of shift, for reconciliation. Tickets for loads not verified as delivered will receive no pay. 1-09.2(2) Specific Requirements for Batching Scales The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 Batching scales used for concrete or hot mix asphalt shall not be used for batching 2 other materials. 3 4 1-09.10 Payment for Surplus Processed Materials 5 The following sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the second paragraph: 6 7 For Hot Mix Asphalt, the Plan quantity and quantity used will be adjusted for the quantity 8 of Asphalt and quantity of RAP or other materials incorporated into the mix. 9 10 2-02.AP2 11 Section 2-02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions 12 April 2, 2018 13 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters 14 In item number 3 of the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 15 16 For concrete pavement removal, a second vertical full depth relief saw cut offset 12 to 17 18 inches from and parallel to the initial saw cut is also required, unless the Engineer 18 allows otherwise. 19 20 2-09.AP2 21 Section 2-09, Structure Excavation 22 April 2, 2018 23 2-09.2 Materials 24 In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland 25 Cement Concrete" are revised to read: 26 27 Cement 9-01 28 Fine Aggregate for Concrete 9-03.1(2) 29 30 2-09.3(3)D Shoring and Cofferdams 31 The first sentence of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 Structural shoring and cofferdams shall be designed for conditions stated in this Section 34 using methods shown in Division I Section 5 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for 35 Highway Bridges Seventeenth Edition — 2002 for allowable stress design, or the 36 AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications for load and resistance factor design. 37 38 3-01.AP3 39 Section 3-01, Production from Quarry and Pit Sites 40 April 2, 2018 41 3-01.1 Description 42 The first paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 This Work shall consist of manufacturing and producing crushed and screened 45 aggregates including pit run aggregates of the kind, quality, and grading specified for 46 use in the construction of concrete, hot mix asphalt, crushed surfacing, maintenance 47 rock, ballast, gravel base, gravel backfill, gravel borrow, riprap, and bituminous surface 48 treatments of all descriptions. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4-04.AP4 Section 4-04, Ballast and Crushed Surfacing April 2, 2018 4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: When using 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate, the Contractor may submit a written request to use a test point evaluation for compaction acceptance testing in lieu of compacting to 95% of the standard density as determined by the requirements of Section 2-03.3(14)D. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with SOP 738. 5-01.AP5 Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation January 7, 2019 5-01.2 Materials The reference for Concrete Patching Material is revised to read: Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar 9-20.1 5-01.3(1)A1 Concrete Patching Materials In this section, each reference to "9-20" is revised to read "9-20.1". 5-01.3(4) Replace Cement Concrete Panel This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 5-01.3(4)A General Curing, cold weather work, concrete pavement construction in adjacent lines, and protection of pavement shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(13) through Section 5-05.3(15). The Contractor, at no cost to the Contracting Agency, shall repair any damage to existing pavement caused by the Contractor's operations. 5-01.3(4)B Sawing and Dimensional Requirements Concrete slabs to be replaced as shown in the Plans or staked by the Engineer shall be at least 6.0 feet long and full width of an existing pavement panel. The portion of the panel to remain in place shall have a minimum dimension of 6 feet in length and full panel width; otherwise the entire panel shall be removed and replaced. There shall be no new joints closer than 3.0 feet to an existing transverse joint or crack. A vertical full depth saw cut is required along all longitudinal joints and at transverse locations and, unless the Engineer allows otherwise, an additional vertical full depth relief saw cut located 12 to 18 inches from and parallel to the initial longitudinal and transverse saw cut locations is also required. Removal of existing cement concrete pavement shall not cause damage to adjacent slabs that are to remain in place. In areas that will be ground, slab replacements shall be performed prior to pavement grinding. Side forms shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(7)B whenever a sawed full depth vertical face cannot be maintained. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 5-01.3(4)C Dowel Bars and Tie Bars For the half of a dowel bar or tie bar placed in fresh concrete, comply with the requirements of Section 5-05. For the half of a dowel bar or tie bar placed in hardened concrete, comply with the Standard Plans and the following. After drilling, secure dowel bars and tie bars into the existing pavement with either an epoxy bonding agent Type I or IV as specified in Section 9-26.1, or a grout Type 2 for non -shrink applications as specified in Section 9-20.3. Dowel bars shall be placed at the mid depth of the concrete slab, centered over the transverse joint, and parallel to the centerline and to the roadway surface, within the tolerances in the table below. Dowel bars may be adjusted to avoid contact with existing dowel bars in the transverse joint at bridge approach slabs or existing panels provided the adjusted dowel bars meet the tolerances below. Tie bars shall be placed at the mid depth of the concrete slab, centered over the joint, perpendicular to centerline, and parallel to the roadway surface, within the tolerances in the table below. The horizontal position of tie bars may be adjusted to avoid contact with existing tie bars in the longitudinal joint where panel replacement takes place, provided the adjusted tie bars meet the tolerances below. Placement Tolerances Dowel Bars Tie Bars Vertical: Center of Bar to Center of Slab Depth ± 1.00 inch max ± 1.00 inch max Dowel Bar Centered Over the Transverse Joint ± 1.00 inch max N/A Tie Bar Centered Over the Longitudinal Joint N/A ± 1.00 inch max Parallel to Centerline Over the Length of the Dowel Bar ± 0.50 inch max N/A Perpendicular to Longitudinal Joint Over the Length of the Tie Bar N/A ± 1.00 inch max Parallel to Roadway Surface Over the Length of the Bar ± 0.50 inch max ± 1.00 inch max Dowel bars and tie bars shall be placed according to the Standard Plan when multiple panels are placed. Panels shall be cast separately from the bridge approach slab. Dowel bars to be drilled into existing concrete or at a new transverse contraction joint shall have a parting compound, such as curing compound, grease, or other Engineer accepted equal, applied to them prior to placement. Clean the drilled holes in accordance with the epoxy or grout manufacturer's instructions. Holes shall be clean and dry at the time of placing the epoxy, or grout and tie bars. Completely fill the void between the tie bar and the outer limits of the drilled hole with epoxy or grout. Use retention rings to prevent leakage of the epoxy or grout and support the tie bar to prevent movement until the epoxy or grout has cured the minimum time recommended by the manufacturer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 5-01.3(4)D Foundation Preparation The Contractor shall smooth the surfacing below the removed panel and compact it to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Crushed surfacing base course, or hot mix asphalt may be needed to bring the surfacing to grade prior to placing the new concrete. If the material under the removed panel is uncompactable and the Engineer requires it, the Contractor shall excavate the Subgrade 2 feet, place a soil stabilization construction geotextile meeting the requirements of Section 9-33, and backfill with crushed surfacing base course. This Work may include: Furnishing and hauling crushed surfacing base course to the project site. 2. Excavating uncompactable material. 3. Furnishing and placing a soil stabilization construction geotextile. 4. Backfilling and compacting crushed surfacing base course. 5. Removing, hauling and restocking any unused crushed surfacing base course. 5-01.3(4)E Concrete Finishing Grade control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All panels shall be struck off level with the adjacent panels and floated to a smooth surface. Final finish texturing shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(11). In areas where the Plans do not require grinding, the surface smoothness will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge by the Engineer in accordance with Section 5- 05.3(12). If the replacement panel is located in an area that will be ground as part of concrete pavement grinding in accordance with Section 5-01.3(9), the surface smoothness shall be measured, by the Contractor, in conjunction with the smoothness measurement done in accordance with Section 5-01.3(10). 5-01.3(4)F Joints All transverse and longitudinal joints shall be sawed and sealed in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8). The Contractor may use a hand pushed single blade saw for sawing joints. 5-01.3(4)G Cracked Panels Replacement panels that crack shall be repaired as specified in Section 5-05.3(22) at no cost to the Contracting Agency. When repairing replacement panels that have cracked, epoxy -coated dowel bars meeting the requirements of Section 9-07.5(1) may be substituted for the corrosion resistant dowel bars specified. 5-01.3(4)H Opening to Traffic Opening to traffic shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(17). 5-01.3(5) Partial Depth Spall Repair The second sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 All sandblasting residue shall be removed. 5-01.3(7) Sealing Existing Concrete Random Cracks The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Immediately prior to sealing, the cracks shall be clean. 5-01.3(8) Sealing Existing Longitudinal and Transverse Joint The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: Immediately prior to sealing, the cracks shall be clean. 5-01.3(10) Pavement Smoothness This section is revised to read: Pavement surface smoothness for cement concrete pavement grinding on this project will include International Roughness Index (IRI) testing. Ride quality will be evaluated using the Mean Roughness Index (MRI) calculated by averaging the IRI data for the left and right wheel path within the section. Smoothness Testing Equipment and Operator Certification Use an inertial profiler and operator that meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(3)E. Surface Smoothness Operate the inertial profiler in accordance with AASHTO R 57. Collect two longitudinal traces, one in each wheel path. Collect the control profile at locations designated in Table 2 prior to any pavement rehabilitation Work on the areas to be tested. Collect an acceptance profile at locations designated in Table 2 after completion of all cement concrete pavement grinding on the project. Profiles shall be collected in a continuous pass including areas excluded from pay adjustments. Provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of seven calendar days prior to testing. Table 2 Locations Requiring MRI Testing Travel lanes where cement concrete grinding is shown in the Control profile plans Additional locations designated by Control profile the Engineer Travel lanes with completed cement Acceptance profile concrete pavement grinding Bridges, approach panels and 0.02 miles before and after bridges and approach panels and other Control and acceptance profile excluded areas within lanes requiring testing Ramps, Shoulders and Tapers Do not test Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor's testing, the Engineer may perform verification testing. If the verification testing shows a difference in MRI greater than the 10 percent, the following resolution process will be followed: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 The profiles, equipment and procedures will be evaluated to determine the cause of the difference. 2. If the cause of the discrepancy cannot be resolved the pavement shall be retested with both profilers at a mutually agreed time. The two profilers will test the section within 30 minutes of each other. If the retest shows a difference in MRI equal or greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the Engineer's test results will be used for pavement smoothness acceptance. The Contractor shall evaluate profiles for acceptance or corrective action using the current version of ProVAL and provide the results including the profile data in unfiltered electronic Engineering Research Division (ERD) file format to the Engineer within 3 calendar days of completing each days profile testing. If the profile data files are created using an export option in the manufacturer's software where filter settings can be specified, use the filter settings that were used to create data files for certification. Analyze the entire profile. Exclude areas listed in Table 3. Table 3 Areas Excluded from MRI Acce tance Requirements Location Exclude Beginning and end of grinding Pavement within 0.02 mile The bridge and approach slab and Bridges and approach slabs 0.02 mile from the ends of the bridge or approach slab Defects in the existing roadway identified by the Contractor that 0.01-mile section containing the adversely affect the MRI such as defect and the 0.01-mile section dips, depressions and wheel path following the section with the defect. longitudinal joints.' 'The presence of defects is subject to verification by the Engineer Report the MRI results in inches per mile for each 0.01-mile section and each 0.10-mile section. Do not truncate 0.10-mile sections for areas excluded from MRI acceptance requirements. MRI requirements will not apply to 0.10-mile sections with more than three 0.01 mile -sections excluded. MRI requirements for the individual 0.01-mile sections shall still apply. The Engineer will verify the analysis. The MRI for each 0.10 mile of ground lane will comply with the following: Control Profile MRI per 0.10 Mile Maximum MRI of Acceptance Profile per 0.10 Mile :5130 inches/mile 78 inches/mile >130 inches/mile 0.6 x Control Profile MRI The MRI for each 0.01 mile of the completed cement concrete grinding shall not exceed 160 inches/mile. All Work is subject to parallel and transverse 10-foot straightedge requirements, corrective work and disincentive adjustments. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Surface smoothness of travel lanes including areas subject to MRI testing shall not vary more than % inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The smoothness perpendicular to the centerline will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge within the lanes. There shall be not vertical elevation difference of more than a % inch between lanes. Pavement that does not meet these requirements will be subject to corrective Work. All corrective Work shall be completed at no additional expense, including traffic control, to the Contracting Agency. Pavement shall be repaired by one or more of the following methods: Diamond grinding. 2. By other method accepted by the Engineer. Repair areas shall be re -profiled to ensure they no longer require corrective Work. With concurrence of the Engineer, a 10-foot straight edge may be used in place of the inertial profiler. If correction of the roadway as listed above either will not or does not produce satisfactory results as to smoothness or serviceability the Engineer may accept the completed pavement and a credit will be calculated in accordance with Section 5-01.5. Under these circumstances, the decision whether to accept the completed pavement or to require corrective work as described above shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 5-01.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: "Grinding Smoothness Compliance Adjustment", by calculation. Grinding Smoothness Compliance Adjustments will be based on the requirements in Section 5-01.3(10) and the following calculations: A smoothness compliance adjustment will be calculated in the sum of minus $100 for each and every section of single traffic lane 0.01 mile in length and $1,000 for each and every section of single traffic lane 0.10 mile in length that does not meet the requirements in Section 5-01.3(10) after corrective Work. 5-04.AP5 Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt January 7, 2019 5-04.1 Description The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The manufacture of HMA may include additives or processes that reduce the optimum mixing temperature (Warm Mix Asphalt) or serve as a compaction aid in accordance with these Specifications. 5-04.2 Materials The reference to "Warm Mix Asphalt Additive" is revised to read "HMA Additive". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL The last bullet in the first paragraph is revised to read: Do not include HMA additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid when developing a mix design or submitting a mix design for QPL evaluation. The use of HMA additives is not part of the process for obtaining approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B. In the table, "WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8" is revised to read "WSDOT Standard Practice QC-8 located in the WSDOT Materials Manual M 46-01 ". 5-04.2(1)C Mix Design Resubmittal for QPL Approval Item number 3 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3. Changes in modifiers used in the asphalt binder. 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-04.2(2)B Using HMAAdditives The Contractor may, at the Contractor's discretion, elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following: Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature in accordance with Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of High RAP/Any RAS mixtures. Before using additives, obtain the Engineer's approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe the proposed additive and process. 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant In item number 5 of the first paragraph, "WSDOT T 168" is revised to read "FOP for AASHTO T 168". 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, use cationic emulsified asphalt CSS-1, CSS- 1 h, or Performance Graded (PG) asphalt for tack coat. 5-04.3(6) Mixing The first paragraph is revised to read: The asphalt supplier shall introduce recycling agent and anti -stripping additive, in the amount designated on the QPL for the mix design, into the asphalt binder prior to shipment to the asphalt mixing plant. The seventh paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Upon discharge from the mixer, ensure that the temperature of the HMA does not exceed the optimum mixing temperature shown on the accepted Mix Design Report by more than 25°F, or as allowed by the Engineer. When an additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, do not heat the additive (at any stage of production including in binder storage tanks) to a temperature higher than the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the additive. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing The last row of the table is revised to read: 3/s inch 1 0.25 feet 0.30 feet 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: The Contracting Agency's combined aggregate bulk specific gravity (Gsb) blend as shown on the HMA Mix Design will be used for VMA calculations until the Contractor submits a written request for a Gsb test. The new Gsb will be used in the VMA calculations for HMA from the date the Engineer receives the written request for a Gsb retest. The Contractor may request aggregate specific gravity (Gsb) testing be performed by the Contracting Agency twice per project. The Gsb blend of the combined stockpiles will be used to calculate voids in mineral aggregate (VMA) of any HMA produced after the new Gsb is determined. 5-04.3(9)A1 Test Section — When Required, When to Stop The following new row is inserted after the second row in Table 9: VMA Minimum PF; of 0.95 None based on the criteria in Section 5-04.3(9)B42 5-04.3(9)A2 Test Section — Evaluating the HMA Mixture in a Test Section In Table 9a, the test property "Gradation, Asphalt Binder, and Va" is revised to read "Gradation, Asphalt Binder, VMA, and Va" In Table 9a, the first column of the third row is revised to read: Aggregates: Sand Equivalent Uncompacted Void Content Fracture 5-04.3(9)B3 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing In Table 11, "Va" is revised to read "VMA and Va" 5-04.3(9)B5 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Composite Pay Factors (CPF) The following new row is inserted above the last row in Table 12: Voids in Mineral Aggregate 2 VMA AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 5-04.3(9)B7 Mixture Statistical Evaluation — Retests The second to last sentence is revised to read: The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, VMA and Va, and the results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA mixture in place of the original mixture sublot sample test results. 5-04.3(10)C1 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation — Lots and Sublots The bulleted item in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: For a compaction lot in progress with a compaction CPF less than 0.75 using an LSL = 91.5, a new compaction lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. See also Section 5-04.3(11)F. 5-04.3(10)C2 HMA Compaction Statistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing In the table, ' WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355" is revised to read "FOP for AASHTO T 355". 5-04.3(10)C3 HMA Statistical Compaction — Price Adjustments In the first paragraph, "WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 355" is revised to read "FOP for AASHTO T 355". The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: For each HMA compaction lot (that is accepted by Statistical Evaluation) which does not meet the criteria in the preceding paragraph, the compaction lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2)D5 to determine the appropriate Composite Pay Factor (CPF). The last two paragraphs are revised to read: Determine the Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA) from the table below, selecting the equation for CPA that corresponds to the value of CPF determined above. Calculating HMA Compaction Price Adjustment (CPA) Value of CPF Equation for Calculating CPA When CPF > 1.00 CPA = [1.00 x (CPF — 1.00)] x Q x UP When CPF = 1.00 CPA = $0 When CPF < 1.0 CPA = [0.60 x (CPF — 1.00)] x Q x UP Where CPA = Compaction Price Adjustment for the compaction lot ($) CPF = Composite Pay Factor for the compaction lot (maximum is 1.05) Q = Quantity in the compaction lot (tons) UP = Unit price of the HMA in the compaction lot ($/ton) 5-04.3(10)C4 HMA Statistical Compaction — Requests for Retesting The first sentence is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 For a compaction sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 91.5 percent of the theoretical maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core, taken at the same location as the nuclear density test, be used for determination of the relative density of the compaction sublot. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The second to last paragraph is revised to read: When concrete pavement is to be placed on HMA, the surface tolerance of the HMA shall be such that no surface elevation lies above the Plan grade minus the specified Plan depth of concrete pavement. Prior to placing the concrete pavement, bring any such irregularities to the required tolerance by grinding or other means allowed by the Engineer. 5-04.5 Payment The paragraph following the Bid item "Crack Sealing-LF", per linear foot is revised to read: The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Crack Sealing-LF" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4)A. 5-05.AP5 Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement January 7, 2019 5-05.1 Description In the first paragraph, "portland cement concrete" is revised to read "cement concrete" 5-05.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 In the first paragraph, the section reference for Concrete Patching Material is revised to read "9-20.1 ". 5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving The table title in item number 4 is revised to read Concrete Batch Weights. In item 4a, "Portland Cement" is revised to read "Cement". 5-05.3(3)E Smoothness Testing Equipment This section is revised to read: Inertial profilers shall meet all requirements of AASHTO M 328 and be certified in accordance with AASHTO R 56 within the preceding 12 months. The inertial profiler operator shall be certified as required by AASHTO R 56 within three years preceding profile measurement. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Equipment or operator certification by other states or a profiler certification facility will be accepted provided the certification meets the requirements of AASHTO R 56. Documentation verifying certification by another state shall be submitted to the Engineer a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to profile measurement. Equipment certification documentation shall include the information required by part 8.5 and 8.6 of AASHTO R 56. Operator documentation shall include a statement from the certifying state that indicates the operator is certified to operate the inertial profiler to be used on the project. The decision whether another state's certification meets the requirements of AASHTO R 56 shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 5-05.3(4) Measuring and Batching Materials Item number 2 is revised to read: 2. Batching Materials — On all projects requiring more than 2,500 cubic yards of concrete for paving, the batching plant shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and cement by weight by means of automatic and interlocked proportioning devices of accepted type. 5-05.3(4)A Acceptance of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement This section's title is revised to read: Acceptance of Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Pavement The first sentence is revised to read: Acceptance of portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete pavement shall be as provided under statistical or nonstatistical acceptance. 5-05.3(7) Placing, Spreading, and Compacting Concrete This section's content is deleted. 5-05.3(10) Tie Bars and Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The tie bar holes shall be clean before grouting. 5-05.3(12) Surface Smoothness This section is revised to read: Pavement surface smoothness for this project will include International Roughness Index (IRI) testing. The Contractor shall perform IRI testing on each through lane, climbing lane, and passing lane, greater than 0.25 mile in length and these lanes will be subject to incentive/disincentive adjustments. Ride quality will be evaluated using the Mean Roughness Index (MRI) calculated by averaging the IRI data for the left and right wheel path within the section. Ramps, shoulders and tapers will not be included in MRI testing for pavement smoothness and will not be subject to incentive adjustments. All Work is subject to parallel and transverse 10-foot straightedge requirements, corrective work and disincentive adjustments. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Operate the inertial profiler in accordance with AASHTO R 57. Collect two longitudinal traces, one in each wheel path. Collect profile data after completion of all concrete paving on the project in a continuous pass including areas excluded from pay adjustments. Provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of seven calendar days prior to testing. Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor's testing, the Engineer may perform verification testing. If the verification testing shows a difference in MRI greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the following resolution process will be followed: The profiles, equipment and procedures will be evaluated to determine the cause of the difference. 2. If the cause of the discrepancy cannot be resolved the pavement shall be retested with both profilers at a mutually agreed time. The two profilers will test the section within 30 minutes of each other. If the retest shows a difference in MRI equal or greater than the percentages shown in Table 2 of AASHTO R 54 the Engineer's test results will be used to establish pay adjustments. Surface smoothness of travel lanes not subject to MRI testing will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge no later than 5:00 p.m. of the day following the placing of the concrete. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than '/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. Smoothness perpendicular to the centerline will be measured with a 10-foot straightedge across all lanes with the same cross slope, including shoulders when composed of cement concrete pavement. The overlapping 10-foot straightedge measurement shall be discontinued at a point 6 inches from the most extreme outside edge of the finished cement concrete pavement. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than '/4 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface perpendicular to the centerline. Any deviations in excess of the above tolerances shall be corrected. The Contractor shall evaluate profiles for acceptance, incentive payments, disincentive payments, or corrective action using the current version of ProVAL and provide the results including the profile data in unfiltered electronic Engineering Research Division (ERD) file format to the Engineer within 2 calendar days of completing testing each section of pavement. If the profile data files are created using an export option in the manufacturer's software where filter settings can be specified, use the filter settings that were used to create data files for certification. Analyze the entire profile. Exclude any areas specifically identified in the Contract. Exclude from the analysis the first 100 feet after the start of the paving operations and last 100 feet prior to the end of the paving operation, the first 100 feet on either side of bridge Structures and bridge approach slab. Report the MRI results in inches per mile for each 52.8 foot section and horizontal distance measurements in project stationing to the nearest foot. Include pay adjustments in the results. The Engineer will verify the analysis. Corrective work for pavement smoothness may be taken by the Contractor prior to MRI testing. After completion of the MRI testing the Contractor shall measure the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 smoothness of each 52.8-foot section with an MRI greater than 125 inches per mile with a 10-foot straightedge within 14 calendar days or as allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall identify all locations that require corrective work and provide the straight edge measurements at each location that exceeds the allowable limit to the Engineer. If all measurements in a 52.8-foot section comply with smoothness requirements, the Contractor shall provide the maximum measurement to the Engineer and a statement that corrective work is not required. Unless allowed by the Engineer, corrective work shall be taken by the Contractor for pavement identified by the Contractor or Engineer that does not meet the following requirements: The completed surface shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. 2. The completed surface shall not vary more than '/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. 3. The completed surface shall vary not more than '/4 inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. All corrective work shall be completed at no additional expense, including traffic control, to the Contracting Agency. Corrective work shall not begin until the concrete has reached its design strength unless allowed by the Engineer. Pavement shall be repaired by one or more of the following methods: Diamond grinding; repairs shall not reduce pavement thickness by more than '/4 inch less than the thickness shown in the Plans. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall verify the thickness of the concrete pavement by coring. Thickness reduction due to corrective work will not be included in thickness measurements for calculating the Thickness Deficiency in Section 5- 05.5(1)A. 2. Removal and replacement of the cement concrete pavement. 3. By other method allowed by the Engineer. For repairs following MRI testing the repaired area shall be checked by the Contractor with a 10-foot straightedge to ensure it no longer requires corrective work. With concurrence of the Engineer an inertial profiler may be used in place of the 10-foot straight edge. If correction of the roadway as listed above either will not or does not produce satisfactory results as to smoothness or serviceability the Engineer may accept the completed pavement and a credit will be calculated in accordance with Section 5-05.5. The credit will be in addition to the price adjustment for MRI. Under these circumstances, the decision whether to accept the completed pavement or to require corrective work as described above shall be vested entirely in the Engineer. 5-05.3(22) Repair of Defective Pavement Slabs The last sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: All sandblasting residue shall be removed. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 5-05.4 Measurement Item number 3 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 3. The depth shall be determined in accordance with Section 5-05.5(1). The depth utilized to calculate the volume shall not exceed the Plan depth plus 0.04 feet. The third paragraph is revised to read: The volume of cement concrete pavement in each thickness lot shall equal the measured length x width x thickness measurement. The last paragraph is revised to read: The calculation for cement concrete compliance adjustment is the volume of concrete represented by the CPF and the Thickness deficiency adjustment. 5-05.5 Payment The paragraph following the Bid item "Cement Conc. Pavement', per cubic yard is supplemented with the following: All costs associated with performing the magnetic pulse induction thickness testing shall be included in the unit Contract price per cubic yard for "Cement Conc. Pavement'. The Bid item "Ride Smoothness Compliance Adjustment', by calculation, and the paragraph following this bid item are revised to read: "Ride Smoothness Compliance Adjustment", by calculation. Smoothness Compliance Adjustments will be based on the requirements in Section 5- 05.3(12) and the following calculations: Final MRI acceptance and incentive/disincentive payments for pavement smoothness will be calculated as the average of the ten 52.8-foot sections in each 528 feet in accordance with the price adjustment schedule. a. For sections of a lane that are a minimum of 52.8 feet and less than 528 feet, the price adjustment will be calculated using the average of the 52.8 foot MRI values and the price adjustment prorated for the length of the section. MRI values per 52.8-feet that were measured prior to corrective work will be included in the 528 foot price adjustment for sections with corrective work. 2. In addition to the price adjustment for MRI a smoothness compliance adjustment will be calculated in the sum of minus $1000.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 52.8 feet in length in that does not meet the 10- foot straight edge requirements in Section 5-05.3(12) after corrective Work. Price Adjustment Schedule MRI for each 528 ft. Pay Adjustment section Schedule AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 in. I mi. $10.10 mi. < 30 2400 30 2400 31 2320 32 2240 33 2160 34 2080 35 2000 36 1920 37 1840 38 1760 39 1680 40 1600 41 1520 42 1440 43 1360 44 1280 45 1200 46 1120 47 1040 48 960 49 880 50 800 51 720 52 640 53 560 54 480 55 400 56 320 57 240 58 160 59 80 60 0 61 0 62 0 63 0 64 0 65 0 66 0 67 0 68 0 69 0 70 0 71 0 72 0 73 0 74 0 75 0 76 -80 77 -160 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 78 -240 79 -320 80 -400 81 -480 82 -560 83 -640 84 -720 85 -800 86 -880 87 -960 88 -1040 89 -1120 90 -1200 91 -1280 92 -1360 93 -1440 94 -1520 95 -1600 96 -1680 97 -1760 98 -1840 99 -1920 100 -2000 101 -2080 102 -2160 103 -2240 104 -2320 105 -2400 106 -2480 107 -2560 108 -2640 109 -2720 110 -2800 111 -2880 112 -2960 113 -3040 114 -3120 115 -3200 116 -3280 117 -3360 118 -3440 119 -3520 120 -3600 121 -3680 122 -3760 123 -3840 124 -3920 >_125 -4000 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 The bid item "Portland Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment", by calculation, and the paragraph following this bid item are revised to read: "Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment", by calculation. Payment for "Cement Concrete Compliance Adjustment" will be calculated by multiplying the unit Contract price for the cement concrete pavement, times the volume for adjustment, times the percent of adjustment determined from the calculated CPF and the Deficiency Adjustment listed in Section 5-05.5(1)A. 5-05.5(1) Pavement Thickness This section is revised to read: Cement concrete pavement shall be constructed in accordance with the thickness requirements in the Plans and Specifications. Tolerances allowed for Subgrade construction and other provisions, which may affect thickness, shall not be construed to modify such thickness requirements. Thickness measurements in each lane paved shall comply with the following: Thickness Testing of Cement Concrete Pavement Thickness Lot Size 15 panels maximum Thickness test location determined by Engineer will select testing locations in accordance with WSDOT TM 716 method B. Sample method AASHTO T 359 Sample preparation performed b p p p p y Contractor provides, places, and secures disks in the presence of the Engineer' Measurement method AASHTO T 359 Thickness measurement performed by Contractor, in the presence of the En ineerz 'Reflectors shall be located at within 0.5 feet of the center of the panel. The Contractor shall supply a sufficient number of 300 mm-diameter round reflectors meeting the requirements of AASHTO T 359 to accomplish the required testing. 2The Contractor shall provide all equipment and materials needed to perform the testing. Thickness measurements shall be rounded to the nearest 0.01 foot. Each thickness test location where the pavement thickness is deficient by more than 0.04 foot, shall be subject to price reduction or corrective action as shown in Table 2. Table 2 Thickness Deficient 0.04' < Thickness Deficient <_ 0.06' 10 0.06' < Thickness deficient <_ 0.08' 25 Remove and replace the panels or the panels Thickness deficiency > 0.08' may be accepted with no payment at the discretion of the Engineer. The price reduction shall be computed by multiplying the percent price reduction in Table 2 by the unit Contract price by the volume of pavement represented by the thickness test lot. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Additional cores may be taken by the Contractor to determine the limits of an area that has a thickness deficiency greater than 0.04 feet. Cores shall be taken at the approximate center of the panel. Only the panels within the limits of the deficiency area as determined by the cores will be subject to a price reduction or corrective action. The cores shall be taken in the presence of the Engineer and delivered to the Engineer for measurement. All costs for the additional cores including filling the core holes with patching material meeting the requirements of Section 9-20 will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 5-05.5(1)A Thickness Deficiency of 0.05 Foot or Less This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-05.5(1)A Vacant 5-05.5(1)B Thickness Deficiency of More Than 0.05 Foot This section, including title, is revised to read: 5-05.5(1)B Vacant 6-01.AP6 Section 6-01, General Requirements for Structures January 7, 2019 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 6-01.16 Repair of Defective Work 6-01.16(1) General When using repair procedures that are described elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Working Drawing submittal requirements of this Section shall not apply to those repairs unless noted otherwise. Repair procedures for defective Work shall be submitted as Type 2 Working Drawings. Type 2E Working Drawings shall be submitted when required by the Engineer. As an alternative to submitting Type 2 or 2E Working Drawings, defective Work within the limits of applicability of a pre -approved repair procedure may be repaired using that procedure. Repairs using a pre -approved repair procedure shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. Pre -approved repair procedures shall consist of the following: The procedures listed in Section 6-01.16(2) For precast concrete, repair procedures in the annual plant approval process documents that have been approved for use by the Contracting Agency. All Working Drawings for repair procedures shall include: A description of the defective Work including location, extent and pictures Materials to be used in the repair. Repairs using manufactured products shall include written manufacturer recommendations for intended uses of AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 the product, surface preparation, mixing, aggregate extension (if applicable), ambient and surface temperature limits, placement methods, finishing and curing. Construction procedures Plan details of the area to be repaired Calculations for Type 2E Working Drawings Material manufacturer's instructions and recommendations shall supersede any conflicting requirements in pre -approved repair procedures. The Engineer shall be notified prior to performing any repair procedure and shall be given an opportunity to inspect the repair work being performed. 6-01.16(2) Pre -Approved Repair Procedures 6-01.16(2)A Concrete Spalls and Poor Consolidation (Rock Pockets, Honeycombs, Voids, etc.) This repair shall be limited to the following areas: • Areas that are not on top Roadway surfaces (with or without an overlay) including but not limited to concrete bridge decks, bridge approach slabs or cement concrete pavement • Areas that are not underwater • Areas that are not on precast barrier, except for the bottom 4 inches (but not to exceed 1 inch above blockouts) • Areas that do not affect structural adequacy as determined by the Engineer. The repair procedure is as follows: Remove all loose and unsound concrete. Impact breakers shall not exceed 15 pounds in weight when removing concrete adjacent to reinforcement or other embedments and shall not exceed 30 pounds in weight otherwise. Operate impact breakers at angles less than 45 degrees as measured from the surface of the concrete to the tool and moving away from the edge of the defective Work. Concrete shall be completely removed from exposed surfaces of existing steel reinforcing bars. If half or more of the circumference of any steel reinforcing bar is exposed, if the reinforcing bar is loose or if the bond to existing concrete is poor then concrete shall be removed at least 1/4 inch behind the reinforcing bar. Do not damage any existing reinforcement. Stop work and allow the Engineer to inspect the repair area after removing all loose and unsound concrete. Submit a modified repair procedure when required by the Engineer. 2. Square the edges of the repair area by cutting an edge perpendicular to the concrete surface around the repair area. The geometry of the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 repair perimeter shall minimize the edge length and shall be rectangular with perpendicular edges, avoiding reentrant corners. The depth of the cut shall be a minimum of % inch, but shall be reduced if necessary to avoid damaging any reinforcement. For repairs on vertical surfaces, the top edge shall slope up toward the front at a 1- vertical-to-3-horizontal slope. 3. Remove concrete within the repair area to a depth at least matching the cut depth at the edges. Large variations in the depth of removal within short distances shall be avoided. Roughen the concrete surface. The concrete surface should be roughened to at least Concrete Surface Profile (CSP) 5 in accordance with ICRI Guideline No. 310.2R, unless a different CSP is recommended by the patching material manufacturer. 4. Inspect the concrete repair surface for delaminations, debonding, microcracking and voids using hammer tapping or a chain drag. Remove any additional loose or unsound concrete in accordance with steps 1 through 3. 5. Select a patching material in accordance with Section 9-20.2 that is appropriate for the repair location and thickness. The concrete patching material shall be pumpable or self -consolidating as required for the type of placement that suits the repair. The patching material shall have a minimum compressive strength at least equal to the specified compressive strength of the concrete. 6. Prepare the concrete surface and reinforcing steel in accordance with the patching material manufacturer's recommendations. At a minimum, clean the concrete surfaces (including perimeter edges) and reinforcing steel using oil -free abrasive blasting or high-pressure (minimum 5,000 psi) water blasting. All dirt, dust, loose particles, rust, laitance, oil, film, microcracked/bruised concrete or foreign material of any sort shall be removed. Damage to the epoxy coating on steel reinforcing bars shall be repaired in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(24)H. 7. Construct forms if necessary, such as for patching vertical or overhead surfaces or where patching extends to the edge or corner of a placement. 8. When recommended by the patching material manufacturer, saturate the concrete in the repair area and remove any free water at the concrete surface to obtain a saturated surface dry (SSD) substrate. When recommended by the patching material manufacturer, apply a primer, scrub coat or bonding agent to the existing surfaces. Epoxy bonding agents, if used, shall be Type 11 or Type V in accordance with Section 9-26.1. 9. Place and consolidate the patching material in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Work the material firmly into all AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 surfaces of the repair area with sufficient pressure to achieve proper 2 bond to the concrete. 3 4 10. The patching material shall be textured, cured and finished in 5 accordance with the patching material manufacturer's 6 recommendations and/or the requirements for the repaired 7 component. Protect the newly placed patch from vibration in 8 accordance with Section 6-02.3(6)D. 9 10 11. When the completed repair does not match the existing concrete 11 color and will be visible to the public, a sand and cement mixture that 12 is color matched to the existing concrete shall be rubbed, brushed, or 13 applied to the surface of the patching material and the concrete. 14 15 6-01.10 Utilities Supported by or Attached to Bridges 16 In the third paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 17 18 6-01.12 Final Cleanup 19 The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 20 21 Structure decks shall be clean. 22 23 The second paragraph is deleted. 24 25 6-02.AP6 26 Section 6-02, Concrete Structures 27 January 7, 2019 28 6-02.1 Description 29 The first sentence is revised to read 30 31 This Work consists of the construction of all Structures (and their parts) made of 32 portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete with or without reinforcement, 33 including bridge approach slabs. 34 35 6-02.2 Materials 36 In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland 37 Cement Concrete" are revised to read: 38 39 Cement 9-01 40 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 41 42 6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials 43 The second paragraph is revised to read: 44 45 Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall use Type I or II portland cement or 46 blended hydraulic cement in all concrete as defined in Section 9-01.2(1). 47 48 6-02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design 49 The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 For all other concrete, air content shall be a minimum of 4.5 percent and a maximum of 7.5 percent for all concrete placed above the finished ground line unless noted otherwise. 6-02.3(2)A1 Contractor Mix Design for Concrete Class 4000D Item number 5 of the first paragraph is deleted. Item number 6 of the first paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is renumbered to 5. 6-02.3(2)B Commercial Concrete The second paragraph is revised to read: Where concrete Class 3000 is specified for items such as, culvert headwalls, plugging culverts, concrete pipe collars, pipe anchors, monument cases, Type PPB, PS, I, FB and RM signal standards, pedestals, cabinet bases, guardrail anchors, fence post footings, sidewalks, concrete curbs, curbs and gutters, and gutters, the Contractor may use commercial concrete. If commercial concrete is used for sidewalks, concrete curbs, curbs and gutters, and gutters, it shall have a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard of concrete, shall be air entrained, and the tolerances of Section 6-02.3(5)C shall apply. 6-02.3(4) Ready -Mix Concrete The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: All concrete, except lean concrete, shall be batched in a prequalified manual, semi- automatic, or automatic plant as described in Section 6-02.3(4)A. 6-02.3(4)D Temperature and Time For Placement The following is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: The upper temperature limit for placement for Class 4000D concrete may be increased to a maximum of 80OF if allowed by the Engineer. 6-02.3(5)C Conformance to Mix Design Item number 1 of the second paragraph is revised to read: Cement weight plus 5 percent or minus 1 percent of that specified in the mix design. 6-02.3(6)A1 Hot Weather Protection The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide concrete within the specified temperature limits. Cooling of the coarse aggregate piles by sprinkling with water is permitted provided the moisture content is monitored, the mixing water is adjusted for the free water in the aggregate and the coarse aggregate is removed from at least 1 foot above the bottom of the pile. Sprinkling of fine aggregate piles with water is not allowed. Refrigerating mixing water or replacing all or part of the mixing water with crushed ice is permitted, provided the ice is completely melted by placing time. The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 These surfaces include forms, reinforcing steel, steel beam flanges, and any others that touch the concrete. 6-02.3(7) Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-02.3(7) Tolerances Unless noted otherwise, concrete construction tolerances shall be in accordance with this section. Tolerances in this section do not apply to cement concrete pavement. Horizontal deviation of roadway crown points, cross -slope break points, and curb, barrier or railing edges from alignment or work line: ±1.0 inch Deviation from plane: ±0.5 inch in 10 feet Deviation from plane for roadway surfaces: ±0.25 inch in 10 feet Deviation from plumb or specified batter: ±0.5 inch in 10 feet, but not to exceed a total of ±1.5 inches Vertical deviation from profile grade for roadway surfaces: ±1 inch Vertical deviation of top surfaces (except roadway surfaces): ±0.75 inch Thickness of bridge decks and other structural slabs not at grade: ±0.25 inch Length, width and thickness of elements such as columns, beams, crossbeams, diaphragms, corbels, piers, abutments and walls, including dimensions to construction joints in initial placements: +0.5 inch, -0.25 inch Length, width and thickness of spread footing foundations: +2 inches, -0.5 inch Horizontal location of the as -placed edge of spread footing foundations: The greater of ±2% of the horizontal dimension of the foundation perpendicular to the edge and ±0.5 inch. However, the tolerance shall not exceed ±2 inches. Location of opening, insert or embedded item at concrete surface: ±0.5 inch Cross -sectional dimensions of opening: ±0.5 inch Bridge deck, bridge approach slab, and bridge traffic barrier expansion joint gaps with a specified temperature range, measured at a stable temperature: ±0.25 inch Horizontal deviation of centerline of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly: ±0.125 inch Horizontal deviation of centerline of supported element from centerline of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly ±0.25 inch Vertical deviation of top of bearing pad, oak block or other bearing assembly: ±0.125 inch AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-02.3(10)C Finishing Equipment The first paragraph is revised to read: The finishing machine shall be self-propelled and be capable of forward and reverse movement under positive control. The finishing machine shall be equipped with augers and a rotating cylindrical single or double drum screed. The finishing machine shall have the necessary adjustments to produce the required cross section, line, and grade. The finishing machine shall be capable of raising the screeds, augers, and any other parts of the finishing mechanical operation to clear the screeded surface, and returning to the specified grade under positive control. Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, a finishing machine manufacturer technical representative shall be on site to assist the first use of the machine on the Contract. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: For bridge deck widening of 20 feet or less, and for bridge approach slabs, or where jobsite conditions do not allow the use of the conventional configuration finishing machines, or modified conventional machines as described above; the Contractor may submit a Type 2 Working Drawing proposing the use of a hand -operated motorized power screed such as a "Texas" or "Bunyan" screed. 6-02.3(10)D4 Monitoring Bridge Deck Concrete Temperature After Placement This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-02.3(10)D4 Vacant 6-02.3(10)D5 Bridge Deck Concrete Finishing and Texturing In the third subparagraph of the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck surface to within 3-inches minimum and 24-inches maximum of the edge of concrete at expansion joints, within 1-foot minimum and 2-feet maximum of the curb line, and within 3-inches minimum and 9-inches maximum of the perimeter of bridge drain assemblies. 6-02.3(10)F Bridge Approach Slab Orientation and Anchors The second to last paragraph is revised to read: The compression seal shall be a 2'/2 inch wide gland and shall conform to Section 9- 04.1(4). The last paragraph is deleted. 6-02.3(13)A Strip Seal Expansion Joint System In item number 3 of the third paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 6-02.3(13)B Compression Seal Expansion Joint System The first paragraph is revised to read: Compression seal glands shall conform to Section 9-04.1(4) and be sized as shown in the Plans. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 6-02.3(14)C Pigmented Sealer for Concrete Surfaces This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Pigmented Sealer Materials shall be a product listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). If the pigmented sealer material is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08.3. 6-02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings The second, third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: Grout shall be a workable mix with a viscosity that is suitable for the intended application. Grout shall not be placed outside of the manufacturer recommended range of thickness. The Contractor shall receive concurrence from the Engineer before using the grout. Field grout cubes and cylinders shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with Section 9-20.3 when requested by the Engineer, but not less than once per bridge pier or once per day. Before placing grout, the substrate on which it is to be placed shall be prepared as recommended by the manufacturer to ensure proper bonding. The grout shall be cured as recommended by the manufacturer. The grout may be loaded when a minimum of 4,000 psi compressive strength is attained. The fifth paragraph is deleted. 6-02.3(23) Opening to Traffic This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: After curing bridge approach slabs in accordance with Section 6-02.3(11), the bridge approach slabs may be opened to traffic when a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi is achieved. 6-02.3(24)C Placing and Fastening This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall position reinforcing steel as the Plans require and shall ensure that the steel is set within specified tolerances. Adjustments to reinforcing details outside of specified tolerances to avoid interferences and for other purposes are acceptable when approved by the Engineer. When spacing between bars is 1 foot or more, they shall be tied at all intersections. When spacing is less than 1 foot, every other intersection shall be tied. If the Plans require bundled bars, they shall be tied together with wires at least every 6 feet. All epoxy -coated bars in the top mat of the bridge deck shall be tied at all intersections, however they may be tied at alternate intersections when spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction and they are supported by continuous supports meeting all other requirements of supports for epoxy -coated bars. Other epoxy -coated bars shall also be tied at all intersections, but shall be tied at alternate intersections when spacing is less AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 than 1 foot in each direction. Wire used for tying epoxy -coated reinforcing steel shall be plastic coated. Tack welding is not permitted on reinforcing steel. Abrupt bends in the steel are permitted only when one steel member bends around another. Vertical stirrups shall pass around main reinforcement or be firmly attached to it. For slip -formed concrete, the reinforcing steel bars shall be tied at all intersections and cross braced to keep the cage from moving during concrete placement. Cross bracing shall be with additional reinforcing steel. Cross bracing shall be placed both longitudinally and transversely. After reinforcing steel bars are placed in a traffic or pedestrian barrier and prior to slip - form concrete placement, the Contractor shall check clearances and reinforcing steel bar placement. This check shall be accomplished by using a template or by operating the slip -form machine over the entire length of the traffic or pedestrian barrier. All clearance and reinforcing steel bar placement deficiencies shall be corrected by the Contractor before slip -form concrete placement. Precast concrete supports (or other accepted devices) shall be used to maintain the concrete coverage required by the Plans. The precast concrete supports shall: Have a bearing surface measuring not greater than 2 inches in either dimension, and 2. Have a compressive strength equal to or greater than that of the concrete in which they are embedded. In slabs, each precast concrete support shall have either: (1) a grooved top that will hold the reinforcing bar in place, or (2) an embedded wire that protrudes and is tied to the reinforcing steel. If this wire is used around epoxy -coated bars, it shall be coated with plastic. Precast concrete supports may be accepted based on a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. In lieu of precast concrete supports, the Contractor may use metal or all -plastic supports to hold uncoated bars. Any surface of a metal support that will not be covered by at least'/2 inch of concrete shall be one of the following: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication in keeping with AASHTO M232 Class D; 2. Coated with plastic firmly bonded to the metal. This plastic shall be at least M2 inch thick where it touches the form and shall not react chemically with the concrete when tested in the State Materials Laboratory. The plastic shall not shatter or crack at or above -50F and shall not deform enough to expose the metal at or below 200°F; or 3. Stainless steel that meet the requirements of ASTM A493, Type 302. Stainless steel chair supports are not required to be galvanized or plastic coated. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 In lieu of precast concrete supports, epoxy -coated reinforcing bars may be supported by one of the following: Metal supports coated entirely with a dielectric material such as epoxy or plastic, 2. Other epoxy -coated reinforcing bars, or 3. All -plastic supports. Damaged coatings on metal bar supports shall be repaired prior to placing concrete. All -plastic supports shall be lightweight, non -porous, and chemically inert in concrete. All -plastic supports shall have rounded seatings, shall not deform under load during normal temperatures, and shall not shatter or crack under impact loading in cold weather. All -plastic supports shall be placed at spacings greater than 1 foot along the bar and shall have at least 25 percent of their gross place area perforated to compensate for the difference in the coefficient of thermal expansion between plastic and concrete. The shape and configuration of all -plastic supports shall permit complete concrete consolidation in and around the support. A "mat" is two adjacent and perpendicular layers of reinforcing steel. In bridge decks, top and bottom mats shall be supported adequately enough to hold both in their proper positions. If bar supports directly support, or are directly supported on No. 4 bars, they shall be spaced at not more than 3-foot intervals (or not more than 4-foot intervals for bars No. 5 and larger). Wire ties to girder stirrups shall not be considered as supports. To provide a rigid mat, the Contractor shall add other supports and tie wires to the top mat as needed. Unless noted otherwise, the minimum concrete cover for main reinforcing bars shall be: 3 inches to a concrete surface deposited against earth without intervening forms. 2'/2 inches to the top surface of a concrete bridge deck or bridge approach slab. 2 inches to a concrete surface when not specified otherwise in this section or in the Contract documents. 1'/2 inches to a concrete barrier or curb surface. Except for top cover in bridge decks and bridge approach slabs, minimum concrete cover to ties and stirrups may be reduced by inch but shall not be less than 1 inch. Minimum concrete cover shall also be provided to the outermost part of mechanical splices and headed steel reinforcing bars. Reinforcing steel bar location, concrete cover and clearance shall not vary more than the following tolerances from what is specified in the Contract documents: Reinforcing bar location for members 12 inches or less in thickness: ±0.25 inch Reinforcing bar location for members greater than 12 inches in thickness: ±0.375 inch AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Reinforcing bar location for bars placed at equal spacing within a plane: the greater of either ±1 inch or ±1 bar diameter within the plane. The total number of bars shall not be fewer than that specified. The clearance between reinforcement shall not be less than the greater of the bar diameter or 1 inch for unbundled bars. For bundled bars, the clearance between bundles shall not be less than the greater of 1 inch or a bar diameter derived from the equivalent total area of all bars in the bundle. Longitudinal location of bends and ends of bars: ±1 inch Embedded length of bars and length of bar lap splices: No. 3 through No. 11: -1 inch No. 14 through No. 18: -2 inches Concrete cover measured perpendicular to concrete surface (except for the top surface of bridge decks, bridge approach slabs and other roadway surfaces): ±0.25 inch Concrete cover measured perpendicular to concrete surface for the top surface of bridge decks, bridge approach slabs and other roadway surfaces: +0.25 inch, -0 inch Before placing any concrete, the Contractor shall: Clean all mortar from reinforcement, and 2. Obtain the Engineer's permission to place concrete after the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel. (Any concrete placed without the Engineer's permission shall be rejected and removed.) 6-02.3(25)H Finishing The last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor may repair defects in prestressed concrete girders in accordance with Section 6-01.16. 6-02.3(25)1 Fabrication Tolerances Item number 12 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 12. Stirrup Projection from Top of Girder: Wide flange thin deck and slab girders: ±'/2 inch All other girders: ± 1/4 inch 6-02.3(27) Concrete for Precast Units The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Type III portland cement or blended hydraulic cement is permitted to be used in precast concrete units. 6-02.3(28)B Casting In the second paragraph, the reference to Section 6-02.3(25)B is revised to read Section 6- 02.3(25)C. 6-02.3(28)D Contractors Control Strength In the first paragraph, "WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23" is revised to read "FOP for AASHTO T 23". 6-02.3(28)E Finishing This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor may repair defects in precast panels in accordance with Section 6- 01.16. 6-03.AP6 Section 6-03, Steel Structures January 7, 2019 6-03.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the material reference for Paints is revised to read: Paints and Related Materials 9-08 6-03.3(25)A3 Ultrasonic Inspection The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Complete penetration groove welds on plates 5/16 inch and thicker in the following welded assemblies or Structures shall be 100 percent ultrasonically inspected: 6-03.3(33) Bolted Connections The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: After final tightening of the fastener components, the threads of the bolts shall at a minimum be flush with the end of the nut. The following is inserted after the third sentence of the fourth paragraph: When galvanized bolts are specified, tension -control galvanized bolts are not permitted. 6-05.AP6 Section 6-05, Piling January 2, 2018 6-05.3(9)A Pile Driving Equipment Approval The fourth sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 For prestressed concrete piles, the allowable driving stress in kips per square inch shall be 0.095 f', plus prestress in tension, and 0.85f', minus prestress in compression, where f',, is the concrete compressive strength in kips per square inch. 6-07.AP6 Section 6-07, Painting January 7, 2019 6-07.1 Description The first sentence is revised to read: This work consists of containment, surface preparation, shielding adjacent areas from work, testing and disposing of debris, furnishing and applying paint, and cleaning up after painting is completed. 6-07.2 Materials The material reference for Paint is revised to read: Paint and Related Materials 9-08 6-07.3(1)A Work Force Qualifications for Shop Application of Paint This section is supplemented with the following new sentence: The work force may be accepted based on the approved facility. 6-07.3(1)B Work Force Qualifications for Field Application of Paint The first two paragraphs are revised to read: The Contractor preparing the surface and applying the paint shall be certified under SSPC-QP 1 or NACE International Institute Contractor Accreditation Program (NIICAP) AS 1. The Contractor removing and otherwise disturbing existing paint containing lead and other hazardous materials shall be certified under SSPC-QP 2, Category A or NIICAP AS 2. The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: In lieu of the above SSPC or NIICAP certifications, the Contractor performing the specified work shall complete both of the following actions: Item number 2 of the third paragraph is revised to read: 2. The Contractor's quality control inspector(s) for the project shall be NACE-certified CIP Level 3 or SSPC Protective Coating Inspector (PCI) Level 3. 6-07.3(2) Submittals The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Each component of the plan shall identify the specification section it represents. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-07.3(2)B Contractor's Quality Control Program Submittal Component The numbered list in the first paragraph is revised to read: Description of the inspection procedures, tools, techniques and the acceptance criteria for all phases of work. 2. Procedure for implementation of corrective action for non-conformance work. 3. The paint system manufacturer's recommended methods of preventing defects. 4. The Contractor's frequency of quality control inspection for each phase of work. 5. Example of each completed form(s) of the daily quality control report used to document the inspection work and tests performed by the Contractor's quality control personnel. 6-07.3(2)C Paint System Manufacturer and Paint System Information Submittal Component Item number 1 is revised to read: Product data sheets and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) on the paint materials, paint preparation, and paint application, as specified by the paint manufacturer, including: a. All application instructions, including the mixing and thinning directions. b. Recommended spray nozzles and pressures. c. Minimum and maximum drying time between coats. d. Restrictions on temperature and humidity. e. Repair procedures for shop and field applied coatings. Maximum dry film thickness for each coat. g. Minimum wet film thickness for each coat to achieve the specified minimum dry film thickness. 6-07.3(2)D Hazardous Waste Containment, Collection, Testing, and Disposal Submittal Component The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The hazardous waste containment, collection, testing, and disposal shall meet all Federal and State requirements, and the submittal component of the painting plan shall include the following: 6-07.3(2)E Cleaning and Surface Preparation Submittal Component Item 1(b) of the first paragraph is revised to read:: b. Type, manufacturer, and brand of abrasive blast material and all associated additives, including Safety Data Sheets (SDS). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-07.3(3)B Quality Control and Quality Assurance for Field Application of Paint The last sentence of the first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The Contractor's quality control operations shall include a minimum monitoring and documenting the following for each working day: Item number 1 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Environmental conditions for painting in accordance with ASTM E 337. Item number 4 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 4. Pictorial of surface preparation guides in accordance with SSPC-VIS 1, 3, 4, and 5. Item number 5 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 5. Surface profile by Keanne-Tator comparator in accordance with ASTM D 4417 and SSPC PA17. 6-07.3(4) Paint System Manufacturer's Technical Representative This section is revised to read: The paint system manufacturer's representative shall be present at the jobsite for the pre -painting conference and for the first day of paint application, and shall be available to the Contractor and Contracting Agency for consultation for the full project duration. 6-07.3(5) Pre -Painting Conference The second paragraph is revised to read: If the Contractor's key personnel change between any work operations, an additional conference shall be held if requested by the Engineer. 6-07.3(6)A Paint Containers In item number 2 of the first paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 6-07.3(6)B Paint Storage Item number 2 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 2. The Contractor shall monitor and document daily the paint material storage facility with a high -low recording thermometer device. 6-07.3(7) Paint Sampling and Testing The first two paragraphs are revised to read: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer 1 quart of each paint representing each lot. Samples shall be accompanied with a Safety Data Sheet. If the quantity of paint required for each component of the paint system for the entire project is 20 gallons or less, then the paint system components will be accepted as specified in Section 9-08.1(7). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-07.3(8)A Paint Film Thickness Measurement Gages The first paragraph is revised to read: Paint dry film thickness measurements shall be performed with either a Type 1 pull -off gage or a Type 2 electronic gage as specified in SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements. 6-07.3(9) Painting New Steel Structures The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Welded shear connectors are not required to painted. The last paragraph is revised to read: Temporary attachments or supports for scaffolding, containment or forms shall not damage the paint system. 6-07.3(9)A Paint System The first paragraph is revised to read: The paint system applied to new steel surfaces shall consist of the following: Option 1 (component based paint system): Primer Coat — Inorganic Zinc Rich 9-08.1(2)C Intermediate Coat — Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G Intermediate Stripe Coat — Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G Top Coat — Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)H Option 2 (performance based paint system): Primer Coat — Inorganic Zinc Rich 9-08.1(2)M Intermediate Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)M Intermediate Stripe Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)M Top Coat — Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)M The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Paints and related materials shall be products listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). Component based paint systems shall be listed on the QPL in the applicable sections of Section 9-08. Performance based systems shall be listed on the current Northeast Protective Coatings Committee (NEPCOAT) Qualified Products List "A" as listed on the WSDOT QPL in Section 9-08.1(2)M. If the paint and related materials for the component based system is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08. 6-07.3(9)C Mixing and Thinning Paint This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The Contractor shall thoroughly mix paint in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations and by mechanical means to ensure a uniform and lump free composition. Paint shall not be mixed by means of air stream bubbling or boxing. Paint shall be mixed in the original containers and mixing shall continue until all pigment or metallic powder is in suspension. Care shall be taken to ensure that the solid material that has settled to the bottom of the container is thoroughly dispersed. After mixing, the Contractor shall inspect the paint for uniformity and to ensure that no unmixed pigment or lumps are present. Catalysts, curing agents, hardeners, initiators, or dry metallic powders that are packaged separately may be added to the base paint in accordance with the paint manufacturer's written recommendations and only after the paint is thoroughly mixed to achieve a uniform mixture with all particles wetted. The Contractor shall then add the proper volume of curing agent to the correct volume of base and mix thoroughly. The mixture shall be used within the pot life specified by the manufacturer. Unused portions shall be discarded at the end of each work day. Accelerants are not permitted except as allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not add additional thinner at the application site except as allowed by the Engineer. The amount and type of thinner, if allowed, shall conform to the manufacturer's specifications. If recommended by the manufacturer and allowed by the Engineer, a measuring cup shall be used for the addition of thinner to any paint with graduations in ounces. No un-measured addition of thinner to paint will be allowed. Any paint found to be thinned by unacceptable methods will be rejected. When recommended by the manufacturer, the Contractor shall constantly agitate paint during application by use of paint pots equipped with mechanical agitators. The Contractor shall strain all paint after mixing to remove undesirable matter, but without removing the pigment or metallic powder. Paint shall be stored and mixed in a secure, contained location to eliminate the potential for spills into State waters and onto the ground and highway surfaces. 6-07.3(9)D Coating Thickness This section is revised to read: Dry film thickness shall be measured in accordance with SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2, Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements. The minimum dry film thickness of the primer coat shall not be less than 2.5 mils. The minimum dry film thickness of each coat (combination of intermediate and intermediate stripe, and top) shall be not less than 3.0 mils. The dry film thickness of each coat shall not be thicker than the paint manufacturer's recommended maximum thickness. The minimum wet film thickness of each coat shall be specified by the paint manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry film thickness. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Film thickness, wet and dry, will be measured by gages conforming to Section 6- 07.3(8)A. Wet measurements will be taken immediately after the paint is applied in accordance with ASTM D4414. Dry measurements will be taken after the coating is dry and hard in accordance with SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2. Each painter shall be equipped with wet film thickness gages and shall be responsible for performing frequent checks of the paint film thickness throughout application. Coating thickness measurements may be made by the Engineer after the application of each coat and before the application of the succeeding coat. In addition, the Engineer may inspect for uniform and complete coverage and appearance. One hundred percent of all thickness measurements shall meet or exceed the minimum wet film thickness. In areas where wet film thickness measurements are impractical, dry film thickness measurements may be made. If a question arises about an individual coat's thickness or coverage, it may be verified by the use of a Tooke gage in accordance with ASTM D4138. If the specified number of coats does not produce a combined dry film thickness of at least the sum of the thicknesses required per coat, if an individual coat does not meet the minimum thickness, or if visual inspection shows incomplete coverage, the coating system will be rejected and the Contractor shall discontinue painting and surface preparation operations and shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the repair proposal. The repair proposal shall include documentation demonstrating the cause of the less -than -minimum thickness, along with physical test results, as necessary, and modifications to Work methods to prevent similar results. The Contractor shall not resume painting or surface preparation operations until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the completed repair. 6-07.3(9)E Surface Temperature Requirements Prior to Application of Paint This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-07.3(9)E Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of Paint Paint shall be applied only during periods when: Air and steel temperatures are in accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations but in no case less than 35°F nor greater than 1150F. 2. Steel surface temperature is a minimum of 50F above the dew point. 3. Steel surface is not wet. 4. Relative humidity is within the manufacturer's recommended range. 5. The anticipated ambient temperature will remain above 350F or the manufacturer's minimum temperature, whichever is greater, during the paint drying and curing period. Application will not be allowed if conditions are not favorable for proper application and performance of the paint. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Paint shall not be applied when weather conditions are unfavorable to proper curing. If a paint system manufacturer's recommendations allow for application of a paint under environmental conditions other than those specified, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a letter from the paint manufacturer specifying the environmental conditions under which the paint can be applied. Application of paint under environmental conditions other than those specified in this section will not be allowed without the Engineer's concurrence. 6-07.3(9)F Shop Surface Cleaning and Preparation The last sentence is revised to read: The entire steel surface to be painted, including surfaces specified in Section 6- 07.3(9)G to receive a mist coat of primer, shall be cleaned to a near white condition in accordance with SSPC-SP 10, Near -white Metal Blast Cleaning, and shall be in this condition immediately prior to paint application. 6-07.3(9)G Application of Shop Primer Coat The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Repairs of the shop primer coat shall be prepared in accordance with the painting plan. Shop primer coat repair paint shall be selected from the approved component based or performance based paint system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H. 6-07.3(9)H Containment for Field Coating This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall use a containment system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)A for surface preparation and prime coating of all uncoated areas remaining, including bolts, nuts, washers, and splice plates. During painting operations of the intermediate, stripe and top coats the Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain drip tarps below the areas to be painted to contain all spilled paint, buckets, brushes, and other deleterious material, and prevent such materials from reaching the environment below or adjacent to the structure being painted. Drip tarps shall be absorbent material and hung to minimize puddling. The Contractor shall evaluate the project -specific conditions to determine the specific type and extent of containment needed to control the paint emissions and shall submit a containment plan in accordance with Section 6-07.3(2). 6-07.3(9)1 Application of Field Coatings This section is revised to read: An on -site supervisor shall be present for each work shift at the bridge site. Upon completion of erection Work, all uncoated or damaged areas remaining, including bolts, nuts, washers, and splice plates, shall be prepared in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(9)F, followed by a field primer coat of a zinc -rich primer and final coats of paint selected from the approved component or performance based paint system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H.. The intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top coats shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Upon completion of erection Work, welds for steel column jackets may be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning. The minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, but not less than 12 hours. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. The maximum time between intermediate and top coats shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. If the maximum time between coats is exceeded, all newly coated surfaces shall be prepared to SSPC-SP 7, Brush-off Blast Cleaning, and shall be repainted with the same paint that was cleaned, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Each coat shall be applied in a uniform layer, completely covering the preceding coat. The Contractor shall correct runs, sags, skips, or other deficiencies before application of succeeding coats. Such corrective work may require re -cleaning, application of additional paint, or other means as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Dry film thickness measurements will be made in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)D. All paint damage that occurs shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. On bare areas or areas of insufficient primer thickness, the repair shall include field -applied zinc -rich primer and the final coats of paint selected from the approved component or performance based paint system in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)H. On areas where the primer is at least equal to the minimum required dry film thickness, the repair shall include the application of the final two coats of the paint system. All paint repair operations shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost or time to the Contracting Agency. 6-07.3(10)A Containment The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Emissions shall be assessed by Visible Emission Observations (Method A) in SSPC Technology Update No. 7, Conducting Ambient Air, Soil, and Water Sampling of Surface Preparation and Paint Disturbance Activities, Section 6.2 and shall be limited to the Level A Acceptance Criteria Option Level 0 Emissions standard. 6-07.3(10)D Surface Preparation Prior to Overcoat Painting The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall remove any visible oil, grease, and road tar in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning. The second paragraph is revised to read: Following any preparation by SSPC-SP1, all steel surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 7, Brush-off Blast Cleaning. Surfaces inaccessible to brush-off blast shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning, as allowed by the Engineer. The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 Following brush-off blast cleaning, the Contractor shall perform spot abrasive blast 3 cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. 4 5 The second to last sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 For small areas, as allowed by the Engineer, the Contractor may substitute cleaning in 8 accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning. 9 10 6-07.3(10)G Treatment of Pack and Rust Gaps 11 The second paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 Pack rust forming a gap between steel surfaces of Y16 to inch shall be cleaned to a 14 depth of at least one half of the gap width. The gaps shall be cleaned and prepared in 15 accordance with SSPC-SP6. The cleaned gap shall be treated with rust penetrating 16 sealer, prime coated, and then caulked to form a watertight seal along the top edge and 17 the two sides of the steel pieces involved, using the rust penetrating sealer and caulk as 18 accepted by the Engineer. The bottom edge or lowest edge of the steel pieces involved 19 shall not be caulked. 20 21 The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: 22 23 Caulk shall be a single -component urethane sealant conforming to Section 9-08.7. 24 25 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 26 27 At locations where gaps between steel surfaces exceed '/4 inch, the Contractor shall 28 clean and prepare the gap in accordance SSPC-SP6, apply the rust penetrating sealer, 29 apply the prime coat, and then fill the gap with foam backer rod material as accepted by 30 the Engineer. The foam backer rod material shall be of sufficient diameter to fill the 31 crevice or gap. The Contractor shall apply caulk over the foam backer rod material to 32 form a watertight seal. 33 34 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 35 36 Caulk and backer rod, if needed, shall be placed prior to applying the top coat. The 37 Contractor, with the concurrence of the Engineer, may apply the rust penetrating sealer 38 after application of the prime coat provided the primer is removed in the areas to be 39 sealed. The areas to be sealed shall be re -cleaned and re -prepared in accordance with 40 SSPC-SP6. 41 42 6-07.3(10)H Paint System 43 The first paragraph is revised to read: 44 45 The paint system applied to existing steel surfaces shall consist of the following five- 46 coat system: 47 48 Option 1 (component based system): 49 50 Primer Coat — Zinc -filled Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)F 51 Primer Stripe Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)F 52 Intermediate Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Intermediate Stripe Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)G Top Coat - Moisture Cured Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)H Option 2 (performance based system): Primer Coat — Zinc -rich Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Primer Stripe Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Intermediate Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Intermediate Stripe Coat — Epoxy 9-08.1(2)N Top Coat — Polyurethane 9-08.1(2)N The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Paints and related materials shall be a product listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). Component based paint systems shall be listed on the QPL in the applicable sections of Section 9-08. Performance based systems shall be listed on the current Northeast Protective Coatings Committee (NEPCOAT) Qualified Products List "B" as listed on the WSDOT QPL in Section 9-08.1(2)N. If the paint and related material for the component based system is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation and acceptance in accordance with Section 9-08. 6-07.3(10)J Mixing and Thinning Paint This section is revised to read: Mixing and thinning paint shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)C. 6-07.3(10)K Coating Thickness This section is revised to read: Coating thickness shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)D except the minimum dry film thickness of each coat (combination of primer and primer stripe, combination of intermediate and intermediate stripe, and top) shall not be less than 3.0 mils. 6-07.3(10)L Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of Paint This section is revised to read: Environmental conditions shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)E. 6-07.3(10)M Steel Surface Condition Requirements Prior to Application of Paint The third paragraph is revised to read: Edges of existing paint shall be feathered in accordance with SSPC-PA 1, Shop, Field, and Maintenance Coating of Metals, Note 15.20. 6-07.3(10)N Field Coating Application Methods The third sentence is revised to read: The Contractor may apply stripe coat paint using spray or brush but shall follow spray application using a brush to ensure complete coverage around structural geometric AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 irregularities and to push the paint into gaps between existing steel surfaces and around 2 rivets and bolts. 3 4 6-07.3(10)0 Applying Field Coatings 5 The second to last paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 Each application of primer, primer stripe, intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top coat 8 shall be considered as separately applied coats. The Contractor shall not use a 9 preceding or subsequent coat to remedy a deficiency in another coat. The Contractor 10 shall apply the top coat to at least the minimum specified top coat thickness, to provide 11 a uniform appearance and consistent finish coverage. 12 13 6-07.3(10)P Field Coating Repair 14 The second sentence is revised to read: 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Repair areas shall be cleaned of all damaged paint and the system reapplied using all coats typical to the paint system and shall meet the minimum coating thickness. 6-07.3(11)A Painting of Galvanized Surfaces This section is revised to read: All galvanized surfaces receiving paint shall be prepared for painting in accordance with the ASTM D 6386. The method of preparation shall be brush-off in accordance with SSPC-SP16 Brush -Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steels, and Non -Ferrous Metals or as otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not begin painting until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the prepared galvanized surface. For galvanized bolts used for replacement of deteriorated existing rivets, the Contractor, with the concurrence of the Engineer and after successful demonstration testing, may prepare galvanized surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP1 followed by SSPC-SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP3, Power Tool Cleaning. The demonstration testing shall include adhesion testing of the first coat of paint over galvanized bolts, nuts, and washers or a representative galvanized surface. Adhesion testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 4541 for 600 psi minimum adhesion. A minimum of 3 successful tests shall be performed on the galvanized surface prepared and painted using the same methods and materials to be used on the galvanized bolts, nuts and washers in the field. 6-07.3(11)A2 Paint Coat Materials This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall paint the dry surface as follows: The first coat over a galvanized surface shall be an epoxy polyamide conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)E . In the case of galvanized bolts used for replacement of deteriorated existing rivets and for small surface areas less than or equal to one square foot, an intermediate moisture cured polyurethane conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)G may be used as a first coat. In both cases the first coat shall be compatible with galvanizing and as recommended by the top coat manufacturer. 2. The second coat shall be a top coat moisture cured aliphatic polyurethane conforming to Section 9-08.1(2)H or a top coat polyurethane conforming to AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Section 6-07.3(10)H Option 2 NEPCOAT performance based paint specification compatible with the first coat as recommended by the manufacturer. Each coat shall be dry before the next coat is applied. All coats applied in the shop shall be dried hard before shipment. 6-07.3(11)B Powder Coating of Galvanized Surfaces This section is revised to read: Powder coating of galvanized surfaces shall consist of the following coats: The first coat shall be an epoxy powder primer coat conforming to Section 9- 08.2. 2. The second coat shall be a polyester finish coat conforming to Section 9-08.2. 6-07.3(11)B3 Galvanized Surface Cleaning and Preparation The first three paragraphs are revised to read: Galvanized surfaces receiving the powder coating shall be cleaned and prepared for coating in accordance with ASTM D 7803, and the project -specific powder coating plan. Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for newly galvanized steel shall receive surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.1.3. Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for partially weathered galvanized steel shall be checked and prepared in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 6, before then receiving surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.1.3. The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Assemblies conforming to the ASTM D 7803 definition for weathered galvanized steel shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 7 before then receiving surface smoothing and surface cleaning in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5, and surface preparation in accordance with ASTM D 7803, Section 5.3 except as follows: 6-07.3(11)B5 Testing Item number 4 in the first paragraph is revised to read: 4. Adhesion testing in accordance with ASTM D 4541 for 600 psi minimum adhesion for the complete two -component system. The second sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Rejected assemblies shall be repaired or recoated by the Contractor, at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, in accordance with the powder coating AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 manufacturer's recommendation as detailed in the project -specific powder coating plan, until the assemblies satisfy the acceptance testing requirements. 6-07.3(12) Painting Ferry Terminal Structures This section is revised to read: Painting of ferry terminal Structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3 as supplemented below. This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 6-07.3(12)A Painting New Steel Ferry Terminal Structures Painting of new steel Structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9) except that all coatings (primer, intermediate, intermediate stripe, and top) shall be applied in the shop with the following exceptions: Steel surfaces to be field welded. 2. Steel surfaces to be greased. 3. The length of piles designated in the Plans not requiring painting. The minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, but not less than 12 hours. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. 6-07.3(12)A1 Paint Systems Paint systems for Structural Steel, which includes vehicle transfer spans and towers, pedestrian overhead loading structures and towers, upland structural steel and other elements as designated in the Special Provisions shall be as specified in Section 6-07.3(9)A. Paint systems for Piling, Landing Aids and Life Ladders shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)A2 Paint Color Paint colors shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)A3 Coating Thickness Coating thicknesses shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)A4 Application of Field Coatings An on -site supervisor shall be present for each work shift at the project site. Upon completion of erection Work, all uncoated or damaged areas remaining, including bolts, nuts, washers, splice plates, and field welds shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, followed by SSPC-SP 11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. Surface preparation shall be measured according to SSPC-VIS 3. SSPC-SP 11 shall be performed for a minimum distance of 1 inch from the uncoated or damaged area. In addition, intact shop -applied coating surrounding the area shall be abraded or sanded for a distance of 6 inches out from the properly prepared clean/bare metal areas to provide adequate roughness for AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 application of field coatings. All sanding dust and contamination shall be removed prior to application of field coatings. Field applied paint for Structural Steel shall conform to Section 6-07.3(10)H, as applicable. Field applied paint for Piling, Landing Aids and Life Ladders shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. For areas above the tidal zone, the minimum drying time between coats shall be as shown in the product data sheets, but not less than 12 hours. For areas within the tidal zone, the minimum drying time between coats shall be as recommended by the paint system manufacturer. The Contractor shall determine whether the paint has cured sufficiently for proper application of succeeding coats. The maximum time between intermediate and top coats shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. If the maximum time between coats is exceeded, all newly coated surfaces shall be prepared to SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning, and shall be repainted with the same paint that was cleaned, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Each coat shall be applied in a uniform layer, completely covering the preceding coat. The Contractor shall correct runs, sags, skips, or other deficiencies before application of succeeding coats. Such corrective work may require re -cleaning, application of additional paint, or other means as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Surface preparation for underwater locations shall consist of removing all dirt, oil, grease, loose paint, loose rust, and marine growth from the area that is to be repaired. The sound paint surrounding the damaged area shall be roughened to meet the requirements of the manufacturer. Paint for underwater applications shall be as specified in the Special Provisions and shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 6-07.3(12)B Painting Existing Steel Ferry Terminal Structures Painting of existing steel structures shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10) as supplemented by the following. 6-07.3(12)B1 Containment Containment for full removal shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)A. Containment for overcoat systems shall be in accordance with all applicable Permits as required in the Special Provisions. Prior to cleaning the Contractor shall enclose all exposed electrical and mechanical equipment to seal out dust, water, and paint. Non-metallic surfaces shall not be abrasive blasted or painted. Unless otherwise specified, the following metallic surfaces shall not be painted and shall be protected from abrasive blasting and painting: Galvanized and stainless steel surfaces not previously painted, 2. Non-skid surfaces, 3. Unpainted intentionally greased surfaces, AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 4. Equipment labels, identification plates, tags, etc., 5. Fire and emergency containers or boxes, 6. Mechanical hardware such as hoist sheaves, hydraulic cylinders, gear boxes, wire rope, etc. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of materials and equipment used to shield components specified to not be cleaned and painted. The Contractor shall shut off the power prior to working around electrical equipment. The Contractor shall follow the lock-out/tag-out safety provisions of the WAC 296-803 and all other applicable safety standards. 6-07.3(12)B2 Surface Preparation For applications above high water and within the tidal zone, surface preparation for overcoat painting shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, followed by SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning. Use of wire brushes is not allowed. After SP 3 cleaning has been completed all surfaces exhibiting coating failure down to the steel substrate, and those exhibiting visible corrosion, shall be prepared down to clean bare steel in accordance with SSPC-SP 15, Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning. Surface preparation shall be measured according to SSPC- VIS 3. SSPC-SP 15 shall be performed for a minimum distance of 1 inch from the area exhibiting failure or visible corrosion. In addition, intact shop -applied coating surrounding the repair area shall be abraded or sanded for a distance of 6 inches out from the properly prepared clean/bare metal areas to provide adequate roughness for application of repair coatings. All sanding dust and contamination shall be removed prior to application of repair coatings. Surface preparation for full paint removal shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)E except SSPC-SP 11 will be permitted as detailed in the Contractor's painting plan and as allowed by the Engineer. Surface preparation for underwater locations shall consist of removing all dirt, oil, grease, loose paint, loose rust, and marine growth from the area that is to be repaired. The sound paint surrounding the damaged area shall be roughened as required by the coating manufacturer. Removed marine growth may be released to state waters provided the marine growth is not mixed with contaminants (paint, oil, rust, etc.) and it shall not accumulate on the sea bed. All marine growth containing contaminants shall be collected for proper disposal. Surface preparation for the underside of bridge decks (consisting of either a steel grid system of main bars or tees and a light gauge metal form, in -filled with concrete or a corrugated light gauge metal form, infilled with concrete) shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning with the intent of not causing further damage to the light gauge metal form. Following removal of any pack rust and corroded sections from the underside of the bridge deck, cleaning and flushing to remove salts and prior to applying the primer coat, the Contractor shall seal the entire underside of the deck system with rust -penetrating sealer. Damage to galvanized metal forms and/or grids shall be AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 repaired in accordance with ASTM A 780, with the preferred method of repair using paints containing zinc dust. 6-07.3(12)B3 Paint Systems Paints systems for Structural Steel, which includes vehicle transfer spans and towers, pedestrian overhead loading structures and towers, upland structural steel and other elements as designated in the Special Provisions shall be as specified in Section 6-07.3(10)H. Paint systems for Piling, Landing Aids, Life Ladders, underside of vehicle transfer span bridge decks, non-skid surface treated areas, and anti -graffiti coatings shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)B4 Paint Color Paint colors shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)B5 Coating Thickness Coating thicknesses shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 6-07.3(12)B6 Application of Field Coatings Application of field coatings shall be in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10)0 and Section 6-07.3(12)A2 except for the following: All coatings applied in the field shall be applied using a brush or roller. Spray application methods may be used if allowed by the Engineer. 2. Applied coatings shall not be immersed until the coating has been cured as required by the coating manufacturer. 3. Non-skid surface treatment products shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Anti -graffiti coatings shall be applied in one coat following application of the top coat, where specified in the Plans. 6-07.3(14)B Reference Standards The second standard reference (to SSPC CS 23.00), and its accompanying title, is revised to read: SSPC CS 23.00 Specification for the Application of Thermal Spray Coatings (Metallizing) of Aluminum, Zinc, and Their Alloys and Composites for the Corrosion Protection of Steel 6-08.AP6 Section 6-08, Bituminous Surfacing on Structure Decks January 7, 2019 6-08.3(7)A Concrete Deck Preparation The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor, with the Engineer, shall inspect the exposed concrete deck to establish the extent of bridge deck repair in accordance with Section 6-09.3(6). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 6-08.3(8)A Structure Deck Preparation The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Prior to applying the primer or sheet membrane, all dust and loose material shall be removed from the Structure Deck. 0 1• m'• Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays January 7, 2019 6-09.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 6-09.3(15) Sealing and Texturing Concrete Overlay After the requirements for checking for bond have been met, all joints and visible cracks shall be filled and sealed with a high molecular weight methacrylate resin (HMWM). Cracks 1/16 inch and greater in width shall receive two applications of HMWM. Immediately following the application of HMWM, the wetted surface shall be coated with sand for abrasive finish. After all cracks have been filled and sealed and the HMWM resin has cured, the concrete overlay surface shall receive a longitudinally sawn texture in accordance with Section 6-02.3(10)D5. Traffic shall not be permitted on the finished concrete until it has reached a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi as verified by rebound number determined in accordance with ASTM C805 and the longitudinally sawn texture is completed. 6-09.3(1)B Rotary Milling Machines This section is revised to read: Rotary milling machines used to remove an upper layer of existing concrete overlay, when present, shall have a maximum operating weight of 50,000 pounds and conform to Section 6-08.3(5)B. 6-09.3(1)C Hydro -Demolition Machines The first sentence of this section is revised to read: Hydro -demolition machines shall consist of filtering and pumping units operating in conjunction with a remote -controlled robotic device, using high -velocity water jets to remove sound concrete to the nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans with a single pass of the machine, and with the simultaneous removal of deteriorated concrete. 6-09.3(1)D Shot Blasting Machines This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-09.3(1)D Vacant 6-09.3(1)E Air Compressor This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Air compressors shall be equipped with oil traps to eliminate oil from being blown onto the bridge deck. 6-09.3(1)J Finishing Machine This section is revised to read: The finishing machine shall meet the requirements of Section 6-02.3(10) and the following requirements: The finishing machine shall be equipped with augers, followed by an oscillating, vibrating screed, vibrating roller tamper, or a vibrating pan, followed by a rotating cylindrical double drum screed. The vibrating screed, roller tamper or pan shall be of sufficient length and width to properly consolidate the mixture. The vibrating frequency of the vibrating screed, roller tamper or pan shall be variable with positive control. 6-09.3(2) Submittals Item number 1 and 2 are revised to read: A Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of catalog cuts and operating parameters of the hydro -demolition machine selected by the Contractor for use in this project to scarify concrete surfaces. 2. A Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of catalog cuts, operating parameters, axle loads, and axle spacing of the rotary milling machine (if used to remove an upper layer of existing concrete overlay when present). The first sentence of item number 3 is revised to read: A Type 2 Working Drawing of the Runoff Water Disposal Plan. 6-09.3(5)A General The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: All areas of the deck that are inaccessible to the selected scarifying machine shall be scarified to remove the concrete surface matrix to a maximum nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans by a method acceptable to the Engineer. This section is supplemented with the following: Concrete process water generated by scarifying concrete surface and removing existing concrete overlay operations shall be contained, collected, and disposed of in accordance with Section 5-01.3(11) and Section 6-09.3(5)C, and the Section 6-09.3(2) Runoff Water Disposal Plan. 6-09.3(5)B Testing of Hydro -Demolition and Shot Blasting Machines This section's title is revised to read: Testing of Hydro -Demolition Machines The second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 In the "sound" area of concrete, the equipment shall be programmed to remove concrete to the nominal scarification depth shown in the Plans with a single pass of the machine. 6-09.3(5)D Shot Blasting This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-09.3(5)D Vacant 6-09.3(5)E Rotomilling This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-09.3(5)E Removing Existing Concrete Overlay Layer by Rotomilling When the Contractor elects to remove the upper layer of existing concrete overlay, when present, by rotomilling prior to final scarifying, the entire concrete surface of the bridge deck shall be milled to remove the surface matrix to the depth specified in the Plans with a tolerance as specified in Section 6-08.3(5)B. The operating parameters of the rotary milling machine shall be monitored in order to prevent the unnecessary removal of concrete below the specified removal depth. 6-09.3(6) Further Deck Preparation The first paragraph is revised to read:: Once the lane or strip being overlaid has been cleaned of debris from scarifying, the Contractor, with the Engineer, shall perform a visual inspection of the scarified surface. The Contractor shall mark those areas of the existing bridge deck that are authorized by the Engineer for further deck preparation by the Contractor. Item number 4 of the second paragraph is deleted. The first sentence of the third paragraph is deleted. 6-09.3(6)A Equipment for Further Deck Preparation This section is revised to read: Further deck preparation shall be performed using either power driven hand tools conforming to Section 6-09.3(1)A, or hydro -demolition machines conforming to Section 6-09.3(1)C. 6-09.3(6)B Deck Repair Preparation The second paragraph is deleted. The last sentence of the second paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is revised to read: In no case shall the depth of a sawn vertical cut exceed % inch or to the top of the top steel reinforcing bars, whichever is less. The first sentence of the third to last paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Where existing steel reinforcing bars inside deck repair areas show deterioration greater than 20-percent section loss, the Contractor shall furnish and place steel reinforcing bars alongside the deteriorated bars in accordance with the details shown in the Standard Plans. The last paragraph is deleted. 6-09.3(7) Surface Preparation for Concrete Overlay The first seven paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: Following the completion of any required further deck preparation the entire lane or strip being overlaid shall be cleaned to be free from oil and grease, rust and other foreign material that may still be present. These materials shall be removed by detergent - cleaning or other method accepted by the Engineer followed by sandblasting. After detergent cleaning and sandblasting is completed, the entire lane or strip being overlaid shall be cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete. Hand tool chipping, sandblasting and cleaning in areas adjacent to a lane or strip being cleaned in final preparation for placing concrete shall be discontinued when final preparation is begun. Scarifying and hand tool chipping shall remain suspended until the concrete has been placed and the requirement for curing time has been satisfied. Sandblasting and cleaning shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time after the completion of concrete placing. Scarification, and removal of the upper layer of concrete overlay when present, may proceed during the final cleaning and overlay placement phases of the Work on adjacent portions of the Structure so long as the scarification and concrete overlay removal operations are confined to areas which are a minimum of 100 feet away from the defined limits of the final cleaning or overlay placement in progress. If the scarification and concrete overlay removal impedes or interferes in any way with the final cleaning or overlay placement as determined by the Engineer, the scarification and concrete overlay removal Work shall be terminated immediately and the scarification and concrete overlay removal equipment removed sufficiently away from the area being prepared or overlaid to eliminate the conflict. If the grade is such that water and contaminants from the scarification and concrete overlay removal operation will flow into the area being prepared or overlaid, the scarification and concrete overlay removal operation shall be terminated and shall remain suspended for the first 24 hours of curing time after the completion of concrete placement. 6-09.3(11) Placing Concrete Overlay The first sentence of item number 3 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Concrete shall not be placed when the temperature of the concrete surface is less than 450F or greater than 75°F, and wind velocity at the construction site is in excess of 10 mph. 6-09.3(12) Finishing Concrete Overlay The third paragraph is deleted. The last paragraph is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 6-09.3(13) Curing Concrete Overlay The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: As the finishing operation progresses, the concrete shall be immediately covered with a single layer of clean, new or used, wet burlap. The last sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. The following two new paragraphs are inserted after the second paragraph: As an alternative to the application of burlap and fog spraying described above, the Contractor may propose a curing system using proprietary curing blankets specifically manufactured for bridge deck curing. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of details of the proprietary curing blanket system, including product literature and details of how the system is to be installed and maintained. The wet curing regimen as described shall remain in place for a minimum of 42-hours. The last paragraph is deleted. 6-09.3(14) Checking for Bond The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: After the requirements for curing have been met, the entire overlaid surface shall be sounded by the Contractor, in a manner accepted by and in the presence of the Engineer, to ensure total bond of the concrete to the bridge deck. The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. The second paragraph is deleted. 6-10.AP6 Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier August 6, 2018 6-10.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 6-10.3(6) Placing Concrete Barrier The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: Precast concrete barriers Type 2, Type 4, Type F, precast single slope barrier, and transitions shall rest on a paved foundation shaped to a uniform grade and section. The foundation surface for precast concrete barriers Type 2, Type 4, Type F, precast single slope barrier, and transitions shall meet this test for uniformity: When a 10-foot straightedge is placed on the surface parallel to the centerline for the barrier, the surface shall not vary more than inch from the lower edge of the straightedge. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 6-11.AP6 Section 6-11, Reinforced Concrete Walls April 2, 2018 6-11.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-12.AP6 Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls August 6, 2018 6-12.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following new material reference: Noise Barrier Wall Access Door 9-06.17 6-12.3(9) Access Doors and Concrete Landing Pads The second paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: All frame and door surfaces, except stainless steel surfaces, shall be painted in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9). Primer shall be applied to all non -stainless steel surfaces. All primer coated exposed metal surfaces shall be field painted with the remaining Section 6-07.3(9)A paint system coats. The top coat, when dry, shall match the color specified in the Plans or Special Provisions. This section is supplemented with the following: Access door deadbolt locks shall be capable of accepting a Best CX series core. The Contractor shall furnish and install a spring -loaded construction core lock with each lock. The Engineer will furnish the permanent Best CX series core for the Contractor to install at the conclusion of the project. 6-13.AP6 Section 6-13, Structural Earth Walls August 6, 2018 6-13.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 6-13.3(4) Precast Concrete Facing Panel and Concrete Block Fabrication Item number 1 of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: Vertical dimensions shall be ± 1/6 inch of the Plan dimension, and the rear height shall not exceed the front height. Item number 3 of the sixth paragraph is revised to read: 3. All other dimensions shall be ±'/4 inch of the Plan dimension. 6-14.AP6 Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls April 2, 2018 6-14.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-15.AP6 Section 6-15, Soil Nail Walls January 7, 2019 6-15.3(7) Shotcrete Facing The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: After final tightening of the nut, the threads of the soil nail shall at a minimum be flush with the end of the nut. 6-16.AP6 Section 6-16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls April 2, 2018 6-16.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-18.AP6 Section 6-18, Shotcrete Facing January 2, 2018 6-18.3(3) Testing In the last sentence of the first paragraph, "AASHTO T 24" is revised to read "ASTM C1604". 6-18.3(3)B Production Testing In the last sentence, "AASHTO T 24" is revised to read "ASTM C1604". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 6-18.3(4) Qualifications of Contractor's Personnel 2 In the last sentence of the second paragraph, "AASHTO T 24" is revised to read "ASTM 3 C1604". 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 6-19.AP6 Section 6-19, Shafts January 7, 2019 6-19.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 6-19.3(1)A Shaft Construction Tolerances The last paragraph is supplemented with the following: The elevation of the top of the reinforcing cage for drilled shafts shall be within +6 inches and -3 inches from the elevation shown in the Plans. 6-19.3(2)D Nondestructive QA Testing Organization and Personnel Item number 4 in the first paragraph is revised to read: 4. Personnel preparing test reports shall be a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, and shall seal the report in accordance with WAC 196-23-020. 6-19.3(3)C Conduct of Shaft Casing Installation and Removal and Shaft Excavation Operations The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: In no case shall shaft excavation and casing placement extend below the bottom of shaft excavation as shown in the Plans. 6-19.3(6)E Thermal Wire and Thermal Access Point (TAPS) The third sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: The thermal wire shall extend from the bottom of the reinforcement cage to the top of the shaft, with a minimum of 5-feet of slack wire provided above the top of shaft. The following new sentence is inserted after the third sentence of the third paragraph: All thermal wires in a shaft shall be equal lengths. 6-19.3(9)D Nondestructive QA Testing Results Submittal The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Results shall be a Type 2E Working Drawing presented in a written report. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 7-02.AP7 Section 7-02, Culverts April 2, 2018 7-02.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the references to "Portland Cement" and "Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete" are revised to read: Cement 9-01 Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1 7-02.3(6)A4 Excavation and Bedding Preparation The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: The bedding course shall be a 6-inch minimum thickness layer of culvert bedding material, defined as granular material either conforming to Section 9-03.12(3) or to AASHTO Grading No. 57 as specified in Section 9-03.1(4)C. 7-05.AP7 Section 7-05, Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells August 6, 2018 7-05.3 Construction Requirements The fourth sentence of the third paragraph is deleted. 7-08.AP7 Section 7-08, General Pipe Installation Requirements April 2, 2018 7-08.3(3) Backfilling The fifth sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: All compaction shall be in accordance with the Compaction Control Test of Section 2- 03.3(14)D except in the case that 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate is used. The following new sentences are inserted after the fifth sentence of the fourth paragraph: When 100% Recycled Concrete Aggregate is used, the Contractor may submit a written request to use a test point evaluation for compaction acceptance. Test Point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with SOP 738. 8-01.AP8 Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control April 2, 2018 8-01.1 Description This section is revised to read: This Work consists of furnishing, installing, maintaining, removing and disposing of best management practices (BMPs), as defined in the Washington Administrative Code AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 (WAC) 173-201A, to manage erosion and water quality in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. The Contracting Agency may have a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) as identified in the Contract Special Provisions. The Contracting Agency may or may not transfer coverage of the CSWGP to the Contractor when a CSWGP has been obtained. The Contracting Agency may not have a CSWGP for the project but may have another water quality related permit as identified in the Contract Special Provisions or the Contracting Agency may not have water quality related permits but the project is subject to applicable laws for the Work. Section 8-01 covers all of these conditions. 8-01.2 Materials The first paragraph is revised to read: Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe 9-05.1(6) Quarry Spalls 9-13 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting 9-14 Construction Geotextile 9-33 8-01.3(1) General This section is revised to read: Adaptive management shall be employed throughout the duration of the project for the implementation of erosion and water pollution control permit requirements for the current condition of the project site. The adaptive management includes the selection and utilization of BMPs, scheduling of activities, prohibiting unacceptable practices, implementing maintenance procedures, and other managerial practices that when used singularly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants to waters of the State. The adaptive management shall use the means and methods identified in this section and means and methods identified in the Washington State Department of Transportation's Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual or the Washington State Department of Ecology's Stormwater Management Manuals for construction stormwater. The Contractor shall install a high visibility fence along the site preservation lines shown in the Plans or as instructed by the Engineer. Throughout the life of the project, the Contractor shall preserve and protect the delineated preservation area, acting immediately to repair or restore any fencing damaged or removed. All discharges to surface waters shall comply with surface water quality standards as defined in Washington Administrative Code (WAC) Chapter 173-201A. All discharges to the ground shall comply with groundwater quality standards WAC Chapter 173-200. The Contractor shall comply with the CSWGP when the project is covered by the CSWGP. Temporary Work, at a minimum, shall include the implementation of: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Sediment control measures prior to ground disturbing activities to ensure all discharges from construction areas receive treatment prior to discharging from the site. 2. Flow control measures to prevent erosive flows from developing. 3. Water management strategies and pollution prevention measures to prevent contamination of waters that will be discharged to surface waters or the ground. 4. Erosion control measures to stabilize erodible earth not being worked. 5. Maintenance of BMPs to ensure continued compliant performance. 6. Immediate corrective action if evidence suggests construction activity is not in compliance. Evidence includes sampling data, olfactory or visual evidence such as the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, or oil sheen in discharges. To the degree possible, the Contractor shall coordinate this temporary Work with permanent drainage and erosion control Work the Contract requires. Clearing, grubbing, excavation, borrow, or fill within the Right of Way shall never expose more erodible earth than as listed below: Western Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain Crest May 1 through 17 Acres September 30 October 1 through April 5 Acres 30 Eastern Washington (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest April 1 through 17 Acres October 31 November 1 through March 5 Acres 31 The Engineer may increase or decrease the limits based on project conditions. Erodible earth is defined as any surface where soils, grindings, or other materials may be capable of being displaced and transported by rain, wind, or surface water runoff. Erodible earth not being worked, whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within the specified time period (see the table below), using BMPs for erosion control. Western Washington (West of the Cascade Mountain Crest October 1 2 days through April 30 maximum May 1 to 7 days September 30 maximum Eastern Washington (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest October 1 5 days through June 30 maximum November 1 10 days through March 31 maximum AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 When applicable, the Contractor shall be responsible for all Work required for compliance with the CSWGP including annual permit fees. If the Engineer, under Section 1-08.6, orders the Work suspended, the Contractor shall continue to comply with this division during the suspension. Nothing in this Section shall relieve the Contractor from complying with other Contract requirements. 8-01.3(1)A Submittals This section's content is deleted. This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 8-01.3(1)A1 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control A Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan consists of a narrative section and plan sheets that meets the Washington State Department of Ecology's Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) requirement in the CSWGP. Abbreviated TESC plans are not required to include plan sheets and are used on small projects that disturb soil and have the potential to discharge but are not covered by the CSWGP. The contract uses the term "TESC plan" to describe both TESC plans and abbreviated TESC plans. When the Contracting Agency has developed a TESC plan for a Contract, the narrative is included in the appendix to the Special Provisions and the TESC plan sheets, when required, are included in the Contract Plans. The Contracting Agency TESC plan will not include off -site areas used to directly support construction activity. The Contractor shall either adopt the TESC Plan in the Contract or develop a new TESC Plan. If the Contractor adopts the Contracting Agency TESC Plan, the Contractor shall modify the TESC Plan to meet the Contractor's schedule, method of construction, and to include off -site areas that will be used to directly support construction activity such as equipment staging yards, material storage areas, or borrow areas. Contractor TESC Plans shall include all high visibility fence delineation shown on the Contracting Agency Contract Plans. All TESC Plans shall meet the requirements of the current edition of the WSDOT Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual M 3109 and be adaptively managed as needed throughout construction based on site inspections and discharge samples to maintain compliance with the CSWGP. The Contractor shall develop a schedule for implementation of the TESC work and incorporate it into the Contractor's progress schedule. The Contractor shall submit their TESC Plan (either the adopted plan or new plan) and implementation schedule as Type 2 Working Drawings. At the request of the Engineer, updated TESC Plans shall be submitted as Type 1 Working Drawings. 8-01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions and in the TESC Plan. The ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the Contract, a current Certificate of Training in Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by the Washington State Department of Ecology. The ESC Lead must be onsite or on call at all times throughout construction. The ESC Lead shall be listed on the Emergency Contact List required under Section 1-05.13(1). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 The ESC Lead shall implement the TESC Plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: Installing, adaptively managing, and maintaining temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs to assure continued performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate BMPs shall be corrected immediately. 2. Updating the TESC Plan to reflect current field conditions. 3. Discharge sampling and submitting Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to the Washington State Department of Ecology in accordance with the CSWGP. 4. Develop and maintain the Site Log Book as defined in the CSWGP. When the Site Log Book or portion thereof is electronically developed, the electronic documentation must be accessible onsite. As a part of the Site Log Book, the Contractor shall develop and maintain a tracking table to show that identified TESC compliance issues are fully resolved within 10 calendar days. The table shall include the date an issue was identified, a description of how it was resolved, and the date the issue was fully resolved. The ESC Lead shall also inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all on -site erosion and sediment control BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points at least once every calendar week and within 24-hours of runoff events in which stormwater discharges from the site. Inspections of temporarily stabilized, inactive sites may be reduced to once every calendar month. The Washington State Department of Ecology's Erosion and Sediment Control Site Inspection Form, located at https:Hecology.wa.gov/Regulations-Permits/Permits-certifications/Stormwater-general- permits/Construction-stormwater-permit, shall be completed for each inspection and a copy shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day following the inspection. 8-01.3(1)C Water Management This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 8-01.3(1)C5 Water Management for In -Water Work Below Ordinary High Water Mark (OHWM) Work over surface waters of the state (defined in WAC 173-201A-010) or below the OHWM (defined in RCW 90.58.030) must comply with water quality standards for surface waters of the state of Washington. 8-01.3(1)C6 Environmentally Acceptable Hydraulic Fluid All equipment containing hydraulic fluid that extends from a bridge deck over surface waters of the state or below the OHWM, shall be equipped with an environmentally acceptable hydraulic fluid. The fluid shall meet specific requirements for biodegradability, aquatic toxicity, and bioaccumulation in accordance with the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) publication EPA800-R-11-002. Acceptance shall be in accordance with Section 1-06.3, Manufacturer's Certification of Compliance. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The designation of environmentally acceptable hydraulic fluid does not mean fluid spills are acceptable. The Contractor shall respond to spills to land or water in accordance with the Contract. 8-01.3(1)C7 Turbidity Curtain All Work for the turbidity curtain shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the site conditions. Removal procedures shall be developed and used to minimize silt release and disturbance of silt. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing, detailing product information, installation and removal procedures, equipment and workforce needs, maintenance plans, and emergency repair/replacement plans. Turbidity curtain materials, installation, and maintenance shall be sufficient to comply with water quality standards. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 10 days in advance of removing the turbidity curtain. All components of the turbidity curtain shall be removed from the project. 8-01.3(1)C1 Disposal of Dewatering Water This section is revised to read: When uncontaminated groundwater is encountered in an excavation on a project it may be infiltrated within vegetated areas of the right of way not designated as Sensitive Areas or incorporated into an existing stormwater conveyance system at a rate that will not cause erosion or flooding in any receiving surface water. Alternatively, the Contractor may pursue independent disposal and treatment alternatives that do not use the stormwater conveyance system provided it is in compliance with the applicable WACs and permits. 8-01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater This section is revised to read: Wastewater generated on -site as a byproduct of a construction process shall not be discharged to surface waters of the State. Some sources of process wastewater may be infiltrated in accordance with the CSWGP with concurrence from the Engineer. Some sources of process wastewater may be disposed via independent disposal and treatment alternatives in compliance with the applicable WACs and permits. 8-01.3(1)C3 Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater This section is revised to read: Wastewater generated on -site during shaft drilling activity shall be managed and disposed of in accordance with the requirements below. No shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be discharged to surface waters of the State. Neither the sediment nor liquid portions of the shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be contaminated, as detectable by visible or olfactory indication (e.g., chemical sheen or smell). Water -only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with accepted flocculants may be infiltrated on -site. Flocculants used shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 14.5(1) or shall be chitosan products listed as General Use Level Designation (GULD) on the Washington State Department of Ecology's stormwater AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 treatment technologies webpage for construction treatment. Infiltration is 2 permitted if the following requirements are met: 3 4 a. Wastewater shall have a pH of 6.5 — 8.5 prior to discharge. 5 6 b. The amount of flocculant added to the slurry shall be kept to the minimum 7 needed to adequately settle out solids. The flocculant shall be thoroughly 8 mixed into the slurry. 9 10 c. The slurry removed from the shaft shall be contained in a leak proof cell or 11 tank for a minimum of 3 hours. 12 13 d. The infiltration rate shall be reduced if needed to prevent wastewater from 14 leaving the infiltration location. The infiltration site shall be monitored 15 regularly during infiltration activity. All wastewater discharged to the 16 ground shall fully infiltrate and discharges shall stop before the end of 17 each work day. 18 19 e. Drilling spoils and settled sediments remaining in the containment cell or 20 tank shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 21 22 f. Infiltration locations shall be in upland areas at least 150 feet away from 23 surface waters, wells, on -site sewage systems, aquifer sensitive recharge 24 areas, sole source aquifers, well head protection areas, and shall be 25 marked on the plan sheets before the infiltration activity begins. 26 27 g. Prior to infiltration, the Contractor shall submit a Shaft Drilling Slurry 28 Wastewater Management and Infiltration Plan as a Type 2 Working 29 Drawing. This Plan shall be kept on -site, adapted if needed to meet the 30 construction requirements, and updated to reflect what is being done in 31 the field. The Working Drawing shall include, at a minimum, the following 32 information: 33 34 i. Plan sheet showing the proposed infiltration location and all surface 35 waters, wells, on -site sewage systems, aquifer -sensitive recharge 36 areas, sole source aquifers, and well -head protection areas within 37 150 feet. 38 39 ii. The proposed elevation of soil surface receiving the wastewater for 40 infiltration and the anticipated phreatic surface (i.e., saturated soil). 41 42 iii. The source of the water used to produce the slurry. 43 44 iv. The estimated total volume of wastewater to be infiltrated. 45 46 v. The accepted flocculant to be used (if any). 47 48 vi. The controls or methods used to prevent surface wastewater runoff 49 from leaving the infiltration location. 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 vii. The strategy for removing slurry wastewater from the shaft and containing the slurry wastewater once it has been removed from the shaft. viii. The strategy for monitoring infiltration activity and adapting methods to ensure compliance. ix. A contingency plan that can be implemented immediately if it becomes evident that the controls in place or methods being used are not adequate. x. The strategy for cleaning up the infiltration location after the infiltration activity is done. Cleanup shall include stabilizing any loose sediment on the surface within the infiltration area generated as a byproduct of suspended solids in the infiltrated wastewater or soil disturbance associated with BMP placement and removal. 2. Shaft drilling mineral slurry, synthetic slurry, or slurry with polymer additives not allowed for infiltration shall be contained and disposed of by the Contractor at an accepted disposal facility in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. Spoils that have come into contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 8-01.3(1)C4 Management of Off -Site Water This section is revised to read: Prior to clearing and grubbing, the Contractor shall intercept all sources of off -site surface water and overland flow that will run-on to the project. Off -site surface water run-on shall be diverted through or around the project in a way that does not introduce construction related pollution. It shall be diverted to its preconstruction discharge location in a manner that does not increase preconstruction flow rate and velocity and protects contiguous properties and waterways from erosion. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the method for performing this Work. 8-01.3(1)E Detention/Retention Pond Construction This section is revised to read: Whether permanent or temporary, ponds shall be constructed before beginning other grading and excavation Work in the area that drains into that pond. Detention/retention ponds may be constructed concurrently with grading and excavation when allowed by the Engineer. Temporary conveyances shall be installed concurrently with grading in accordance with the TESC Plan so that newly graded areas drain to the pond as they are exposed. 8-01.3(2)F Dates for Application of Final Seed, Fertilizer, and Mulch In the table, the second column heading is revised to read: Eastern Washington' (East of the Cascade Mountain Crest) Footnote 1 in the table is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Seeding may be allowed outside these dates when allowed or directed by the Engineer. 8-01.3(5) Plastic Covering The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Erosion Control — Plastic coverings used to temporarily cover stockpiled materials, slopes or bare soils shall be installed and maintained in a way that prevents water from intruding under the plastic and prevents the plastic cover from being damaged by wind. 8-01.3(7) Stabilized Construction Entrance The first paragraph is revised to read: Temporary stabilized construction entrance shall be constructed in accordance with the Standard Plans, prior to construction vehicles entering the roadway from locations that generate sediment track out on the roadway. Material used for stabilized construction entrance shall be free of extraneous materials that may cause or contribute to track out. 8-01.3(8) Street Cleaning This section is revised to read: Self-propelled pickup street sweepers shall be used to remove and collect dirt and other debris from the Roadway. The street sweeper shall effectively collect these materials and prevent them from being washed or blown off the Roadway or into waters of the State. Street sweepers shall not generate fugitive dust and shall be designed and operated in compliance with applicable air quality standards. Material collected by the street sweeper shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. When allowed by the Engineer, power broom sweepers may be used in non - environmentally sensitive areas. The broom sweeper shall sweep dirt and other debris from the roadway into the work area. The swept material shall be prevented from entering or washing into waters of the State. Street washing with water will require the concurrence of the Engineer. 8-01.3(12) Compost Socks The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: Compost socks are used to disperse flow and sediment. Compost socks shall be installed as soon as construction will allow but before flow conditions create erosive flows or discharges from the site. Compost socks shall be installed prior to any mulching or compost placement. 8-01.3(13) Temporary Curb The second to last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Temporary curbs shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. 8-01.3(14) Temporary Pipe Slope Drain The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: The pipe fittings shall be water tight and the pipe secured to the slope with metal posts, wood stakes, sand bags, or as allowed by the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The water shall be discharged to a stabilized conveyance, sediment trap, stormwater pond, rock splash pad, or vegetated strip, in a manner to prevent erosion and maintain water quality compliance. The last paragraph is deleted. 8-01.3(15) Maintenance This section is revised to read: Erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be maintained or adaptively managed as required by the CSWGP until the Engineer determines they are no longer needed. When deficiencies in functional performance are identified, the deficiencies shall be rectified immediately. The BMPs shall be inspected on the schedule outlined in Section 8-01.3(1)B for damage and sediment deposits. Damage to or undercutting of BMPs shall be repaired immediately. In areas where the Contractor's activities have compromised the erosion control functions of the existing grasses, the Contractor shall overseed at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. The quarry spalls of construction entrances shall be refreshed, replaced, or screened to maintain voids between the spalls for collecting mud and dirt. Unless otherwise specified, when the depth of accumulated sediment and debris reaches approximately'/3 the height of the BMP the deposits shall be removed. Debris or contaminated sediment shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(7)C. Clean sediments may be stabilized on -site using BMPs as allowed by the Engineer. 8-01.3(16) Removal This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall remove all temporary BMPs, all associated hardware and associated accumulated sediment deposition from the project limits prior to Physical Completion unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. When the temporary BMP materials are made of natural plant fibers unaltered by synthetic materials the Engineer may allow leaving the BMP in place. The Contractor shall remove BMPs and associated hardware in a way that minimizes soil disturbance. The Contractor shall permanently stabilize all bare and disturbed soil after removal of BMPs. If the installation and use of the erosion control BMPs have compacted or otherwise rendered the soil inhospitable to plant growth, such as construction entrances, the Contractor shall take measures to rehabilitate the soil to facilitate plant growth. This may include, but is not limited to, ripping the soil, incorporating soil amendments, or seeding with the specified seed. At the request of the Contractor and at the sole discretion of the Engineer the CSWGP may be transferred back to the Contracting Agency. Approval of the Transfer of Coverage request will require the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 All other Work required for Contract Completion has been completed. 2. All Work required for compliance with the CSWGP has been completed to the maximum extent possible. This includes removal of BMPs that are no longer needed and the site has undergone all Stabilization identified for meeting the requirements of Final Stabilization in the CSWGP. 3. An Equitable Adjustment change order for the cost of Work that has not been completed by the Contractor. 4. Submittal of the Washington State Department of Ecology Transfer of Coverage form (Ecology form ECY 020-87a) to the Engineer. If the Engineer approves the transfer of coverage back to the Contracting Agency, the requirement in Section 1-07.5(3) for the Contractor's submittal of the Notice of Termination form to the Washington State Department of Ecology will not apply. 8-01.4 Measurement This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 8-01.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) When the Bid Proposal contains the item "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention" there will be no measurement of unit or force account items for Work defined in Section 8-01 except as described in Sections 8-01.4(3) and 8-01.4(4). Also, except as described in Section 8-01.4(3), all of Sections 8-01.4(2) and 8-01.5(2) are deleted. 8-01.4(2) Item Bids When the Proposal does not contain the items "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention", Section 8-01.4(1) and 8-01.5(1) are deleted and the Bid Proposal will contain some or all of the following items measured as noted. ESC lead will be measured per day for each day that an inspection is made and a report is filed. Biodegradable erosion control blanket and plastic covering will be measured by the square yard along the ground slope line of surface area covered and accepted. Turbidity curtains will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the installed curtain. Check dams will be measured per linear foot one time only along the ground line of the completed check dam. No additional measurement will be made for check dams that are required to be rehabilitated or replaced due to wear. Stabilized construction entrances will be measured by the square yard by ground slope measurement for each entrance constructed. Tire wash facilities will be measured per each for each tire wash installed. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Street cleaning will be measured by the hour for the actual time spent cleaning pavement, refilling with water, dumping and transport to and from cleaning locations within the project limits, as authorized by the Engineer. Time to mobilize the equipment to or from the project limits on which street cleaning is required will not be measured. Inlet protections will be measured per each for each initial installation at a drainage structure. Silt fence, gravel filter, compost berms, and wood chip berms will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed barrier. Wattles and compost socks will be measured by the linear foot. Temporary curbs will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed installation. Temporary pipe slope drains will be measured by the linear foot along the flow line of the pipe. Coir logs will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed installation. Outlet protections will be measured per each initial installation at an outlet location. Tackifiers will be measure by the acre by ground slope measurement. 8-01.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention The Contract Provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with Section 8-01.4(1) and also include one or more of the items included above in Section 8-01.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding measurement provision in Section 8- 01.4(2) is not deleted and the Work under that item will be measured as specified. 8-01.4(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention Compost blanket will be measured by the square yard by ground slope surface area covered and accepted. Mulching will be measured by the acre by ground slope surface area covered and accepted. Seeding, fertilizing, liming, mulching, and mowing, will be measured by the acre by ground slope measurement. Seeding and fertilizing by hand will be measured by the square yard by ground slope measurement. No adjustment in area size will be made for the vegetation free zone around each plant. Fencing will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed fence. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 8-01.5 Payment This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new subsections: 8-01.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) Payment will be made for the following Bid item when it is included in the Proposal: "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention", lump sum. The lump sum Contract price for "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention" shall be full pay to perform the Work as described in Section 8-01 except for costs compensated by Bid Proposal items inserted through Contract Provisions as described in Section 8-01.4(2). Progress payments for the lump sum item "Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention" will be made as follows: The Contracting Agency will pay 15 percent of the bid amount for the initial set up for the item. Initial set up includes the following: a. Acceptance of the TESC Plan provided by the Contracting Agency or submittal of a new TESC Plan, b. Submittal of a schedule for the installation of the BMPs, and Identifying water quality sampling locations. 2. 70 percent of the bid amount will be paid in accordance with Section 1- 09.9. 3. Once the project is physically complete and copies of the all reports submitted to the Washington State Department of Ecology have been submitted to the Engineer, and, if applicable, transference of the CSWGP back to the Contracting Agency is complete, the remaining 15 percent of the bid amount shall be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.9. 8-01.5(2) Item Bids "ESC Lead", per day. "Turbidity Curtain", per linear foot. "Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket", per square yard. "Plastic Covering", per square yard. "Check Dam", per linear foot. "Inlet Protection", per each. "Gravel Filter Berm", per linear foot. "Stabilized Construction Entrance", per square yard. "Street Cleaning", per hour. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 "Silt Fence", per linear foot. "Wood Chip Berm", per linear foot. "Compost Berm", per linear foot. "Wattle", per linear foot. "Compost Sock", per linear foot. "Coir Log", per linear foot. "Temporary Curb", per linear foot. "Temporary Pipe Slope Drain", per linear foot. "Temporary Seeding", per acre. "Outlet Protection", per each. "Tackifier", per acre. "Erosion/Water Pollution Control", by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6. Maintenance and removal of erosion and water pollution control devices including removal and disposal of sediment, stabilization and rehabilitation of soil disturbed by these activities, and any additional Work deemed necessary by the Engineer to control erosion and water pollution will be paid by force account in accordance with Section 1-09.6. To provide a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the Contractor's total Bid. 8-01.5(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention The Contract may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with Section 8- 01.4(1) and also reinstate the measurement of one or more of the items described in Section 8-01.4(2), except for Erosion/Water Pollution Control, by force account. When that occurs, the corresponding payment provision in Section 8-01.5(2) is not deleted and the Work under that item will be paid as specified. 8-01.5(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items when they are included in the Proposal: "Compost Blanket", per square yard. "Mulching", per acre "Mulching with PAM", per acre AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 "Mulching with Short -Term Mulch", per acre. "Mulching with Moderate -Term Mulch", per acre. "Mulching with Long -Term Mulch", per acre. "Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching", per acre. "Seeding and Fertilizing", per acre. "Seeding and Fertilizing by Hand", per square yard. "Second Application of Fertilizer", per acre. "Liming", per acre. "Mowing", per acre. "Seeding and Mulching", per acre. "High Visibility Fence", per linear foot. 8-02.AP8 Section 8-02, Roadside Restoration January 2, 2018 8-02.2 Materials The reference to the material "Soil" is revised to read "Topsoil". 8-02.5 Payment The following new paragraph is inserted following the Bid item "Plant Selection ", per each: The unit Contract price for "Plant Selection ", per each shall be full pay for all Work to perform the work as specified within the planting area prior to planting for weed control, planting area preparation and installation of plants with initial watering. The paragraph following the Bid item "PSIPE ", per each is revised to read: The unit Contract price for "PSIPE ", per each, shall be full pay for all Work to perform the work as specified within the planting area for weed control and planting area preparation, planting, cleanup, and water necessary to complete planting operations as specified to the end of first year plant establishment. 8-04.AP8 Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways April 2, 2018 8-04.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Roundabout truck apron cement concrete curb and gutter shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02. 1• u': Section 8-06, Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances April 2, 2018 8-06.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 8-06.3 Construction Requirements The first paragraph is revised to read: Cement concrete driveway approaches shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6-02 or Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Pavement conforming to the requirements of Section 5-05. ... Section 8-07, Precast Traffic Curb April 2, 2018 8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The curb shall be firmly bedded for its entire length and breadth on a mortar bed conforming to Section 9-20.4(3) composed of one part Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. The fourth paragraph is revised to read: All joints between adjacent pieces of curb except joints for expansion and/or drainage as designated by the Engineer shall be filled with mortar composed of one part Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. A.. Section 8-11, Guardrail August 6, 2018 8-11.3(1)C Terminal and Anchor Installation The first paragraph is revised to read: All excavation and backfilling required for installation of anchors shall be performed in accordance with Section 2-09, except that the costs thereof shall be included in the unit Contract price for the anchor installed. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 The first sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: Assembly and installation of Beam Guardrail Non -flared Terminals for Type 31 guardrail shall be supervised at all times by a manufacturer's representative, or an installer who has been trained and certified by the manufacturer. The last paragraph is revised to read: Beam Guardrail Non -flared Terminals for Type 31 guardrail shall meet the crash test and evaluation criteria in the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH). 8-11.4 Measurement The third paragraph is revised to read: Measurement of beam guardrail terminal will be per each for the completed terminal. The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Measurement of beam guardrail Type 31 buried terminal Type 2 will be per linear foot for the completed terminal. The sixth paragraph is revised to read: Measurement of beam guardrail anchor Type 10 will be per each for the completed anchor, including the attachment of the anchor to the guardrail. 8-11.5 Payment The Bid item "Beam Guardrail Anchor Type ", per each is revised to read "Beam Guardrail Anchor Type 10", per each. The Bid item "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 1", per each is deleted from this section. The Bid item "Beam Guardrail Buried Terminal Type 2", per linear foot and the following paragraph are revised to read: "Beam Guardrail Type 31 Buried Terminal Type 2", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Beam Guardrail Type 31 Buried Terminal Type 2" shall be full payment for all costs to obtain and provide materials and perform the Work as described in Section 8-11.3(1)C. 8-14.AP8 Section 8-14, Cement Concrete Sidewalks April 2, 2018 8-14.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the reference to "Portland Cement" is revised to read: Cement 9-01 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 In the second paragraph, each reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE 3 AMS Standard 595". 4 5 8-16.AP8 6 Section 8-16, Concrete Slope Protection 7 April 2, 2018 8 8-16.2 Materials 9 In the first paragraph, the last two material references are revised to read: 10 11 Poured Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement 12 Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(2) 13 Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement or Blended 14 Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(3) 15 16 8-17.AP8 17 Section 8-17, Impact Attenuator Systems 18 January 7, 2019 19 8-17.3 Construction Requirements 20 This section is supplemented with the following: 21 22 Permanent impact attenuators shall meet the crash test and evaluation criteria of the 23 Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH), except as otherwise noted in the Plans 24 or Special Provisions. 25 26 8-20.AP8 27 Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation 28 Systems, and Electrical 29 August 6, 2018 30 8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code 31 The last paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 Persons performing electrical Work shall be certified in accordance with and supervised 34 as required by RCW 19.28.161. Proof of certification shall be worn at all times in 35 accordance with WAC 296-46B-942. Persons failing to meet these certification 36 requirements may not perform any electrical work, and shall stop any active electrical 37 work, until their certification is provided and worn in accordance with this Section. 38 39 8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings 40 This section is renumbered: i5 42 8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings 43 44 8-20.3(4) Foundations 45 The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 46 47 Concrete for Type II, III, IV, V, and CCTV signal standards and light standard 48 foundations shall be Class 4000P and does not require air entrainment. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 8-20.3(5)A General The last two sentences of the last paragraph is deleted. This section is supplemented with the following: All conduits shall include a pull tape with the equipment grounding conductor. The pull tape shall be attached to the conduit near the end bell or grounded end bushing, or to duct plugs or caps if present, at both ends of the conduit. 8-20.3(8) Wiring The seventeenth paragraph is supplemented with the following: Pulling tape shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.1(10). Pull string may not be used. 8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors Item number 2 is deleted. Item numbers 3 through 12 are renumbered to 2 through 11, respectively. Section 8-21, Permanent Signing January 7 2019 8-21.3(5) Sign Relocation The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Where the existing sign Structure is mounted on concrete pedestals, the Contractor shall remove the pedestal to a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade and backfill the remaining hole with material similar to that surrounding the hole. 8-21.3(9)F Foundations Item number 3 of the twelfth paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: Class 4000P concrete for roadside sign structures does not require air entrainment. 8-22.AP8 Section 8-22, Pavement Marking January 7, 2019 8-22.3(2) Preparation of Roadway Surfaces The second paragraph is revised to read: Remove all other contaminants from pavement surfaces that may adversely affect the installation of new pavement marking. 8-22.3(3)F Application Thickness The second to last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: After grinding, clean the groove. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 E 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 9-OO.AP9 Section 9-00, Definitions and Tests January 7, 2019 9-00.4 Sieves for Testing Purposes This section is revised to read: Test sieves shall be made of either: (1) woven wire cloth conforming to ASTM El 1, or (2) square -hole, perforated plates conforming to ASTM E323. 9-00.7 Galvanized Hardware, AASHTO M 232 The first sentence is revised to read: An acceptable alternate to hot -dip galvanizing in accordance with AASHTO M 232 will be zinc coatings mechanically deposited in accordance with ASTM B695, providing the minimum thickness of zinc coating is not less than that specified in AASHTO M 232, and the process will not produce hydrogen embrittlement in the base metal. N1 T . . Section 9-02, Bituminous Materials January 7, 2019 9-02.1 Asphalt Material, General The second paragraph is revised to read: The Asphalt Supplier of Performance Graded (PG) asphalt binder and emulsified asphalt shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 2 "Standard Practice for Asphalt Suppliers That Certify Performance Graded and Emulsified Asphalts". The Asphalt Supplier's QCP shall be submitted and receive the acceptance of the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any change to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. The Asphalt Supplier of PG asphalt binder and emulsified asphalt shall certify through the Bill of Lading that the PG asphalt binder or emulsified asphalt meets the Specification requirements of the Contract. 9-02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) This section's title is revised to read: Performance Graded (PG) Asphalt Binder The first paragraph is revised to read: PG asphalt binder meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 332 Table 1 of the grades specified in the Contract shall be used in the production of HMA. For HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA, or any amount of RAS, the new asphalt binder, recycling agent and recovered asphalt (RAP and/or RAS) when blended in the proportions of the mix design shall meet the PG asphalt binder requirements of AASHTO M 332 Table 1 for the grade of asphalt binder specified by the Contract. The second paragraph, including the table, is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 In addition to AASHTO M 332 Table 1 specification requirements, PG asphalt binders 2 shall meet the following requirements: 3 Additional Requirements by Performance Grade PG As halt Binders Property Test PG58S- PG58H- PG58V- PG64S-28 PG64H- PG64V- Method 22 22 22 28 28 RTFO Residue: Average AASHTO Percent T 350' 30% Min. 20% Min. 25% Min. 30% Min. Recovery @ 3.2 kPa 'Specimen conditioned in accordance with AASHTO T 240 - RTFO. 4 5 The third paragraph is revised to read: 6 7 The RTFO Jnrdiff and the PAV direct tension specifications of AASHTO M 332 are not 8 required. 9 10 11 9-02.1(6) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 12 This section is revised to read: 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 208 Table 1 of the grades specified in the Contract shall be used. 9-02.5 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) Additive This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-02.5 HMA Additive Additives for HMA shall be accepted by the Engineer. 9-03.AP9 Section 9-03, Aggregates January 7, 2019 9-03.1 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: Aggregates for Concrete 9-03.1(1) General Requirements The first two sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: Concrete aggregates shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or sand and gravel in accordance with the provisions of Section 3-01. Reclaimed aggregate may be used if it complies with the specifications for concrete. The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Aggregates for concrete shall meet the following test requirements: The second sentence of the second to last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit test results according to ASTM C1567 through the Engineer to the State Materials Laboratory that demonstrate that the proposed fly ash when used with the proposed aggregates and cement will control the potential expansion to 0.20 percent or less before the fly ash and aggregate sources may be used in concrete. 9-03.1(2) Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: Fine Aggregate for Concrete 9-03.1(4) Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: Coarse Aggregate for Concrete 9-03.1(4)C Grading The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Coarse aggregate for concrete when separated by means of laboratory sieves shall conform to one or more of the following gradings as called for elsewhere in these Specifications, Special Provisions, or in the Plans: 9-03.1(5) Combined Aggregate Gradation for Portland Cement Concrete This section's title is revised to read: Combined Aggregate Gradation for Concrete 9-03.1(5)B Grading In the last paragraph, "WSDOT FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11" is revised to read "FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO T 27/T 11 ". 9-03.2 Aggregate for Job -Mixed Portland Cement Mortar This section's title is revised to read: Aggregate for Job -Mixed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Mortar The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Fine aggregate for portland cement or blended hydraulic cement mortar shall consist of sand or other inert materials, or combinations thereof, accepted by the Engineer, having hard, strong, durable particles free from adherent coating. 9-03.4(1) General Requirements The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Aggregate for bituminous surface treatment shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or gravel, in accordance with Section 3-01. Aggregates for Bituminous Surface Treatment shall meet the following test requirements: 9-03.8(1) General Requirements The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Aggregates for Hot Mix Asphalt shall meet the following test requirements: 9-03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements The two tables in the second paragraph are replaced with the following three tables: Mix Criteria HMA Class 3/8 inch '/2 inch 3/ inch 1 inch Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Voids in Mineral Aggregate VMA), % 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 Voids Filled With Asphalt (VFA), % ESAL's millions VFA < 0.3 70 80 70 80 70 80 67 80 0.3 to < 3 65 78 65 78 65 78 65 78 >_ 3 73 76 65 75 65 75 65 75 Dust/Asphalt Ratio 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 Test Method ESAL's millions Number of Passes Hamburg Wheel -Track Testing, FOP for AASHTO T 324 Minimum Number of Passes with no Stripping Inflection Point and Maximum Rut Depth of 10mm < 0.3 10,000 0.3 to < 3 12,500 3 15,000 Indirect Tensile IDT Strength psi of Bituminous Materials FOP for ASTM D6931 175 Maximum ESAL's millions N initial N design N maximum %Gmm <0.3 :591.5 96.0 :598.0 0.3to<3 :590.5 96.0 1598.0 >_ 3 <_ 89.0 96.0 <_ 98.0 Gyratory Compaction (number of gyrations) < 0.3 6 50 75 0.3 to < 3 7 75 115 > 3 8 100 160 9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments In the table in item number 1, the fifth row is revised to read: Asphalt binder -0.4% to 0.5% ±0.7% In the table in item number 1, the following new row is inserted before the last row: Voids in Mineral -1.0% Aggregate, VMA AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 9-03.9(1) Ballast The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Aggregates for ballast shall meet the following test requirements: 9-03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The material shall be substantially free of shale or other soft, poor durability particles, and shall not contain recycled materials, such as glass, shredded tires, concrete rubble, or asphaltic concrete rubble. 9-03.21(1)B Recycled Concrete Aggregate Approval and Acceptance The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Recycled concrete aggregate may be used as coarse aggregate or blended with coarse aggregate for Commercial Concrete, Class 3000 concrete, or Cement Concrete Pavement. Item number 4 of the second paragraph is revised to read: 4. For Cement Concrete Pavement mix designs using recycled concrete aggregates, the Contractor shall submit evidence that ASR mitigating measures control expansion in accordance with Section 9-03.1(1). This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 9-03.21(1)B1 Recycled Concrete Aggregate Approval and Acceptance Recycled concrete aggregate may be approved through a three tiered system that consists of the following: Tier 1 Approval Requirements Approval of the Reclamation Facility is not required. Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1). Field acceptance testing in accordance with Section 3- 04. Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials: 9-03.10 Aggregate for Gravel Base 9-03.12(1)B Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class B 9-03.12(2) Gravel Backfill for Walls 9-03.12(3) Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 9-03.14(1) Gravel Borrow 9-03.14(2) Select Borrow 9-03.14(2) Select Borrow (greater than 3 feet below subgrade and side slope) 9-03.14(3) Common Borrow 9-03.14(3) Common Borrow (greater than 3 feet below subgrade and side slope) 9-03.17 Foundation Material Class A and Class B 9-03.18 Foundation Material Class C 9-03.19 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Tier 2 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 Approval Requirements The Reclamation Facility shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 9 "Standard Practice for Approval of Reclamation Facilities of WSDOT Recycled Concrete and Returned Concrete". The Reclamation Facility's QCP shall be submitted and approved by the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any changes to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. Evaluation of aggregate source properties (LA Wear and Degradation) for the recycled concrete aggregate is not required. Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1), required if requested. Field acceptance testing in accordance with Section 3-04 is required. Provide certification in accordance with WSDOT QC 9 for every lot. A lot shall be no larger than 10,000 tons. Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials: Tier 1 aggregate materials 9-03.1 Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete or Concrete class 3000 9-03.9(1) Ballast 9-03.9(2) Permeable Ballast 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing 9-03.12 1 A Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A Tier 3 Approval Requirements The Reclamation Facility shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 10 "Standard Practice for Approval of Reclamation Facilities of Recycled Concrete Aggregates from Stockpiles of Unknown Sources". The Reclamation Facility's QCP shall be submitted and approved by the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Once accepted, any changes to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted for acceptance. Evaluation of aggregate source properties (LA Wear and Degradation) for the recycled concrete aggregate is required. Acceptance Requirements Certification of toxicity characteristics in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1) is required. Field acceptance testing in accordance with Section 3-04 is required. Provide certification in accordance with WSDOT QC 10 for every lot. A lot shall be no larger than 10,000 tons Approved to provide the following Aggregate Materials: Tier 1 aggregate materials 9-03.1 Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete or Concrete class 3000 9-03.9(1) Ballast 9-03.9(2) Permeable Ballast 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing 9-03.12 1 A Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 For Reclamation Facilities that do not participate in Tier 2 and Tier 3, approval of 2 recycled concrete aggregate will be in accordance with Section 9-03.21(1), and 3 acceptance will be in accordance with Section 3-04. 4 5 9-03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable percent (By Weight) of Recycled 6 Material 7 "Portland Cement" is deleted from the first two rows in the table. 8 9 The following new row is inserted after the second row: 10 Coarse Aggregate for Concrete Pavement 1 9-03.1 4 0 1 100 0 1 0 11 12 The first column of the fourth row (after the preceding Amendment is applied) is revised to 13 read: 14 15 Coarse Aggregate for Commercial Concrete and Class 3000 Concrete 16 17 9-04.AP9 18 Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials 19 January 7, 2019 20 This section's title is revised to read: 21 22 Joint Sealing Materials 23 24 9-04.1(2) Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints 25 In this section, each reference to "AASHTO T 42" is revised to read "ASTM D 545". 26 27 9-04.2(1)A1 Hot Poured Sealant for Cement Concrete Pavement 28 This section is supplemented with the following: 29 30 Hot poured sealant for cement concrete pavement is acceptable for installations in joints 31 where cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement. 32 33 9-04.2(1)A2 Hot Poured Sealant for Bituminous Pavement 34 This section is supplemented with the following: 35 36 Hot poured sealant for bituminous pavement is acceptable for installations in joints 37 where cement concrete pavement abuts a bituminous pavement. 38 39 9-04.2(1)B Sand Slurry for Bituminous Pavement 40 Item number 2 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 41 42 2. Two percent portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, and 43 44 9-04.3 Joint Mortar 45 The first paragraph is revised to read: 46 47 Mortar for hand mortared joints shall conform to Section 9-20.4(3) and consist of one 48 part portland cement or blended hydraulic cement, three parts fine sand, and sufficient 49 water to allow proper workability. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 9-04.5 Flexible Plastic Gaskets 3 In the table, the Test Method value for Specific Gravity at 770F is revised to read "ASTM 4 D71 ". 5 6 In the table, the Test Method value for Flash Point COC, F is revised to read "ASTM D93 7 REV A". 8 9 In the table, the Test Method value for Volatile Matter is revised to read "ASTM D6". 10 11 9-05.AP9 12 Section 9-05, Drainage Structures and Culverts 13 January 7, 2019 14 9-05.3(1)A End Design and Joints 15 The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 16 17 The joints and gasket material shall meet the requirements of ASTM C990. 18 19 9-05.3(1)C Age at Shipment 20 The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 21 22 Unless it is tested and accepted at an earlier age, it shall not be considered ready for 23 shipment sooner than 28 days after manufacture when made with Type II portland 24 cement or blended hydraulic cement, nor sooner than 7 days when made with Type III 25 portland cement. 26 27 9-05.7(3) Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints 28 The second sentence is revised to read: 29 30 The joints and gasket material shall meet the requirements of ASTM C990. 31 32 9-05.7(4)A Hydrostatic Pressure on Pipes in Straight Alignment 33 The first sentence is revised to read: 34 35 Hydrostatic pressure tests on pipes in straight alignment shall be made in accordance 36 with the procedure outlined in Section 10 of ASTM C990, except that they shall be 37 performed on an assembly consisting of not less than three nor more than five pipe 38 sections selected from stock by the Engineer and assembled in accordance with 39 standard installation instructions issued by the manufacturer. 40 41 9-05.24(1) Polypropylene Culvert Pipe and Storm Sewer Pipe 42 This section is revised to read: 43 44 Polypropylene culvert and storm sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: 45 46 1. For dual wall pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2881 or AASHTO M 330, 47 Type S or Type D. 48 49 2. For double or triple wall pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 3. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded, or PVC. 9-05.24(2) Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe This section is revised to read: Polypropylene sanitary sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: For pipe sizes up to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 2. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded, or PVC. 9-06.AP9 Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials January 7, 2019 9-06.5 Bolts This section's title is revised to read: Bolts and Rods 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts and Anchor Rods Anchor bolts and anchor rods shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1554 and, unless otherwise specified, shall be Grade 105 and shall conform to Supplemental Requirements S2, S3, and S4. Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 black anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to ASTM A563, Grade D or DH. Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 105 galvanized anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to either ASTM A563, Grade DH, or AASHTO M292, Grade 21-1, and shall conform to the overtapping, lubrication, and rotational testing requirements in Section 9-06.5(3). Nuts for ASTM F1554 Grade 36 or 55 black or galvanized anchor bolts and anchor rods shall conform to ASTM A563, Grade A or DH. Washers shall conform to ASTM F436. The bolts and rods shall be tested by the manufacturer in accordance with the requirements of the pertinent Specification and as specified in these Specifications. Anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and washers shall be inspected prior to shipping to the project site. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for acceptance a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance for the anchor bolts, anchor rods, nuts, and washers, as defined in Section 1-06.3. If the Engineer deems it appropriate, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the anchor bolt, anchor rod, nut, and washer for testing. All bolts, rods, nuts, and washers shall be marked and identified as required in the pertinent Specification. 9-06.15 Welded Shear Connectors The third paragraph is revised to read: Mechanical properties shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO T 244. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 9-06.17 Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-06.17 Noise Barrier Wall Access Door Access door frames shall be formed of 14-gauge steel to the size and dimensions shown in the Plans. The access door frame head and jamb members shall be mitered, securely welded, and ground smooth. Each head shall have two anchors and each jamb shall have three anchors. The hinges shall be reinforced with '/4-inch by 12-inch plate, width equal to the full inside width of the frame. Access doors shall be full flush 1-3/4-inch thick seamless doors with a polystyrene core. Door faces shall be constructed with smooth seamless 14-gauge roller -levered, cold - rolled steel sheet conforming to ASTM A 792 Type SS, Grade 33 minimum, Coating Designation AZ55 minimum. The vertical edges shall be neat interlocked hemmed edge seam. The top and bottom of the door shall be enclosed with 14-gauge channels. Mortise and reinforcement for locks and hinges shall be 10-gauge steel. Welded top cap shall be ground and filled for exterior applications. The bottom channel shall have weep holes. Each access door shall have three hinges. Access door hinges shall be ASTM A 276 Type 316 stainless steel, 4-'/2-inches square, with stainless steel ball bearing and non - removable pins. Each access door shall have two pull plates. The pull plates shall be ASTM A 240 Type 316 stainless steel, with a grip handle of one -inch diameter and 8 to 10-inches in length. The door assembly shall be fabricated and assembled as a complete unit including all hardware specified prior to shipment. 9-06.18 Metal Bridge Railing The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Steel used for metal railings, when galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M111, shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. 9-07.AP9 Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel January 7, 2019 9-07.5(1) Epoxy -Coated Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Rehabilitation) This section (including title) is revised to read: 9-07.5(1) Dowel Bars for Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation Dowel bars for Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation shall be 1'/2 inch outside diameter plain round steel bars or tubular bars 18 inches in length and meet the requirements of one of the following dowel bar types: Epoxy -coated dowel bars shall be round plain steel bars of the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. They shall conform to AASHTO M31, Grade 60 or ASTM A615, Grade 60 and shall be coated in accordance with ASTM AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 A1078 Type 2 coating, except that the bars may be cut to length after being coated. Cut ends shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A1078 with a patching material that is compatible with the coating, inert in concrete and recommended by the coating manufacturer. The thickness of the epoxy coating shall be 10 mils plus or minus 2 mils. The Contractor shall furnish a written certification that properly identifies the coating material, the number of each batch of coating material used, quantity represented, date of manufacture, name and address of manufacturer, and a statement that the supplied coating material meets the requirements of ASTM A1078 Type 2 coating. Patching material, compatible with the coating material and inert in concrete and recommended by the manufacturer shall be supplied with each shipment for field repairs by the Contractor. 2. ASTM A513 steel tubes made from Grade 60 Carbon Steel Tube with a 1.625 inch outside diameter and a 0.120 inch wall thickness. Both the inside and outside of the tube shall be zinc coated with G40 galvanizing in accordance with ASTM A653. Following zinc coating the tubes shall be coated in accordance with Section 9-07.5(1) item 1. The ends of the tube shall be capped to prevent intrusion of concrete or other materials. 9-07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement and Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation) The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Corrosion resistant dowel bars shall be 1'/2 inch outside diameter plain round steel bars or tubular bars 18 inches in length and meet the requirements of one of the following: Item number 4 and 5 of the first paragraph are revised to read: 4. Corrosion -resistant, low -carbon, chromium plain steel bars for concrete reinforcement meeting all the requirements of ASTM A 1035 Alloy Type CS Grade 100 or Alloy Type CS Grade 120. 5. Zinc Clad dowel bars shall be 1'/2 inch solid bars or 1.625 inch outside diameter by 0.120 inch wall tubular bars meeting the chemical and physical properties of AASHTO M 31, Grade 60, or AASHTO M 255, Grade 60. The bars shall have a minimum of 0.035 inches A710 Zinc alloy clad to the plain steel inner bar or tube. A710 Zinc shall be composed of: zinc: 99.5 percent, by weight, minimum; copper: 0.1-0.25 percent, by weight; and iron: 0.0020 percent, by weight, maximum. Each end of tubular bars shall be plugged using a snug -fitting insert to prohibit any intrusion of concrete or other materials. The numbered list in the first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 6. Multicoated fusion bonded epoxy bars shall consist of an ASTM A615 bar with alternating layers of ASTM A934 coating and an abrasion resistant overcoat (ARO). The ASTM A934 coating shall form the base and there shall be two layers of each coating material. The minimum thickness of the combined layers of the ASTM A934 coating and ARO coating shall be 20 mils. The ARO shall meet the following requirements: Test I Method I Specification AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Gouge Resistance NACE TM0215, 30 kg wt., LS-1 bit @ 25°C < 0.22 mm Gouge Resistance NACE TM0215, 50 kg wt., LS-1 bit @ 25°C < 0.44 mm 7. ASTM A513 steel tubes made from Grade 60 Carbon Steel Tube with a 1.625 inch outside diameter and a 0.120 inch wall thickness. Both the inside and outside of the tube shall be zinc coated with G90 galvanizing in accordance with ASTM A653. Following zinc coating the tubes shall be coated in accordance with Section 9- 07.5(1) item 1. The ends of the tube shall be capped to prevent intrusion of concrete or other materials. The last paragraph is revised to read: Stainless Steel Clad and Stainless Steel Tube Dowel bar ends shall be sealed with a patching material (primer and finish coat) used for patching epoxy -coated reinforcing steel as required in Section 9-07.3, item 6. 15 9-07.7 Wire Mesh 16 This section is supplemented with the following: 17 18 Welded wire manufacturers shall participate in the NTPEP Audit Program for 19 Reinforcing Steel (rebar) Manufacturers and shall be listed on the NTPEP audit program 20 website displaying that they are NTPEP compliant. 21 22 9-08.AP9 23 Section 9-08, Paints and Related Materials 24 January 7, 2019 25 9-08.1(1) Description 26 The first sentence is revised to read: 27 28 Paint used for highway and bridge structure applications shall be made from materials 29 meeting the requirements of the applicable Federal and State Paint Specifications, 30 Department of Defense (DOD), American Society of Testing of Materials (ASTM), and 31 The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) specifications in effect at time of 32 manufacture. 33 34 9-08.1(2) Paint Types 35 This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 36 37 9-08.1(2)M NEPCOAT Qualified Products List 38 Qualified products used shall be part of a NEPCOAT system supplied by the same 39 manufacturer. 40 41 9-08.1(2)N NEPCOAT Qualified Products List B 42 Qualified products used shall be part of a NEPCOAT system supplied by the same 43 manufacturer. 44 45 9-08.1(2)D Organic Zinc -Rich Primer 46 This section, including title, is revised to read: 47 48 Vacant 49 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 9-08.1(2)E Epoxy Polyamide This section is revised to read: Epoxy polyamide shall be a two -component system conforming to MIL-DTL-24441 or SSPC Coating Standard No. 42. 9-08.1(2)H Top Coat, Single -Component, Moisture -Cured Polyurethane This section is revised to read: Vehicle Type: Moisture -cured aliphatic polyurethane. Color and Gloss: Meet the SAE AMS Standard 595 Color as specified in the table below. The Top Coat shall meet the following requirements: The resin shall be an aliphatic urethane. Minimum -volume solids 50 percent. The top coat shall be semi -gloss. Color Semi -Gloss Washington Gray 26357 Mt. Baker Gray 26134 Mt. St. Helens Gray 26306 Cascade Green 24158 9-08.1(2)1 Rust -Penetrating Sealer This section is revised to read: Rust -penetrating sealer shall be a two -component, chemically -cured, 100 percent solids epoxy. 9-08.1(2)J Black Enamel This section is revised to read: The enamel shall conform to Federal Specification MIL PRF 24635E Type II Class 2. 9-08.1(2)K Orange Equipment Enamel The first paragraph is revised to read: The enamel shall be an alkyd gloss enamel conforming to Federal Specification MIL- PRF-24635E Type II Class 1. The color, when dry, shall match that of SAE AMS Standard 595, color number 12246. 9-08.1(2)L Exterior Acrylic Latex Paint -White The first paragraph is revised to read: This paint shall conform to Federal Specification MIL-PRF-24635E Type II Class 1, 2 or 3. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 9-08.1(7) Acceptance 3 This section is revised to read: 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 For projects with moisture -cured polyurethane quantities less than 20 gallons, acceptance will be by the Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. For projects with moisture -cured polyurethane quantities greater than 20 gallons, the product shall be listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). If the lot number is listed on the QPL, it may be accepted without additional testing. If the lot number is not listed on the QPL, a 1 quart sample shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory for testing and acceptance. For all other paint types, acceptance will be based on visual inspection. 9-08.1(8) Standard Colors In the first paragraph, the reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". The second paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise specified, all top or finish coats shall be semi -gloss, with the paint falling within the range of 35 to 70 on the 60-degree gloss meter. 9-08.2 Powder Coating Materials for Coating Galvanized Surfaces The last paragraph is revised to read: Repair materials shall be as recommended by the powder coating manufacturer and as specified in the Contractor's powder coating plan as accepted by the Engineer. 9-08.3 Pigmented Sealer Materials for Coating of Concrete Surfaces This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-08.3 Concrete Surface Treatments 9-08.3(1) Pigmented Sealer Materials The pigmented sealer shall be a semi -opaque, colored toner containing only methyl methacrylate-ethyl acrylate copolymer resins, toning pigments suspended in solution at all times by a chemical suspension agent, and solvent. Toning pigments shall be laminar silicates, titanium dioxide, and inorganic oxides only. There shall be no settling or color variation. Tinting shall occur at the factory at the time of manufacture and placement in containers, prior to initial shipment. Use of vegetable or marine oils, paraffin materials, stearates, or organic pigments in any part of coating formulation will not be permitted. The color of pigmented sealer shall be as specified by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall submit a 1-quart wet sample, a drawdown color sample, and spectrophotometer or colorimeter readings taken in accordance with ASTM D2244, for each batch and corresponding standard color card. The calculated Delta E shall not exceed 1.5 from the Commission Internationale de I'Eclairage (CIELAB) when measured at 10 degrees Standard Observer and Illuminant D 65. The 1-quart wet sample shall be submitted in the manufacturer's labeled container with product number, batch number, and size of batch. The companion drawdown AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 color sample shall be labeled with the product number, batch number, and size of batch. The Contractor shall submit the specified samples and readings to the Engineer at least 14 calendar days prior to the scheduled application of the sealer. The Contractor shall not begin applying pigmented sealer until receiving the Engineer's written approval of the pigmented sealer color samples. 9-08.3(2) Exposed Aggregate Concrete Coatings and Sealers 9-08.3(2)A Retardant Coating Retardant coating shall exhibit the following properties: Retards the set of the surface mortar of the concrete without preventing the concrete to reach the specified 28 day compressive strength. 2. Leaves the aggregate with its original color and luster, and firmly embedded in the concrete matrix. 3. Allows the removal of the surface mortar in accordance with the methods specified in Section 6-02.3(14)E without the use of acidic washing compounds. 4. Allows for uniform removal of the surface mortar. If the Contractor proposes use of a retardant coating that is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a one quart product sample from a current lot along with supporting product information, Safety Data Sheet, and a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance stating that the product conforms to the above performance requirements. 9-08.3(2)B Clear Sealer The sealer for concrete surfaces with exposed aggregate finish shall be a clear, non -gloss, penetrating sealer of either a silane, siloxane, or silicone based formulation. 9-08.3(3) Permeon Treatment Permeon treatment shall be a product of known consistent performance in producing the SAE AMS Standard 595 Color No. 30219 target color hue established by WSDOT, either selected from the WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL), or an equivalent product accepted by the Engineer. For acceptance of products not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, the Contractor shall submit Type 3 Working Drawings consisting of a one quart product sample from a current lot, supporting product information and a Safety Data Sheet. 9-13.AP9 Section 9-13, Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion and Scour Protection and Rock Walls April 2, 2018 9-13.1(1) General The last paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 Riprap and quarry spalls shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other 2 defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather and shall meet the following test 3 requirements: 4 5 9-13.5 Concrete Slope Protection 6 This section is revised to read: 7 8 Concrete slope protection shall consist of reinforced portland cement or blended 9 hydraulic cement concrete poured or pneumatically placed upon the slope with a 10 rustication joint pattern or semi -open concrete masonry units placed upon the slope 11 closely adjoining each other. 12 13 9-13.5(2) Poured Portland Cement Concrete Slope Protection 14 This section's title is revised to read: 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Poured Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection 9-13.5(3) Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement Concrete Slope Protection This section's title is revised to read: Pneumatically Placed Portland Cement or Blended Hydraulic Cement Concrete Slope Protection The first paragraph is revised to read: Cement — This material shall be portland cement or blended hydraulic cement as specified in Section 9-01. 9-13.7(1) Rock for Rock Walls and Chinking Material The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Rock for rock walls and chinking material shall be hard, sound and durable material, free from seams, cracks, and other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather, and shall meet the following test requirements: 9-14.AP9 Section 9-14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting August 6, 2018 9-14.4(2) Hydraulically Applied Erosion Control Products (HECPs) In Table 1, the last four rows are deleted. 9-14.4(2)A Long -Term Mulch The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Products containing cellulose fiber produced from paper or paper components will not be accepted. Table 2 is supplemented with the following new rows: Water Holding Capacity I ASTM D 7367 1800 percent minimum AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 Organic Matter Content HTO T 267 90 ercent minimum Seed Germination Enhancement rASTIVID 7322 Long Term 420 percent minimum 9-14.4(2)B Moderate -Term Mulch This section is revised to read: Within 48 hours of application, the Moderate -Term Mulch shall bond with the soil surface to create a continuous, absorbent, flexible, erosion -resistant blanket. Moderate - Term Mulch shall effectively perform the intended erosion control function in accordance with Section 8-01.3(1) for a minimum of 3 months, or until temporary vegetation has been established, whichever comes first. Moderate -Term Mulch shall not be used in conjunction with permanent seeding. 9-14.4(2)C Short -Term Mulch This section is revised to read: Short -Term Mulch shall effectively perform the intended erosion control function in accordance with Section 8-01.3(1) for a minimum of 2 months, or until temporary vegetation has been established, whichever comes first. Short -Term Mulch shall not be used in conjunction with permanent seeding. 9-16.AP9 Section 9-16, Fence and Guardrail August 6, 2018 9-16.3(1) Rail Element The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: All rail elements shall be formed from 12-gage steel except for thrie beam reducer sections, reduced length thrie beam rail elements, thrie beams used for bridge rail retrofits, and Design F end sections, which shall be formed from 10-gage steel. 9-16.3(5) Anchors The last paragraph is revised to read: Cement grout shall conform to Section 9-20.3(4) and consist of one part portland cement or blended hydraulic cement and two parts sand. 9-18.AP9 Section 9-18, Precast Traffic Curb April 2, 2018 9-18.1(1) Aggregates and Proportioning Item number 1 of the first paragraph is revised to read: Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-01 except that it may be Type I portland cement conforming to AASHTO M 85. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 E 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 9-20.AP9 Section 9-20, Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar January 7, 2019 9-20.1 Patching Material This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-20.1 Patching Material for Cement Concrete Pavement Concrete patching material shall be prepackaged mortar extended with aggregate. The amount of aggregate for extension shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendation. Patching mortar and patching mortar extended with aggregate shall contain cementitious material and conform to Sections 9-20.1(1) and 9-20.1(2). The Manufacturer shall use the services of a laboratory that has an equipment calibration verification system and a technician training and evaluation process in accordance with AASHTO R 18 to perform all tests specified in Section 9-20.1. 9-20.1(1) Patching Mortar Patching mortar shall conform to the following requirements: Compressive Strength ASTM Test Method Specification at 3 hours C 39 Minimum 3,000 psi at 24 hours C 39 Minimum 5,000 psi Length Change at 28 days C 157 0.15 percent maximum Total Chloride Ion Content C 1218 1 Ib/ d3 maximum Bond Strength at 24 hours C 882 (As modified by C 928, Section 9.5 Minimum 1,000 psi Scaling Resistance (at 25 cycles of freezing and thawing) C 672 (As modified by C 928, Section 9.4) 1 Ib/ftz maximum 9-20.1(2) Patching Mortar Extended with Aggregate Patching mortar extended with aggregate shall meet the following requirements: Compressive Strength ASTM Test Method Specification at 3 hours C 39 Minimum 3,000 psi at 24 hours C 39 Minimum 5,000 psi Length Change at 28 days C 157 0.15 percent maximum Bond Strength at 24 hours C 882 (As modified by ASTM C928, Section 9.5 Minimum 1,000 psi Scaling Resistance (at 25 cycles of freezing and thawing) C 672 2 Maximum Visual Rating Freeze thaw C 666 Maximum expansion 0.10% Minimum durability 90.0% AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 9-20.1(3) Aggregate Aggregate used to extend the patching mortar shall conform to Section 9-03.1(4) and be AASHTO Grading No. 8. A Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance shall be submitted showing the aggregate source and the gradation. Mitigation for Alkali Silica Reaction (ASR) will not be required for the extender aggregate used for concrete patching material. 9-20.1(4) Water Water shall meet the requirements of Section 9-25.1. The quantity of water shall be within the limits recommended by the repair material manufacturer. 9-20.2 Specifications This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-20.2 Patching Material for Concrete Structure Repair Concrete patching material shall be a prepackaged mixture of portland or blended hydraulic cement, aggregate, and admixtures. Fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica fume may be used. The concrete patching material may be shrinkage compensated. The concrete patching material shall also meet the following requirements: • Compressive strength of 6000 psi or higher at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 22 (ASTM C 39), unless noted otherwise • Bond strength of 250 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C 1583 or ICRI 210.3R • Shrinkage shall be 0.05 percent (500 microstrain) or lower at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 160 (ASTM C 157) as modified by ICRI 320.3R • Permeability shall be 2,000 coulombs or lower at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 277 (ASTM C 1202) • Freeze -thaw resistance shall have a durability factor of 90 percent or higher after a minimum of 300 cycles in accordance with AASHTO T 161 Procedure A (ASTM C 666) • Soluble chloride ion limits in Section 6-02.3(2) shall be satisfied 9-20.2(1) Patching Mortar This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety. 9-20.2(2) Patching Mortar Extended with Aggregate This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety. 9-20.3(3) Grout Type 3 for Unconfined Bearing Pad Applications This section is revised to read: Grout Type 3 shall be a prepackaged material that does not include expansive admixtures meeting the following requirements: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Compressive strength shall be 4000 psi or higher at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 22 (ASTM C 39) for grout extended with coarse aggregate or AASHTO T 106 (ASTM C109) otherwise. Bond strength shall meet one of the following: 250 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C1583. 2000 psi or higher at 28 days or less in accordance with ASTM C882. The following modification to ASTM C882 is acceptable: use Type 3 Grout in lieu of epoxy resin base bonding system and freshly mixed portland- cement mortar in the procedure for testing Type II and V systems. Drying shrinkage shall be 0.08 percent (800 microstrain) or lower at 28 days in accordance with AASHTO T 160 (ASTM C157). The following modification to AASHTO T 160 is acceptable: use a standard specimen size of 3 x 3 x 11-'/4 inches. 9-20.5 Bridge Deck Repair Material Item number 3 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 3. Permeability of less than 2,000 coulombs at 28-days or more in accordance with AASHTO T 277. 9-21.AP9 Section 9-21, Raised Pavement Markers (RPM) January 2, 2018 9-21.2 Raised Pavement Markers Type 2 This section's content is deleted. 9-21.2(1) Physical Properties This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-21.2(1) Standard Raised Pavement Markers Type 2 The marker housing shall contain reflective faces as shown in the Plans to reflect incident light from either a single or opposite directions and meet the requirements of ASTM D 4280 including Flexural strength requirements. 9-21.2(2) Optical Requirements This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-21.2(2) Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2 Abrasion Resistant Raised Markers Type 2 shall comply with Section 9-21.2(1) and meet the requirements of ASTM D 4280 with the following additional requirement: The coefficient of luminous intensity of the markers shall be measured after subjecting the entire lens surface to the test described in ASTM D 4280 Section 9.5 using a sand drop apparatus. After the exposure described above, retroreflected values shall not be less than 0.5 times a nominal unblemished sample. 9-21.2(3) Strength Requirements This section is deleted in its entirety. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 9-26.AP9 Section 9-26, Epoxy Resins January 7, 2019 9-26.1(1) General The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: For pre -packaged cartridge kits, the epoxy bonding agent shall meet the requirements of ASTM C881 when mixed according to manufacturer instructions, utilizing the manufacturer's mixing nozzle. 9-26.1(2) Packaging and Marking The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The components of the epoxy system furnished under these Specifications shall be supplied in separate containers or pre -packaged cartridge kits that are non -reactive with the materials contained. The second paragraph is revised to read: Separate containers shall be marked by permanent marking that identify the formulator, "Component A" (contains the Epoxy Resin) and "Component B" (Contains the Curing Agent), type, grade, class, lot or batch number, mixing instructions and the quantity contained in pounds or gallons as defined by these Specifications. The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: Pre -packaged cartridge kits shall be marked by permanent marking that identify the formulator, type, grade, class, lot or batch number, mixing instructions and the quantity contained in ounces or milliliters as defined by these Specifications. 9-28.AP9 Section 9-28, Signing April 2, 2018 Materials and Fabrication 9-28.10 Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-28.10 Digital Printing Transparent and opaque durable inks used in digital printed sign messages shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. When properly applied, digital printed colors shall have a warranty life of the base retroreflective sign sheeting. Digital applied colors shall present a smooth surface, free from foreign material, and all messages and borders shall be clear and sharp. Digital printed signs shall conform to 70% of the retroreflective minimum values established for its type and color. Digitally printed signs shall meet the daytime color and luminance, and nighttime color requirements of ASTM D 4956. No variations in color or overlapping of colors will be permitted. Digital printed permanent traffic signs shall have an integrated engineered match component clear protective overlay recommended by the sheeting manufacturer applied to the entire face of the sign. On Temporary construction/maintenance signs printed with black ink only, the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 protective overlay film is optional, as long as the finished sign has a warranty of a minimum of three years from sign sheeting manufacturer. All digital printed traffic control signs shall be an integrated engineered match component system. The integrated engineered match component system shall consist of retroreflective sheeting, durable ink(s), and clear overlay film all from the same manufacturer applied to aluminum substrate conforming to Section 9-28.8. The sign fabricator shall use an approved integrated engineered match component system as listed on the Qualified Products List (QPL). Each approved digital printer shall only use the compatible retroreflective sign sheeting manufacturer's engineered match component system products. Each retroreflective sign sheeting manufacturer/integrated engineered match component system listed on the QPL shall certify a department approved sign fabricator is approved to operate their compatible digital printer. The sign fabricator shall re -certify annually with the retroreflective sign manufacturer to ensure their digital printer is still meeting manufacturer's specifications for traffic control signs. Documentation of each re -certification shall be submitted to the QPL Engineer annually. 9-28.11 Hardware The last paragraph is revised to read: All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M111. Steel bolts and related connecting hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM F 2329. 9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Anchor rods for sign bridge and cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to Section 9-06.5(4), including Supplemental Requirement S4 tested at -20°F. In the second sentence of the fourth paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: Except as otherwise noted, steel used for sign structures and posts shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: If such modifications are contemplated, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the proposed modifications. y . = . . Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical January 7, 2019 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 9-29.1(10) Pull Tape Pull tape shall be pre -lubricated polyester pulling tape. The pull tape shall have a minimum width of/2-inch and a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds. Pull tape may have measurement marks. 9-29.1(11) Foam Conduit Sealant Foam conduit sealant shall be self -expanding waterproof foam designed to prevent both water and pest intrusion. The foam shall be designed for use in and around electrical equipment, including both insulated and bare conductors. 9-29.2(1) Junction Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: For the purposes of this Specification concrete is defined as portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete and non -concrete is all others. 9-29.2(1)A2 Non -Concrete Junction Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: Material for the non -concrete junction boxes shall be of a quality that will provide for a similar life expectancy as portland cement or blended hydraulic cement concrete in a direct burial application. 9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes In the table in the last paragraph, the fourth, fifth and sixth rows are revised to read: Slip Resistant Lid ASTM A36 steel Frame ASTM A36 steel Slip Resistant Frame ASTM A36 steel 9-29.3(2)A1 Single Conductor Current Carrying This second sentence is revised to read: Insulation shall be XLP (cross -linked polyethylene) or EPR (Ethylene Propylene Rubber), Type USE (Underground Service Entrance) or USE-2, and rated for 600-volts or higher. 9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards In the first sentence of the third paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". Item number 2 of the last paragraph is revised to read: 2. The steel light and signal standard fabricator's shop drawing submittal, including supporting design calculations, submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing in accordance with Section 8-20.2(1) and the Special Provisions. 9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards In the second paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Steel used for light and signal standards shall have a controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.06 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. 9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware In the last paragraph, "AASHTO M232" is revised to read "ASTM F 2329". 9-29.10(1) Conventional Roadway Luminaires This section is revised to read: All conventional roadway luminaires shall meet 3G vibration requirements as described in ANSI C136.31. All luminaires shall have housings fabricated from aluminum. The housing shall be painted flat gray, SAE AMS Standard 595 color chip No. 26280, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Painted housings shall withstand a 1,000 hour salt spray test as specified in ASTM B117. Each housing shall include a four bolt slip -fitter mount capable of accepting a nominal 2" tenon and adjustable within +/- 5 degrees of the axis of the tenon. The clamping bracket(s) and the cap screws shall not bottom out on the housing bosses when adjusted within the +/- 5 degree range. No part of the slipfitter mounting brackets on the luminaires shall develop a permanent set in excess of 0.2 inch when the cap screws used for mounting are tightened to a torque of 32 foot-pounds. Each luminaire shall include leveling reference points for both transverse and longitudinal adjustment. All luminaires shall include shorting caps when shipped. The caps shall be removed and provided to the Contracting Agency when an alternate control device is required to be installed in the photocell socket. House side shields shall be included when required by the Contract. Order codes shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to include the option for house side shields. This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-29.10(1)A High Pressure Sodium (HPS) Conventional Roadway Luminaires HPS conventional roadway luminaires shall meet the following requirements: General shape shall be "cobrahead" style, with flat glass lens and full cutoff optics. 2. Light pattern distribution shall be IES Type III. 3. The reflector of all luminaires shall be of a snap -in design or secured with screws. The reflector shall be polished aluminum or prismatic borosilicate glass. 4. Flat lenses shall be formed from heat resistant, high -impact, molded borosilicate or tempered glass. 5. The lens shall be mounted in a doorframe assembly, which shall be hinged to the luminaire and secured in the closed position to the luminaire by means of an automatic latch. The lens and doorframe assembly, when closed, shall AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 exert pressure against a gasket seat. The lens shall not allow any light output above 90 degrees nadir. Gaskets shall be composed of material capable of withstanding the temperatures involved and shall be securely held in place. 6. The ballast shall be mounted on a separate exterior door, which shall be hinged to the luminaire and secured in the closed position to the luminaire housing by means of an automatic type of latch (a combination hex/slot stainless steel screw fastener may supplement the automatic -type latch). 7. Each luminaire shall be capable of accepting a 150, 200, 250, 310, or 400 watt lamp complete and associated ballast. Lamps shall mount horizontally. 9-29.10(1)B Light Emitting Diode (LED) Conventional Roadway Luminaires LED Conventional Roadway Luminaires are divided into classes based on their equivalent High Pressure Sodium (HPS) luminaires. Current classes are 200W, 250W, 310W, and 400W. LED luminaires are required to be pre -approved in order to verify their photometric output. To be considered for pre -approval, LED luminaires must meet the requirements of this section. LED luminaires shall include a removable access door, with tool -less entry, for access to electronic components and the terminal block. The access door shall be removable, but include positive retention such that it can hang freely without disconnecting from the luminaire housing. LED drivers may be mounted either to the interior of the luminaire housing or to the removable door itself. LED drivers shall be removable for user replacement. All internal modular components shall be connected by means of mechanical plug and socket type quick disconnects. Wire nuts may not be used for any purpose. All external electrical connections to the luminaire shall be made through the terminal block. LED luminaires shall include a 7-pin NEMA photocell receptacle. The LED driver(s) shall be dimmable from ten volts to zero volts. LED output shall have a Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) of 4000K nominal (4000-4300K) and a Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 70 or greater. LED output shall be a minimum of 85% at 75,000 hours at 25 degrees Celsius. LED luminaires shall be available for 120V, 240V, and 480V supply voltages. Voltages refer to the supply voltages to the luminaires present in the field. LED power usage shall not exceed the following maximum values for the applicable wattage class: Class Max. Wattage 20OW 110W 250W 165W 310W 210W 40OW 275W Only one brand of LED conventional roadway luminaire may be used on a Contract. They do not necessarily have to be the same brand as any high -mast, underdeck, or wall -mount luminaires when those types of luminaires are specified in the Contract. LED luminaires shall include a standard 10 year manufacturer warranty. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The list of pre -approved LED Conventional Roadway Luminaires is available at http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Design/Traffic/ledluminaires.htm. 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-29.10(2) Vacant 9-29.12 Electrical Splice Materials This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9-29.12(3) Splice Enclosures 9-29.12(3)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure Heat shrink splice enclosures shall be medium or heavy wall cross -linked polyolefin, meeting the requirements of AMS-DTL-23053/15, with thermoplastic adhesive sealant. Heat shrink splices used for "wye" connections require rubber electrical mastic tape. 9-29.12(3)B Molded Splice Enclosure Molded splice enclosures shall use epoxy resin in a clear rigid plastic mold. The material used shall be compatible with the insulation material of the insulated conductor or cable. The component materials of the resin insulation shall be packaged ready for convenient mixing without removing from the package. 9-29.12(4) Re -Enterable Splice Enclosure Re -enterable splice enclosures shall use either dielectric grease or a flexible resin contained in a two-piece plastic mold. The mold shall either snap together or use stainless steel hose clamps. 9-29.12(5) Vinyl Electrical Tape for Splices Vinyl electrical tape in splicing applications shall meet the requirements of MIL-1- 24391 C. 9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices This section is revised to read: Underground illumination circuit splices shall be solderless crimped connections capable of securely joining the wires, both mechanically and electrically, as defined in Section 8-20.3(8). Aerial illumination splices shall be solderless crimp connectors or split bolt vice -type connectors. 9-29.12(1)A Heat Shrink Splice Enclosure This section is deleted in its entirety. 9-29.12(1)B Molded Splice Enclosure This section is deleted in its entirety. 9-29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material This section is revised to read: Induction loop splices and magnetometer splices shall use an uninsulated barrel -type crimped connector capable of being soldered. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 2 9-29.13(10)D Cabinets for Type 170E and 2070 Controllers 3 The first sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 A disposable paper filter element with dimensions of 12" x 16" x 1" shall be provided in lieu of a metal filter. Item number 6 is revised to read: 6. LED light strips shall be provided for cabinet lighting, powered from the Equipment breaker on the Power Distribution Assembly. Each LED light strip shall be approximately 12 inches long, have a minimum output of 320 lumens, and have a color temperature of 4100K (cool white) or higher. There shall be three light strips for each rack within the cabinet. Lighting shall be ceiling mounted — rack mounted lighting is not permitted. Light strips shall be installed in the locations shown in the Standard Plans. Lighting shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other ceiling mounted equipment. All lighting fixtures above a rack shall energize automatically when either door to that respective rack is opened. Each door switch shall be labeled "Light". Item number 7 is revised to read: 7. Rack mounted equipment shall be as shown in the Standard Plans. The cabinet shall use PDA #2LX and Output File #1 LX. Where an Auxiliary Output File is required, Output File #2LX shall also be included. This section is supplemented with the following new item: 9. The PCB connectors for Field Terminal Blocks FT1 through FT6 on Output Files #1 LX and #2LX shall be capable of accepting minimum 14 AWG field wiring, have a pitch of 5.08 mm, and use screw flange type locking to secure the plug and socket connection. The sockets on the Field Terminal Panel shall be secured to the panel such that unplugging a connector will not result in the socket moving or separating from the panel. 9-29.13(11) Cabinets for Type 170E and 2070 Controllers Item number 2 is revised to read: 2. Rack mounted equipment shall be as shown in the Standard Plans. Item number 3 is revised to read: 3. PDA #3LX shall be furnished with three Model 200 Load Switches installed. PDA #3LX shall be modified to include a second Model 430 transfer relay, mounted on the rear of the PDA and wired as shown in the Standard Plans. 9-29.13(12) ITS Cabinet This section's title is revised to read: Type 331 L ITS Cabinet The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Basic ITS cabinets shall be Model 331 L Cabinets, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Type 331 L Cabinets shall be constructed in accordance with the TEES, with the following modifications: Item number 6 of the first paragraph is revised to read: 6. LED light strips shall be provided for cabinet lighting, powered from the Equipment breaker on the Power Distribution Assembly. Each LED light strip shall be approximately 12 inches long, have a minimum output of 320 lumens, and have a color temperature of 4100K (cool white) or higher. There shall be three light strips for each rack within the cabinet. Lighting shall be ceiling mounted — rack mounted lighting is not permitted. Light strips shall be installed in the locations shown in the Standard Plans. Lighting shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other ceiling mounted equipment. All lighting fixtures above a rack shall energize automatically when either door to that respective rack is opened. Each door switch shall be labeled "Light". 9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads In the first sentence, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings In the first paragraph, item number 2 under Stainless Steel is revised to read: 2. Bands or cables for Type N mount. 9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals In item 2C of the second paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-29.24 Service Cabinets The third sentence of item number 6 is revised to read: The dead front cover shall have cutouts for the entire breaker array, with blank covers where no circuit breakers are installed. Item number 8 is revised to read: 8. Lighting contactors shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.24(2). The last sentence of item number 10 is revised to read: Dead front panels shall prevent access to any exposed, live components, and shall cover all equipment except for circuit breakers (including blank covers), the photocell test/bypass switch, and the GFCI receptacle. 9-29.24(2) Electrical Circuit Breakers and Contactors This section is revised to read: All circuit breakers shall be bolt -on type, with the RMS-symmetrical interrupting capacity described in this Section. Circuit breakers for 120/240/277 volt circuits shall be rated at 240 or 277 volts, as applicable, with an interrupting capacity of not less than 10,000 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 amperes. Circuit breakers for 480 volt circuits shall be rated at 480 volts, and shall have an interrupting capacity of not less than 14,000 amperes. Lighting contactors shall be rated for tungsten or ballasted (such as sodium vapor, mercury vapor, metal halide, and fluorescent) lamp loads. Contactors for 120/240/277 volt circuits shall be rated at 240 volts maximum line to line voltage, or 277 volts maximum line to neutral voltage, as applicable. Contactors for 480 volt circuits shall be rated at 480 volt maximum line to line voltage. 9-33.AP9 Section 9-33, Construction Geosynthetic August 6, 2018 9-33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: If the geosynthetics material is not listed in the current WSDOT QPL, a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance including Certified Test Reports of each proposed geosynthetic shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation. The last paragraph is revised to read: Geosynthetics used as reinforcement in permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement applications require proof of compliance with the National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) in accordance with AASHTO Standard Practice R 69, Standard Practice for Determination of Long -Term Strength for Geosynthetic Reinforcement. 9-34.AP9 Section 9-34, Pavement Marking Material January 7, 2019 9-34.2(2) Color The first sentence is revised to read: Paint draw -downs shall be prepared according to ASTM D823. Each reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-34.2(3) Prohibited Materials This section is revised to read: Traffic paint shall not contain mercury, lead, chromium, diarylide pigments, toluene, chlorinated solvents, hydrolysable chlorine derivatives, ethylene -based glycol ethers and their acetates, nor any other EPA hazardous waste material over the regulatory levels in accordance with CFR 40 Part 261.24. 9-34.2(5) Low VOC Waterborne Paint The heading "Standard Waterborne Paint" is supplemented with "Type 1 and 2". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 The heading "High -Build Waterborne Paint" is supplemented with "Type 4". The heading "Cold Weather Waterborne Paint" is supplemented with "Type 5". In the row beginning with "O @900F", each minimum value is revised to read "60" In the row beginning with "Fineness of Grind, (Hegman Scale)", each minimum value is revised to read "3". The last four rows are replaced with the following: Vehicle Composition ASTM D 100% acrylic emulsion 100% cross -linking 100% acrylic emulsion 2621 acr lic4 Freeze -Thaw ASTM D @ 5 cycles show no @ 5 cycles show no @ 3 cycles show no Stability, KU 2243 and D coagulation or change coagulation or change coagulation or change 562 in viscosity greater in viscosity greater in viscosity greater than ± 10 KU than ± 10 KU than ± 10 KU Heat Stability ASTM D 5622 ± 10 KU from the initial ± 10 KU from the initial ± 10 KU from the initial viscosity viscosity Viscosity Low Temperature ASTM D No Cracks* No Cracks Film Formation 28053 Cold Flexibilit 5 ASTM D522 Pass at 0.5 in mandrel* Test Deck Durability6 ASTM D913 >_70% paint retention in wheel track* Mud Cracking (See note 7) 1 No Cracks No Cracks After the preceding Amendments are applied, the following new column is inserted after the "Standard Waterborne Paint Type 1 and 2" column: Semi -Durable Waterborne Paint Type 3 White I Yellow Min. Max. I Min. I Max. Within ± 0.3 of qualification sample 80 95 80 95 60 60 77 77 65 65 43 43 1.25 1.25 3 3 0.98 0.96 88 50 100, 100, 9.5 9.5 10 10 100% acrylic emulsion @ 5 cycles show no coagulation or change in viscosity greater than ± 10 KU ± 10 KU from the initial viscosity No Cracks Pass at 0.25 in mandrel >_700,46 paint retention in wheel track No Cracks AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 The footnotes are supplemented with the following: 4Cross-linking acrylic shall meet the requirements of federal specification TT-P-1952F Section 3.1.1. 5Cold Flexibility: The paint shall be applied to an aluminum panel at a wet film thickness of 15 mils and allowed to dry under ambient conditions (50±10% RH and 72±5 °F) for 24 hours. A cylindrical mandrel apparatus (in accordance with ASTM D522 method B) shall be put in a 40°F refrigerator when the paint is drawn down. After 24 hours, the aluminum panel with dry paint shall be put in the 40°F refrigerator with the mandrel apparatus for 2 hours. After 2 hours, the panel and test apparatus shall be removed and immediately tested to according to ASTM D522 to evaluate cold flexibility. Paint must show no evidence of cracking, chipping or flaking when bent 180 degrees over a mandrel bar of specified diameter. 6NTPEP test deck, or a test deck conforming to ASTM D713, shall be conducted for a minimum of six months with the following additional requirements: it shall be applied at 15 wet mils to a test deck that is located at 4ON latitude or higher with at least 10,000 ADT and which was applied during the months of September through November. 7Paint is applied to an approximately 4"x12" aluminum panel using a drawdown bar with a 50 mil gap. The coated panel is allowed to dry under ambient conditions (50±10% RH and 72±5 °F) for 24 hours. Visual evaluation of the dry film shall reveal no cracks. 26 9-34.3 Plastic 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 In the first sentence of the last paragraph, "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-34.3(2) Type B — Pre -Formed Fused Thermoplastic In the last two paragraphs, each reference to "Federal Standard 595" is revised to read "SAE AMS Standard 595". 9-34.3(4) Type D — Liquid Cold Applied Methyl Methacrylate The Test Method value for Adhesion to PCC or HMA, psi is revised to read "ASTM D4541'". 9-34.4 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials In the Test Method column of the table titled Metal Concentration Limits, "EPA 3052 SW-846 601OC" is revised to read "EPA 3052 SW-846 601OD". 9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Short Duration This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Short Duration (Removable) Temporary pavement marking tape for short duration (usage is for up to two months) shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type II except that black tape, black mask tape and the black portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non -reflective. 9-34.5(2) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Long Duration This section's title is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Long Duration (Non -Removable) The first sentence is revised to read: Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration (usage is for greater than two months and less than one year) shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type II. ASTM E2176 is deleted from the second sentence. 9-34.7(1) Requirements The first paragraph is revised to read: Field performance evaluation is required for low VOC solvent -based paint per Section 9- 34.2(4), Type A — liquid hot applied thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(1), Type B — preformed fused thermoplastic per Section 9-34.3(2), Type C — cold applied preformed tape per Section 9-34.3(3), and Type D — liquid applied methyl methacrylate per Section 9-34.3(4). The last paragraph is deleted. 9-34.7(1)C Auto No -Track Time The first paragraph is revised to read: Auto No -Track Time will only be required for low VOC solvent -based paint in accordance with Section 9-34.2(4). The second and third sentences of the second paragraph are deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2018 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/7/19 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing 2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION OF WORK (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) This Contract provides for resurfacing (3-inch overlay) 0.59 mile of Renton Avenue South from South 130t" Street to Taylor Avenue NW, ADA ramps will be upgraded to current standards. The Work shall include, but is not limited to, excavation, pavement removal, grading, cement concrete curb and gutter, cement concrete sidewalks, driveways, storm system improvements, pedestrian HAWK signal, traffic signal modifications, roadway planing, HMA overlay, landscape restoration, channelization, traffic control, and other work all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Special Provisions and the Standard Specifications. 1-01.3 Definitions (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace them with the following: Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids. Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work. Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. Physical Completion Date The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this date. Completion Date The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete. Supplement this Section with the following: All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special Provisions, to the terms "Department of Transportation", "Washington State Transportation Commission", "Commission", "Secretary of Transportation", "Secretary", "Headquarters", and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency." All references to the terms "State" or "state" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency" unless the reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, a State statute or regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise. All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location". All references to "final contract voucher certification" shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Agency form(s) by which final payment is authorized, and final completion and acceptance granted. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. Business Day A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section 1-08.5. Contract Bond The definition in the Standard Specifications for "Contract Bond" applies to whatever bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. Contract Documents See definition for "Contract." Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the Work must be physically completed. Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the Bid Proposal. Notice to Proceed The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. Traffic Both vehicular and non -vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: No. of To Prime Contractor Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced plans 2 Furnished automatically (11" x 17") upon award. Contract Provisions 2 Furnished automatically upon award. Large plans 2 Furnished only upon (e.g., 22" x 34") request. Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor's own expense. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, Site of Work 1-02.4(1) General (August 15, 2016 APWA GSP Option A) The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, must request the explanation or interpretation in writing soon enough to allow a written reply to reach all prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids. 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: The Summary of Geotechnical Conditions and the boring logs, if and when included as an appendix to the Special Provisions, shall be considered as part of the Contract. 1-02.5 Proposal Forms (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder's D/M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal (July 11, 2018 APWA GSP) Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. Delete the last two paragraphs, and replace them with the following: If no Subcontractor is listed, the Bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any Subcontractor to perform those items of work. The Bidder shall submit with their Bid a completed Contractor Certification Wage Law Compliance form, provided by the Contracting Agency. Failure to return this certification as part of the Bid Proposal package will make this Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible for Award. A Contractor Certification of Wage Law Compliance form is included in the Proposal Forms. The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 1-02.6(1) Recycled Materials Proposal (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) The Bidder shall submit with the Bid, its proposal for incorporating recycled materials into the project, using the form provided in the Contract Provisions. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1-02.7 Bid Deposit (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) Supplement this Section with the following: Bid bonds shall contain the following: 1. Contracting Agency -assigned number for the project; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit. 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal (May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Each Proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. To be considered responsive on a FHWA-funded project, the Bidder may be required to submit the following items, as required by Section 1-02.6: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 • UDBE Written Confirmation Document from each UDBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed UDBE Utilization Certification (WSDOT 272-056U) • Good Faith Effort (GFE) Documentation These documents, if applicable, shall be received either with the Bid Proposal or as a supplement to the Bid. These documents shall be received no later than 24 hours (not including Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays) after the time for delivery of the Bid Proposal. If submitted after the Bid Proposal is due, the document(s) must be submitted in a sealed envelope labeled the same as for the Proposal, with "Supplemental Information" added. All other information required to be submitted with the Bid Proposal must be submitted with the Bid Proposal itself, at the time stated in the Call for Bids. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received after the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any "Supplemental Information" (UDBE confirmations, or GFE documentation) that is received after the time specified above, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete this Section, and replace it with the following: After submitting a physical Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may withdraw, revise, or supplement it if: 1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person and physically delivers it to the place designated for receipt of Bid Proposals, and 2. The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, and 3. The revised or supplemented Bid Proposal (if any) is received by the Contracting Agency before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 If the Bidder's request to withdraw, revise, or supplement its Bid Proposal is received before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, the Contracting Agency will return the unopened Proposal package to the Bidder. The Bidder must then submit the revised or supplemented package in its entirety. If the Bidder does not submit a revised or supplemented package, then its bid shall be considered withdrawn. 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals (June 20, 2017 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; b. The authorized Proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; C. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete an Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each UDBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed UDBE Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the bidder's UDBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The Bidder fails to submit UDBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made; k. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation; or More than one Proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same or different names. 2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting Agency; C. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be rejected); or e. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders (May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended. The Contracting Agency will verify that the Bidder meets the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1). To assess bidder responsibility, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to request documentation as needed from the Bidder and third parties concerning the Bidder's compliance with the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1) and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of the Contracting Agency's determination by presenting its appeal and any additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting Agency's final determination. 1-02.15 Pre Award Information (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise this Section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work, 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-11 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder's unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. 1-03.1(1) Identical Bid Totals (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Revise this Section to read: After opening Bids, if two or more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, then the tie -breaker will be the Bidder with an equal lowest bid, that proposed to use the highest percentage of recycled materials in the Project, per the form submitted with the Bid Proposal. If those percentages are also exactly equal, then the tie -breaker will be determined by drawing as follows: Two or more slips of paper will be marked as follows: one marked "Winner" and the other(s) marked "unsuccessful". The slips will be folded to make the marking unseen. The slips will be placed inside a box. One authorized representative of each Bidder shall draw a slip from the box. Bidders shall draw in alphabetic order by the name of the firm as registered with the Washington State Department of Licensing. The slips shall be unfolded and the firm with the slip marked "Winner" will be determined to be the successful Bidder and eligible for Award of the Contract. Only those Bidders who submitted a Bid total that is exactly equal to the lowest responsive Bid, and with a proposed recycled m aterials percentage that is exactly equal to the highest proposed recycled materials amount, are eligible to draw. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-12 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 1-03.3 Execution of Contract (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this Section to read: Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency. Within 10 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency -prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre -award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency -furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of 10 additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. 1-03.4 Contract Bond (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and performance bonds, each shall be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall- 1 . Be on Contracting Agency -furnished form(s); 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-13 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contract obligations, conditions, and duties, or b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice president). 1-03.7 Judicial Review (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Revise this Section to read: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-14 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Any decision made by the Contracting Agency regarding the Award and execution of the Contract or Bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.05 shall control venue and iurisdiction. 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda, 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 6. Standard Specifications, 7. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1-04.4 Changes 1-04.4(1) Minor Changes Section 1-04.4(1), including title, is revised to read as follows: 1-04.4(1) Unexpected Site Changes Payments or credits for changes may be made under the Bid item "Unexpected Site Changes." At the discretion of the Contracting Agency, this procedure for Unexpected Site Changes may be used in lieu of the more formal procedure as outlined in Section 1-04.4, Changes. The Contractor will be provided a copy of the completed order for Unexpected Site Changes. The agreement for the Unexpected Site Changes will be documented by signature of the Contractor, or notation of verbal agreement. If the Contractor is in disagreement with anything required by the order for Unexpected Site Changes, the Contractor may protest the order as provided in Section 1-04.5. Payments will be determined in accordance with Section 1-09.4. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for "Unexpected Site Changes" in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. The Contractor/Bidder is cautioned that payment of any portion of this bid item is not guaranteed unless such need arises during the performance of this project. Where references are made herein to consider some work incidental to the Contract and as such to merge the cost of incidental work into the various items bid, no such costs shall be merged into this bid item. 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations from Plans and Stakes Supplement this Section with the following: (August 7, 2017 WSDOT GSP) Contractor Surveying - Roadway Copies of the Contracting Agency provided primary survey control data are available for the bidder's inspection at the office of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-16 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 construction of the roadbed, drainage, surfacing, paving, channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing. Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Contracting Agency, calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted on the plans "DO NOT DISTURB" shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced at the Contractors expense. Detailed survey records shall be maintained, including a description of the work performed on each shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. The record shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. A copy of each day's record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions of Surveying and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers. The survey work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Verify the primary horizontal and vertical control furnished by the Contracting Agency, and expand into secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well as additional survey control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of secondary control to the Contracting Agency. The description shall include coordinates and elevations of all secondary control points. 2. Establish, the centerlines of all alignments, by placing hubs, stakes, or marks on centerline or on offsets to centerline at all curve points (PCs, PTs, and Pls) and at points on the alignments spaced no further than 50 feet. 3. Establish clearing limits, placing stakes at all angle points and at intermediate points not more than 50 feet apart. The clearing and grubbing limits shall be 5 feet beyond the toe of a fill and 10 feet beyond the top of a cut unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 4. Establish grading limits, placing slope stakes at centerline increments not more than 50 feet apart. Establish offset reference City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-17 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 to all slope stakes. If Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then slope stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor 5. Establish the horizontal and vertical location of all drainage features, placing offset stakes to all drainage structures and to pipes at a horizontal interval not greater than 25 feet. 6. Establish roadbed and surfacing elevations by placing stakes at the top of subgrade and at the top of each course of surfacing. Subgrade and surfacing stakes shall be set at horizontal intervals not greater than 50 feet in tangent sections, 25 feet in curve sections with a radius less than 300 feet, and at 10-foot intervals in intersection radii with a radius less than 10 feet. Transversely, stakes shall be placed at all locations where the roadway slope changes and at additional points such that the transverse spacing of stakes is not more than 12 feet. If GPS Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then roadbed and surfacing stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor. 7. Establish intermediate elevation benchmarks as needed to check work throughout the project. 8. Provide references for paving pins at 25-foot intervals or provide simultaneous surveying to establish location and elevation of paving pins as they are being placed. 9. For all other types of construction included in this provision, (including but not limited to channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing) provide staking and layout as necessary to adequately locate, construct, and check the specific construction activity. 10. Contractor shall determine if changes are needed to the profiles or roadway sections shown in the Contract Plans in order to achieve proper smoothness and drainage where matching into existing features, such as a smooth transition from new pavement to existing pavement. The Contractor shall submit these changes to the Engineer for review and approval 10 days prior to the beginning of work. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and staking data when requested by the Engineer. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-18 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 To facilitate the establishment of these lines and elevations, the 2 Contracting Agency will provide the Contractor with primary survey control 3 information consisting of descriptions of two primary control points used 4 for the horizontal and vertical control, and descriptions of two additional 5 primary control points for every additional three miles of project length. 6 Primary control points will be described by reference to the project 7 alignment and the coordinate system and elevation datum utilized by the 8 project. In addition, the Contracting Agency will supply horizontal 9 coordinates for the beginning and ending points and for each Point of 10 Intersection (PI) on each alignment included in the project. 11 12 The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following 13 tolerances: 14 15 Vertical Horizontal 16 Slope stakes ±0.10 feet ±0.10 feet 17 18 Subgrade grade stakes set 19 0.04 feet below grade ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet 20 (parallel to alignment) 21 ±0.1 feet 22 (normal to alignment) 23 24 Vertical Horizontal 25 Stationing on roadway N/A ±0.1 feet 26 Alignment on roadway N/A ±0.04 feet 27 Surfacing grade stakes ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet 28 (parallel to alignment) 29 ±0.1 feet 30 (normal to alignment) 31 32 Roadway paving pins for 33 surfacing or paving ±0.01 feet ±0.2 feet 34 (parallel to alignment) 35 ±0.1 feet 36 (normal to alignment) 37 38 The Contracting Agency may spot-check the Contractor's surveying. 39 These spot-checks will not change the requirements for normal checking 40 by the Contractor. 41 42 When staking roadway alignment and stationing, the Contractor shall 43 perform independent checks from different secondary control to ensure 44 that the points staked are within the specified survey accuracy tolerances. 45 City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-19 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the alignment. The Contracting Agency will verify these coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing with the work. The Contracting Agency will require up to seven calendar days from the date the data is received. Contract work to be performed using contractor -provided stakes shall not begin until the stakes are approved by the Contracting Agency. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of the stakes. Stakes shall be marked in accordance with Standard Plan A10.10. When stakes are needed that are not described in the Plans, then those stakes shall be marked, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency as ordered by the Engineer. Payment Payment will be made for the following bid item when included in the proposal: "Roadway Surveying," lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Roadway Surveying" shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the Work specified, including any resurveying, checking, correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged stakes, and coordination efforts. (April 4, 2011 WSDOT GSP) Licensed Surveyors The Contractor shall be responsible for reestablishing or locating legal survey markers such as GLO monuments or property corner monuments, conduct boundary surveys to determine Contracting Agency right-of-way locations, and obtain, review and analyze deeds and records as necessary to determine these boundaries. The Contracting Agency will provide "rights of entry" as needed by the Contractor to perform the work. The Contractor shall brush out or clear and stake or mark the right-of-way lines as designated by the Engineer. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted on the plans "DO NOT DISTURB" shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced at Contractors expense. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-20 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 When required, the Contractor shall prepare and file a Record of Survey map in accordance with RCW 58.09 and provide a recorded copy to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will provide all existing base maps, existing horizontal and vertical control, and other material available with Washington State Plane Coordinate information to the Contractor. The Contracting Agency will also provide maps, plan sheets, and/or aerial photographs clearly identifying the limits of the areas to be surveyed. The Contractor shall establish Washington State Plane Coordinates on all points required in the Record of Survey and other points designated in the Contract documents. Existing right of way documentation, existing base maps, existing horizontal and vertical control descriptions, maps, plan sheets, aerial photographs and all other available material may be viewed by prospective bidders at the office of the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform all of the necessary calculations for the contracted survey work and shall provide copies of these calculations to the Contracting Agency. Electronic files of all survey data shall be provided and in a format acceptable to the Contracting Agency. All survey work performed by the Contractor shall conform to all applicable sections of the Revised Code of Washington and the Washington Administrative Code. The Contractor shall provide all traffic control, signing, and temporary traffic control devices in order to provide a safe work zone. Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-09.6 for the following bid item when included in the proposal: "Licensed Surveying," Force Account. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for the item "Licensed Surveying" in the bid proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. (April 2, 2018 WSDOT GSP) Contractor Surveying — ADA Features ADA Feature Staking Requirements The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of the ADA features. Calculations, surveying, and City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-21 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall build the ADA features within the specifications in the Standard Plans and contract documents. ADA Feature As -Built Measurements The Contractor shall be responsible for providing electronic As -Built records of all ADA feature improvements completed in the Contract. The survey work shall include but not be limited to completing the measurements, recording the required measurements and completing other data fill-ins found on the ADA Measurement Forms, and transmitting the electronic Forms to the Engineer. The ADA Measurement Forms are found at the following website location: http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Design/ADAGuidance.htm In the instance where an ADA Feature does not meet accessibility requirements, all work to replace non -conforming work and then to measure, record the as -built measurements, and transmit the electronic Forms to the Engineer shall be completed at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency, as ordered by the Engineer. Payment Payment will be made for the following bid item that is included in the Proposal: "ADA Features Surveying," lump sum. The unit Contract price per lump sum for "ADA Features Surveying" shall be full pay for all the Work as specified. 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this Section with the following: If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-22 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this Section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this Section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. 1-05.11 Final Inspection Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-23 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefor. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection. 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-24 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore, when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when affect a manufacturer's guaranties terms of the contract. required by the Engineer, shall not or warranties furnished under the 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this Section. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-25 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) Section 1-05.14 is supplemented with the following: Other Contracts or Other Work It is anticipated that the following work adjacent to or within the limits of this project will be performed by others during the course of this project and will require coordination of the work: Earlington Townhomes Development Construction 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished under the Contract, must be in paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery service to the Project Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will not comply with the reauirements of the Contract. Add the following new section: 1-05.16 Water and Power (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item. Add the following new section: 1-05.18 Record Drawings (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall maintain one set of full size plans for Record Drawings, updated with clear and accurate red -lined field revisions on a daily basis, and within 2 business days after receipt of information that a change in Work has occurred. The Contractor shall not conceal any work until the required information is recorded. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-26 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 This Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone, shall be kept separate from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked as Record Drawings. These Record Drawings shall be kept on site at the Contractor's field office, and shall be available for review by the Contracting Agency at all times. The Contractor shall bring the Record Drawings to each progress meeting for review. The preparation and upkeep of the Record Drawings is to be the assigned responsibility of a single, experienced, and qualified individual. The quality of the Record Drawings, in terms of accuracy, clarity, and completeness, is to be adequate to allow the Contracting Agency to modify the computer -aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings to produce a complete set of Record Drawings for the Contracting Agency without further investigative effort by the Contracting Agency. The Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the Work, both concealed and visible. Items that must be shown on the markups include but are not limited to: • Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different than shown in the Plans. • Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. • Changes made by the Contractor. • Accurate locations of storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water mains and other water appurtenances, structures, conduits, light standards, vaults, width of roadways, sidewalks, landscaping areas, building footprints, channelization and pavement markings, etc. Include pipe invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, etc.). If the Contract calls for the Contracting Agency to do all surveying and staking, the Contracting Agency will provide the elevations at the tolerances the Contracting Agency requires for the Record Drawings. When the Contract calls for the Contractor to do the surveying/staking, the applicable tolerance limits include, but are not limited to the following: As -built sanitary & storm invert and grate elevations As -built monumentation As -built waterlines, inverts, valves, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-27 Vertical ± 0.01 foot ± 0.001 foot ± 0.10 foot Horizontal ± 0.01 foot ± 0.001 foot ± 0.10 foot SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 hydrants As -built ponds/swales/water features ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As -built buildings (fin. Floor elev.) ± 0.01 foot ± 0.10 foot As -built gas lines, power, TV, Tel, ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot Corn As -built signs, signals, etc. N/A ± 0.10 foot Making Entries on the Record Drawings: • Use erasable colored pencil (not ink) for all markings on the Record Drawings, conforming to the following color code: • Additions - Red • Deletions - Green • Comments - Blue • Dimensions - Graphite • Provide the applicable reference for all entries, such as the change order number, the request for information (RFI) number, or the approved shop drawing number. • Date all entries. • Clearly identify all items in the entry with notes similar to those in the Contract Drawings (such as pipe symbols, centerline elevations, materials, pipe joint abbreviations, etc.). The Contractor shall certify on the Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above. The Contractor shall submit final Record Drawings to the Contracting Agency. Contracting Agency acceptance of the Record Drawings is one of the requirements for achieving Physical Completion. Payment will be made for the following bid item: Record Drawings Lump Sum (Minimum Bid $500.00) Payment for this item will be made on a prorated monthly basis for work completed in accordance with this section up to 75 percent of the lump sum bid. The final 25 percent of the lump sum item will be paid upon City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-28 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 submittal and approval of the completed Record Drawings set prepared in conformance with these Special Provisions. A minimum bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item. The Contractor must bid at least that amount. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL This Section is supplemented with the following: 1-06.0 Buy America (August 6, 2012 WSDOT GSP) In accordance with Buy America requirements contained in 23 CFR 635.410, the major quantities of steel and iron construction material that is permanently incorporated into the project shall consist of American -made materials only. Buy America does not apply to temporary steel items, e.g., temporary sheet piling, temporary bridges, steel scaffolding and falsework. Minor amounts of foreign steel and iron may be utilized in this project provided the cost of the foreign material used does not exceed one -tenth of one percent of the total contract cost or $2,500.00, whichever is greater. American -made material is defined as material having all manufacturing processes occurring domestically. To further define the coverage, a domestic product is a manufactured steel material that was produced in one of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, or in the territories and possessions of the United States. If domestically produced steel billets or iron ingots are exported outside of the area of coverage, as defined above, for any manufacturing process then the resulting product does not conform to the Buy America requirements. Additionally, products manufactured domestically from foreign source steel billets or iron ingots do not conform to the Buy America requirements because the initial melting and mixing of alloys to create the material occurred in a foreign country. Manufacturing begins with the initial melting and mixing, and continues through the coating stage. Any process which modifies the chemical content, the physical size or shape, or the final finish is considered a manufacturing process. The processes include rolling, extruding, machining, bending, grinding, drilling, welding, and coating. The action of applying a coating to steel or iron is deemed a manufacturing process. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-29 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Coating includes epoxy coating, galvanizing, aluminizing, painting, and any other coating that protects or enhances the value of steel or iron. Any process from the original reduction from ore to the finished product constitutes a manufacturing process for iron. Due to a nationwide waiver, Buy America does not apply to raw materials (iron ore and alloys), scrap (recycled steel or iron), and pig iron or processed, pelletized, and reduced iron ore. The following are considered to be steel manufacturing processes: 1. Production of steel by any of the following processes: a. Open hearth furnace. b. Basic oxygen. C. Electric furnace. d. Direct reduction. 2. Rolling, heat treating, and any other similar processing. 3. Fabrication of the products. a. Spinning wire into cable or strand. b. Corrugating and rolling into culverts. C. Shop fabrication. A certification of materials origin will be required for any items comprised of, or containing, steel or iron construction materials prior to such items being incorporated into the permanent work. The certification shall be on DOT Form 350-109EF provided by the Engineer, or such other form the Contractor chooses, provided it contains the same information as DOT Form 350-109EF. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-30 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1-06.6 Recycled Materials (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Delete this Section, including its subsections, and replace it with the following: The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the construction of the project. Approval of such material use shall be as detailed elsewhere in the Standard Specifications. Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled materials that were utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed in Section 9-03.21. The report shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete aggregate, recycled glass, steel furnace slag and other recycled materials (e.g., utilization of on -site material and aggregates from concrete returned to the supplier). The Contractor's report shall be provided on DOT form 350-075 Recycled Materials Reporting. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this Section with the following: In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-31 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the project site. (April 3, 2006 WSDOT GSP) Confined Space Confined spaces are known to exist at the following locations: Catch Basin, Type 2 Structures The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety and health of all on -site workers and compliant with Washington Administrative Code (WAC 296-809). The Contractor shall prepare and implement a confined space program for each of the confined spaces identified above. The Contractors Confined Space program shall be sent to the contracting agency at least 30 days prior to the Contractor beginning work in or adjacent to the confined space. No work shall be performed in or adjacent to the confined space until the plan is submitted to the Engineer as required. The Contractor shall communicate with the Engineer to ensure a coordinated effort for providing and maintaining a safe worksite for both the Contracting Agency's and Contractor's workers when working in or near a confined space. All costs to prepare and implement the confined space program shall be included in the bid prices for the various items associated with the confined space work. 1-07.2 State Taxes Delete this Section, including its sub -sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1-07.2 State Sales Tax (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-32 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contractor shall include all Contractor -paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA-funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract -related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-33 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1-07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations This Section is supplemented with the following: (September 20, 2010 WSDOT GSP) Environmental Commitments The following Provisions summarize the requirements, in addition to those required elsewhere in the Contract, imposed upon the Contracting Agency by the various documents referenced in the Special Provision Permits and Licenses. Throughout the work, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements: (August 3, 2009 WSDOT GSP) The intentional bypass of stormwater from all or any portion of a stormwater treatment system is prohibited without the approval of the Engineer. (August 3, 2009 WSDOT GSP) Payment All costs to comply with this special provision for the environmental commitments and requirements are incidental to the contract and are the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-34 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the associated bid prices of the contract. 1-07.7 Load Limits This Section is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over roads other than State Highways, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes. 1-07.9 Wages 1-07.9(1) General This Section is supplemented with the following: (January 5, 2018 WSDOT GSP) The Federal wage rates incorporated in this contract have been established by the Secretary of Labor under United States Department of Labor General Decision No. WA180001. The State rates incorporated in this contract are applicable to all construction activities associated with this contract. (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP) Application of Wage Rates for the Occupation of Landscape Construction State prevailing wage rates for public works contracts are included in this contract and show a separate listing for the occupation: Landscape Construction, which includes several different occupation descriptions such as: Irrigation and Landscape Plumbers, Irrigation and Landscape Power Equipment Operators, and Landscaping or Planting Laborers. In addition, federal wage rates that are included in this contract may also include occupation descriptions in Federal Occupational groups for work also specifically identified with landscaping such as: Laborers with the occupation description, Landscaping or Planting, or Power Equipment Operators with the occupation description, Mulch Seeding Operator. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-35 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 If Federal wage rates include one or more rates specified as applicable to landscaping work, then Federal wage rates for all occupation descriptions, specific or general, must be considered and compared with corresponding State wage rates. The higher wage rate, either State or Federal, becomes the minimum wage rate for the work performed in that occupation. Contractors are responsible for determining the appropriate crafts necessary to perform the contract work. If a classification considered necessary for performance of the work is missing from the Federal Wage Determination applicable to the contract, the Contractor shall initiate a request for approval of a proposed wage and benefit rate. The Contractor shall prepare and submit Standard Form 1444, Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Wage Rate available at http://www.wdol.gov/docs/sfl444.pdf, and submit the completed form to the Project Engineer's office. The presence of a classification wage on the Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts does not exempt the use of form 1444 for the purpose of determining a federal classification wage rate. 1-07.11 Requirements for Nondiscrimination This Section is supplement with the following: (April 2, 2018 WSDOT GSP) Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246) 1. The Contractor's attention is called to the Equal Opportunity Clause and the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation set by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each construction craft and in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Women - Statewide Timetable Goal Until further notice 6.9% Minorities - by Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-36 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Spokane, WA: SMSA Counties: Spokane, WA 2.8 WA Spokane. Non-SMSA Counties 3.0 WA Adams; WA Asotin; WA Columbia; WA Ferry; WA Garfield; WA Lincoln, WA Pend Oreille; WA Stevens; WA Whitman. Richland, WA SMSA Counties: Richland Kennewick, WA WA Benton; WA Franklin. Non-SMSA Counties WA Walla Walla. Yakima, WA: SMSA Counties: Yakima, WA WA Yakima. Non-SMSA Counties WA Chelan; WA Okanogan. 5.4 3.6 9.7 7.2 Douglas; WA Grant; WA Kittitas; WA Seattle, WA: SMSA Counties: Seattle Everett, WA 7.2 WA King; WA Snohomish. Tacoma, WA 6.2 WA Pierce. Non-SMSA Counties 6.1 WA Clallam; WA Grays Harbor; WA Island; WA Jefferson; WA Kitsap; WA Lewis; WA Mason; WA Pacific; WA San Juan; WA Skagit; WA Thurston; WA Whatcom. Portland, OR: SMSA Counties: Portland, OR -WA WA Clark. Non-SMSA Counties WA Cowlitz; WA Klickitat; Wahkiakum. 4.5 3.8 WA Skamania; WA These goals are applicable to each nonexempt Contractor's total on -site construction workforce, regardless of whether or not part of City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-37 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 that workforce is performing work on a Federal, or federally assisted project, contract, or subcontract until further notice. Compliance with these goals and time tables is enforced by the Office of Federal Contract compliance Programs. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, in each construction craft and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goal shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 or more that are Federally funded, at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the Subcontractor; employer identification number of the Subcontractor; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed. The notification shall be sent to: U.S. Department of Labor Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Pacific Region Attn: Regional Director San Francisco Federal Building 90 — 7th Street, Suite 18-300 San Francisco, CA 94103(415) 625-7800 Phone (415) 625-7799 Fax Additional information may be found at the U.S. Department of Labor website: https://www.dol.gov/ofccp/reps/compliance/preaward/cnstnote.htm City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-38 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the Covered Area is as designated herein. Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246) 1. As used in these specifications: a. Covered Area means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. Director means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; C. Employer Identification Number means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U. S. Treasury Department Form 941; d. Minority includes: (1) Black, a person having origins in any of the Black Racial Groups of Africa. (2) Hispanic, a fluent Spanish speaking, Spanish surnamed person of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central American, South American, or other Spanish origin. (3) Asian or Pacific Islander, a person having origins in any of the original peoples of the Pacific rim or the Pacific Islands, the Hawaiian Islands and Samoa. (4) American Indian or Alaskan Native, a person having origins in any of the original peoples of North America, and who maintain cultural identification through tribal affiliation or community recognition. 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-39 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith effort to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through 7p of this Special Provision. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-40 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its action. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on -site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. C. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-41 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunity and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with on - site supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-42 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. M. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-43 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 P. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through 7p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor -union, contractor -community, or other similar group of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of the obligations under 7a through 7p of this Special Provision provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensure that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female work- force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrate the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non -minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspensions, terminations and cancellations of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-44 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of this Special Provision, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the government and to keep records. Records shall at least include, for each employee, their name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, the Contractors will not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). 16. Additional assistance for Federal Construction Contractors on contracts administered by Washington State Department of Transportation or by Local Agencies may be found at: Washington State Dept. of Transportation Office of Equal Opportunity PO Box 47314 310 Maple Park Ave. SE City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-45 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Olympia WA 98504-7314 Ph: 360-705-7090 Fax: 360-705-6801 http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/equalopportunity/default.htm (April 3, 2018 WSDOT GSP, Option B) Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Participation The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and USDOT's official interpretations (i.e., Questions & Answers) apply to this Contract. Demonstrating compliance with these Specifications is a Condition of Award (COA) of this Contract. Failure to comply with the requirements of this Specification may result in your Bid being found to be nonresponsive resulting in rejection or other sanctions as provided by Contract. DBE Abbreviations and Definitions Broker — A business firm that provides a bona fide service, such as professional, technical, consultant or managerial services and assistance in the procurement of essential personnel, facilities, equipment, materials, or supplies required for the performance of the Contract; or, persons/companies who arrange or expedite transactions. Certified Business Description — Specific descriptions of work the DBE is certified to perform, as identified in the Certified Firm Directory, under the Vendor Information page. Certified Firm Directory — A database of all Minority, Women, and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises, including those identified as a UDBE, currently certified by Washington State. The on-line Directory is available to Contractors for their use in identifying and soliciting interest from DBE firms. The database is located under the Firm Certification section of the Diversity Management and Compliance System web page at: https://omwbe.diversitycompliance.com. Commercially Useful Function (CUF) — 49 CFR 26.55(c)(1) defines commercially useful function as: "A DBE performs a commercially useful function when it is responsible for execution of the work of the contract and is carrying out its responsibilities by actually performing, managing, and supervising the work involved. To perform a commercially useful function, the DBE must also be responsible, with respect to materials and supplies used on the contract, for negotiating price, determining quality and quantity, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 ordering the material, and installing (where applicable) and paying for the material itself. To determine whether a DBE is performing a commercially useful function, you must evaluate the amount of work subcontracted, industry practices, whether the amount the firm is to be paid under the contract is commensurate with the work it is actually performing and the DBE credit claimed for its performance of the work, and other relevant factors." Contract — For this Special Provision only, this definition supplements Section 1-01.3. 49 CFR 26.5 defines contract as: "... a legally binding relationship obligating a seller to furnish supplies or services (including, but not limited to, construction and professional services) and the buyer to pay for them. For purposes of this part, a lease is considered to be a contract." Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) — A business firm certified by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises, as meeting the criteria outlined in 49 CFR 26 regarding DBE certification. A Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (UDBE) firm is a subset of DBE. Force Account Work — Work measured and paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. Good Faith Efforts — Efforts to achieve the UDBE COA Goal or other requirements of this part which, by their scope, intensity, and appropriateness to the objective, can reasonably be expected to fulfill the program requirement. Manufacturer (DBE) — A DBE firm that operates or maintains a factory or establishment that produces on the premises the materials, supplies, articles, or equipment required under the Contract. A DBE Manufacturer shall produce finished goods or products from raw or unfinished material or purchase and substantially alters goods and materials to make them suitable for construction use before reselling them. Regular Dealer (DBE) — A DBE firm that owns, operates, or maintains a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials or supplies required for the performance of a Contract are bought, kept in stock, and regularly sold to the public in the usual course of business. To be a Regular Dealer, the DBE firm must be an established regular business that engages in as its principal business and in its own name the purchase and sale of the products in question. A Regular Dealer in such items as steel, cement, gravel, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-47 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 stone, and petroleum products need not own, operate or maintain a place of business if it both owns and operates distribution equipment for the products. Any supplementing of regular dealers' own distribution equipment shall be by long-term formal lease agreements and not on an ad -hoc basis. Brokers, packagers, manufacturers' representatives, or other persons who arrange or expedite transactions shall not be regarded as Regular Dealers within the meaning of this definition. Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (UDBE) — A DBE Firm that is underutilized based on WSDOT's Disparity Study. All UDBEs are DBEs. UDBE Commitment — The dollar amount the Contractor indicates they will be subcontracting to be applied towards the UDBE Condition of Award Goal as shown on the UDBE Utilization Certification Form for each UDBE Subcontractor. This UDBE Commitment amount will be incorporated into the Contract and shall be considered a Contract requirement. Any changes to the UDBE Commitment require the Engineer's approval. UDBE Condition of Award (COA) Goal — An assigned numerical amount specified as a percentage of the Contract. Initially, this is the minimum amount that the Bidder must commit to by submission of the Utilization Certification Form and/or by Good Faith Effort (GFE). This is also the minimum required amount of UDBE participation specified as a percentage of the final Contract amount inclusive of all change orders. UDBE COA Goal The Contracting Agency has established a UDBE COA Goal for this Contract in the amount of: 7 percent. DBE Eligibility/Selection of DBEs In order to determine the distinct element(s) of work for which a DBE is certified, Contractors should refer to the Certified Business Description. The Contractor shall not use NAICS codes on the UDBE Utilization Certification. Crediting DBE Participation Subcontractors proposed as COA must be certified prior to the due date for bids on the Contract. All non-COA DBE Subcontractors shall be certified before the subcontract on which they are participating is executed. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-48 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Be advised that although a firm is listed in the Certified Firm Directory, there are cases where the listed firm is in a temporary suspension status. The Contractor shall review the OMWBE Suspended DBE Firms list. A DBE firm that is included on this list may not enter into new contracts that count towards participation. DBE participation is only credited upon payment to the DBE. The following are some definitions of what may be counted as DBE participation. DBE Prime Contractor Only take credit for that portion of the total dollar value of the Contract equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the Work that the DBE Prime Contractor performs with its own forces and is certified to perform. DBE Subcontractor Only take credit for that portion of the total dollar value of the subcontract that is equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the Work that the DBE performs with its own forces. The value of work performed by the DBE includes the cost of supplies and materials purchased by the DBE and equipment leased by the DBE, for its work on the contract. Supplies, materials or equipment obtained by a DBE that are not utilized or incorporated in the contract work by the DBE will not be eligible for DBE credit. The supplies, materials, and equipment purchased or leased from the Contractor or its affiliate, including any Contractor's resources available to DBE subcontractors at no cost, shall not be credited. DBE credit will not be given in instances where the equipment lease includes the operator. The DBE is expected to operate the equipment used in the performance of its work under the contract with its own forces. Situations where equipment is leased and used by the DBE, but payment is deducted from the Contractor's payment to the DBE is not allowed. When the subcontractor is part of a UDBE Commitment, the following apply: 1. If a UDBE subcontracts a portion of the Work of its contract to another firm, the value of the subcontracted Work may be counted toward the UDBE COA Goal only if the Lower -Tier Subcontractor is also a UDBE. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-49 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 2. Work subcontracted to a Lower -Tier Subcontractor that is a DBE, but not a UDBE, may be counted as DBE race -neutral participation but not counted toward the UDBE COA Goal. 3. Work subcontracted to a non -DBE does not count towards the UDBE COA Goal nor DBE participation. DBE Subcontract and Lower Tier Subcontract Documents There must be a subcontract agreement that complies with 49 CFR Part 26 and fully describes the distinct elements of Work committed to be performed by the DBE. The subcontract agreement shall incorporate requirements of the primary Contract. Subcontract agreements of all tiers, including lease agreements shall be readily available at the project site for the Engineer's review. DBE Service Provider The value of fees or commissions charged by a DBE Broker, a DBE behaving in a manner of a Broker, or another service provider for providing a bona fide service, such as professional, technical, consultant, managerial services, or for providing bonds or insurance specifically required for the performance of the contract will only be credited as DBE participation, if the fee/commission is determined by the Contracting Agency to be reasonable and the firm has performed a CUF. Force Account Work When the Contractor elects to utilize force account Work to meet the UDBE COA Goal, as demonstrated by listing this force account Work on the UDBE Utilization Certification Form, for the purposes of meeting UDBE COA Goal, only 50% of the Proposal amount shall be credited toward the Contractors Commitment to meet the UDBE COA Goal. One hundred percent of the actual amounts paid to the DBE for the force account Work shall be credited towards UDBE COA Goal or DBE participation. Temporary Traffic Control If the DBE firm is being utilized in the capacity of only "Flagging", the DBE firm must provide a Traffic Control Supervisor JCS) and flagger, which are under the direct control of the DBE. The DBE firm shall also provide all flagging equipment (e.g. paddles, hard hats, and vests). City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-50 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 If the DBE firm is being utilized in the capacity of "Traffic Control Services", the DBE firm must provide a TCS, flaggers, and traffic control items (e.g., cones, barrels, signs, etc.) and be in total control of all items in implementing the traffic control for the project. In addition, if the DBE firm utilizes the Contractor's equipment, such as Transportable Attenuators and Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS) no DBE credit can be taken for supplying and operating the items. Trucking DBE trucking firm participation may only be credited as DBE participation for the value of the hauling services, not for the materials being hauled unless the trucking firm is also certified as a supplier. In situations where the DBE's work is priced per ton, the value of the hauling service must be calculated separately from the value of the materials in order to determine DBE credit for hauling The DBE trucking firm must own and operate at least one licensed, insured and operational truck on the contract. The truck must be of the type that is necessary to perform the hauling duties required under the contract. The DBE receives credit for the value of the transportation services it provides on the Contract using trucks it owns or leases, licenses, insures, and operates with drivers it employs. The DBE may lease additional trucks from another DBE firm. The trucking Work subcontracted to any non -DBE trucking firm will not receive credit for Work done on the project. The DBE may lease trucks from a non -DBE truck leasing company, but can only receive credit towards DBE participation if the DBE uses its own employees as drivers. DBE credit for a truck broker is limited to the fee/commission that the DBE receives for arranging transportation services. Truck registration and lease agreements shall be readily available at the project site for the Engineer review. When Trucking is a UDBE Commitment, the following apply: 1. If the trucking firm is a UDBE, participation may count towards the UDBE COA Goal. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-51 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 2. The Work that a UDBE trucking firm performs with trucks it leases from other certified UDBE trucking firms qualify for 100% credit towards the UDBE COA Goal. 3. The UDBE may lease trucks from a non-UDBE truck leasing company, but can only receive credit towards UDBE participation if the UDBE uses its own employees as drivers. DBE Manufacturer and DBE Regular Dealer One hundred percent (100%) of the cost of the manufactured product obtained from a DBE manufacturer can count as DBE participation. If the DBE manufacturer is a UDBE, participation may count towards the UDBE COA Goal. Sixty percent (60%) of the cost of materials or supplies purchased from a DBE Regular Dealer may be credited as DBE Participation. If the role of the DBE Regular Dealer is determined to be that of a pass -through, then no DBE credit will be given for its services. If the role of the DBE Regular Dealer is determined to be that of a Broker, then DBE credit shall be limited to the fee or commission it receives for its services. Regular Dealer status and the amount of credit is determined on a Contract -by -Contract basis. If the DBE regular dealer is a UDBE, participation may count towards the UDBE COA Goal. Regular Dealer DBE firms, including UDBEs must be approved before being used on a project. The WSDOT Approved Regular Dealer list published on WSDOT's Office of Equal Opportunity (OEO) web site must include the specific project for which approval is being requested. For purposes of the UDBE COA Goal participation, the Regular Dealer must submit the Regular Dealer Status Request form a minimum of five days prior to bid opening. Purchase of materials or supplies from a DBE which is neither a manufacturer nor a regular dealer, (i.e. Broker) only the fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement of the materials and supplies, or fees or transportation charges for the delivery of materials or supplies required on a job site, can count as DBE participation provided the fees are not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services. Documentation will be required to support the fee/commission charged by the DBE. The cost of the materials and supplies themselves cannot be counted toward as DBE participation. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-52 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Note: Requests to be listed as a Regular Dealer will only be processed if the requesting firm is a material supplier certified by the Office of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises in a NAICS code that falls within the 42XXXX NAICS Wholesale code section. Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization The requirements of this section apply to projects with a UDBE COA Goal. To be eligible for award of the Contract, the Bidder shall properly complete and submit an Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (UDBE) Utilization Certification with the Bidder's sealed Bid Proposal, as specified in Section 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. The Bidder's UDBE Utilization Certification must clearly demonstrate how the Bidder intends to meet the UDBE COA Goal. A UDBE Utilization Certification (WSDOT Form 272-056U) is included in the Proposal package for this purpose as well as instructions on how to properly fill out the form. The Bidder is advised that the items listed below when listed in the Utilization Certification must have their amounts reduced to the percentages shown and those reduced amounts will be the amount applied towards meeting the UDBE COA Goal. • Force account at 50% • Regular dealer at 60% In the event of arithmetic errors in completing the UDBE Utilization Certification, the amount listed to be applied towards the UDBE COA Goal for each UDBE shall govern and the UDBE total amount shall be adjusted accordingly. Note: The Contracting Agency shall consider as non -responsive and shall reject any Bid Proposal submitted that does not contain a UDBE Utilization Certification Form that accurately demonstrates how the Bidder intends to meet the UDBE COA Goal. Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Written Confirmation Document(s) The requirements of this section apply to projects with a UDBE COA Goal. The Bidder shall submit an Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (UDBE) Written Confirmation Document (completed and signed by the UDBE) for each UDBE firm listed in the Bidder's completed UDBE Utilization Certification submitted with the Bid. Failure to do so will result in the associated participation being disallowed, which City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-53 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 may cause the Bid to be determined to be nonresponsive resulting in Bid rejection. The Confirmation Documents provide confirmation from the UDBEs that they are participating in the Contract as provided in the Contractor's Commitment. The Confirmation Documents must be consistent with the Utilization Certification. A UDBE Written Confirmation Document (WSDOT Form 422-031 U) is included in the Proposal package for this purpose. The form(s) shall be received as specified in the special provisions for Section 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. It is prohibited for the Bidder to require a UDBE to submit a Written Confirmation Document with any part of the form left blank. Should the Contracting Agency determine that an incomplete Written Confirmation Document was signed by a UDBE, the validity of the document comes into question. The associated UDBE participation may not receive credit. Selection of Successful Bidder/Good Faith Efforts (GFE) The requirements of this section apply to projects with a UDBE COA Goal. The successful Bidder shall be selected on the basis of having submitted the lowest responsive Bid, which demonstrates a good faith effort to achieve the UDBE COA Goal. The Contracting Agency, at any time during the selection process, may request a breakdown of the bid items and amounts that are counted towards the overall contract goal for any of the UDBEs listed on the UDBE Utilization Certification. Achieving the UDBE COA Goal may be accomplished in one of two ways: 1. By meeting the UDBE COA Goal Submission of the UDBE Utilization Certification and supporting UDBE Written Confirmation Document(s) showing the Bidder has obtained enough UDBE participation to meet or exceed the UDBE COA Goal. 2. By documentation that the Bidder made adequate GFE to meet the UDBE COA Goal The Bidder may demonstrate a GFE in whole or part through GFE documentation ONLY IN THE EVENT a Bidder's efforts to solicit sufficient UDBE participation have been unsuccessful. The Bidder must supply GFE documentation in addition to the UDBE City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-54 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Utilization Certification, and supporting UDBE Written Confirmation Document(s). Note: In the case where a Bidder is awarded the contract based on demonstrating adequate GFE, the advertised UDBE COA Goal will not be reduced. The Bidder shall demonstrate a GFE during the life of the Contract to attain the advertised UDBE COA Goal. GFE documentation shall be submitted as specified in Section 1-02.9. The Contracting Agency will review the GFE documentation and will determine if the Bidder made an adequate good faith effort. Good Faith Effort (GFE) Documentation GFE is evaluated when: 1. Determining award of a Contract that has COA goal, 2. When a COA UDBE is terminated and substitution is required, and 3. Prior to Physical Completion when determining whether the Contractor has satisfied its UDBE commitments. 49 CFR Part 26, Appendix A is intended as general guidance and does not, in itself, demonstrate adequate good faith efforts. The following is a list of types of actions, which would be considered as part of the Bidder's GFE to achieve UDBE participation. It is not intended to be a mandatory checklist, nor is it intended to be exclusive or exhaustive. Other factors or types of efforts may be relevant in appropriate cases. 1. Soliciting through all reasonable and available means (e.g. attendance at pre -bid meetings, advertising and/or written notices) the interest of all certified UDBEs who have the capability to perform the Work of the Contract. The Bidder must solicit this interest within sufficient time to allow the UDBEs to respond to the solicitation. The Bidder must determine with certainty if the UDBEs are interested by taking appropriate steps to follow up initial solicitations. 2. Selecting portions of the Work to be performed by UDBEs in order to increase the likelihood that the UDBE COA Goal will be achieved. This includes, where appropriate, breaking out contract Work items into economically feasible units to facilitate UDBE City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-55 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 participation, even when the Contractor might otherwise prefer to perform these Work items with its own forces. 3. Providing interested UDBEs with adequate information about the Plans, Specifications, and requirements of the Contract in a timely manner to assist them in responding to a solicitation. a. Negotiating in good faith with interested UDBEs. It is the Bidder's responsibility to make a portion of the Work available to UDBE subcontractors and suppliers and to select those portions of the Work or material needs consistent with the available UDBE subcontractors and suppliers, so as to facilitate UDBE participation. Evidence of such negotiation includes the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of UDBEs that were considered; a description of the information provided regarding the Plans and Specifications for the Work selected for subcontracting; and evidence as to why additional agreements could not be reached for UDBEs to perform the Work. b. A Bidder using good business judgment would consider a number of factors in negotiating with subcontractors, including DBE subcontractors, and would take a firm's price and capabilities as well as the UDBE COA Goal into consideration. However, the fact that there may be some additional costs involved in finding and using UDBEs is not in itself sufficient reason for a Bidder's failure to meet the UDBE COA Goal, as long as such costs are reasonable. Also, the ability or desire of a Contractor to perform the Work of a Contract with its own organization does not relieve the Bidder of the responsibility to make Good Faith Efforts. Contractors are not, however, required to accept higher quotes from UDBEs if the price difference is excessive or unreasonable. 4. Not rejecting UDBEs as being unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities. The Contractor's standing within its industry, membership in specific groups, organizations, or associations and political or social affiliations (for example union vs. non -union employee status) are not legitimate causes for the rejection or non -solicitation of bids in the Contractor's efforts to meet the UDBE COA Goal. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-56 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 5. Making efforts to assist interested UDBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, or insurance as required by the recipient or Contractor. 6. Making efforts to assist interested UDBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials, or related assistance or services. 7. Effectively using the services of available minority/women community organizations; minority/women contractors' groups; local, State, and Federal minority/women business assistance offices; and other organizations as allowed on a case -by -case basis to provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of UDBEs. 8. Documentation of GFE must include copies of each UDBE and non -DBE subcontractor quotes submitted to the Bidder when a non -DBE subcontractor is selected over a UDBE for Work on the Contract. (ref. updated DBE regulations — 26.53(b)(2)(vi) & App. A) Administrative Reconsideration of GFE Documentation A Bidder has the right to request reconsideration if the GFE documentation submitted with their Bid was determined to be inadequate. • The Bidder must request within 48 hours of notification of being nonresponsive or forfeit the right to reconsideration. • The reconsideration decision on the adequacy of the Bidder's GFE documentation shall be made by an official who did not take part in the original determination. • Only original GFE documentation submitted as a supplement to the Bid shall be considered. The Bidder shall not introduce new documentation at the reconsideration hearing. • The Bidder shall have the opportunity to meet in person with the official for the purpose of setting forth the Bidder's position as to why the GFE documentation demonstrates a sufficient effort. • The reconsideration official shall provide the Bidder with a written decision on reconsideration within five working days of the hearing explaining the basis for their finding. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-57 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Procedures between Award and Execution After Award and prior to Execution, the Contractor shall provide the additional information described below. Failure to comply shall result in the forfeiture of the Bidder's Proposal bond or deposit. 1. A UDBE Bid Item Breakdown is required which shall contain the following information for all UDBEs as shown on the UDBE Utilization Certification: a. Correct business name, federal employee identification number (if available), and mailing address. b. List of all Bid items assigned to each UDBE with a clear description of Work to be performed for each Bid item and the dollar value of the Work to be performed by the UDBE. C. Description of partial items (if any) to be sublet to each UDBE specifying the Work committed under each item to be performed and including the dollar value of the UDBE portion. d. Total amounts shown for each UDBE shall match the amount shown on the UDBE Utilization Certification. A UDBE Bid Item Breakdown that does not conform to the UDBE Utilization Certification or that demonstrates a different amount of UDBE participation than that included in the UDBE Utilization Certification will be returned for correction. 2. A list of all firms who submitted a bid or quote in attempt to participate in this project whether they were successful or not. Include the business name and mailing address. Note: The firms identified by the Contractor may be contacted by the Contracting Agency to solicit general information as follows: age of the firm and average of its gross annual receipts over the past three -years. Procedures after Execution Commercially Useful Function (CUF) The Contractor may only take credit for the payments made for Work performed by a DBE that is determined to be performing a CUF. Payment must be commensurate with the work actually performed by the DBE. This applies to all DBEs performing Work on a project, whether or not the DBEs are COA, if the Contractor wants City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-58 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 to receive credit for their participation. The Engineer will conduct CUF reviews to ascertain whether DBEs are performing a CUF. A DBE performs a CUF when it is carrying out its responsibilities of its contract by actually performing, managing, and supervising the Work involved. The DBE must be responsible for negotiating price; determining quality and quantity; ordering the material, installing (where applicable); and paying for the material itself. If a DBE does not perform "all" of these functions on a furnish -and -install contract, it has not performed a CUF and the cost of materials cannot be counted toward UDBE COA Goal. Leasing of equipment from a leasing company is allowed. However, leasing/purchasing equipment from the Contractor is not allowed. Lease agreements shall be readily available for review by the Engineer. In order for a DBE traffic control company to be considered to be performing a CUF, the DBE must be in control of its work inclusive of supervision. The DBE shall employ a Traffic Control Supervisor who is directly involved in the management and supervision of the traffic control employees and services. The DBE does not perform a CUF if its role is limited to that of an extra participant in a transaction, contract, or project through which the funds are passed in order to obtain the appearance of DBE participation. The following are some of the factors that the Engineer will use in determining whether a DBE trucking company is performing a CUF: • The DBE shall be responsible for the management and supervision of the entire trucking operation for which it is responsible on the contract. The owner demonstrates business related knowledge, shows up on site and is determined to be actively running the business. • The DBE shall with its own workforce, operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the Contract. The drivers of the trucks owned and leased by the DBE must be exclusively employed by the DBE and reflected on the DBE's payroll. • Lease agreements for trucks shall indicate that the DBE has exclusive use of and control over the truck(s). This does not preclude the leased truck from working for others provided it is with the consent of the DBE and the lease provides the DBE absolute priority for use of the leased truck. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-59 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 • Leased trucks shall display the name and identification number of the DBE. UDBE Utilization Plan The UDBE Bid Item Breakdown is the initial plan for Bid Item work committed to UDBE firms. At any time between Execution and Physical Completion, if the Contractor identifies a change in the plan, an update to the Bid Item Breakdown shall be submitted to the Engineer within 7 calendar days of the proposed change for review and acceptance. Plan updates shall not make changes to the Commitment or the UDBE Utilization Certification. Joint Checking Ajoint check is a check between a Subcontractor and the Contractor to the supplier of materials/supplies. The check is issued by the Contractor as payer to the Subcontractor and the material supplier jointly for items to be incorporated into the project. The DBE must release the check to the supplier, while the Contractor acts solely as the guarantor. A joint check agreement must be approved by the Engineer and requested by the DBE involved using the DBE Joint Check Request Form (form # 272-053) prior to its use. The form must accompany the DBE Joint Check Agreement between the parties involved, including the conditions of the arrangement and expected use of the joint checks. The approval to use joint checks and the use will be closely monitored by the Engineer. To receive DBE credit for performing a CUF with respect to obtaining materials and supplies, a DBE must "be responsible for negotiating price, determining quality and quantity, ordering the material, installing and paying for the material itself." The Contractor shall submit DBE Joint Check Request Form for the Engineer approval prior to using a joint check. Material costs paid by the Contractor directly to the material supplier are not allowed. If proper procedures are not followed or the Engineer determines that the arrangement results in lack of independence for the DBE involved, no DBE credit will be given for the DBE's participation as it relates to the material cost. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-60 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Prompt Payment Prompt payment to all subcontractors shall be in accordance with Section 1-08.1. Prompt payment requirements apply to progress payments as well as return of retainage. Reporting The Contractor and all subcontractors/suppliers/service providers that utilize DBEs to perform work on the project, shall maintain appropriate records that will enable the Engineer to verify DBE participation throughout the life of the project. Refer to Section 1-08.1 for additional reporting requirements associated with this contract. Changes in COA Work Committed to UDBE The Contractor shall utilize the COA UDBEs to perform the work and supply the materials for which each is committed unless approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for work or material completed by the Contractor or subcontractors that was committed to be completed by the COA UDBEs. Owner Initiated Changes Where the Engineer makes changes that result in changes to Work that was committed to a COA UDBE. The Contractor may be directed to substitute for the Work in such instances. Contractor Initiated Changes The Contractor cannot reduce the amount of work committed to a COA UDBE without good cause. Reducing UDBE Commitment is viewed as partial UDBE termination, and therefore subject to the termination procedures below. Original Quantity Underruns In the event that Work committed to a UDBE firm as part of the COA underruns the original planned quantities the Contractor may be required to substitute other remaining Work to another UDBE. Contractor Proposed DBE Substitutions Requests to substitute a COA UDBE must be for good cause (see UDBE termination process below), and requires prior written approval of the Engineer. After receiving a termination with good cause approval, the Contractor may only replace a UDBE with another certified UDBE. When any changes between Contract Award and Execution result in a substitution of COA UDBE, the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-61 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 substitute UDBE shall be certified prior to the bid opening on the Contract. UDBE Termination Termination of a COA UDBE (or an approved substitute UDBE) is only allowed in whole or in part with prior written approval of the Engineer. If the Contractor terminates a COA UDBE without the written approval of the Engineer, the Contractor shall not be entitled to credit towards the UDBE COA Goal for any payment for work or material performed/supplied by the COA UDBE. In addition, sanctions may apply as described elsewhere in this specification. The Contractor must have good cause to terminate a COA UDBE. Good cause typically includes situations where the UDBE Subcontractor is unable or unwilling to perform the work of its subcontract. Good cause may exist if: • The UDBE fails or refuses to execute a written contract. • The UDBE fails or refuses to perform the Work of its subcontract in a way consistent with normal industry standards. • The UDBE fails or refuses to meet the Contractor's reasonable nondiscriminatory bond requirements. • The UDBE becomes bankrupt, insolvent, or exhibits credit unworthiness. • The UDBE is ineligible to work on public works projects because of suspension and debarment proceedings pursuant to federal law or applicable State law. • The UDBE voluntarily withdraws from the project, and provides written notice of its withdrawal. • The UDBE's work is deemed unsatisfactory by the Engineer and not in compliance with the Contract. • The UDBE's owner dies or becomes disabled with the result that the UDBE is unable to complete its Work on the Contract. Good cause does not exist if: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-62 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 • The Contractor seeks to terminate a COA UDBE so that the Contractor can self -perform the Work. • The Contractor seeks to terminate a COA UDBE so the Contractor can substitute another DBE contractor or non - DBE contractor after Contract Award. • The failure or refusal of the COA UDBE to perform its Work on the subcontract results from the bad faith or discriminatory action of the Contractor (e.g., the failure of the Contractor to make timely payments or the unnecessary placing of obstacles in the path of the UDBE's Work). Prior to requesting termination, the Contractor shall give notice in writing to the UDBE with a copy to the Engineer of its intent to request to terminate UDBE Work and the reasons for doing so. The UDBE shall have five (5) days to respond to the Contractor's notice. The UDBE's response shall either support the termination or advise the Engineer and the Contractor of the reasons it objects to the termination of its subcontract. When a COA UDBE is terminated, or fails to complete its work on the Contract for any reason, the Contractor shall substitute with another UDBE or provide documentation of GFE. A plan to achieve the COA UDBE Commitment shall be submitted to the Engineer within 2 days of the approval of termination or the Contract shall be suspended until such time the substitution plan is submitted. Decertification When a DBE is "decertified" from the DBE program during the course of the Contract, the participation of that DBE shall continue to count as DBE participation as long as the subcontract with the DBE was executed prior to the decertification notice. The Contractor is obligated to substitute when a DBE does not have an executed subcontract agreement at the time of decertification. Consequences of Non -Compliance Breach of Contract Each contract with a Contractor (and each subcontract the Contractor signs with a Subcontractor) must include the following assurance clause: The Contractor, subrecipient, or Subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-63 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 of this contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT -assisted contracts. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract, which may result in the termination of this Contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate, which may include, but is not limited to: (1) Withholding monthly progress payments; (2) Assessing sanctions; (3) Liquidated damages; and/or (4) Disqualifying the Contractor from future bidding as non -responsible. Notice If the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Consultant, Regular Dealer, or service provider is deemed to be in non-compliance, the Contractor will be informed in writing, by certified mail by the Engineer that sanctions will be imposed for failure to meet the UDBE COA Commitment and/or submit documentation of good faith efforts. The notice will state the specific sanctions to be imposed which may include impacting a Contractor or other entity's ability to participate in future contracts. Sanctions If it is determined that the Contractor's failure to meet all or part of the UDBE COA Commitment is due to the Contractor's inadequate good faith efforts throughout the life of the Contract, including failure to submit timely, required Good Faith Efforts information and documentation, the Contractor may be required to pay DBE penalty equal to the amount of the unmet Commitment, in addition to the sanctions outlined in Section 1-07.11(5). Payment Compensation for all costs involved with complying with the conditions of this Specification and any other associated DBE requirements is included in payment for the associated Contract items of Work, except otherwise provided in the Specifications. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-64 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 M 1-07.12 Federal Agency Inspection This Section is supplemented with the following: (January 25, 2016 WSDOT GSP) Required Federal Aid Provisions The Required Contract Provisions Federal Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) Revised May 1, 2012 and the amendments thereto supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications and are made a part of this Contract; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, are less restrictive than Washington State Law, then the Washington State Law shall prevail. The provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, included in this Contract require that the Contractor insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in each Subcontract, together with the wage rates which are part of the FHWA 1273, as amended. Also, a clause shall be included in each Subcontract requiring the Subcontractors to insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in any lower tier Subcontracts, together with the wage rates. The Contractor shall also ensure that this section, REQUIRED FEDERAL AID PROVISIONS, is inserted in each Subcontract for Subcontractors and lower tier Subcontractors. For this purpose, upon request to the Project Engineer, the Contractor will be provided with extra copies of the FHWA 1273, the amendments thereto, the applicable wage rates, and this Special Provision. 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities This Section is supplemented with the following: (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP) Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: Utility Agency/ Company Address Contact Phone Power Puget Sound Energy hong.nguyen(a�pse.com Hong Nguyen 253-395-6904 Power Seattle City Light david.k len seattle. ov David Kylen 253-615-0607 Gas Puget Sound Energy 6905 S 228t" St Kent, WA 98032 Glenn Heiton 425-559-4647 City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-65 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Utility Agency/ Company Address Contact Phone Communications CenturyLink Inc. 23315 66th Ave S Luis Henriquez 253-372-5368 Kent, WA 98032 Communications Comcast 4020 Auburn Wy N Jerry Steele 253-288-7532 Corporation Auburn, WA 98002 Transportation City of Renton 3555 NE 2"d St Eric Cutshall 425-430-7423 Maintenance Renton, WA 98056 Water City of Renton 3555 NE 2"d St George Stahl 425-430-7400 Maintenance Renton, WA 98056 Surface Water City of Renton 3555 NE 2"d St Richard 425-430-7400 and Wastewater Renton, WA 98056 Marshall Maintenance Transit King County MS SVQ-TR-0100 Metro 206-477-1140 Metro 1500 6tn Ave S Construction Seattle, WA 98134 Information Center Buried Utility Locating Assistance One -Call Center 800-424-5555 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1-07.18 Insurance (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 1-07.18(1) General Requirements A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all subsections of section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a current A. M. Best rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in the State of Washington. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer's financial condition. B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the commencement of the Contractor's Work through the term of the Contract and for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated below. C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims -made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Completion Date or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-66 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period ("tail") or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. D. The Contractor's Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory insurance as respects the Contracting Agency's insurance, self-insurance, or self -insured pool coverage. Any insurance, self-insurance, or self -insured pool coverage maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. E. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all additional insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. F. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days' notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. H. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the Contract and no additional payment will be made. 1-07.18(2) Additional Insured All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of Professional Liability and Builder's Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements required herein: ■ The Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers ■ Gray & Osborne, Inc. ■ The Contracting Agency's Construction Administration Consultant City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-67 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The above -listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(4) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor. For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional insured endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. 1-07.18(3) Subcontractors The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance coverage that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor -provided insurance as set forth herein, except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the limits of coverage required to be obtained by Subcontractors. The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors of every tier add all entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies as required by that section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least as broad as ISO CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured endorsements of each Subcontractor of every tier as required in Section 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage. 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of Contracting Agency to demand such verification of coverage with these insurance requirements or failure of Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency from the insurance documentation provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. Verification of coverage shall include: 1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-68 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate endorsement. 3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. 4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy these requirements — actual endorsements must be submitted. Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders Risk insurance is required on this Project, a full and certified copy of that policy is required when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. 1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Contractor's maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required herein shall not be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by such insurance, or otherwise limit the Contracting Agency's recourse to any remedy available at law or in equity. All deductibles and self -insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible or self -insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event an additional insured incurs a liability subject to any policy's deductibles or self -insured retention, said deductibles or self -insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least as broad as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability arising from premises, operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products -completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall be no exclusion for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property damage. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-69 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement. Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the Contractor's completed operations for at least three years following Substantial Completion of the Work. Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence $1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers' Liability each accident 1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non -owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and shall be written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the work involves the transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include MCS 90 and CA 99 48 endorsements. Such policy must provide the following minimum limit: $1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident 1-07.18(5)C Workers' Compensation The Contractor shall comply with Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. 1-07.18(5)D Excess or Umbrella Liability (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance with limits of not less than 2 million each occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or umbrella liability coverage shall be excess over and as least as broad in coverage as the Contractor's Commercial General and Auto Liability insurance All entities listed under 1-07.18(2) of these Special Provisions shall be named as additional insureds on the Contractor's Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance policy. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-70 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 This requirement may be satisfied instead through the Contractor's primary Commercial General and Automobile Liability coverages, or any combination thereof that achieves the overall required limits of insurance. 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1-07.23 (1) Construction Under Traffic This Section is supplemented with the following: (January 2, 2012 WSDOT GSP) Work Zone Clear Zone The Work Zone Clear Zone (WZCZ) applies during working and nonworking hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the Contractor's operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or permanent Work. Those work operations that are actively in progress shall be in accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other contract requirements. During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the Engineer approves the installation and location. During actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed within the WZCZ or allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not be permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as described above. Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written approval. Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of traveled way and will be determined as follows: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-71 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Regulatory Posted Speed Distance From Traveled Way Feet 35 mph or less 10 * 40 mph 15 45 to 55 mph 20 60 mph or greater 30 * or 2-feet beyond the outside edge of sidewalk Minimum Work Zone Clear Zone Distance (January 5, 2015 WSDOT GSP) Lane closures are subject to the following restrictions: Within the Project Limits on Renton Avenue South, South 130t" Street, South 132nd Street and Taylor Avenue NW, the Contractor shall keep at least one lane in each direction open to traffic at all times, unless specifically otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying with all property owners and/or residents who might be affected by construction activities. The amount of time that a driveway can be closed will be limited. The Contractor shall coordinate with individual property owners and/or residents for the amount of time that a driveway can be closed prior to commencing driveway closures. The Contractor shall be notified individual property owners and/or residents in writing at least 72 hours in advance of any planned driveway closures, with copies delivered to the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for King County Metro construction notification. The construction notification guidelines can be obtained online at: http://www.kingcounty.gov/transportation/kcdot/MetroTransit/Constr uction.aspx If the Engineer determines the permitted closure hours adversely affect traffic, the Engineer may adjust the hours accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any change in the closure hours. Lane closures are not allowed on any of the following- 1 . A holiday, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-72 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 2. A holiday weekend; holidays that occur on Friday, Saturday, Sunday or Monday are considered a holiday weekend. A holiday weekend includes Saturday, Sunday, and the holiday. 3. After 3:00 p.m. on the day prior to a holiday or holiday weekend, and 4. Before 7:00 a.m. on the day after the holiday or holiday weekend. 1-07.24 Rights of Way (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: Street Right of Way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated in the Plans. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor's attention by a duly issued Addendum. Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public Right of Way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer. Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-73 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Add the following new Section: 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Add the following new Section: 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be- 1 . To review the initial progress schedule; 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-74 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following: 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. Add the following new section: 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP) Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7.00 a.m. and 6.00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the provisions below. The working hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to the preconstruction conference. All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such as noise ordinances). If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than noon prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours. If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain other conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-75 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1. On non -Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight -time costs for Contracting Agency representatives who worked during such times. (The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during the work. Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency's material testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees or third party consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their presence.) 2. Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regard to the contract time. 3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period. 4. If a 4-10 work schedule is requested and approved the nonworking day for the week will be charged as a working day. 5. If Davis Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met and recorded properly on certified payroll 1-08.1 Subcontracting (May 17, 2018 APWA GSP) The eighth and ninth paragraphs are revised to read: The Contractor shall certify to the actual amount received from the Contracting Agency and amounts paid to all firms that were used as Subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, manufacturers, regular dealers, or service providers on the Contract. This includes all Disadvantaged, Minority, Small, Veteran or Women's Business Enterprise firms. This Certification shall be submitted to the Engineer on a monthly basis each month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion of the Contract using the application available at: https-//wsdot.diversitycompliance.com. A monthly report shall be submitted for every month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion regardless of whether payments were made or work occurred. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of RCW 39.04.250, 39.76.011, 39.76.020, and 39.76.040, in particular regarding prompt payment to Subcontractors. Whenever the Contractor withholds payment City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-76 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 to a Subcontractor for any reason including disputed amounts, the Contractor shall provide notice within 10 calendar days to the Subcontractor with a copy to the Contracting Agency identifying the reason for the withholding and a clear description of what the Subcontractor must do to have the withholding released. Retainage withheld by the Contractor prior to completion of the Subcontractors work is exempt from reporting as a payment withheld and is not included in the withheld amount. The Contracting Agency's copy of the notice to Subcontractor for deferred payments shall be submitted to the Engineer concurrently with notification to the Subcontractor. This Section is supplemented with the following: (October 12, 1998 WSDOT GSP) Prior to any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor beginning work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a certification (WSDOT Form 420-004 EF) that a written agreement between the Contractor and the subcontractor or between the subcontractor and any lower tier subcontractor has been executed. This certification shall also guarantee that these subcontract agreements include all the documents required by the Special Provision Federal Agency Inspection. A Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor will not be permitted to perform any work under the contract until the following documents have been completed and submitted to the Engineer: 1. Request to Sublet Work (Form 421-012 EF), and 2. Contractor and Subcontractor or Lower Tier Subcontractor Certification for Federal -aid Projects (Form 420-004 EF). The Contractor's records pertaining to the requirements of this Special Provision shall be open to inspection or audit by representatives of the Contracting Agency during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than three years after the date of acceptance of the contract. The Contractor shall retain these records for that period. The Contractor shall also guarantee that these records of all Subcontractors and lower tier Subcontractors shall be available and open to similar inspection or audit for the same time period. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-77 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1-08.3 Progress Schedule 1-08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: The Contractor shall submit 4 copies of a Type A Progress Schedule no later than at the preconstruction conference, or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. The schedule may be a critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format. Regardless of which format used, the schedule shall identify the critical path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the submittal. 1-08.4 Prosecution of Work Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1-10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-78 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1-08.5 Time for Completion This Section is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) This project shall be physically completed within 60 working days. (September 12, 2016 APWA GSP, Option A) Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read: Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date. Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and any partial or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. If the Contractor is approved to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4-10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in which a 4-10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a workina day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. Revise the sixth paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all the Contractor's obligations under the contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established- 1 . The physical work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-79 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 process final acceptance of the contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1-07.9(5)). b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents C. Monthly Reports of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. Final Contract Voucher Certification e. Copies of the approved "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid" for the Contractor and all Subcontractors f. Property owner releases per Section 1-07.24 1-08.6 Suspension of Work This Section is supplemented with the following: (January 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP) Contract time may be suspended for the HMA mix design evaluation report or for procurement of critical materials (Procurement Suspension). In order to receive a Procurement Suspension, the Contractor shall within 21 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, submit all HMA mix designs not already on the QPL according to Section 5-04.2(1) or place purchase orders for all materials deemed critical by the Contracting Agency for Physical Completion of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the completed WSDOT Form 350-042 indicating the date the mix design was submitted, or copies of purchase orders for the critical materials. Such purchase orders shall disclose the purchase order date and estimated delivery dates for such critical material. The Contractor shall show the HMA mix design evaluation report or procurement of the critical materials listed below as activities in the Progress Schedule. If the approved Progress Schedule indicates that acceptance of the HMA mix designs or materials procurement are critical activities, and if the Contractor has provided documentation that purchase orders are placed for the critical materials within the prescribed 21 calendar days, then Contract time will be suspended upon Physical Completion of all critical work except that work dependent upon the below listed critical materials: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-80 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 64-22 HAWK Signal Poles Charging of Contract time will resume upon the Contractor's receipt of a WSDOT mix design evaluation report or delivery of the critical materials to the Contractor, notification that the critical materials are ready for delivery to the Contractor from the Contracting Agency's Materials Laboratory, or 120 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, whichever occurs first. No additional Procurement Suspension will be provided if the Contractor's HMA mix designs did not meet Contract requirements and are resubmitted. 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise the fourth paragraph to read: When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the Contract, the Engineer may determine that the work is Substantially Complete. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the date so established, the formula for liquidated damages shown above will not apply. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the Substantial Completion Date, liquidated damages shall be assessed on the basis of direct engineering and related costs assignable to the project until the actual Physical Completion Date of all the Contract Work. The Contractor shall complete the remaining Work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Project Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the physical Work on the Contract. 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP, Option 2) Revise item 4 of the fifth paragraph to read: 4. Test results and scale weight records for each day's hauling operations are provided to the Engineer daily. Reporting shall utilize WSDOT form 422-027, Scaleman's Daily Report, unless the printed ticket contains the same information that is on the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-81 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Scaleman's Daily Report Form. The scale operator must provide AM and/or PM tare weights for each truck on the printed ticket. 1-09.2(5) Measurement (May 2, 2017 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: Scale Verification Checks — At the Engineer's discretion, the Engineer may perform verification checks on the accuracy of each batch, hopper, or platform scale used in weighing contract items of Work. 1-09.2(6) Payment This Section is revised to read as follows: (January 3, 2011 WSDOT GSP) Unless otherwise specified, the Contracting Agency will pay for no materials received by weight unless they have been weighed in accordance with the requirements of this section. Unit contract prices for the various pay items of the project cover all costs related to weighing and proportioning materials for payment. These costs include those for furnishing, installing, certifying, maintaining and operating scales for initial weighing, those for extra haul distance and time involved in complying with confirmation testing requirements, and those for any other related item specified in this section. 1-09.6 Force Account (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Supplement this Section with the following: The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the Contracting Agency does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by Engineer. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-82 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1-09.8 Payment for Material On Hand The last paragraph of this Section is revised to read: (August 3, 2009 WSDOT GSP) The Contracting Agency will not pay for material on hand when the invoice cost is less than $2,000. As materials are used in the work, credits equaling the partial payments for them will be taken on future estimates. Each month, no later than the estimate due date, the Contractor shall submit a letter to the Engineer that clearly states: 1) the amount originally paid on the invoice (or other record of production cost) for the items on hand, 2) the dollar amount of the material incorporated into each of the various work items for the month, and 3) the amount that should be retained in material on hand items. If work is performed on the items and the Contractor does not submit a letter, all of the previous material on hand payment will be deducted on the estimate. Partial payment for materials on hand shall not constitute acceptance. Any material will be rejected if found to be faulty even if partial payment for it has been made. 1-09.9 Payments (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following: The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the Contract and as specified for payment. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items at the Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on information available. The Project Engineer's determination of the cost of work shall be final. Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction conference. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. The progress City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-83 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor's lump sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer's determination. 3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects; 2. The amount of progress payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1-05.1. 1-09.9(1) Retainage This Section including title is deleted and replaced with the following: (June 27, 2011 WSDOT GSP) Vacant City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-84 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1-09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1-09.11 and not resolved by nonbinding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract shall be brought within 180 calendar days from the date of final acceptance (Section 1-05.12) of the Contract by the Contracting Agency; and it is further agreed that any such claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.05 shall control venue and jurisdiction. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor's failure to bring suit within the time period provided, shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or causes of action which the Contractor asserts against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract are filed with the Contracting Agency or initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the Contracting Agency to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the Contracting Agency to assist in evaluating the claims or action. 1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Revise the third paragraph to read: The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency's headquarters is located, provided that where claims subject to arbitration are asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.05 shall control venue and jurisdiction of the Superior Court. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-85 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions. 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management This Section is supplemented with the following: (January 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP) Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following: The Northwest Laborers -Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave. Kingston, WA 98346 (360) 297-3035 Evergreen Safety Council 12545 135t" Ave. NE Kirkland, WA 98034-8709 1-800-521-0778 The American Traffic Safety Services Association 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 Phone: (540) 368-1701 1-10.3(3)M Uniformed Police Officer Section 1-10.3(3)M is a new section: The Contractor shall arrange for uniformed police officers that are off duty to be present for the following: 1. For all activities within 150 feet of signalized intersections where the operation of the signal will be adversely affected. 2. Countermanding a traffic signal indication at a signalized intersection. 3. Directing vehicle and pedestrian traffic when a traffic signal indication is turned off or inoperative. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-86 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 4. For all other conditions where the Engineer deems it necessary for safety, including Work during hours of darkness. The Contractor shall identify the use of uniformed police officers on the Traffic Control Plan(s). The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to use of uniformed police officers. The Contractor may contact the City of Renton Police Department to inquire about uniformed police officers that may be interested in performing off duty work or contract with a business, licensed in the State of Washington, that provides Security Guards and Patrol Services. 1-10.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) This Section is supplemented with the following: (August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP) The proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control", lump sum. The provisions of Section 1-10.4(1) shall apply. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 1-87 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2-01.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: Clearing and grubbing on this project shall be performed within the following limits: Within the construction area of Renton Avenue South, and within the right-of-way, utility easements, and construction easements where required. The area to be cleared and grubbed shall extend to 1 foot beyond the improvements (i.e., toe of fill, top of cut slope, fence, sidewalk, pavement removal area, pavement, curb, etc.) unless indicated otherwise on the Plans. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer to protect and leave in place those trees, landscaping, or other items specifically identified to be saved. Where such is required, the Contractor shall flag those trees, shrubs, etc., to identify to his workforce their need to be saved. Existing landscaping, including but not limited to, rockeries, beauty bark, decorative gravel or rock, bushes, trees, and shrubbery within and/or adjacent to the work areas shall be protected from damage and/or removed and/or relocated as indicated on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide protection, removal, temporary or permanent relocation, watering, staking, etc., as directed by the Engineer. Unless indicated otherwise on the Plans, the property owners shall be allowed to remove and/or relocate trees, shrubs, irrigation, wood headers, ornamental plants, and any other decorative landscaping materials within the work areas that they wish to save. The Contractor shall notify both verbally and in writing (by certified mail) all abutting property owners and allow them a minimum of two weeks from the date the property owner is notified for the property owner to remove landscaping within the work area. The Contractor shall submit a checklist to the Contracting Agency verifying notification of property owners of landscaping relocation requirements. The Contractor shall remove and wastehaul all such items not removed by the property owner. Prior to the removal of the landscaping materials, the Contractor must receive approval from the Engineer to begin this work. If the Contractor removes or damages any existing vegetation, landscaping item or private irrigation system not designated for removal because of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct in the execution of City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 the work, such items shall be restored or replaced in kind by the Contractor to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or removal occurred. 2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris Delete the third paragraph of this Section and replace with the following: Refuse and debris shall be loaded and hauled to a waste site secured by the Contractor and shall be disposed of in such a manner as to meet all requirements of state, county, and municipal regulations regarding health, safety and public welfare. 2-01.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: The lump sum contract price for "Clearing and Grubbing" shall include all costs associated with furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for completion of clearing and grubbing as indicated on the Plans and specified herein including, but not limited to, clearing and grubbing, wastehaul, notification/coordination with property owners and Contracting Agency, protecting landscaping to remain, restoration/replacement of those items identified to be saved that are damaged by the Contractor, and landscaping relocations as indicated on the Plans and specified herein. 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2-02.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This work also consists of removing, handling and disposing of deleterious material or debris encountered during roadway, sidewalk, and trench excavation or other work as indicated on the Plans within the Project site, including, but not limited to, existing pipes, utility structures or appurtenances, riprap, buried concrete including thrust blocks, concrete footings and/or slabs, buried logs or debris, asphalt pavement, cement concrete pavement, sidewalks, fences, landscaping items, rock walls, guardrail, signs and any and all other structures and obstructions (unless a separate bid item has been provided for this work). All salvageable City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 items shall be removed and delivered to the Contracting Agency unless indicated otherwise on the Plans. 2-02.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: The removal of any existing improvements shall be conducted in such a manner as not to damage utilities and any portion of the infrastructure that is to remain in place. Any deviation in this matter will obligate the Contractor at his own expense, to repair, replace or otherwise make proper restoration to the satisfaction of the Contracting Agency. When sawing of concrete or combinations of materials is required, the depth of cut shall be as required to accomplish the intended purpose, without damaging surfaces to be left in place and will be determined in the field to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans or in the Special Provisions, all structures, castings, pipe and other material of recoverable value removed from the Project site shall be carefully salvaged and delivered to the Owner of said utility items in good condition and in such order of salvage as the Engineer may direct. Materials and other items deemed of no value by the Engineer shall be promptly removed, loaded and wastehauled by the Contractor and becomes his property, to be disposed of at his discretion, in compliance with regulatory requirements. Waste materials shall be loaded and hauled to a waste site secured by the Contractor and shall be disposed of in such a manner as to meet all requirements of state, county and municipal regulations regarding health, safety and public welfare. 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs and Gutters This Section is supplemented with the following: Existing cement concrete sidewalks, roadway slabs, curbs, and curbs and gutters shall be removed at the nearest construction joint where possible, and removed and wastehauled as required for the construction of this Project. Where directed by the Engineer, cement concrete curbs or curb and gutter shall be saw -cut prior to removal. Existing pavement shall be precut before commencing excavation and shall be removed as required for the construction. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Where shown on the Plans or where directed in the field by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make a neat vertical saw -cut at the boundaries of the area to be removed. Care shall be taken during sawcutting so as to prevent damage to the existing asphalt concrete, or concrete, to remain in place. Any pavement or concrete damaged by the Contractor outside the area scheduled for removal due to the Contractor's operations or negligence shall be repaired or replaced to the Contracting Agency's satisfaction by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. All cuts shall be continuous, full depth, and shall be made with saws specifically equipped for this purpose. No skip cutting or jack hammering will be allowed unless specifically approved otherwise in writing by the Engineer. Wheel cutting or jack hammering shall not be considered an acceptable means of pavement "cutting," unless pre -approved in writing by the Engineer. However, even if pre -approved as a method of cutting, no payment will be made for this type of work, and it shall be included in the various unit contract and lump sum prices listed in the Proposal. The location of all pavement cuts shall be pre -approved by the Engineer in the field before cutting commences. All water and slurry material resulting from sawcutting operations shall not be allowed to enter the storm drainage or sanitary sewer system and shall be removed from the site and disposed of in accordance with the Washington State Department of Ecology regulations. 2-02.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: All costs for sawcutting as indicated in the Plans and as may be additionally necessary to construct the Project shall be included in the unit contract and lump sum prices as listed in the Proposal. No additional or separate payment will be made for sawcutting. The lump sum contract price for "Removal of Structure and Obstruction" shall be full compensation for furnishing all tools, labor, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary for removing, loading, hauling, relocating, disposing of, and/or delivering items as noted herein and City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 directed in the field by the Resident Inspector, to include but not limited to, fees and permits related to disposal. 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2-03.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This work also includes wet weather and wet condition earthwork measures. 2-03.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: The following items shall be followed if earthwork is to be performed in wet weather or in wet conditions: 1. Earthwork shall be performed in small sections to minimize exposure to wet weather. Excavation or the removal of unsuitable soil shall be followed immediately by the placement and compaction of a suitable thickness (generally eight inches or less) of clean structural fill. The size and/or type of construction equipment shall be selected as required to prevent soil disturbance. In some instances, it may be necessary to limit equipment size to minimize subgrade disturbance caused by equipment traffic. 2. During wet weather conditions, the allowable fines content of the gravel borrow shall be reduced to no more than 5 percent by weight based on the portion passing the 3/4-inch sieve. The sand equivalent shall be 50 percent minimum. 3. The ground surface in the construction area shall be graded to promote the rapid runoff of surface water and to prevent ponding of water. 4. No soil should be left uncompacted and exposed to moisture. A smooth drum vibratory roller, or equivalent, shall be used to seal the ground surface. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 5. Excavation and placement of fill or backfill material will be observed by the Engineer, to determine that all work is being accomplished in accordance with the project specifications. 2-03.3(7)B Haul Delete this Section and replace it with the following: There shall be no separate payment for haul of excess or unsuitable excavated material, or debris to the Contractor provided disposal site. The Contracting Agency is not providing a disposal site for this Project. All costs for haul shall be included in the bid prices for other work. 2-03.3(7)C Contractor -Provided Disposal Site Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: The Contractor shall arrange for the disposal of the excess or unsuitable excavated material, or other materials at no expense to the Contracting Agency. 2-03.3(10) Selected Material Delete the second paragraph and insert the following in its place: Direct Hauling. If it is practical, the Contractor shall haul selected material immediately from the excavation to its final place on the Roadbed. The Contracting Agency will pay for such Work at the unit Contract price for "Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul." Delete the fifth paragraph and insert the following in its place: There will be not additional payment for hauling, handling and stockpiling selected materials. 2-03.3(12) Overbreak Delete the last sentence in this Section. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 2-03.4 Measurement Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Only one determination of the original ground elevation will be made on this project. Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul will be based on the original ground elevations recorded previous to the award of this contract. If discrepancies are discovered in the ground elevations, which will materially affect the quantities of earthwork, the original computations of earthwork quantities will be adjusted accordingly. Earthwork quantities will be computed, either manually or by means of electronic data processing equipment, by use of the average end area method or by the finite element analysis method utilizing digital terrain modeling techniques. Copies of the original survey notes will be made available for the successful bidder's inspection if the Contract is awarded. Measurement for Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul will be per cubic yard of excavation to the "neat lines" shown on the Plans. Measurement of Gravel Borrow, Incl. Haul will be per ton. Measurement of Unsuitable Foundation Excavation, Incl. Haul will be per cubic yard, as field measured in the excavated area (not truck measurement). 2-03.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul," per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul" shall be full pay for all materials, tools, labor, and equipment necessary for excavation to the grade lines shown including, but not limited to, haul, stockpiling, placing, shaping, and grading per Section 2-03, Subgrade Preparation per Section 2-06, Watering per Section 2-07, compacting, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 loading, hauling to waste and disposing of all excess or unsuitable material, including logs, rocks, cobbles, etc. The unit contract price shall also include all costs required to uniformly grade and clean existing and/or new ditches to drain to existing and/or proposed drainage structures and the earthwork required for construction of driveways and retaining walls. The unit contract price shall also include all costs required to remove and wastehaul existing asphalt and/or concrete pavement, sidewalks, curbs and gutters located within the grade lines shown. All other existing pavement, sidewalks, curb and gutter, storm drainage structures, abandoned utilities, and other such structures intended to be removed for the installation of the proposed improvements shall be paid under the contract item "Removal of Structure and Obstruction." In the event the Contractor overcuts a street, due to his oversight or error, the structural fill material (as approved by Contracting Agency) and compaction required to bring the roadway section back to subgrade elevation shall be furnished and accomplished at his sole expense, as no additional payment will be due the Contractor for this work. Should solid rock be encountered, the excavation, removal and wastehaul will be paid by change order per Section 1-04.4. Boulders or broken rock less than 2 cubic yards in volume will not be classified as solid rock, nor will so called "hard -pan" or cemented gravel, even though it may be advantageous to use explosives in its removal. "Gravel Borrow, Incl. Haul," per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "Gravel Borrow, Incl. Haul" shall be full pay for all costs relative to furnishing, hauling, placing, shaping and compacting the gravel borrow material, as indicated on the Plans, and as otherwise required and approved in the field by the Engineer. "Unsuitable Foundation Excavation, Incl. Haul," per cubic yard. In the event that the Engineer directs and authorizes the Contractor to excavate unsuitable material below design subgrade, then this additional excavation, to include excavating, loading, wastehauling and disposal of the material shall be measured and paid at the unit contract price per cubic yard for "Unsuitable Foundation Excavation, Incl. Haul." City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 2-04 HAUL 2-04.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over any public roads, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes. No separate monies will be due the Contractor for this work. 2-07 WATERING 2-07.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: During construction, the Contractor shall have dedicated to the Project a suitable water truck that shall be operated as necessary to control dust. Failure to have a water truck immediately accessible to the job and failure to use a water truck for dust control shall be adequate reason for the Engineer to issue a suspension of work. A hydrant permit will be required to be secured by the Contractor for any necessary water. Water will be provided at the convenience of the Contracting Agency which reserves the right to control the location and use of water based on the Contracting Agency's own needs. 2-07.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: The cost for all water permit(s), and furnishing and placing water shall be included in the unit contract price for "Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul." City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2-09.3(1) General Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: When any Work is being considered by the Contractor in the vicinity of an existing utility, the Contractor shall so inform an authority of the particular utility in ample time so that the utility involved and the Contractor may take any precautions necessary to facilitate construction in the vicinity of the utility, and thereby protect that particular utility from damage. Protecting and Maintaining Utility Service The Contractor shall protect and maintain the operational service of existing utility systems in a continuous manner as possible. The Contractor shall have the approval from the Engineer and notification shall be given to the Contracting Agency before any disruptions of service in existing utilities will be allowed. The Contractor shall comply with all the conditions established by the Engineer and the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall give the utility owner a minimum notice of 48 hours before disrupting any planned service interruption. No planned interruption to an existing system shall be allowed on Fridays, weekends, or holidays, unless specifically agreed to in writing by the Contracting Agency. Where services are to be shut down, affected parties shall be notified in writing by the Contractor (i.e., door hangers) at least 48 hours and not more than 72 hours in advance of the time and period of shut down. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep shut down schedules to periods of anticipated minimum usage and for the least period of time. Where the construction crosses or is adjacent to existing utilities, the Contractor shall exercise extreme care to protect such utilities from damage. Additionally, the Contractor shall review the Plans, the project site and familiarize himself with the various utilities and plan his construction activities in recognition that the very close proximity of existing utilities to the proposed work will adversely affect production rates of installation of the various planned improvements. The Contractor is hereby advised and cautioned that the location of existing utilities will be cause for considerable and extreme care and due diligence on the part of the Contractor. As such, work production rates are anticipated to be significantly impacted by their presence and normal production rates should not be anticipated, during construction by the Contractor for work in these areas. The Contractor shall anticipate minor alignment adjustments will also be required to accommodate the installation of utilities. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 If the minimum vertical distance between the existing water line and the new utility pipe is less than 6-inches and such installation is approved by the Water Utility, a foam pad shall be placed between the pipes. The pad shall be O.D. x O.D. x 2.5 inches thick minimum or as required to protect the pipes. The above O.D. is equal to the outside diameter of the larger pipe. The pad shall be a polyethylene foam plank per Section 9-05.52. 2-09.3(1)E Backfilling This Section is supplemented with the following: Where existing and/or proposed ground contours prevent a minimum of 24 inches of cover above "flexible" storm pipe or where utility crossings necessitate, the Contracting Agency may direct the Contractor to install a controlled density fill encasement for the pipe. The encasement shall be constructed in accordance with the Plans and/or as directed in the field by the Contracting Agency. Material for encasement shall be controlled density fill per Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. The pipe shall be securely held in place until the material has "set." Trenches located within roadways/drives shall be protected with H-20 steel plates, or Contracting Agency -approved equal, while the material sets. 2-09.3(5) Locating Utilities (New Section) A reasonable attempt has been made to locate known existing utilities; however, the exact location, and/or depth is unknown in most instances. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate existing utilities, to include their respective depths. The Contractor shall provide field exploration through vacuum excavation, potholing or other suitable means to locate more precisely existing underground utilities as to location and depth. The Contractor shall decide on the difficulties to be encountered in constructing the project, and determine therefrom the extent of exploration required to expedite the construction to first prevent damage to those utilities, and secondly to determine if the new construction is to go around, over or under the existing utility. Where underground utilities are found to be in the way of construction, such condition shall not be deemed to be a changed or differing site condition, and if necessary, minor pipe alignment or grade will be City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-11 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 modified at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. At a minimum, potholing will be required at all utility interties prior to trench excavation for connections and at all major utility crossings, and potential conflicts noted by underground location notification as may be directed by the Engineer. See Contract Plans for additional specific locations. 2-09.4 Measurement This Section is supplemented with the following: Measurement for controlled density fill will be per cubic yard, measured in place. No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item of locate existing utilities. 2-09.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal. "Controlled Density Fill," per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Controlled Density Fill" shall be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials to furnish and install the placement of the controlled density fill as indicated on the Plans and specified herein including, but not limited to, pipe encasements, pipe plugging or trench backfill. "Locate Existing Utilities," per lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Locate Existing Utilities" shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the work. This bid item shall be paid proportionate to the installation of all utilities, complete and in place. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 2-12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3-01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES 3-01.2 Material Sources, General Requirement 3-01.2(1) Approval of Source This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with approval of the material source. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 3-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 4-04.4 Measurement Delete the last sentence in this Section and replace with the following: No measurement will be made for water used in placing and compacting surfacing materials. 4-04.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: The unit contract prices for the various types of ballast, structural fill, crushed surfacing base course, and crushed surfacing top course materials shall include all costs for obtaining the materials, hauling the materials to the site, stockpiling, spreading, grading, shaping, moisture conditioning, compacting, and all other incidentals, complete, in place. Asphalt grindings are not subject to reimbursement under any of these bid items. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 4-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT Delete Section 5-04 and Amendments, Hot Mix Asphalt, and replace it with the following: 5-04.1 Description This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant - mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross -sections shown in the Plans. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical additives, and foaming. HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture. 5-04.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6) Anti -Stripping Additive 9-02.4 HMA Additive 9-02.5 Aggregates 9-03.8 Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5) Recycled Material 9-03.21 Portland Cement 9-01 Sand 9-03.1(2). (As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing) Joint Sealant 9-04.2 Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, and mineral filler. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an existing stockpile. The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include the RAP as part of the mix design as defined in these Specifications. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt binder from different sources is not permitted. The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture of HMA. Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02. 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL If the Contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products List (QPL), please follow the WSDOT process outlined as follows: Comply with each of the following: • Develop the mix design in accordance with WSDOT SOP 732. • Develop a mix design that complies with Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). • Develop a mix design no more than 6 months prior to submitting it for QPL evaluation. • Submit mix designs to the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater, including WSDOT Form 350-042. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 • Include representative samples of the materials that are to be used in the HMA production as part of the mix design submittal. • Identify the brand, type, and percentage of anti -stripping additive in the mix design submittal. • Include with the mix design submittal a certification from the asphalt binder supplier that the anti -stripping additive is compatible with the crude source and the formulation of asphalt binder proposed for use in the mix design. • Do not include warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives when developing a mix design or submitting a mix design for QPL evaluation. The use of warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives is not part of the process for obtaining approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B. 5-04.2(2) Mix Design — Obtaining Project Approval ESALs The number of ESALs for the design and acceptance of the HMA shall be 0.3 to <3 million. Commercial HMA shall be an HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 64-22 design mix. No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. The Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor shall provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency review: • The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or one of the mix design verification certifications listed below. • The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and certification (stamp & signature) of a valid licensed Washington State Professional Engineer. • The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a qualified City or County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date.** The mix design report shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC's) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO: resource proficiency sample program. Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall: • Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing for ruts and stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and 9-03.8(6). • Have anti -strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti -strip and aggregate source compatibility from previous WSDOT lab testing. At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than 12 months from the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. Commercial Evaluation Approval of a mix design for "Commercial Evaluation" will be based on a review of the Contractor's submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324 evaluation is not required) or a Mix Design from the current WSDOT QPL or from one City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required. 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following: • Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures. • Before using additives, obtain the Engineer's approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe the proposed additive and process. 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st through March 31 st of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer. Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the HMA. Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving Compacted Thickness Feet Wearing Course Other Courses Less than 0.10 55 degrees F 45 degrees F 0.10 to .20 45 degrees F 35 degrees F More than 0.20 35 degrees F 35 degrees F 5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section shall apply. The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving the intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warning to the public, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 the intersection may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-23. All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract prices for the various Bid items involved in the Contract. 5-04.3(3) Equipment 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder — Tanks for the storage of asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the supply line to the mixer. 2. Thermometric Equipment — An armored thermometer, capable of detecting temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer location shall be convenient and safe for access by Inspectors. The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial -scale thermometer, a mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. This device shall be in full view of the plant operator. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 3. Heating of Asphalt Binder — The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor shall it be below the minimum temperature required to maintain the asphalt binder in a homogeneous state. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25 degrees F. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. 4. Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials — The HMA plant shall be equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the crushing and screening operation. The Contractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided for in Section 3-01.2(2). 5. Sampling HMA — The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the following methods: a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant. b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle without entering the hauling vehicle. 5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45 degrees F or when time from loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be securely attached to protect the HMA. The Contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating material that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For live bed trucks, the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the release agent. 5-04.3(3)C Pavers HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power -propelled units, provided with an internally heated vibratory screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix material in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans. The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture installed, in good condition, and in working order. The equipment certification shall list the make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted. The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the manufacturer's recommendations shall be provided upon request by the Contracting Agency. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without augers and an internally heated vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way. When specified in the Contract, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may suspend Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds. 5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle (MTD/V) shall only be used with the Engineer's approval, unless otherwise required by the contract. Where an MTD/V is required by the contract, the Engineer may approve paving without an MTD/V, at the request of the Contractor. The Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due. When used, the MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length of the windrow may be limited in urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion of the Engineer. To be approved for use, an MTV: 1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver. 2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver. 3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. To be approved for use, an MTD: 1. Shall be positively connected to the paver. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. 5-04.3(3)E Rollers Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer for any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results shall not be used. 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer. Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may require the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to avoid bridging across preleveled areas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used for the compaction of preleveling HMA shall be approved by the Engineer. Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. Prior to the application of tack coat, or paving, the condition of the surface shall be approved by the Engineer. A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to be placed or abutted. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots at a rate between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt. The rate of application shall be approved by the Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor's operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA. The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1 h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1 h emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The tack coat shall have sufficient temperature such that it may be applied uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer. 5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing 5-04.3(4)A1 General When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks 1/4 inch in width and greater. Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry and warm the pavement surfaces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing cracks is not required. Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry, thoroughly mix the components and pour the mixture into the cracks until full. Add additional CSS-1 cationic emulsified asphalt to the sand slurry as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will completely fill the cracks. Strike off the sand slurry flush with the existing pavement surface and allow the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-11 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 mixture to cure. Top off cracks that were not completely filled with additional sand slurry. Do not place the HMA overlay until the slurry has fully cured. The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS-1 emulsified asphalt, approximately 2 percent portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean Class 1 or 2 fine aggregate per section 9-03.1(2). The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing pavement surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully cured. The requirements of Section 1-06 will not apply to the portland cement and sand used in the sand slurry. In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: 1. Cracks 1/4 inch to 1 inch in width — fill with hot pressure fed sealant. 2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width — fill with sand slurry. Hot Pressure Fed Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the material in accordance with these requirements and the manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer's product information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including the manufacturer's recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application temperature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor's method of sealing the cracks with hot pressure fed sealant results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop and correct the operation to eliminate the excess material. Pouring sealant is not an acceptable method. 5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-12 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: a. Cracks 1/4 inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot pressure fed sealant. b. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width — fill with sand slurry. 5-04.3(4)B Vacant 5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not excavate more area than can be completely finished during the same shift, unless approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth of 1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth required. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be sawcut or shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor - provided site off the Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21. Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area. Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35 foot of compacted depth may be accomplished with the approval of the Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical tamper or a roller. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-13 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 5-04.3(4)D Temporary HMA During the course of construction, it may be necessary to provide improved temporary vehicle and/or pedestrian access within the project limits. Such temporary access shall be provided by temporarily patching trench crossings or other areas with temporary HMA, until such time as the permanent surface restoration is installed. Locations shall include those areas specifically indicated on the Plans, directed by the Engineer or as further specified herein. This material will be furnished, placed, compacted, and removed and wastehauled at various locations throughout the project. The trenches and/or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted and brought to a smooth grade prior to placing the material. It shall be placed, maintained (daily), and removed and wastehauled by the Contractor. Typical compacted depth will be 4 inches. Temporary HMA shall also be used around castings, after grinding, to provide a transition until final lift of HMA paving is installed. 5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP. Materials shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5-04.3(5)A Vacant 5-04.3(6) Mixing After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti -stripping additives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured. When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing temperature by more than 25 degrees F as shown on the reference mix design report or as approved by the Engineer. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, the discharge temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-14 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Engineer. Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with approval of the Engineer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift. Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior to entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there is evidence of the recycled asphalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and mixing of the HMA, the Contractor shall immediately suspend the use of the RAP until changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and RAP is ensured. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following: HMA Class 1" 0.35 feet HMA Class 3/4" and HMA Class 1/2" wearing course 0.30 feet other courses 0.35 feet HMA Class 3/8" 0.15 feet On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand. When more than one job mix formula (JMF) is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The intermingling of HMA produced City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA placed during a work shift shall conform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand equivalent, uncompacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with Section 3-04. Sampling and testing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. 5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial Evaluation is specified. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, temporary pavement, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Engineer and may be made in accordance with this section. HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances — The constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Aggregate Percent Passing Non -Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation 1 ", 3/4", 1 /2", and 3/8" sieves +/- 6% +/- 8% No. 4 sieve +/-6% +/- 8% No. 8 Sieve +/- 6% +/-8% No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0% +/- 3.0% Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5% +/- 0.7% Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-16 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 These tolerance limits constitute the allowable limits as described in Section 1-06.2. The tolerance limit for aggregate shall not exceed the limits of the control points, except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100 percent passing will be 99-100. 1. Job Mix Formula Adjustments — An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer. Adjustments to the JMF will only be considered if the change produces material of equal or better quality and may require the development of a new mix design if the adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below. a. Aggregates — 2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1-1/2", 1", 3/4", 1 /2", 3/8", and the No. 4 sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF shall be within the range of the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). b. Asphalt Binder Content — The Engineer may order or approve changes to asphalt binder content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix design for the asphalt binder content shall be 0.3 percent 5-04.3(9)A Vacant 5-04.3(9)B Vacant 5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance — Nonstatistical Evaluation HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into lots. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with a copy of the results of all acceptence testing performed in the field. The Engineer will provide the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of the completed sublots after three sublots have been tested. Sublot sample test results (gradation and asphalt binder content) may be challenged by the Contractor. 5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation — Lots and Sublots A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each JMF placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day's production or 800 tons, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-17 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 400 tons and may be increased to 1200 tons. All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given lot shall be evaluated collectively. If the Contractor requests a change to the JMF that is approved, the material produced after the change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF for the remaining sublots in the current lot and for acceptance of subsequent lots. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the frequency of one sample per sublot. 5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with AASHTO T 168. A minimum of three samples should be taken for each class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application, at least one of the three samples shall to be tested. Sampling and testing HMA in a Structural application where quantities are less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the Engineer. For HMA used in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800 tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed. In all cases, a minimum of 3 samples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a minimum of one of the three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF: • If the test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional testing will be at the Engineer's discretion. • If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional testing of the remaining samples to determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) shall be performed. 5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will at the option of the Contracting Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP 731. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-18 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T 11. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with a copy of the results of all acceptance testing performed in the field. 5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation — Pay Factors For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in 5-04.3(9), the Contracting Agency will determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing: 1-1/2", 1 ", 3/4", 1 /2", 3/8" and No. 4 sieves 2 All aggregate assin No. 8 sieve 15 All aggregate assin No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt binder 40 Air Voids (Va) (where applicable) 20 Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in Table of Price Adjustment Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the Roadway shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant 5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation — Price Adjustments For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The total job mix compliance price adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-19 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation — Retests The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest, the Contractor shall submit a written request within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have been received. A split of the original acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the sample will not be tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, and, at the option of the agency, Va. The results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA in place of the original sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $500 per sample. 5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance — Commercial Evaluation If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes for intersections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-20 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density. The maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge correlation will be at the discretion of the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density. Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish rolling. If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the mix is placed and prior to opening to traffic. Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches minimum, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. If the Contract includes the Bid item "Roadway Core" the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item "Roadway Core" the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day's production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for compaction will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-21 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling wheel rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Test Results For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 92 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The relative density of the core will replace the relative density determined by the nuclear density gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and acceptance of HMA compaction lot. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have been provided or made available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of wheel paths and as determined by the Engineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for cores. When the CPF for the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the traffic control. 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction —General Compaction Requirements Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall be immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-22 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction 2 sequence shall generally be the Contractor's option, provided the specified 3 densities are attained. Unless the Engineer has approved otherwise, rollers 4 shall only be operated in the static mode when the internal temperature of 5 the mix is less than 175 degrees F. Regardless of mix temperature, a roller 6 shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the 7 mat. Rollers shall only be operated in static mode on bridge decks. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction — Cyclic Density Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer's discretion, the Engineer may evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed for any 500-foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. 5-04.3(10)C Vacant 5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction 5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction — Lots and Sublots HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be based on acceptance testing performed by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into compaction lots. A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance, with a maximum of 15 sublots per lot; the final lot for a mix design may be increased to 25 sublots. Sublots will be uniform in size with a maximum sublot size based on original Plan quantity tons of HMA as specified in the table below. The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the Engineer. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor's request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. HMA Original Plan Quantity tons Sublot Size tons <20,000 100 20,000 to 30,000 150 >30,000 200 City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-23 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation — Acceptance Testing The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per sublot. 5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction — Price Adjustments For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density the HMA shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The maximum CPF shall be 1.00, however, lots with a calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will be used to offset lots with CPF values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF lower than 0.90 will be evaluated for compliance per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by either a nuclear moisture -density gauge or cores will be completed as required to provide a minimum of three tests for evaluation. For compaction below the required 92% a Non -Conforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. The NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CPF, the quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. 5-04.3(11) Reject Work 5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-24 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 and replacement of rejected material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the sole discretion of the Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the requirements in Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall submit a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval. 5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction) The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that appears defective. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected section of Roadway shall be removed. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the Contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the nonstatistical acceptance Specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material; in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the material is rejected before placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal. 5-04.3(11)D Rejection — A Partial Sublot In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative density, gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be obtained and tested. The material will then be non -statistically evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 5-04.3(9)C4. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-25 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 5-04.3(11)E Rejection — An Entire Sublot An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is rejected a minimum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained. These additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 5-04.3(9)C4. 5-04.3(11)F Rejection — A Lot in Progress The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced: 1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action; or 2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action; or 3. When either the PF for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less than 0.75. 5-04.3(11)G Rejection — An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction) An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. 5-04.3(12) Joints 5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints 5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction temperature. When the Work is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-26 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1 V shall be constructed where a transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the temporary wedge shall be separated from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint. 5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. A notched wedge joint shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in the wearing surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate size or more than '/2 of the compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1 V. The sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be uniformly compacted. 5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals 5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both ends of the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior joints within the bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut alignment points in a manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut after placing the overlay. Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer's application procedure. Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified ion the Plans and in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plan. Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8)B and the manufacturer's application procedure. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-27 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement: 1. Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance with Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course of the following sections of Roadway shall not vary more than 1/4 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to centerline: 1. All roads less than 45 mph The completed surface of the wearing course of all other sections of Roadway shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods- 1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine; or 2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA; or 3. By other method approved by the Engineer. Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allowable tolerances. Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Engineer shall deduct from monies City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-28 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. All utility castings and monuments within the existing and/or new pavement area shall be referenced by the Contractor prior to any pavement removal or planing. The Contractor shall keep a record of such references, and submit a copy to the Contracting Agency. Existing structures and new structures shall be adjusted to the finished grade as shown on the Plans and as further specified herein. Existing boxes, rings, grates, covers, and lids shall be reset in a careful and workmanlike manner to conform to the required grades. The new and existing utility castings and monuments shall be adjusted to grade in the following manner: As soon as the street has been paved past each structure or casting, the asphalt concrete mat shall be scored around the location of the structure or casting. After rolling has been completed and the mat has cooled, it shall be cut along the scored lines. The structure or casting shall then be raised to finished pavement grade and the annular spaces filled as indicated on the Plans. The Contractor shall install the pavement to give a smooth finished appearance. All covers, lids, frames, and grates shall be thoroughly cleaned. After pavement is in place, all new pavement joints shall be sealed with a 6-inch-wide strip of hot asphalt sealer. A sand blanket shall be applied to the surface of the hot asphalt sealer immediately after the placement of the sealer to help alleviate the tracking of the asphalt. The sealer shall meet the requirements of Section 9-04.2(1) of the Standard Specifications. 5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement The planning plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre planning meeting must be held prior to the start of any planing. See Section 5-04.3(14)B2 for information on planning submittals. Locations of existing surfacing to be planed are as shown in the Drawings. Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the Contractor must remove existing surfacing material and to reshape the surface to remove irregularities. The finished product must be a prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA overlay. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-29 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Do not use the planer on the final wearing course of new HMA. Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break, burn, or otherwise damage the surface which is to remain. The finished planed surface must be slightly grooved or roughened and must be free from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other imperfections. The Contractor must repair any damage to the surface by the Contractor's planing equipment, using an Engineer approved method. Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements damaged by planing, as determined by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines sufficient to provide a minimum of 4 inches of curb reveal after placement and compaction of the final wearing course. The dimensions of the wedge must be as shown on the Drawings or as specified by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining pavement surfaces (meet lines) where butt joints are shown on the Drawings. Cut butt joints in a straight line with vertical faces 2 inches or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the existing adjoining pavement. After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and if required by the Contract, patched and preleveled. The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing this additional depth planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden metal in pavement detection survey as specified in Section 5-04.3(14)A. Gutter panels, curbs, or utility structures damaged as a result of planing operations shall be replaced by the Contractor at their own expense. No additional monies will be due the Contractor for damage to curbs, gutters, or utility structures, all costs of which shall be borne by the Contractor. 5-04.3(14)A Pre -Planing Metal Detection Check Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth planing required by the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a physical survey of existing pavement to be planed with equipment that can identify hidden metal objects. Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-30 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey monumentation that may be hidden in pavement. The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment resulting from the Contractor's failure to conduct a pre -planing metal detection survey, or from the Contractor's failure to notify the Engineer of any hidden metal that is detected. 5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic 5-04.3(14)B1 General In addition, the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in Section 1-10, and unless the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves, the Contractor must comply with the following: 1. Intersections a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or planing operations through an intersection requires closure. Such closure must be kept to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane as appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to individual lanes or portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and schedule of traffic volumes required in the approved traffic control plan. Schedule work so that adjacent intersections are not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic control restrictions required by the Traffic Engineer. Each individual intersection closure or partial closure, must be addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted to and accepted by the Engineer, see Section 1-10.2(2). b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters of the intersection, or half or more of an intersection with side street detours. Be prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or portions thereof. C. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no trolley service is impacted, keep such closure to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as needed. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-31 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and a number of Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer, to alert traffic and emergency services of the intersection closure or partial closure. e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt until approval has been obtained from the Engineer. 2. Temporary centerline marking, post -paving temporary marking, temporary stop bars, and maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with Section 8-23. 3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22. 4. Roadways Open to Traffic When the roadway being paved is open to traffic, the following requirements shall apply: The Contractor shall keep roadways open to traffic at all times except where paving is in progress. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warning to the public, only that specified section of road being paved may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA. Adjacent travel lanes and shoulder shall be left open for traffic during these times. In hot weather, the Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before temporarily closing a portion of the road, advance - warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed clearly alerting the driver of temporary lane closures. During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the roadway prior to opening to traffic and shall be in accordance with Section 8-23. All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements shall be included in the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-32 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 unit contract prices for the various bid items involved in the Contract. 5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals — Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each operation's activity start date. These plans must show how the moving operation and traffic control are coordinated, as they will be discussed at the pre -planing briefing and pre -paving briefing. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation's traffic control plan on 24 x 36 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both the area of operation and sufficient detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic may be required. The scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet, which may be changed if the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown. The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal detection, removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt of any kind, tack coat and drying, staging of supply trucks, paving trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at the briefing. When intersections will be partially blocked or when allowed to be totally blocked, provide adequately sized and noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in advance. The traffic control plan must show where police officers will be stationed when signalization is or may be, countermanded, and show areas where flaggers are proposed. At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include: 1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each day's traffic control as it relates to the specific requirements of that day's planing and paving. Briefly describe the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of placement of temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each day's planing, and paving. 2. A copy of each intersection's traffic control plan. 3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and staging areas, including return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it relates to the sequencing of paving operations. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-33 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used. 5. List of all equipment to be used for paving. 6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of paving equipment. 7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of paving, and intended area of planing and of paving for each day's work, must include the directions of proposed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifications and coordinations to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the final pavement marking lane lines. 8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory personnel. 9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs. 10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day. 11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations. 5-04.3(14)B3 Pre -Paving and Pre -Planing Briefing At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation, or as scheduled by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the Contractor has adequately prepared for notifying and coordinating as required in the Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day's operations as they relate to other entities and to public safety and convenience, including driveway and business access, garbage truck operations, transit operations and working around energized overhead wires, school and nursing home and hospital and other accesses, other contractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part of that day's operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss the proposed operation as it relates to the submitted planing plan and paving plan, approved traffic control plan, and public convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not limited to: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-34 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan: a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations. b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic control and signalization for that operation, including use of peace officers. C. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing operations, as applicable, as it relates to traffic control, to public convenience and safety, and to other contractors who may operate in the Project Site. d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and coordinating with other entities and the public as necessary. e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary pavement markings as it relates to planning and to paving. f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of, temporary pavement patch material around exposed castings and as may be needed. g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the pavement, such as survey monumentation, monitoring wells, street car rail, and castings, before planning, see Section 5-04.3(14)B2. h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving, and related operations. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid pavement base repairs. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address. 2. Paving — additional topics: a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving. b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type equipment to be used. If more pieces of equipment than personnel are City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-35 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 proposed, describe the sequencing of the personnel operating the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance of operator personnel for each type equipment as it relates to meeting Specification requirements. C. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the Contractor will ensure different JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and MTVs are distinguished if more than one JMF is being placed at the time, and how pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not adversely influence the other JMF. d. Description of contingency plans for that day's operations such as equipment breakdown, rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations. e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other sampling and testing. 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic. 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Engineer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04. 5-04.3(17) Construction Joint Sealing (New Section) Transverse Joints — Joints between new and existing asphalt shall be sealed within 5 calendar days after final rolling of the final lift of HMA. The seal shall be CSS-1 emulsified asphalt. The emulsified asphalt shall be placed in a way to be smooth and flush with roadway surface with minimal overbanding. This work is considered incidental to the bid item "HMA Cl. 1 /2" PG 64-22." City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-36 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 5-04.3(18) Adjusting Utility Covers and Monument Cases to Final Grade (New Section) The following Section only applies to existing utility covers and monument cases covered by HMA. The work shall be completed after the final rolling of the final list of HMA. The work consists of locating and marking these features and then adjusting them to final grade. The Contractor shall locate all utility covers and monument cases covered by HMA immediately after paving operations are complete for a street and/or street segment. Each location shall be marked with paint and identify the type of buried feature. The Contractor shall completely expose all water valve boxes and gas valves for access within 5 calendar days after final rolling of the final lift of HMA. 5-04.3(19) Temporary Pavement Marking (New Section) The furnishing and installing of temporary pavement marking shall be as described in Section 8-23. For this contract, all temporary pavement marking is considered short duration. 5-04.4 Measurement HMA Cl. PG will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace mix as allowed by Section 5-04.3(11), the material removed will not be measured. Pavement repair excavation will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to excavation. Planing bituminous pavement will be measured by the square yard. 5-04.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: "HMA Cl. PG " per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. PG " shall include the cost for all labor, materials, equipment and tools for furnishing, placing, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-37 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 compacting and constructing asphalt pavement including mix design, anti- 2 strip determination, mix design verification, preparation of untreated 3 roadway, removing plastic traffic marking, removing RPMs, removing 4 permanent striping, anti -stripping additive, soil residual herbicide, asphalt 5 for tack coat, HMA pavement, HMA for preleveling, HMA transition sections, 6 HMA ramps, HMA driveways/approaches, spreading and finishing, water, 7 compaction, sealing all cold joints with asphalt sealant (and sand blanket to 8 alleviate tracking), removal of temporary pavement markings, and all other 9 incidentals necessary for a complete paving system to the lines, cross 10 section and grades in accordance with the Plans. It shall also include the 11 cost of adjusting all existing and new Contracting Agency owned castings 12 including, but not limited to, manholes, catch basins, junction boxes, 13 monuments, and valve boxes to grade unless a specific bid item has been 14 listed in the proposal for this work. 15 16 The unit contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. PG " shall be full 17 compensation for all costs incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 18 5-04 except for those costs which are included in other items which are 19 included in this Subsection and which are included in the Proposal. 20 21 "Planing Bituminous Pavement," per square yard. 22 23 The unit contract price per square yard for "Planing Bituminous Pavement" 24 shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in 25 Section 5-04.3(14) and shall include all costs to plane the asphalt (full 26 depth), grade, load, haul, stockpile, and/or wastehaul the material. 27 28 "Pavement Repair Excavation, Incl. Haul," per square yard. 29 30 The unit contract price per square yard for "Pavement Repair Excavation, 31 Incl. Haul" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work 32 described in Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception; however, that all costs 33 involved in the placement of HMA shall be included in the unit contract price 34 per ton for "HMA Cl. PG " 35 36 "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment," by calculation. 37 38 "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as 39 described in Section 5-04.3(9)C6. 40 41 "Compaction Price Adjustment," by calculation. 42 43 "Compaction Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described 44 in Section 5-04.3(10)D3. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 5-38 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 6-07 PAINTING 6-07.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of painting systems and colors for metal elements as shown on the Plans. 6-07.2 Materials This Section is supplemented with the following: Paint materials shall comply with the requirements in Section 9-08 unless described otherwise in this section. Powder Coating Paint System The powder coating paint system shall be composed of exterior grade pure polyester TGIC, dry powder including resins and pigments in accordance with requirements of AAMA 605.2, and shall have the following characteristics: Glossy Surface Semi -Gloss Surface Mat Surface Thickness 2.5-3.5 mils/60-90 2.5-3.5 mils/60— 90 2.5-3.5 mils/60-90 Gloss(') 80-90 55-70 15-25 Cross Hatch Adhesion (2) Pass 100% Pass 100% Pass 100% Mandrel Bending (3) 1/8"/3 mm 5/32"/4 mm 3/16"/5 mm Erichsen Cupping ISO 1520 5/16"/8 mm 1/4"/7 mm 3/16"/5 mm Impression Hardness(4) 95 95 95 Impact Test(5) Up to 160"/Ib. Up to 160"/lb. Up to 160"/lb. Pencil Hardness(6) 2H min. 2H min. 2H min. Dry Mill Test OK OK OK Salt Spray Test(') 1500 h test, max. undercut 1/16"/1 mm 1500 h test, max. undercut 1/16"/1 mm 1500 h test, max. undercut 1/16"/1 mm Humidity Resistance(8) 1500 h test, min. blisters 1/16"/1 mm 1500 h test, min. blisters 1/16"/1 mm 1500 h test, min. blisters 1/16"/1 mm Key: (1) Gloss According to Gardner 60 degrees, ASTM D523. (2) Cross Hatch Adhesion, ASTM D3359, Method B. (3) Mandrel Bending Test, ASTM D522. (4) Impression hardness, ASTM B3363. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 6-1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 (5) Impact Test, ASTM D2794; (0.1) inch distortion. 2 (6) Pencil Hardness, ASTM B3363. 3 (7) Salt spray Resistance Test, ASTM B117. 4 (8) Humidity Resistance Test, ASTM D2247. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Paint Color/Paint Sys ern Table Specification Paint Section Item Color Paint System 9-29.6(1)A Decorative RAL Refer to specification below Signal Poles 9005TX Type II and III "Jet Black" and associated sub -assemblies and terminal cabinets 9-29.6(1)B Decorative RAL Refer to specification below Luminaire 9005TX Poles and "Jet Black" Bases 9-29.6(1)C Decorative RAL Refer to specification below Signal Poles 9005TX Type PPB and "Jet Black" associated sub- assemblies 9-29.10(2) Decorative RAL Refer to specification below Luminaires 9005TX "Jet Black" 9-29.18(3) Video Detection RAL Refer to specification below System 9005TX "Jet Black" Decorative Signal and Luminaire Poles and Sub -Assemblies Paint Specifications Steel poles and sub -assemblies shall be factory galvanized, primed and painted with polyester. Powder coating per Section 6-07 and Section 9-08 of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor is to purchase a one gallon sample from the pole manufacturer for use as a color match for the Engineer's approval prior to factory finish coating. Decorative Luminaires, Terminal Cabinets, and Video Detection Systems Paint Specifications All decorative luminaire housings, signal pole terminal cabinets shall be factory primed and painted with polyester powder coating to meet ASTM-13- 117/D-2247 requirements to salt spray and humidity resistance. The video City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 6-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 detection system mounting hardware shall be painted by manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall provide a sample to the Engineer for approval prior to factory finish coating. Contractor shall provide one gallon of touch-up paint to the City. Galvanizing All fabricated steel components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 123. All steel hardware components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 153. Aluminum materials surface shall be prepared per ASTM D1730 — 09 and factory powder coated per Section 9-08.2 of the Standard Specifications. 6-07.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: Apply entire finish system in the shop. Hold back finish system at all welded areas. Bolted connections should be primed with a zinc -based primer compatible with the approved paint system. Field touch-up painting shall consist of matching specified priming and painting for all damaged and field repaired areas. Field welds and abrasions should be touched up after installation. Touch up surface preparation with a zinc -based primer compatible with the approved paint system, 2.5 to 3.5 mils DFT. Preparation, cleaning, priming, shop painting, and field touch-up for all fabricated decorative exterior metal work will be incidental to the associated bid items. Immediately remove coatings that fall on surrounding areas and surfaces not scheduled to be coated. 6-07.3(11) Painting or Powder Coating of Galvanized Surfaces 6-07.3(11)A Painting of Galvanized Surfaces This Section is supplemented with the following: Clean surfaces to be powder coated in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 6-3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Install powder coatings in accordance with applicable codes and regulations and manufacturer's written instructions. Applications of powder coating materials shall be performed in shop conditions, except for touch-ups approved in advance by the Engineer. Finished surfaces shall be fully and uniformly coated without pinholes, bubbles, sag, runs, lumps, marks, or discoloration. Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the approved sample. After powder coating has been in place for at least 15 days, and within 30 days of Substantial Completion, check all powder -coated surfaces for damage, missed areas, and discoloration. Prepare surfaces, and touch up damaged, missed, and discolored areas to bring coating system to full dry film thickness in color and gloss matching that of adjacent coated areas. 6-07.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: The cost for all painting and powder coating finishes shall be included in the related bid items that receive the painting and finishes. No separate payment will be made. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 6-4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 7-04 STORM SEWERS 7-04.2 Materials The first paragraph of this Section is revised as follows: Unless a pipe material is specifically called out on the Plans, materials shall meet the following requirements. Size Pipe Material Allowed Specification 6 — 12" Polypropylene Storm Sewer Pipe 9-05.24(2) Ductile Iron Pipe 9-05-13 Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe (CPEP) 9-05.20 Where bends are specifically called out on the plans, they shall be of the same material and manufacturer as the main pipe and meet the manufacturer's recommendations. The second paragraph of this Section is supplemented as follows: The Contractor shall require pipe suppliers to furnish certificates signed by their authorized representative, stating the specifications to which the materials or products were manufactured. The Contractor shall provide two copies of these certifications to the Engineer for approval. Certificates showing nonconformance with the Contract shall be sufficient evidence for rejection. Approval of certificates shall be considered only as tentative acceptance of the materials and products, and such action by Engineer will not relieve Contractor of his/her responsibility to perform field tests and to replace or repair faulty materials, equipment, and/or workmanship and Contractor's own expense. This Section is supplemented with the following: Dense foam shall meet 9-05.52 of these Special Provisions. Direct Pipe Tee Connections Direct pipe tee connections for use in gravity -flow sewer and storm drainage direct connections to pipe shall be Inserta Tee service connections, as manufactured by Inserta Tee and shall meet ASTM F2946 and consist of a PVC hub, rubber sleeve, and stainless steel band. Connection shall be a compression fit into the cored wall of a mainline City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 pipe. Hub shall be made from heavy-duty PVC material. Stainless steel clamping assembly shall be of SS #301 for the band and housing and SS #305 for screws. Rubber sleeve and gasket, when applicable, shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477. Gaskets shall be installed by the manufacturer. A water -based solution provided by the manufacturer shall be used during assembly. Inserta Tee product shall provide a water connection according to the requirements of ASTM D3212. 7-04.3(1) Cleaning and Testing This Section is supplemented with the following: Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval through submittal process, prepare and submit test plan for approval by Engineer. Include testing procedures, methods, equipment, and tentative schedule. Obtain advance written approval for any deviations from Drawings and Specifications. Repair, correct, and retest sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1,000 linear feet of installed pipeline remains untested at one time. Perform testing under observation of Engineer or Inspector. Schedule testing during no rain. Plug the lower end of the pipe if needed to test pipe. All pipe larger than 30-inch diameter shall have joints individually tested for Joint Tightness. Prior to final backfill, all joints shall be individually tested using low-pressure air per ASTM C1103. For the installation of any flexible pipe larger than 30-inches in diameter, the Contractor shall retain the services of a pipe manufacturer representative, knowledgeable in the installation methods and practices for the specific pipe product used on this project, as well as on the installation practices for flexible pipelines in general. The manufacturer's representative shall be present full time on site during the construction of the first 300 feet of pipe installation, and part-time, as required, thereafter until the entire pipeline installation is complete. The manufacturer's representative shall observe pipe foundation, pipe installation, placement and compaction of pipe zone bedding and backfill, and testing procedures. The manufacturer's representative shall notify Engineer and Contractor of any non -conforming installation, identifying the manufacturer recommended corrective City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 action(s), within 24 hours of such occurrence. All flexible pipe shall be tested for maximum pipe deflection by pulling a rigid mandrel through the entire (i.e., 100%) flexible pipe length installed. Maximum deflection shall not exceed 5%. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D3034, and be performed no sooner than 30 days after backfilling and prior to final acceptance testing of the segment. Submit test results to the Engineer. 1. Rigid mandrel shall have outside diameter (O.D.) equal to 95 percent of inside diameter (I.D.) of pipe. Inside diameter of pipe, for purpose of determining outside diameter of mandrel, shall be average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for O.D. controlled pipe and average inside diameter for I.D. controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other "tolerance packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing. 2. Rigid mandrel shall be constructed of metal or rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed. Mandrel shall have nine or more "runners" or "legs" as long as total number of legs is odd number. Barrel section of mandrel shall have length of at least 75 percent of inside diameter of pipe. Rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow reduction in mandrel diameter during testing. Provide and use proving ring for modifying each size mandrel. 3. Furnish "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate ring of 1/2-inch- thick, 3-inch-wide bar steel to diameter 0.02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter. 4. If a rigid mandrel is not available, the Contractor may substitute a round steel bar meeting #3 above. "Testing Storm Sewer Pipe," per linear foot shall be incidental to and included in storm sewer pipe bid items. 7-04.3(1)A General This Section is supplemented with the following: All lines shall be flushed clean of all debris prior to acceptance. The debris shall be intercepted and collected at the nearest downstream point of access. The material shall then be loaded and wastehauled to a Contracting Agency approved dumpsite. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 7-04.3(3) Direct Pipe Connections This Section is a new added section as follows: Field Pipe and Joint Performance: To assure water tightness, field performance verification may be accomplished by testing in accordance with ASTM F2487, ASTM F1417 or ASTM C1103. Appropriate safety precautions must be used when field-testing any pipe material. Contact the manufacturer for recommended leakage rates. Installation: Installation shall be accordance with the manufacturer's recommended installation guidelines. Backfill around the Inserta Tee service connection shall be, at a minimum, of the same material type and compaction level as specified for the mainline pipe installation. 7-04.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs under this section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal: Storm Sewer Pipe, In. Diam. (Incl. Bedding)," per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot of " Storm Sewer Pipe, In. Diam. (Incl. Bedding)" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, excavation, pipe bedding, backfill with suitable native material, compaction, removal and wastehaul of excess or unsuitable trench excavation material, dewatering, bypass pumping and maintaining storm sewer flows, connections to existing and new systems, flushing and cleaning. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7-05.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall construct all manholes and catch basins from precast concrete bases and risers. Cast -in -place concrete bases shall only be used for "straddle" of existing systems and shall be watertight. In areas of new and existing pavement, the grate rim elevation shall be set to promote drainage flow. In unimproved areas, the rim elevations shall be set 2 inches above finished grade unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Dewatering shall be per Section 7-08.3(1). 7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade This Section is replaced with: Where shown in the Plans or where directed by the Engineer, the existing manholes, catch basins, or inlets shall be adjusted to the grade as staked or otherwise designated by the Engineer. The existing cast iron ring and cover on manholes and the catch basin frame and grate shall first be removed and thoroughly cleaned for reinstalling at the new elevation. From that point, the existing structure shall be raised or lowered to the required elevation. The Contractor shall construct manholes so as to provide adjustment space for setting cover and casting to a finished grade as shown on the Construction Plans. Manhole ring and covers shall be adjusted to the finished elevations per standard detail 400.1, prior to final acceptance of the Work. Manholes in unimproved areas shall be adjusted to 6" above grade. In unpaved streets: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures in areas to be surfaced with crushed rock or gravel shall be constructed to a point approximately eight inches below the subgrade and covered with a temporary wood cover. Existing manholes shall be cut off and covered in a similar manner. The Contractor shall carefully reference each manhole so that they may be easily found upon completion of the street Work. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 After placing the gravel or crushed stone surfacing, the manholes and manhole castings shall be constructed to the finished grade of the roadway surface. Excavation necessary for bringing manholes to grade shall center about the manhole and be held to the minimum area necessary. At the completion of the manhole adjustment, the void around the manhole shall be backfilled with materials which result in the section required on the typical roadway section, and be thoroughly compacted. In cement concrete pavement: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures shall be constructed and adjusted in the same manner as outlined above except that the final adjustment shall be made and cast iron frame be set after forms have been placed and checked. In placing the concrete pavement, extreme care shall be taken not to alter the position of the casting in any way. In asphalt concrete pavement: manholes shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each manhole shall be carefully located from references previously established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and base material shall be removed to permit removal of the cover per Standard Plan — 106 except note 1 shall be replaced with "REMOVE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIALS FOR A DISTANCE WHICH IS EQUAL TO THE DIAMETER OF THE FRAME PLUS ONE FOOT. ADJUST CASTING FRAME TO PAVEMENT SURFACE USING RISER RINGS AND MORTAR." The manhole shall then be brought to proper grade utilizing the same methods of construction as for the manhole itself. The cast iron frame shall be placed on a full course of mortar and adjusted to finish grade. The excavated material shall be replaced and completed per the City of Renton Standard Plan 106 in the Plans. The complete patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and the existing pavement shall then be carefully painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies per Standard Plan 106. All joints between the cone, adjustment rings, and frame shall be fully mortared and struck clean with a trowel. The use of shims, wedges, or blocks is prohibited. Adjustment of inlets: The final alignment and grade of cast iron frames for new and old inlets to be adjusted to grade will be established from the forms or adjacent pavement surfaces. The final adjustment of the top of the inlet will be performed in similar manner to the above for manholes. On asphalt concrete paving projects using curb and gutter section, that portion of the cast iron frame not embedded in the gutter section shall be solidly embedded in concrete also. The concrete shall extend a minimum of six inches beyond the edge of the casting and shall be left 2 inches City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 below the top of the frame so that the wearing course of asphalt concrete pavement will butt the cast iron frame. The existing concrete pavement and edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Adjustments in the inlet structure shall be constructed in the same manner and of the same material as that required for new inlets. The inside of the inlets shall be mortared and plastered. Monuments and cast iron frame and cover: monuments and monument castings shall be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes. Valve box castings: adjustments of valve box castings shall be made in the same manner as for manholes. 7-05.3(2)A Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipes This Section is a new section: Where it is required that an existing storm sewer pipe be abandoned (or portions of pipe installed as part of this project which are to be abandoned as shown on the Plans), the structure shall be broken down to a depth of at least 4 feet below the revised surface elevation, all connections plugged, the manhole base shall be fractured to prevent standing water, and the manhole filled with sand and compacted to 90 percent density as specified in Section 2-03.3(14)C. Debris resulting from breaking the upper part of the manhole may be mixed with the sand subject to the approval of the Engineer. The ring and cover shall be salvaged and all other surplus material disposed of. A cement -based grout shall be used to fill the void of the abandoned storm sewer pipe. The grouting material must have a strength of at least 100 psi and shall have flow characteristics appropriate for filling a storm sewer. The grout mix designed and method of installation shall be approved by the Engineer prior to beginning the operation (See Section 9-03.22). 7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Catch Basins This Section is supplemented by adding the following: Where shown on the Plans, new drain pipes shall be connected to existing line, catch basin, curb inlets and/or manholes. The Contractor shall be required to core drill into the structure, shape the new pipe to fit and re -grout the opening in a workmanlike manner. Where directed by City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 the Engineer or where shown on the Plans, additional structure channeling will be required. Connections to existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be core drilled. Couplings shall be equal to "Kor-n-Seal" boots. Existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be cleaned, repaired, and re -channeled as necessary to match the new pipe configuration and as shown on the Construction Plans. A "connection to existing" item will be allowed at any connection of a new line to an existing structure, or the connection of a new structure to an existing line. No "connection to existing" will be accepted at the location of new installation, relocation and adjustment of line manholes, catch basins, or curb inlets. Any damage to existing pipe or structure that is to remain in place resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be repaired or replaced at her/his own expense. The unit bid price per each shall be full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required. 7-05.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Catch Basin, Type 1," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Catch Basin, Type 1" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, lids, frames and grates, slip resistant lids where indicated on the Plans, structure excavation, foundation gravel, backfill with suitable native material, compaction, removal and wastehaul of excess or unsuitable excavated material, pipe connection, dewatering, bypass pumping and maintaining stormwater flows, adjusting to finished grade. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 "Adjust Catch Basin," per each. "Adjust Manhole," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Adjust Catch Basin" or "Adjust Manhole" shall include all costs to adjust the existing structures to the finished grade including, but not limited to, sawcutting, wastehaul, furnishing and installing adjustment rings and blocks, HMA patch and concrete. The cost for temporary or other adjustment not to final grade shall be considered incidental to the Project and as such merged into the items bid. The cost for replacing existing frames, grates, rings, and/or lids with new frames, grates, rings, and/or lids on existing structures (where noted on the Plans) including but not limited to supplying and installing all materials, labor, and equipment, removal, salvage, and/or wastehaul of existing frames, grates, etc., as referenced on the Plans and specified herein, shall be included in the unit contract price per each for "Adjust Catch Basin" or "Adjust Manhole." 7-07 CLEANING EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 7-07.4 Measurement Delete this Section and replace with the following: No specific unit of measurement will apply to cleaning existing drainage structures. 7-07.5 Payment Delete this Section and replace with the following: No separate or additional payment will be made for cleaning existing drainage structures. This work shall be considered incidental and shall be included in the various unit and lump sum contract prices. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7-08.2 Materials This Section is supplemented with the following: The pipe used on this project shall be the type and size specified on the Plans. Bank run gravel for trench backfill shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.19. 7-08.3 Construction Requirements 7-08.3(1)A Trenches This Section is supplemented by adding the following: To minimize trench subgrade disturbance during excavation, all trench excavation for new storm drain shall done with a smooth -edge bucket rather than a toothed bucket. All trench excavated materials shall be disposed of off -site at an approved Contractor -provided disposal site. Excavation outside the excavation limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no additional expense to the City. Trench Excavation Incl. Haul includes the trench excavation for the storm sewer, sanitary sewer, and water main construction in accordance with the trench limits outlined on the plan drawings. All trench excavated materials shall be disposed of off -site at an approved Contractor -provided disposal site. Excavation outside the excavation limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no additional expense to the City. Contaminated Trench Excavation includes the trench excavation of materials characterized as contaminated based on sampling results for the storm sewer, sanitary sewer, and water main construction and in accordance with the trench limits outlined on the plan drawings. This excavated soil shall be managed in accordance with applicable state and federal regulations outlined in the Contract Documents. Handling and disposal of materials shall adhere to all transportation requirements, receive pre -approval from a disposal facility, manifesting, and record keeping, etc., as outlined in the Contractor's Contaminated Soil and Groundwater Handling and Management Plan. The excavations will City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 require a shoring system to limit the volume of excavation. Excavation outside the trench limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no additional expense to the City. It is not anticipated that solid rock will be encountered. Should such material be encountered, the excavation, removal and wastehaul will be paid for by change order per Section 1-04.4. Boulders or broken rock less than 2 cubic yards in volume, shall not be classified as rock, nor will so- called "hard -pan" or cemented gravel, even though it may be advantageous to use special equipment in its removal. Trench excavation shall also include wastehauling all excess and/or unsuitable material encountered, including but not limited to, abandoned pipelines, concrete, asphalt, tree stumps, trees, logs, abandoned rail ties, piling, and riprap. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment necessary to dewater the excavation. Before operations begin, the Contractor shall have sufficient pumping equipment and/or other machinery available on site to assure that the operation of any dewatering system can be maintained. The Contractor shall dispose of the water in such a manner as not to cause a nuisance or menace to the public, and comply with all codes, regulations, and ordinances of applicable governing authorities with regard to drilling, dewatering, and erosion control. The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of the natural foundation soil, prevent disturbance of backfill and prevent movement of structures and pipelines. The dewatering system shall be installed and operated by the Contractor so that the groundwater level outside the excavation is not reduced to the extent that would damage or endanger adjacent structures or property. Should settlement of the surrounding area and/or structures be observed, the Contractor shall cease dewatering operations and implement contingency plans. The cost of repairing any damage to adjacent structures, underground facilities or utilities and satisfactory restoration of above ground facilities to include fences, paving, concrete, etc., shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be required to comply with all conditions and requirements mandated by the Department of Ecology for the construction, operation, and decommissioning of dewatering facilities. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-11 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The Contractor shall obtain approved grading and filling permits for all spoils material sites, from the Contracting Agency, County, or both as required. These permits shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. 7-08.3(1)B Shoring This Section is supplemented by adding the following: Temporary shoring shall be designed to resist the lateral earth pressure resulting from the soil and ground water as well as any traffic and /or construction surcharge loads. A shoring and excavation plan shall be submitted to the City prior to the Preconstruction Conference for review and approval. The plan shall outline the specific measure to be taken for temporary support and the protection of utilities and structures. The shoring plan shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer and shall cover shoring for all pipe and structures. The shoring plan shall identify precautions to be taken during removal of the shoring to minimize disturbances of the pipe and underlying bedding materials, and native soils. All new storm drain installed shall be shored. Minimum shoring technique shall be trench box. More extensive shoring may be needed in areas working in close proximity to other utilities. Contractor is responsible for using shoring system capable of protecting adjacent utilities. In areas of soft or loose soils with sloughing potential, a trench box shall not be used as it does not provide adequate sidewall support or protection for existing utilities. Alternative shoring systems for utility protection, trench support or to minimize the area affected by trench excavation include steel plates with adjustable or hydraulic bracing, or interlocking sheet piles with internal bracing. Precautions shall be taken during the removal of the shoring to minimize disturbance of the pipe, underlying bedding materials, and native soils. 7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe This Section is supplemented by adding the following: Pipe bedding for PVC sewer pipe shall consist of clean, granular pea gravel consistent with Section 9-03.12(3). It shall be placed to a depth of 6" over and 6" under the exterior walls of the pipe. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-12 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 For all pipe bedding, hand compaction of the bedding materials under the pipe haunches will be required. Pipe bedding should provide a firm uniform cradle for support of the pipes. Prior to installation of the pipe, the pipe bedding should be shaped to fit the lower part of the pipe exterior with reasonable closeness to provide uniform support along the pipe. Hand compaction shall be accomplished by using a suitable tamping tool to firmly tamp bedding material under the haunches of the pipe. Care shall be taken to avoid displacement of the pipe during the compaction effort. Pipe bedding material should be used as pipe zone backfill and placed in layers and tamped around the pipes to obtain complete contact. Bedding material shall meet the requirements of Gravel backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding in accordance with Standard Specification Section 9-03.12(3). Pipe bedding shall be considered incidental to the pipe and no further compensation shall be made. In areas where the subgrade soils in the trench excavation consist of fine- grained soils, such as silt/clay, or organic rich soils, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to use a geotextile separator fabric be placed over the native soils prior to placement of the pipe bedding. The geotextile shall meet the requirements of Section 9-33.2(1) Table 3 for Separation. Geotextile shall be paid for by other items. 7-08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation Section 7-08.3(1)D is a new section: Pipe foundation in poor soil: When soft or unstable material is encountered at the subgrade which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not uniformly support the pipe, such material shall be excavated to an additional depth as required by the Engineer and backfilled with foundation gravel material placed in maximum 12-inch lifts. Foundation gravel shall be CSBC and conform to the requirements of Section 9- 03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. Corrections faulty grade: Excess backfilled with foundation gravel e compacted to the required grade line. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-13 excavation below grade shall be specified above and thoroughly SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 7-08.3(2)A Survey Line and Grade This Section is replaced with: Survey line and grade control shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.4, 1-05.5 and 1-11 in a manner consistent with accepted practices. The Contractor shall transfer line and grade into the trench where they shall be carried by means of a laser beam. Any other procedure shall have the written approval of the Engineer. 7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying — General This Section is supplemented by adding the following: Checking of the invert elevation of the pipe may be made by calculations from measurements on the top of the pipe, or by looking for ponding of 1/2" or less, which indicates a satisfactory condition. At manholes, when the downstream pipe(s) is of a larger size, pipe(s) shall be laid by matching the (eight -tenths) flow elevation, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. All pipe, fittings, etc. shall be carefully handled and protected against damage, impact shocks, and free fall. All pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner, which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the trench site or elsewhere. No pipe shall be installed where the lining or coating show defects that may be harmful as determined by the Engineer. Such damaged lining or coating shall be repaired, or a new undamaged pipe shall be furnished and installed. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting prior to installation to ensure that there are not damaged portions of the pipe. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall be repaired or replaced. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering into position in the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean during and after laying. All openings in the pipeline shall be closed with watertight expandable type sewer plugs at the end of each day's operation, or whenever the pipe openings are left unattended. The use of burlap, wood, or other similar temporary plugs will not be permitted. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-14 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the Engineer may change the alignment and/or the grades. Except for short runs, which may be permitted by the Engineer, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades that exceed 10 percent. Pipe, which is laid on a downhill grade, shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement. Unless otherwise required, all pipe shall be laid straight between the changes in alignment, and at uniform grade between changes in grade. For concrete pipes with elliptical reinforcement, the pipe shall be placed with the minor axis of the reinforcement in a vertical position. Immediately after the pipe joints have been made, proper gasket placement shall be checked with a feeler gage as approved by the pipe manufacturer to verify proper gasket placement. 7-08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints This Section is supplemented as follows: Care shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid over pushing the pipe and damaging the pipe or joint system. Any damaged pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 7-08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections This Section is supplemented by adding the following: All connections not occurring at a manhole or catch basin shall be done utilizing pre -manufactured tee connectors or pipe sections approved by the Engineer. Any other method or materials proposed for use in making connections shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all connections of lateral sewers to existing mains shall be made through a cast iron saddle secured to the sewer main with stainless steel bands. When the existing main is constructed of PVC, plain or reinforced concrete, cast or ductile iron pipe, the existing main shall be core drilled. When the existing main is constructed of vitrified clay, the main shall be re -sectioned with flexible couplings, Fernco or approved equal. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Connections (unless booted connections have been provided for) to existing concrete manholes shall be per Section 7-05.3(3). 7-08.3(2)J Placing PVC Pipe This Section is an added new section: In the trench, prepared as specified in Section 7-02.3(1) PVC pipe shall be laid beginning at the lower end, with the bell end upgrade. Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding will be used as the bedding material and extend from 6" below the bottom of the pipe to 6" above the top of the pipe. When it is necessary to connect to a structure with a mudded joint a rubber gasketed concrete adapter -collar will be used at the point of connection. 7-08.3(3)A Backfilling Pipe Trenches This Section is a new section supplementing 7-08.3(3): To the maximum extent available, suitable material obtained from trench or pond excavation shall be used for trench backfill. All material placed as trench backfill shall be free from rocks or stones larger than 6 inches in their greatest dimension, brush, stumps, logs, roots, debris, and organic or other deleterious materials. No stones or rock shall be placed in the upper three feet of trench backfill. Rock or stones within the allowable size limit incorporated in the remainder of fills shall be distributed so that they do not congregate or interfere with proper compaction. The existing soils shall not be reused as trench backfill unless otherwise required by the Engineer. Structural fill shall consist of Gravel Borrow, meeting the requirements of Section 9-03.14(1) of the Standard Specifications. It should be free of gravel, organics and other debris. The structural trench backfill should be moisture conditioned to within approximately 3 percent of optimum moisture content, placed in loose horizontal lifts less than 6 inches in thickness, and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density (MDD) as determined by the Modified Proctor compaction test method ASTM D 1557. Trench backfill shall be densely compacted in a systematic manner using methods that consistently produce adequate compaction levels. During placement of the initial lifts, the trench backfill material shall not be bulldozed into the trench or dropped directly on the pipe. Heavy vibratory City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-16 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 equipment shall not permitted to operate directly over the pipe until a minimum of 2 feet of backfill has been placed over the pipe bedding. Contactor shall take special care to obtain good compaction up to the edges of the excavation as the shoring is removed in accordance with the Shoring Plan. The Engineer may be on -site to collect soil samples and to test compaction. The Contractor shall provide site access at all times for compaction testing and sample collection. Areas of the trench which fail to meet the compaction requirements shall be removed and replace and re -compacted at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for any settlement of backfill, sub- base, and pavement that may occur during the period stipulated in the Contract conditions. All repairs necessary due to settlement shall be made by the Contractor at his expense. Backfill in unimproved areas shall be compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined by the modified proctor compaction test, ASTM D 1557. The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of any excess excavated material. Special care must be taken to obtain good compaction up to the edges of the excavation as the shoring is removed. Moreover, attention must be paid to ensuring good compaction around manholes. 7-08.3(5) Television Inspection This Section is a new section supplementing 7-08.3: All storm drain main lines constructed as part of this project shall be inspected by the use of a television camera before substantial completion. The costs incurred in making the inspection shall be paid for under "Television Inspection." In addition, the storm drains shall be free of water during TV inspection. The Contractor shall bear all costs incurred in correcting any deficiencies found during television inspection, including the cost of any additional television inspection that may be required by the Engineer to verify the correction of said deficiency. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-17 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred in any television inspection performed solely for the benefit of the Contractor. Once the "Television Inspection" has been completed, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the written reports of the inspection plus the inspection video recordings. Video recordings shall be in color and provided on a CD or DVD that is viewable in Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) format and compatible for viewing using Microsoft Windows Media Player, Apple QuickTime Player, and Adobe Flash Player. The video shall be compatible with GraniteXP, the City of Renton's software for storing, viewing and managing inspection videos. The Contractor shall use television inspection report forms as considered industry standard and as approved by the Engineer, and provide completed forms and video recordings of the completed "Television Inspection" to the Engineer. The Contractor shall also: • Introduce water prior to starting the television inspection to allow any sags in the pipe to be seen in the video. • Mount a 1-inch ball in front of the camera head. The ball would be seen rolling in the video and give a visual reference for the depth of water. • Ensure that the video references each storm pipe segment to the upstream and downstream connecting structures. The Contractor shall correct all deficiencies found during the video inspection and demonstrate that the correction was made with an updated inspection CCTV video. Maximum allowable ponding depth detected by video inspection shall be 0.5 inches. For apparent water tightness deficiencies identified by the video inspection, the City may at its discretion accept the storm pipe line(s) for which the Contractor demonstrates meet standards per Section 7- 04.3(1)E (Exfiltration Test — Storm Sewers) or 7-04.3(1)F (Low Pressure Air Test). 7-08.4 Measurement Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Measurement for Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul will be per cubic yard in accordance with the trench limits shown on the Plans. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-18 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Measurement of Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill will be per cubic yard. The measurement shall be calculated in accordance with the trench detail shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency with truckload tickets at the end of each day to be used to support the calculated quantities. No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item Trench Excavation Safety System. No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item "Television Inspection." 7-08.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Trench Excavation Safety Systems," lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Trench Excavation Safety Systems" shall include all costs of furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing those items necessary to provide adequate safety systems for trench excavation, as specified in Section 2 09.3(4). This item shall be paid proportionate to the satisfactory installation of all facilities that require trench excavation safety systems including pipeline, conduits, walls, embankments, and structures as noted in the Proposal, or otherwise required for the performance of this work. "Television Inspection," lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Television Inspection" shall include all costs of performing the television inspection per 7-08.3(5) and submitting the written reports and video recordings to the Contracting Agency. "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill," per cubic yard. The unit contract price per ton for "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install the imported trench backfill to include, but not limited to, backfilling trenches, placing, shaping, compacting of the bank run gravel backfill material. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-19 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 "Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul," per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies and incidentals required to excavate, remove, dewater, wastehaul, and dispose of the trench material. All costs associated with furnishing and installing pipe bedding for culverts, storm sewer, and sanitary sewer piping systems shall be included into the unit contract price for the type and size of pipe installed. All costs to providing dewatering as required shall be included into the unit contract price for the type and size of pipe installed. All costs of providing bypass pumping as required shall be included into the unit contract price for the type and size of pipe installed. All costs associated with excavation, stockpiling, backfilling, compacting, and wastehauling of excavated native material shall be included in the unit contract price for the type and size of pipe installed. 7-09 WATER MAINS 7-09.3(5) Grade and Alignment Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph under this Section and replace it with the following: The depth of trenching for water mains shall be such as to give a minimum cover of 36 inches over the top of the pipe unless otherwise specified on the Plans. This Section is supplemented with the following: Except where necessary, in making connections with other lines and unless authorized by the Contracting Agency, pipes shall be laid with bells facing in the direction of laying. Bells shall be placed on the uphill side for lines installed on an appreciable slope. Water mains shall be laid on a continuous positive grade as shown on the Plans to minimize the number of high or low points in the pipeline profile unless approved by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall, based on his review of the site and the Plans, note areas where additional depth City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-20 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 beyond the minimum pipe cover is required to avoid certain utility conflicts and provide adequate bury at ditches, and adjust the pipeline profile accordingly to maintain a continuous grade. 7-09.3(6) Existing Utilities This Section is supplemented with the following: Where shown on the Plans or where designated by the engineer, existing pipes shall be plugged at all inlets for a distance of 2 diameters with commercial concrete. In addition, the Contractor shall anticipate that all inlets of existing pipes to be abandoned in place shall be plugged. Care shall be used in placing the concrete in the pipe to see that the opening of the pipe is completely filled and thoroughly plugged. 7-09.3(7) Trench Excavation Delete the third paragraph under this Section and replace it with the following: The length of trench excavation in advance of pipe laying shall be kept to a maximum of 100 feet. Excavation shall either be closed up at the end of the day or protected per Section 1.07.23(1). This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall limit his excavation to the limits of the maximum payment width and depth shown on the Plans. If the Contractor purposely or neglectfully excavates to a width or depth beyond the maximum payment limit of the trench, as shown on the Plans, all expenses associated with any additional trenching, wastehaul, trench backfill, compaction, testing and surface restoration as a result of excavating beyond the neat line payment limits shall be borne by the Contractor. Trench excavation shall also include wastehauling to a Contracting Agency approved site all excess and/or unsuitable material encountered including, but not limited to, abandoned pipelines, concrete, asphalt, tree stumps, trees, logs, abandoned rail ties, piling, and riprap. The Contractor shall obtain approved grading and filling permits for all spoils material sites, from the Contracting Agency, County, or both as required. These permits shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-21 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 7-09.3(7)A Dewatering of Trench This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment necessary to dewater the excavation. Before operations begin, the Contractor shall have sufficient pumping equipment and/or other machinery available on site to assure that the operation of any dewatering system can be maintained. The Contractor shall dispose of the water in such a manner as not to cause a nuisance or menace to the public, and comply with all codes, regulations, and ordinances of applicable governing authorities with regard to drilling, dewatering, and erosion control. The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of the natural foundation soil, prevent disturbance of backfill and prevent movement of structures and pipelines. The dewatering system shall be installed and operated by the Contractor so that the groundwater level outside the excavation is not reduced to the extent that would damage or endanger adjacent structures or property. Should settlement of the surrounding area and/or structures be observed, the Contractor shall cease dewatering operations and implement contingency plans. The cost of repairing any damage to adjacent structures, underground facilities or utilities and satisfactory restoration of above ground facilities to include fences, paving, concrete, etc., shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be required to comply with all conditions and requirements mandated by the Department of Ecology for the construction, operation, and decommissioning of dewatering facilities. 7-09.3(7)B Rock Excavation This Section is supplemented with the following: It is not anticipated that solid rock will be encountered. Should such material be encountered, however, the excavation, removal and wastehaul will be paid at a negotiated price per Section 1-04.4. Boulders or broken rock less than 2 cubic yards in volume, shall not be classified as rock, nor will so-called "hard -pan" or cemented gravel, even though it may be advantageous to use special equipment in its removal. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-22 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 7-09.3(10) Backfilling Trenches This Section is supplemented with the following: It is the intent of these Specifications to utilize suitable excavated material for trench backfill where available. The Contractor shall provide evidence from a testing laboratory that any native material deemed suitable by the Contractor meets the intent of these Specifications and can be compacted to minimum requirements. Excavated material suitable for trench backfill shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-03.15. However, the presence and location of suitable backfill material is not guaranteed and will be as discovered in the field. Import material will be required and shall be utilized when necessary, and as called out on the Plans and further preapproved by the Contracting Agency. 7-09.3(13) Handling of Pipe This Section is supplemented with the following: Pipe shall be stacked in such a manner as to prevent damage to the pipe, to prevent dirt and debris from entering the pipe, and to prevent any movement of the pipe. Stacking layers shall be limited to the recommendations in the DIP Installation Guide. Pipe shall not be strung across driveways, in ditches, or within 10 feet of the edge of the travel lane. 7-09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe The first paragraph of this Section is revised as follows: Long radius (500 feet or more) curves, either horizontal or vertical, may be laid with standard pipe by deflecting the joints. If the pipe is shown curved in the Plans and no special fittings are shown, the Contractor can assume that the curves can be made by deflecting the joints with standard lengths of pipe. If shorter lengths are required, the Plans will indicate maximum lengths that can be used. The amount of deflection at each pipe joint when pipe is laid on a horizontal or vertical curve shall not exceed one half of the manufacturer's printed recommended deflections. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-23 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 7-09.3(15)B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 inches and Over) This Section is supplemented with the following: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe shall not be used for water mains and appurtenances. 7-09.3(16) Cleaning and Assembling Joints This Section is supplemented with the following: All joints in the pipe, fittings, valves, flexible couplings, ductile iron sleeves, etc., shall be fully seated with small clearances allowed for pipe expansion. Where flexible couplings and ductile iron sleeves are called for, the space between pipe ends shall not exceed 1/4 inch, to prevent pipe movement such as would possibly be caused by the resultant thrust of a nearby closed valve. When the space between pipe ends is excessive, a short section (1" to 2") of pipe may be inserted as a spacer ring to limit such pipe movement within the coupling (or sleeve), to obtain the 1/4 inch limitation stipulated herein. 7-09.3(17) Laying Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings with Polyethylene Encasement The title and text of this Section has been revised as follows: The Contractor shall lay ductile iron pipe with a polyethylene encasement. Pipe and polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C105. The polyethylene encasement shall also be installed on all appurtenances, such as pipe laterals, couplings, fittings, and valves, with 8-mil polyethylene plastic in accordance with Section 4-5 of ANSI 21.5 or AWWA C105. The polyethylene wrap shall be tube type and black color. Any damage that occurs to the wrap shall be repaired in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 105/A21.5-93. Installation of the polyethylene encasement shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe and no additional payment shall be allowed. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-24 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains This Section is revised and supplemented with the following: The Contractor may be required to perform the connection during times other than normal working hours. The Contractor shall not operate any valves on the existing system. Water system personnel will operate all valves on the existing system for the Contractor when required. No Work shall be performed on the connections unless a representative of the water department is present to inspect the Work. When not stated otherwise in the special provisions or on the plans, all connections to existing water mains will be done by City forces as provided below: City Installed Connections: Connections to existing piping and tie-ins are indicated on the drawings. The Contractor must verify all existing piping, dimensions, and elevations to assure proper fit. Connections to the existing water main shall not be made without first making the necessary arrangements with the Engineer in advance. A 2-week advance notice shall be required for each connection which requires a cutting of the existing water mains or a shut -down of the existing water mains. The City reserves the right to re -schedule the connection if the Work area is not ready at the scheduled time for the connection. Work shall not be started until all the materials, equipment and labor necessary to properly complete the Work are assembled on site. The Contractor shall provide all saw -cutting, removal and disposal of existing surface improvements, excavation, haul and disposal of unsuitable materials, shoring, de -watering, foundation material, at the connection areas before the scheduled time for the connection by the City. The Contractor shall provide all materials necessary to install all connections as indicated on the construction plans, including but not limited to the required fittings, couplings, pipe spools, shackle materials to complete the connections. The Contractor shall provide and install concrete blocking, polywrap the piping at the connections, backfill and surface restoration at the locations shown on the plans for the connections to the existing water mains. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-25 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The City will cut the existing main and assemble all materials. 7-09.3(19)B Maintaining Service This Section is supplemented with the following: No Contracting Agency owned utility service will be allowed to be shutdown for more than 4 hours per day without prior approval. 7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead -Man Block This Section is supplemented with the following: Provide concrete blocking at all hydrants, fittings and horizontal or vertical angle points. Conform to the City of Renton Standard Details for general blocking, and vertical blocks herein. All fittings to be blocked shall be wrapped with 8-mil polyethylene plastic. Concrete blocking shall be properly formed with plywood or other acceptable forming materials and shall not be poured around joints. The forms shall be stripped prior to backfilling. Joint restraint (shackle rods), where required, shall be installed in accordance with Section 7-11.3(15). Provide concrete dead -man blocks at locations shown on the plans. The dead -man block shall include reinforcing steels, shackle rods, installation and removal of formwork. Blocking shall be commercial concrete (hand -mixed concrete is not allowed) and poured in place. The poured in place concrete thrust and/or anchor blocks shall be in place at least 24 hours before beginning the pressure test, to allow the concrete to set. Longer durations may be required to ensure adequate curing has been established to conduct the necessary testing. 7-09.3(22) Blowoff Assemblies Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Blowoff Assemblies shall be constructed at the locations shown on the Plans and in accordance with the detail provided on the Plans. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-26 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test This Section is supplemented with the following: A hydrant meter and a backflow prevention device will be used when drawing water from the City system. These may be obtained from the City by completing the required forms and making the required security deposits. There will be a charge for the water used. Before applying the specified test pressure, air shall be expelled completely from the pipe, valves and hydrants. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the contractor shall install corporation cocks at such points so that the air can be expelled as the line is filled with water. After all the air has been expelled, the corporation cocks shall be closed and the test pressure applied. At the conclusion of the pressure test, the corporation cocks shall be removed and plugged. The quantity of water required to restore the pressure shall be accurately determined by either 1) pumping from an open container of suitable size such that accurate volume measurements can be made by the Owner or, 2) by pumping through a positive displacement water meter with a sweep unit hand registering 1 gallon per revolution. The meter shall be approved by the Engineer. Acceptability of the test will be determined by two factors, as follows: 1. The quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as listed in the following table. 2. The loss in pressure shall not exceed 5 psi during the 2 hour test period. All water used to perform hydrostatic pressure shall be charged a usage fee. Allowable leakage per 1000 ft. of pipeline* in GPH Nominal Pipe Diameter in inches PSI 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" 20" 24" 450 0.95 1.27 1.59 1.91 2.55 3.18 3.82 400 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.60 350 0.84 1.12 1.40 1.69 2.25 2.81 3.37 275 0.75 1.00 1.24 1.49 1.99 2.49 2.99 250 0.71 0.95 1.19 1.42 1.90 2.37 2.85 225 0.68 0.90 1.13 1.35 1.80 2.25 2.70 200 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.70 2.12 2.55 If the pipeline under test contains sections of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. For those diameters or pressures not listed, the formula below shall be used: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-27 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 The quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula L=ND P 7400 in which: L = Allowable leakage, gallons/hour N = No. of joints in the length of pipeline tested D = Nominal diameter of the pipe in inches P = Average test pressure during the leakage test, psi The paragraph stating that "There shall not be an appreciable or abrupt loss in pressure during the 15 minute test period." Is deleted. 7-09.3(24)A Flushing and "Poly -Pigging" This Section is supplemented with the following: Sections of pipe to be disinfected shall first be poly -pigged to remove any solids or contaminated material that may have become lodged in the pipe. If the main cannot be "poly -pigged", then a tap shall be provided large enough to develop a velocity of at least 2.5 fps in the main. The "Poly -pig" shall be equal to Girard Industries Aqua -Swab -AS, 2lb/cu-ft density foam with 90A durometer urethane rubber coating on the rear of the "Poly -pig" only. The "Poly -pig" shall be cylinder shaped with bullet nose or squared end. The paragraph stating: "Where dry calcium hypochlorite is used for disinfection of the pipe, flushing shall be done after disinfection." is deleted. Dechlorination of all water used for disinfection shall be accomplished in accordance with the City of Renton Standard Details. Water containing chlorine residual in excess of that carried in the existing water system, shall not be disposed into the storm drainage system or any water way. The Contractor shall check the downstream capacity of the drainage system proposed to facilitate disposal of flushing water prior to starting the flushing process. The Contracting Agency will furnish the water necessary to fill and flush City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-28 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 the pipelines for testing purposes at a time of day when sufficient quantities of water are available for normal system operation. The Contractor shall monitor the rate of disposal to prevent flooding of any areas downstream of the Contractor flushing operations. All service lines shall be flushed prior to connecting the meters. 7-09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite This Section has been replaced with: Dry calcium hypochlorite shall not be placed in the pipe as laid. 7-09.3(24)K Retention Period This Section has been revised as follows: Treated water shall be retained in the pipe at least 24 hours but no longer than 48 hours. After this period, the chlorine residual at pipe extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 25 mg/I. 7-09.3(24)J Preventing Reverse Flow This Section is supplemented with the following: The configuration of the installation of an approved backflow prevention device shall be submitted to the Contracting Agency for review and approval prior to the installation and use of the device and making the connection. 7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing Delete the third paragraph under this Section and replace with the following: Before placing the line into service, a satisfactory report shall be received on samples collected from representative points in the new system. Samples will be collected and bacteriological tests obtained by the Engineer. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-29 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 This Section is supplemented with the following: All water mains shall be flushed within 48 hours of chlorination. No flushing will be allowed on weekends or on holidays. The Contracting Agency shall be notified by the Contractor a minimum of 48 hours in advance of any flushing or flow testing. 7-09.3(24)0 Repetition of Flushing and Testing This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for payment of all repeat bacteriological testing. Testing shall not be cause for claims for delay by the Contractor and all expenses accruing there from shall be borne by the Contractor. Retesting and reinspection required because of defective work and testing performed for the convenience of the Contractor shall be paid by the Contractor. 7-09.3(25) Joint Restraint Systems (New Section) General Where shown on the plans or in the specifications or required by the Engineer, joint restraint system (shackle rods) shall be used. All joint restraint materials used shall be those manufactured by Star National Products, 1323 Holly Avenue, PO Box 258, Columbus Ohio 43216, unless an equal alternate is approved in writing by the Engineer. Materials Steel types used shall be: High strength low -alloy steel (cor-ten), ASTM A242, heat -treated, superstar "SST" series. High strength low -alloy steel (cor-ten), ASTM A242, superstar "SS" series. Items to be galvanized are to meet the following requirements: ASTM A153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. ASTM A123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-30 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Joint restrainer system components: Tiebolt: ASTM A242, type 2, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. SST 7:5/8" for 2" and 3" mechanical joints, 3/4" for 4" to 12" mechanical joints, ASTM A325, type 3D, except tensile strength of full -body threaded section shall be increased to 40,000 lbs. minimum for 5/8" and 60,000 lbs. minimum for 3/4" by heat treating (quenching and tempering) to manufacturer's reheat and hardness specifications. SST 753: 3/4" for 14" to 24" mechanical joints. same ASTM specification as SST 7. SST 77: 3/4" same as SST 7, except 1" eye for 7/8" rod. same ASTM specification as SST 7. Tienut: heavy hex nut for each tiebolt: SS8: 5/8" and 3/4", ASTM A563, grade C3, or zinc plated. S8: 5/8" and 3/4", ASTM A563, grade A, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. Tiecoupling: used to extend continuous threaded rods and are provided with a center stop to aid installation, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. SS10: for 5/8" and 3/4" tierods, ASTM A563, grade C3. S10: for 5/8" and 3/4" tierods, ASTM A563, grade A. Tierod: continuous threaded rod for cutting to desired lengths, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. SS12: 5/8" and 3/4" diameter, ASTM A242, type 2; ANSI B1.1. S12: 5/8" and 3/4" diameter, ASTM A36, A307. Tiewasher: round flat washers, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. SS17: ASTM A242, F436. S17: ANSI B18.22.1. Installation: Install the joint restraint system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions so all joints are mechanically locked together to prevent joint separation. Tiebolts shall be installed to pull against the mechanical joint body and not the MJ follower. Torque nuts at 75-90 foot pounds for 3/4" nuts. Install tiecouplings with both rods threaded equal distance into tiecouplings. Arrange tierods symmetrically around the pipe. Pipe Diameter Number of 3/4" Tie Rods Required 4" 2 6" 2 8" 3 10" 4 12" 6 14" 8 16" 8 18" 8 City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-31 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Pipe Diameter Number of 3/4" Tie Rods Required 20" 10 24" 14 3011 16-7/8" rods 3611 24-7/8" rods Where a manufacturer's mechanical joint valve or fitting is supplied with slots for "T" bolts instead of holes, a flanged valve with a flange by mechanical joint adapter shall be used instead, so as to provide adequate space for locating the tiebolts. Where a continuous run of pipe is required to be restrained, no run of restrained pipe shall be greater than 60 feet in length between fittings. Insert long body solid sleeves as required on longer runs to keep tierod lengths to the 60 foot maximum. Pipe used in continuously restrained runs shall be mechanical joint pipe and tiebolts shall be installed as rod guides at each joint. Where poly wrapping is required all tiebolts, tienuts, tiecouplings, tierods, and tiewashers, shall be galvanized. All disturbed sections will be painted, to the Inspector's satisfaction, with koppers bitomastic no. 300-m, or approved equal. Where poly wrapping is not required all tiebolts, tienuts, tiecouplings, tierods and tiewashers may be galvanized as specified in the preceding paragraph or plain and painted in the entirety with koppers bitumastic no. 800-m, or approved equal. Tiebolts, tienuts, tiecouplings, tierods, and tiewashers shall be considered incidental to installation of the pipe and no additional payment shall be made. 7-09.3(25) Temporary Blowoff Assemblies (New Section) Any temporary blowoff assemblies required for the Project shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. Blowoffs shall be sized to provide a minimum pipe flow (scouring velocity) of 2.5 feet per second. Only brass plugs will be allowed to be utilized to plug pipelines where these temporary facilities were installed. 7-09.3(26) Plugging Existing Pipe (New Section) Where shown in the Plans or where designated by the Engineer, existing pipes shall be plugged on the inlet end for a distance of 2 diameters with commercial City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-32 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 concrete. Care shall be used in placing the concrete in the pipe to see that the opening of the pipe is completely filled and thoroughly plugged. 7-09.3(27) Pipe Abandonment (New Section) This Section is supplemented with the following: Where shown on the Plans or where designated by the Engineer, existing pipes shall be abandoned in place and completely backfilled with controlled density fill. A minimum of 10 working days prior to beginning abandonment work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a detailed, written plan for CDF fill and abandonment of existing mains. The Contractor shall fill all existing pipes to be abandoned, as specified on the Plans, with CDF after the new pipe has been accepted by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall strive to leave the existing AC main in place rather than removing the line. Existing surface appurtenances to the abandoned water main, including but not limited to valve boxes, valve box covers, and angle stops, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor in a legal and safe manner at an appropriate disposal site. Excavations resulting from appurtenance removal shall be filled with crushed surfacing and any surfacing restored. 7-09.4 Measurement Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Measurement for payment of pipe for water mains will be by the linear foot of pipe laid and tested and shall be measured along the pipe through fittings, valves and couplings at grade. No measurement shall be made for extra trench excavation as defined in Section 7-09.3(7)C. Measurement for Removal of Unsuitable Material (Trench) will be per cubic yard of material removed below the foundation depth as shown on the Plans. Measurement of Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill will be per ton. The measurement shall be calculated in accordance with the trench detail shown on the Plans. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-33 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Measurement of Additional Ductile Iron Fittings shall be per pound, based on the weight of fittings as listed in the AWWA Standards, ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10-87. Fittings not listed in the above standards will be paid for at the weight listed in the Manufacturer's catalog. Weight will be based on the fitting body only and will not include accessory items such as bolts, glands, etc. Only those extra fittings required during construction, but which are not shown on the Plans, will be paid for under the bid item for Additional Ductile Iron Fittings. Measurement for connection to the existing water main will be per each. Measurement for payment of concrete thrust blocking and dead -man blocks will be per cubic -yard when these items are included as separate pay items. If not included as separate pay items in the contract, then thrust blocking and dead -man blocks shall be considered incidental to the installation of the water main and no further compensation shall be made. Plugging pipes will be measured per each, for each plug installed. 7-09.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Trench Excavation Safety System," lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Trench Excavation Safety System" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing all shoring and cofferdams as specified herein. This item of work shall be paid proportionate to the total amount of pipe and structures, satisfactorily installed on the Project. "DI Pipe for Water Main, In. Diam.," per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for the respective diameters of "DI Pipe for Water Main, In. Diam." shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, trench excavation, bedding, laying and jointing City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-34 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 pipe and fittings, bedding, laying and jointing pipe and fittings, backfill with suitable native material, compaction, and removal and wastehaul of excess or unsuitable trench excavation material, dewatering, fittings, connections, marker tape, restrained joint systems, Megalugs, concrete blocking, installation and removal of temporary blowoff assemblies, pressure testing, flushing, disinfection and disposal of hypochlorinated water. "Additional Ductile Iron Fittings," per pound. The unit contract price per pound for "Additional Ductile Iron Fittings" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, fittings, follower glands, bolts, grip rings, Megalugs, concrete thrust/anchor blocks, testing, flushing, and disinfection. "Connection to Existing Water Main," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Connection to Existing Water Main" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, pumps, hoses, temporary blocking (and waste hauling of same), plugs, locating the existing main line, cutting into the main line, dewatering, waste hauling existing pipe, miscellaneous fittings and appurtenances as shown on the Plans, all temporary materials, including temporary blowoffs, miscellaneous fittings and pipe, testing, flushing, disinfection and all work associated with making a complete connection. Service connections or fire hydrant connections or reconnections shall not be subject to payment under this bid item. "Removal of Unsuitable Material (Trench)," per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Removal of Unsuitable Material (Trench)" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to remove unsuitable material below the trench bottom to include, but not limited to, excavation, removal and wastehaul of unsuitable excavated material, and dewatering. "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill," per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-35 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install the imported trench backfill to include, but not limited to, backfilling trenches, placing, shaping, compacting, and compaction testing of the bank run gravel backfill material. All work associated with providing temporary blowoff assemblies to include the necessary valve, fittings, piping, thrust blocks, connection, and any and all incidentals as required shall be merged into the price bid for the various sizes of water mains. "Plugging Existing Pipe," per each. 7-12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS 7-12.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: The required field inspection shall include operating the valve over the full range of opening to closed to ensure the valve firmly seals and fully clears the flow path. The ears of the valve box cover shall be aligned along the pipe centerline. 7-12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Post This Section has been revised as follows: Where required, a valve marker post shall be furnished and installed with each valve. Valve marker posts shall be placed at the edge of the right-of- way opposite the valve and be set with 18 inches of the post exposed above grade. The rest of this section is deleted. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-36 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 7-12.3(2) Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade This Section is a new section: Valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes, as detailed in Section 7-05.3(1) of the City of Renton Standard Details. Valve box adjustments shall include, but not be limited to, the locations shown on the Plans. Existing roadway valve boxes shall be adjusted to conform to final finished grades. The final installation shall be made in accordance with the applicable portions of Section 7-12. In the event that the existing valve box is plugged or blocked with debris, the Contractor shall use whatever means necessary to remove such debris, leaving the valve installation in a fully operable condition. The valve box shall be set to an elevation tolerance of one-fourth inch (1/4") to one-half inch (1/2") below finished grade. 7-12.4 Measurement This Section is supplemented by adding the following: Adjustment of existing valve boxes to grade shall be measured per each, if included as a separate pay item in the Contract; if not a separate pay item but required to complete the Work, then value box adjustment shall be considered incidental. Hydrant auxiliary gate valve will be included in the measurement for hydrant assembly and will not be included in this measurement item. 7-12.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-37 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 "Gate Valve, In.," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Gate Valve, In." shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, excavation, backfill with suitable native material, compaction, removal and wastehaul of excess or unsuitable trench excavation material, dewatering, valve box, valve stem extension, testing, flushing, disinfection and final adjustment of the valve box to finished grade. "Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly" shall be for all, labor, equipment and material to complete the installation of the assembly including but not limited to, excavating, tapping the main, laying and jointing the pipe and fittings and appurtenances, backfilling, testing, flushing, and disinfection, meter box and cover, at location shown on the plans, and per the City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. "Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly, In.," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly, In." shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, excavation, backfill with suitable native material, compaction, removal and wastehaul of excess or unsuitable trench excavation material, dewatering, valve box, valve stem extension, testing, flushing, disinfection and final adjustment of the valve box to finished grade. "Adjust Valve Box," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Adjust Valve Box" shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the Work as defined in the Contract Documents, including all incidental Work. If not included as a separate pay item in the Contract, but required to complete other Work in the Contract, then adjustment of valve boxes shall be considered incidental to other items of Work and no further compensation shall be made. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-38 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 7-14 HYDRANTS 7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants Delete the first paragraph under this Section and replace it with the following: Where shown in the Plans, hydrants shall be installed in accordance with the detail provided on the Plans. In addition, a minimum 3-foot radius unobstructed working area shall be provided around all hydrants. The safety flange shall be set 2 inches above finished grade. Paragraph four and five of Section 7-14.3(1) is revised and the section is supplemented as follows: After all installation and testing is complete, the exposed portion of the hydrant shall be painted with two field coats. The type and color of paint will be designated by the Engineer. Any hydrant not in service shall be identified by covering with a burlap or plastic bag approved by the Engineer. Hydrants shall be installed in accordance with AWWA specifications C600-93, Sections 3.7 and 3.8.1 and the City of Renton Standard Details. Hydrant and guard posts shall be painted in accordance with the standard details. Upon completion of the project, all fire hydrants shall be painted to the City of Renton specifications and guard posts painted with two coats of preservative paint NO. 43-655 Safety Yellow or approved equal. Fire hydrants shall be of such length as to be suitable for installation with connections to 6", 8" AND 10" piping in trenches 3 - 1/2 feet deep unless otherwise specified. The hydrant shall be designed for a 4-1/2 foot burial where 12" and larger pipe is shown unless otherwise noted on the plan. Fire hydrant assembly shall include: cast-iron or ductile iron tee (MJ x FL), 6" gate valve (FL x MJ), 6" DI spool (PE x PE), 5-1/4" MVO fire hydrant (MJ connection), 4" x 5" Stortz adapter, cast iron valve box and cover, 3/4" shackle rods and accessories, concrete blocks and two concrete guard posts (only if hydrants are outside of right-of-way). Joint restraint (Shackle Rods) shall be installed in accordance with Section 7-11.3(15). City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-39 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall furnish fire hydrants with the correct bury depth (trench depth), in accordance with the specified pipe depth and special conditions of the Project. The fire hydrants shall be installed to provide the mounting height above finished grade as shown on the Plans. The hydrant shall be installed plumb on the vertical axis. Hydrants shall be equipped with one Storz pumper nozzle. The pumper port shall be turned to face the street. After installation, each hydrant shall receive two field coats of paint. The first coat shall be thoroughly dried before applying the second coat. The exact colors shall be per Contracting Agency's current standards. One blue lane marker, Type 2, shall be installed at all fire hydrant locations. It shall be installed on the adjacent pavement at locations designated by the Contracting Agency and in accordance with the provisions of Section 8-09 and Section 9-21. 7-14.3(2) Hydrant Connections Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Hydrant laterals shall consist of one continuous section of 6-inch Class 52 ductile iron pipe from the main to the hydrant and shall include as auxiliary gate valve set vertically and placed in accordance with the detail provide on the Plans. 7-14.3(2)A Hydrant Restraints Delete the first sentence of the first paragraph under this Section and replace with the following: The thrust created in the hydrant lateral shall be restrained as shown on the detail provided on the Plans. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-40 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 7-14.3(3) Resetting Existing Hydrants This Section is supplemented by adding the following: All hydrants shall be rebuilt to the approval of the City (or replaced with a new hydrant). All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation of the same type. 7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants This Section is supplemented by adding the following: All hydrants shall be rebuilt to the approval of the City (or replaced with a new hydrant). All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation of the same type. 7-14.4 Measurement Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Measurement of hydrant assembly, resetting hydrants, moving existing hydrants and reconnecting existing hydrants will be made per each. No measurement shall be made for hydrant extension. 7-14.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs in this Section and replace it with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Fire Hydrant Assembly," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Fire Hydrant Assembly" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, excavation, backfill with suitable native material, compaction, removal and wastehaul of excess or unsuitable trench excavation material, dewatering, painting, blocking, restraint systems, gate valve, main line tee, valve box, hydrant City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-41 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 extensions, Storz adaptors, fittings, gravel drywell, concrete pads, the 6-inch hydrant stub, hillside barrier, turning the pumper port to face the street, testing, flushing, and disinfection. The work required to remove and deliver existing fire hydrants to the Contracting Agency shops as required shall be considered incidental to the Project and as such merged into the various unit and lump sum contract items requiring the removal. 7-15 SERVICE CONNECTIONS 7-15.3 Construction Requirements Delete the first paragraph in this Section and replace with the following: Pipe materials used to extend or replace existing water service lines shall be copper. Where installation is in existing paved streets, the service lines shall be installed by a trenchless percussion and impact method (hoe -hogging). If the trenchless percussion and impact method fails, regular open trench methods may be used. Service connections shall be constructed at the locations shown on the Plans and in accordance with the detail provided on the Plans. All piping and fittings shall be left exposed until they have been inspected by the Contracting Agency and approval is given for backfilling. 7-15.4 Measurement Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Service connections will be measured per each for each size of water service connection installed. Measurement of "Adjust Meter Box" will be per each existing meter box adjusted to grade. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-42 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 7-15.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs paragraph in this Section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Service Connection, In. Diam.," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Service Connection, In. Diam." shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, excavation, backfill with suitable native material, compaction, removal and wastehaul of excess or unsuitable trench excavation material, dewatering, tapping the main, furnishing and installing the service pipe, connecting to the existing service, testing, flushing, and disinfection. "Adjust Meter Box," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Adjust Meter Box" shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to adjust existing meter boxes to the finished paved surfaces, as noted and detailed on the Plans. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 7-43 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 8-01.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This work also consists of preparing the Erosion Control Plan, inspecting water pollution and erosion control items, preparation of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), documenting, and testing stormwater discharge. 8-01.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions and utilize the Department of Ecology's (DOE) Best Management Practices to prevent sediment and fugitive dust from construction activities from entering into storm water systems, natural waterways, or environmentally sensitive areas and from otherwise being carried away from the construction area by stormwater or air. Temporary erosion protection shall be furnished, installed, and maintained for the duration of this Project to protect environmentally sensitive areas, sloped surfaces, adjacent areas and/or water bodies or conveyance systems. Temporary erosion protection may include the use of straw, jute matting, wattles, heavy plastic sheeting, or other forms of ground cover on areas disturbed by construction. Sloped surfaces shall be restored and protected in such a manner that surface runoff does not erode the embankments, slopes, or ground surfaces, nor create surface channels, or ruts. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, in conformance with DOE requirements, to the Engineer before any Work begins. 8-01.3(1)A Submittals This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be required to prepare, maintain, and update the erosion control plan, as may be required during the course of the Project. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 The erosion control plan and details included are provided solely for the establishment of basic erosion control measures and are not intended to be a complete plan. 8-01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing This Section is supplemented with the following: (December 4, 2006, WSDOT GSP) Grass seed, of the following composition, proportion, and quality shall be applied at the rates shown below on all areas requiring roadside seeding within the project: Kind and Variety of Seed in Mixture by Common Name and (Botanical Name) Dwarf Perennial Ryegrass Creeping Red Fescue Hard Fescue Total Pounds PLS Per Acre Pounds Pure Live Seed (PLS) Per Acre 100 50 50 200 Seeds shall be certified "Weed Free," indicating there are no noxious or nuisance weeds in the seed. (January 3, 2006, WSDOT GSP) Sufficient quantities of 18-6-12 fertilizer shall be applied at 650 pounds per acre, 72 percent of nitrogen applied per acre shall be derived from isobutylidene diurea (IBDU), cyclo-di-urea (CDU), or a time release, polyurethane coated source with a minimum release time of 6 months. The remainder may be derived from any source. The fertilizer formulation and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer before use. (January 3, 2006, WSDOT GSP) Wood fiber mulch shall be applied at a rate of 2,000 pounds per acre, and tackifier shall be applied at a rate of 43 pounds per acre. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 8-01.3(9)D Inlet Protection This Section is supplemented with the following: All catch basins grates within the project limits and adjacent areas shall have inlet protection installed to prevent sedimentation from entering the storm system. The inlet protection shall be routinely cleaned of sediment to prevent plugging. This sediment shall be regularly removed, loaded, and hauled to waste whenever it presents a potential surface accumulation problem or concern to the Contracting Agency. Any damage caused by the Contractor's failure to keep the erosion materials maintained shall be borne by the Contractor alone. 8-01.4 Measurement This Section is supplemented with the following: No specific unit of measure will apply to erosion/water pollution control. Seeding, fertilizing and mulching will be measured by the square yard by ground slope measurement or through the use of design data. 8-01.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Payments will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following Bid Item(s): The lump sum contract price for "Erosion/Water Pollution Control" shall include all costs for preparing an erosion control plan and all temporary erosion control as stated herein and as further indicated on the Plans that is not otherwise paid under separate contract items in the Proposal, including furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removal of erosion/water pollution control devices. The unit contract price per square yard for "Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching" shall include all costs incidental to furnishing, installing and mowing the seed, fertilizer and mulch, complete in place, water and reseeding as required. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8-02.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This work also includes all sod work on the site. The sod shall be installed using the materials shown on the Plans and/or as specified in these Special Provisions. 8-02.3(3)B Chemical Pesticides This Section is supplemented with the following: No chemical herbicides will be allowed in planting areas. 8-02.3(4) Topsoil This Section is supplemented with the following: The costs of removing all excess material and debris shall be considered incidental to the Project and as such merged in the various items bid. Cultivate 4 inches of imported topsoil, Type A into the existing subgrades to a minimum transition depth of 6 inches in areas to be seeded with topsoil, in sod areas, in planting strip areas and in fill slopes to be planted, as shown on the Plans. 8-02.3(5) Planting Area Preparation This Section is supplemented with the following: Seeding, Sod and Planter Strip Areas: Finished grades of planting and seeding areas shall allow for soil preparation and mulch. Finished grades shall be as follows: Seeding and Sod Areas: 1 inch below all walks, curbs, and/or hard -surface edges. Perform all excavation and backfill necessary to provide finish grade of landscape areas as indicated and specified. Remove from site excess City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 and unsuitable material. Landscape areas shall be graded to lines, grades, and cross sections indicated. Grades shall meet the following: 1. Maximum 2:1 slope, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Smooth and round off surfaces at abrupt grade changes. 3. Feather grades to meet existing gradually. Rake planting areas smooth and remove surface rocks over 2-inches diameter. 4. Provide minimum 2 percent crown or slope in all landscape areas. The Contractor is responsible for any adverse drainage conditions that may affect plant growth, unless he contacts the Project Engineer immediately indicating any possible problem. Finish grades shall be inspected and accepted by the Contracting Agency prior to commencing planting or seeding work. The costs of removing all excess material and debris shall be considered incidental to the Project and as such merged in the various items bid. Final Acceptance Final acceptance by the Contracting Agency for soil preparation will be contingent on the approval of all inspections, and that the soil preparation is consistent with these specifications and with the Plans. 8-02.3(16)B Lawn Establishment This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for watering and fertilizing the seeded area until physical completion of the Project. Four weeks after the first mowing, 6-2-4 fertilizer shall be applied and reapplied at 6-week intervals. Inspection and Substantial Completion After completion of all seeding, including the post -planting fertilization which follows the first mowing, the Contracting Agency will review the seeded areas for adequacy. Areas not fully germinated (seeded) with a uniform stand of grass, or areas damaged through any cause prior to this inspection shall be reseeded, by the Contractor as herein specified and at the Contractor's sole expense as no additional monies will be due the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Contractor. "Uniform stand of grass" shall signify complete cover of lush, thriving, green grass with no bare spots. Reseeding Reseed and fertilize with 6-2-4 at a rate of 400 pounds (30 pounds) per 1,000 square foot, all areas failing to show a uniform stand of grass after germination of seed, or damage through any cause before physical completion of the Project. 8-02.4 Measurement Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Topsoil, Type will be measured by the cubic yard to the nearest 0.5 cubic yard in the haul conveyance or container at the point of delivery. The Resident Inspector shall be given a copy of the trip ticket or other such evidence, which lists the quantity delivered and placed on site. The Contractor shall coordinate same. 8-02.5 Payment Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following listed bid items that are included in the Proposal: The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Topsoil, Type A" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for providing the source of material for topsoil Type A, for pre -excavation weed control, excavating, loading, hauling, intermediate windrowing, stockpiling, weed control on stockpiles or windrows, and removal, furnishing, placing, cultivating, spreading, processing, and compacting the topsoil. 8-04 CURB, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 8-04.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: Any curb and gutter damaged, defaced, cracked, chipped, or determined to be of poor workmanship, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, shall City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 be removed, wastehauled and replaced by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense. Sacking and grinding shall not be considered an acceptable means for repairing unacceptable sections. The Contractor shall further provide verbal and written notice (door hanger) to property owners identifying restricted use of their driveways, sidewalks, etc. This notice must be provided twice: at 1 week prior and again 1 day prior to the work being performed. 8-04.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: The unit contract price per linear foot for "Cement Concrete Traffic Curb and Gutter" shall include all costs associated with furnishing labor, material, tools, and equipment for the complete installation of these items including, but not limited to, forming, placing, block -outs, lowering curbs for sidewalk ramps and driveways, joint filler, curing, temporary barricades, end -sections, painting, and any other items as shown on the plans and as required in the field for a complete installation. It shall also include protecting all curb and gutters from vandalism and other damage until accepted by the Contracting Agency. 8-06 CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES 8-06.3 Construction Requirements This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Cement Concrete Driveway Entrance shall conform to the details shown on the Plans. The driveway width shall be as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer to suit field conditions. The Contractor's attention is called to the several different driveway entrance configurations. It is essential that the proper detail be used as indicated on the Plans. The Contractor shall confirm each driveway type and width in the field with the Engineer prior to forming the driveway. Failure to do so shall be justification for removing and replacing the work at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Before placing any concrete, the Contractor shall have on the job site enough protective paper, or equivalent, to cover the pour of an entire day in the event of rain or other unsuitable weather conditions. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Driveway access shall be maintained at all times. The Contractor shall use steel plates to bridge entrances or construct entrances in sections in order to protect new driveway entrances and allow access during the curing period. The placing and compaction of the subgrade and crushed surfacing shall be in accordance with the requirements of the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The driveway entrance shall be protected against damage or defacement of any kind until acceptance by the Contracting Agency. Any driveway entrance not acceptable, in the opinion of the Engineer, because of damage or defacement shall be removed, wastehauled, and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Sacking, grinding, or spot repair shall not be considered an acceptable means for repairing unacceptable sections. 8-06.4 Measurement Delete this Section and replace with the following: Cement Concrete Driveway Entrance will be measured by the square yard of total surface area from the backside of the curb to the backside of the sidewalk, regardless of entrance type. Cement Concrete Driveway Repair will be measured by the square yard of cement concrete driveway installed. 8-06.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: The unit contract price per square yard for "Cement Concrete Driveway Entrance" shall be full compensation for all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals required to perform the work as specified including, but not limited to, forming, joint material, furnishing and installing the concrete, finishing, protecting the work, temporary steel plating, and regardless of entrance type. Crushed surfacing top course shall be paid under the unit contract item for "Crushed Surfacing Top Course." City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 8-09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS 8-09.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: One Blue Raised Pavement Marker, Type 2 shall be placed in -line with the lane line that is closest to the hydrant perpendicular to the centerline of the roadway in front of each fire hydrant. On a two-lane roadway, the marker shall be offset from the centerline 4 inches toward the hydrant location. 8-09.4 Measurement Delete this Section and replace with the following: Measurement of markers will be by units of 100 markers furnished and set in place regardless of the type of marker. 8-09.5 Payment Delete this Section and replace with the following: "Raised Pavement Marker," per hundred. The unit contract price per hundred for "Raised Pavement Marker" shall be full pay for furnishing and installing the markers, regardless of type, in accordance with these Specifications including all costs involved with traffic control except for reimbursement for labor for traffic control in accordance with Section 1-10.5. 8-13 MONUMENT CASES 8-13.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This work shall also consist of adjusting existing monument case and covers to grade in accordance with the Plans and these Specifications. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-13.4 Measurement This Section is supplemented with the following: Measurement of Adjust Monument Case and Cover will be per each unit adjusted to final grade. 8-13.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: "Adjust Monument Case and Cover," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Adjust Monument Case and Cover" shall be full pay for all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to adjust the monument case and cover to grade. 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8-14.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: Any sidewalk damaged, defaced, cracked, chipped, or determined to be of poor workmanship, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, shall be removed, wastehauled, and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Damaged sidewalk shall be removed at a construction or expansion joint; sawcutting will not be allowed. Sacking, grinding, or spot repaired shall not be considered an acceptable means for repairing unacceptable sections. The Contractor shall further provide verbal and written notice (door hanger) to property owners abutting the Project identifying restricted use of these facilities, etc. This notice must be provided 1 week prior and again 1 day prior to the work being performed. 8-14.4 Measurement This Section is supplemented with the following: Measurement of curb ramps will be by the unit for each completed ramp, regardless of ramp type. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-14.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: The unit contract price per square yard for "Cement Conc. Sidewalk" shall include all costs of furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for a complete installation including forming, furnishing and placing concrete, thickened edges, jointing and joint filler, curing, temporary barricades, and any other items required for a complete installation in good working order and in accordance with the Plans, the Specifications, and as required in the field. It shall also include protecting all sidewalks from damage until accepted by the Contracting Agency. The unit contract price per each for "Cement Conc. Curb Ramp" shall include all costs of furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to furnish and construct the curb ramp, regardless of type, including forming, furnishing and placing concrete, truncated domes, curbing for ramps (at sides or back of ramps), jointing, and joint filler, curing, and temporary barricades as necessary. 8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and Electrical 8-20.1 Description This Section is replaced with the following: The electrical work shall consist of furnishing, installing and field-testing all materials and equipment necessary to complete in place, fully functional systems of any or all of the following, types including modifications to an existing equipment all in accordance with approved methods, City Guidelines, WSDOT Design Guidelines, the Plans, Standard Specifications, the latest Amendments to Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions: Installation of Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons (HAWK) Signal System Installation of Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) Devices The work involves, but shall not be limited to furnishing and installation of the following: Signal controller and equipment BPS system and equipment City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-11 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Cabinets and bases Signal poles Signal and pedestrian heads Pedestrian pushbuttons Emergency Pre-emption equipment Junction boxes Conduit and wire Luminaires Electrical service, enclosures, connections, and bases Unless otherwise noted, the location of foundations, poles, cabinets, junction boxes and appurtenances shown in the Plans are approximate; and the exact location will be established by the Engineer in the field. 8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code This Section is supplemented with the following: All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), FHWA IP-78-16, the Radio Manufacturers Association, the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), the International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA), whichever is applicable, and to other codes listed herein. Where applicable, materials shall conform to the latest requirements of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and Puget Sound Energy. Prior to start of Work, all necessary licenses, permits, and approvals shall be obtained. The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders, and regulations relating to the performance of the Work, the protection of adjacent property, and the maintenance of all other facilities. The Contractor will be required to comply with all the provisions of these documents and shall save and hold the City harmless from any damage that may be incurred as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with all the terms of these permits. Electrical Inspector shall inspect and approve the electrical portions of the Project. Before work begins, the Contractor shall contact an Electrical Inspector to coordinate a schedule of electrical inspection. The cut-off time for next day inspections is 3:00 PM. When electrical inspection of work is City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-12 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 required, the Contractor shall notify the Electrical Inspector at least two days in advance. The Electrical Inspector's inspection and approval of all electrical work is required before final acceptance of the project. All costs to obtain and comply with electrical permits shall be included in the applicable bid items for the work involved. Persons performing electrical work shall be certified in accordance with RCW 19.28.161. Proof of certification shall be supplied to the Engineer prior to the performance of the work. 8-20.1(2) Industry Codes and Standards This Section is supplemented with the following: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), Secretary NESC, NESC Committee, IEEE Post Office Box 1331445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331. 8-20.1(3) Restrictions on the Schedule of Work This Section is an added new section: Work in Roadway The roadway shall be kept open to traffic at all times, except when specific tasks required by this Contract require construction in the roadway (see Section 1-10 of these Special Provisions for roadway closure restrictions information). All exceptions will require an advanced approval from the Engineer and approval of a special traffic control plan to be developed by the Contractor. All trenching work shall be completed and patched with HMA or covered with steel plates by 3:00 p.m. to allow all lanes of traffic to be open. Traffic Control During Construction The Contractor shall submit a detailed traffic control plan and obtain approval from the Engineer prior to roadway trenching, erection of mast arms, installation of induction loops, and other activities requiring lane closures or detours. During traffic interruptions, traffic will be controlled by qualified flag persons unless otherwise specified. Work performed on Saturday, Sunday, or holidays, requires the presence of a City inspector and must be approved five (5) days in advance of the planned work. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-13 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 During the erection of mast -arm assemblies, the Contractor, with the authorization of the Engineer, may block all traffic lanes for a maximum of 10 minutes during the hours as specified in these Special Provisions Sections 1-07.23(1) and 1-08.0(2) herein. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish an off -duty police officer for traffic control for conditions as required per Section 1-10.3(3)M of these Special Provisions, and for all other conditions where the Engineer deems it necessary for safety. The off -duty police officer shall be in addition to all other personnel required for flagging. The Contractor shall coordinate all such Work and shall include the cost of the officer per Section 1-10, in these Special provisions. Mast Arm Erection Mast arms should not be erected more than 14 calendar days prior to the system being turned on. Vertical signal poles may be installed earlier with no limiting days prior to signal being placed into operation. Signal Head Installation The vehicle and pedestrian signal heads and push buttons shall be covered immediately upon installation and shall remain covered until the signal is turned on. A small hole shall be created in the cover that aligns with each signal lens or pedestrian legend for the purpose of final field testing. Traffic Signal Turn -On Prior to schedule of turn -on, an electrical inspection must be passed with a copy of the Electrical Control Permit in the service cabinet. The traffic signal controller shall be provided to the COR Field Maintenance Shop for testing and programming at a minimum of thirty-five (35) days in advance prior to signal turn on. The traffic signal controller shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.13 of these Special Provisions. A minimum of five (5) working days written notice will be required for signal turn on. The Contractor shall not pick up the controller cabinet from the City until power is present at the site and all site preparation required to install the controller cabinet is complete. All discrepancies and deficiencies must be corrected by the contractor and re -inspected prior to requesting signal turn on date. All functional tests required by the Contract Specifications shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer 48 hours prior to the Turn -On date. Signal turn -on shall not be allowed on Mondays, Fridays, weekends, holidays, and the weekday immediately before and after a holiday. Signal turn -on shall be completed between the hours of 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. on the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-14 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 day of the turn -on. No turn -on will be allowed until the approval of the Engineer. The signal turn -on shall be performed by the COR Field Maintenance Shop. The Engineer shall certify the intersection is operating and functioning in accordance with the specifications. The Contractor shall be present during the turn -on with adequate equipment to repair any deficiencies in operation. The traffic signal controller manufacturer's representative shall fully explain the operation of all control equipment to the Engineer prior to the turn -on procedure. The Engineer may contact the manufacturer to schedule the explanation of the control equipment and the training session shall be provided if deemed necessary by manufacturer's representative. Requests for traffic signal turn -on will not be considered until a pre -turn on inspection of signal system has taken place. Requests for signal turn -on shall not be considered until electrical service to the intersection has been provided and has been energized by the electric utility. Channelization at the intersection must be completed per plan before requesting signal turn -on date. Any deletions of channelization prior to turn -on must be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide, post and maintain proper signing warning of new signal ahead per XXX. Permits The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating, obtaining, and paying for all permits necessary to complete this work in a timely fashion. All required electrical permits shall be obtained before beginning trench excavation. 8-20.1(4) Special Provisions Cost Included in Contract Price This Section is an added new section: All costs incurred by reason of, or in connection with, the Special Provisions shall be included in the contract bid price. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-20.1(5) Errors and Omissions This Section is an added new section: The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer upon discovery of any errors or omissions in the Contract Documents, in the layout as given by survey points and instructions, or of any discrepancy between the Contract Documents and the physical conditions of the locality. If deemed necessary, the Engineer shall rectify the matter and advise the Contractor accordingly. Any work done after such discovery without City authorization will be done at the Contractor's risk and expense. 8-20.2 Materials This Section is supplemented with the following: Materials shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29 of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions. All materials for the completion of the Work described herein and in the Plans shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect the manufacturing process of all materials. Final inspection of the installed materials will not be given until final installation and testing has been completed on the systems. Approval to install materials and equipment must be obtained from the Engineer at the job site before installation. Product Handling All equipment shall be handled and protected so as to prevent damage. Damaged equipment, if any, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Salvaged Equipment All existing equipment that is to be removed shall not be stockpiled within the job site without theEngineer's approval. The following signal equipment shall remain the property of the City and shall be disconnected, dismantled, stacked separately and delivered to the City: • Traffic Signal Standards and Mast Arms City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-16 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 • Controller Cabinet • Solar Panels • Flashing Beacon Displays and Mounting Hardware • Pedestrian Pushbuttons • Terminal Cabinets • Visors The Contractor shall give the Engineer fourteen (14) calendar days advance written notice prior to delivery for removed materials to the City's storage facilities. The salvaged material listed above shall be delivered between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 2:30 p.m. to: Field Maintenance Shop 3555 NE 2nd Street Renton, WA 98056 The Contractor shall: • Remove all wires for discontinued circuits from the conduit system. • Remove elbow sections of abandoned conduit entering junction boxes. • Removed abandoned conduit that is less than 18 inches below finished grade, unless otherwise indicated in the Plans. • Remove foundations to a depth of at least five feet below finished ground elevation or below subgrade elevation, whichever is lower. • Backfill voids created by removal of foundations and junction boxes. Backfilling and compaction shall be performed in accordance with Standard Specification Section 2-09.3(1)E. Pole Shaft and Mast Arm Identification All removed mast arms and pole shaft shall be identified by paper identification tags recording pole number, intersection location (such as SR XXX, jct XXX), and mast arm length. 4 inch by 6 inch (minimum) tags shall be taped to corresponding pole shafts and mast arms. Information on the mast arm tag shall match the information on the corresponding pole shaft tag. Each tag shall be entirely covered with clear acetate tap. The tape shall be wrapped on full circle around the shaft or arm with a 1/2 — inch minimum overlap at the ends and sides. The Contractor shall bundle the complete signal poles standard assembly together. The assembly consists of pole shaft, mast arm, and connecting bolts. Connecting bolts shall be attached to the original mast arm base plate. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-17 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Dismantled equipment shall be clearly marked and all hardware saved in a heavy duty burlap bag attached to the corresponding signal standard or mast arm. The Contractor shall be responsible for loading, delivering and unloading the salvaged signal equipment as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine the condition of the signal equipment. Only undamaged material parts will be accepted by the City. If the Contractor's operation causes damage to removed equipment to be returned, it shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the Engineer's satisfaction at no additional cost to the City. The Contractor shall remove and dispose properly all debris and signal equipment not identified for returned to the City. Equipment to Remain Care shall be taken to protect and preserve all existing equipment that is not being removed under this Contract. Any existing equipment to remain that is damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction, at no additional expense to the City. 8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings This Section is revised as follows: Add the word "calendar" after "twenty" in the first paragraph. Paragraph five of Section 8-20.2(1) is deleted. After the fifth paragraph add the following: Shop drawing for signal standards shall be provided in an electronic format (AUTOCAD Release 2018 or later), as well as complying with Section 6-03.3(7). Manufacturer's technical information shall be submitted for all poles, mast arms, luminaires, wire, conduit, junction boxes, control equipment, and all other items to be used on the Project. The Contractor also shall submit either on the signal standard shop drawings or attached to the signal standard shop drawings all dimensions to clearly show the specific mast arm mounting height and signal tenon locations for each signal pole to be installed. Final ground and roadway cross sections at the locations of the standards shall be submitted for approval along with the shop drawings. All approvals by the Engineer must be received by the Contractor before City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-18 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 material will be allowed on the job site. Materials not approved will not be permitted on the job site. All shop drawings for signal poles shall be stamped by a State of Washington registered Civil or Structural Engineer. The Engineer shall have 14 calendar days to review information for each submittal that is made. Approval of shop drawings does not constitute final acceptance or guarantee of the material, but is solely to assist the Contractor in providing the specified materials. Final verified dimensions for signal standards, including pole base to signal mast arm connection point, pole base to light source distances, mast arm length, offset distances to mast arm mounted appurtenances, and orientations of pole mounted appurtenances shall be verified by the Engineer as part of the final approved shop drawings prior to fabrication. If the Contractor selects to use LED luminaires not listed in Section 9-29.10 of these Special Provisions, the Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of the following information for the complete corridor illumination system: • Cut sheets for all proposed luminaires including photometric data (per IESNA LM-79-08) and lumen maintenance data (per IESNA LM-80-08). • AGI-32 layout using pole locations per the Contract Plans and complete layout including all roadway luminaires. AGI file with luminaire locations, calculation areas and required standards may be obtained from the Engineer upon request. Manufacturer's data for materials proposed for the electrical systems, for use in the Contract which require approval, shall be submitted in one complete package. Approval of shop drawings does not constitute final acceptance or guarantee of the material, but is solely to assist the Contractor in providing the specified materials. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-19 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-20.3(1) General This Section is supplemented with the following: Signal Installation Coordination with the City The Contractor shall coordinate with the COR Field Maintenance Shop, for all required signal installation work and testing. Power Source Coordination The Contractor shall coordinate all of the installation details for the electrical service cabinet(s) with Seattle City Light. Within 4 weeks after Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall meet with a Seattle City Light Representative (see Section 1-07.17 for Utilities contact information) in the field to verify the location of power source as shown in the Plans and shall notify the Engineer immediately if any conflicts exist. The PSE portion of the installation shall be completed prior to installation of the service cabinet by the Contractor. Existing Conditions No new equipment shall be constructed as part of this contract that is in conflict with any existing utilities, or the code required thereby. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate all utilities whether above, on, or below the ground and to protect against any and all damages arising from work under this project. At least 48 hours before digging, the Contractor shall call the Utilities Underground Locator Center (telephone 811 or 1- 800-424-5555). Existing underground utilities are indicated on the Plans in their approximate location from field markings by the respective utility companies without uncovering. Such indication does not relieve the Contractor, however, from the responsibilities indicated herein. In case of damage to any utilities above, on or below ground, the Contractor shall immediately notify the utility agency involved. Power, telephone, and gas facilities shall be repaired by the respective utility company. Prior to start of construction, the Contractor shall contact any remaining utilities to obtain material requirements and determine repair procedures. Such repairs may be the responsibility of the Contractor as directed by the respective utility. The Contractor shall be responsible for the costs to repair any utilities damaged by the Contractor regardless of whether the utility company or the Contractor repairs the utility. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-20 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 The Contractor warrants and represents that it is fully aware of the statutory provisions contained in RCW 19.122.010 through .900, that is has read and fully understands the same, and that it will comply with the requirements of these provisions which are incorporated by reference herein. The Contractor agrees that all trenching as well as excavating for mast arm pole bases shall be an "excavation" as defined under RCW Chapter 19.122 and that such utilities constitute underground facilities. The parties agree that remedies affected under RCW Chapter 19.122 are also incorporated by reference herein. Any cost to the Contractor as a result of this law shall be at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for coordination with the utility companies and arranging for the movement or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their facilities within the project limits. Before beginning any excavation work for foundations, junction boxes or conduit runs, the Contractor shall confirm that the location proposed on the Contract Plans does not conflict with utility location markings placed on the surface by the various utility companies. If a conflict is identified, the following process shall be used to resolve the conflict: 1. Contact the Engineer and determine if there is an alternative location for the foundation, junction box, vault or conduit trench. If an adequate alternate location is not obvious for the underground work, select a location that may be acceptable and pothole to determine the exact location of other utilities. Potholing must be approved by the Engineer. If an adequate alternate alignment still cannot be identified following potholing operations, the pothole area should be restored and work in the area should stop until a new design can be developed. The Contractor shall not attempt to adjust the location of an existing utility unless specifically agreed to by the utility owner. Surface Mounted Appurtenances Electrical appurtenances to be surface mounted on structures shall be mounted so that a minimum 1/4-inch space is maintained between the appurtenance and structure. 8-20.2(3) is an added new section City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-21 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-20.3(2) Excavating and Backfilling This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall provide trenching as specified herein, regardless of the material encountered, as necessary for complete and proper installation of signal conduit. The City reserves the right to make additions or deletions to the trenching which prove necessary for the completion of this Project. 8-20.3(4) Foundations This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall provide all materials for and construct the foundations for poles and cabinets to the dimensions specified in the Plans. The anchor bolt pattern circle shall match that of the item to be installed thereon. • Combination signal controller/BPS/electrical service cabinet foundation shall be per the COR Standard Plan 126.2. • Signal pole foundations shall be per COR Standard Plans 138.1 and 138.3 and Contract Plans. The Engineer, prior to excavation, shall approve location of all concrete foundations. All excess materials shall be removed from the construction site and disposed of at the Contractor's expense. Concrete foundations shall be placed against undisturbed earth if possible. CDF shall be used to backfill around signal pole foundations that are not placed against undisturbed earth. Before placing the concrete, the Contractor shall block out around any other underground utilities that lie in the excavated base so that the concrete will not adhere to the utility line. The Contractor shall secure the anchor bolts required for the item to be mounted on the foundation. The Contractor shall also securely locate all conduit required, to be used to connect the pole ground wire to the ground rod in the nearest junction box. Concrete foundations shall be troweled, brushed, edged, and finished in a workmanship -like manner. Concrete shall be promptly cleaned from the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-22 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 exposed portion of the anchor bolts and conduit after placement. Concrete and steel rebar shall be furnished and placed as shown in the Contract. After a curing period of 3 weeks or 90% of the design strength has been obtained, the Contractor may install the signal poles on the foundations. 8-20.3(5) Conduit 8-20.3(5)A General This Section is revised as follows: When the Contractor encounters obstructions or is unable to install conduit because of soil conditions, as determined by the Engineer, additional work by the Contractor to place the conduit will be paid in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-04.4. Pull wires shall be installed by the Contractor. All conduit openings shall be fitted with approved bell -ends or bushings. Wall thickness of conduit shall be consistent within continuous conduit runs with no mixing of different schedule types between terminations. The conduits shall be adjusted in accordance with WSDOT Standard Plans J-40.10 and J-40.30 before conductors are installed. The Contractor shall provide and install all conduit and necessary fittings at the locations noted on the Plans. Conduit size shall be as indicated on the wiring and conduit schedule shown on Plans. Conduits entering through the cabinet foundation shall be arranged toward the front of the cabinet for maximum accessibility. All joints shall be made with strict compliance to the manufacturer's recommendations regarding cement used and environmental conditions. Conduits shall be capped during construction using manufactured seals to prevent entrance of water and debris. The conduits shall be cleaned before pulling wire and shall include bonded ground wire (including spare conduits for locating purposes). Spare conduits shall be capped and labeled "City of Renton" conduits. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-23 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-20.3(5)B Conduit Type This Section is revised as follows: All conduit shall be rigid non-metallic unless noted otherwise in the Plans or Special Provisions. Conduit to be provided and installed shall be of the type indicated below: • Schedule 40 heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM standards shall be used whenever the conduit is to be placed outside of the roadway area. • Schedule 80 extra heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM standards shall be used when the conduit is to be placed within the roadway area. 8-20.3(5)E1 Open Trenching This Section is supplemented with the following: Uniform Construction: Trenching for conduit runs shall be done in a neat manner, and the trench bottom shall be graded to provide a uniform grade, with a width and depth as specified herein. All trenches for placement of conduit shall be straight and as narrow in width as possible. Trench Inspection: No work shall be covered until it has been examined by the Engineer. Earth, which fills around and over the conduit, shall be free of rocks greater than 2 inches up to a depth of 6 inches. When trenching is being accomplished within the sidewalk area, the backfill can be made with acceptable materials from the excavation and shall be considered incidental to the excavation in accordance with the Standard Specifications. The compaction requirements for the roadway backfill shall apply. Trenches in all asphalt pavement areas shall be sawcut. The sawcut shall be a minimum of 2 inches deep and shall be parallel. Slurry from saw cutting must be vacuumed up as cutting is taking place and disposed of properly. Pavement Removal: Pavement shall be removed in a manner approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take care in removing existing paving not to damage the pavement outside of the saw cut lines. Trenching Through Concrete Sidewalk Areas and Through Concrete Curb and Gutter: The Contractor has the option of pushing conduit under City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-24 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 existing sidewalk and curb and gutter or removing and replacing the concrete to the limits of the existing expansion joints. The costs for pushing conduit shall be incidental to the trenching. The costs of replacement sidewalk or curb and gutter shall be paid with the appropriate bid items. 8-20.3(5)E4 Directional Boring This Section is supplemented with the following: At the Contractor's option, conduit can be installed using a surface launched steerable drilling tool. Directional boring shall only be performed by an experienced Contractor specializing in directional boring and whose key personnel performing the work have at least 5 years of experience in this work. The Contractor shall submit a plan and methodology of the proposed areas where directional boring is proposed to the Engineer for approval at least 10 working days in advance of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for restoration for any damage caused by heaving, settlement, separation of pavement, escaping drilling fluid or the directional drilling operation, at no cost to the City. A complete set of as -built plans showing all bores (successful and failed) within 10 calendar days of completing the boring shall be submitted to the Engineer. The plans shall be copies of the Contract Plans and include roadway profile, cross-section, boring location and subsurface conditions. The plans must include elevations of the installation. 8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes This Section is supplemented with the following: Junction boxes used for electrical wiring shall utilize a locking lid per WSDOT Standard Plans J-40.10 and J-40.30. Junction boxes shall have galvanized steel lids and frames. All junction boxes placed in the sidewalks shall have also skid resistant lids that meets all requirements per Section 9-29.2 of these Special Provisions, per COR Standard Plan 135. All junction boxes and associated concrete pads shall be installed on compacted sub grade which shall include six inches of 5/8th-inch minus crushed surfacing top course material installed under and around the base City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-25 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 of the junction box. The junction box shall include installation of a 4" thick Class "B" cement concrete pad enclosing the junction box as per the WSDOT Standard Plans. Concrete shall be promptly cleaned from the junction box frame and lid. If junction boxes are placed in the sidewalk, they shall not be placed closer than 12 inches from the edge of any sidewalk or sidewalk joint. The frame and lid shall be from 0 to 3/16 inch below a straight edge laid across the sidewalk, and the lid shall be flat to a maximum of 1/16 inch positive camber. Pre -molded joint filler for expansion joints shall be placed around junction boxes installed in sidewalks. Wiring shall not be pulled into any conduit until all associated junction boxes have been adjusted to or installed in their final grade and location, unless installation is necessary to maintain system operation. If wire is installed for this reason, sufficient slack shall be left to allow for final adjustment. The second paragraph is supplemented with the following: 9. Wiring shall not be pulled into any conduit until all associated junction boxes have been adjusted to or installed in their final grade and location, unless installation is necessary to maintain system operation. If wire is installed for this reason, sufficient slack shall be left to allow for final adjustment. 10. Junction box lids shall have grounding lugs and be mechanically and electrically bonded. (see Section 8-20.3(9), Paragraph 3). 8-20.3(8) Wiring This Section is revised as follows: All illumination circuits shall be labeled with a PVC marking sleeve bearing the circuit number at each junction box whether splices are present or not. Terminal strips in cabinets, or when used as a connection device between conductors, shall bear the circuit numbers. All wires terminated at a terminal block shall have an open end, crimp style solderless, insulated terminal. All terminals shall be installed with a tool designed for the installation of this type of terminal. Crimping with pliers, wire cutters, etc., will not be allowed. Terminals shall be color City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-26 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 coded to the wire and sized to fit snugly on wire ends. No exposed conductor will be allowed. All wiring inside the controller cabinet shall be trimmed and cabled together to make a neat, clean appearing installation. No splicing of any traffic signal conductor shall be permitted unless otherwise indicated on the plans. All conductor runs shall be attached to appropriate signal terminal boards with pressure type binding posts. Field wiring shall be COR Standard Plan 138.2. 8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding This Section is revised as follows: Detectable pull wires shall not be connected to the equipment -grounding system. Contractor shall provide and install bonding and grounding wires as described in Standard Specifications and the National Electric Code for any new metallic junction boxes and any modified existing junction boxes. For the purposes of this section, a box shall be considered "modified" if new current -carrying conductors are installed, including low -voltage conductors. Junction box lids and frames shall be grounded in accordance with Department of Labor and Industries standards, and shall be grounded so that the ground will not break when the lid is removed and lain on the ground next to the junction box. All conduits which are not galvanized steel shall have bonding wires between junction boxes. At points where wiring shields of shielded conductors are grounded, the shields shall be neatly wired and terminated on suitable grounding lugs. All street light standards, signal poles and other standards on which electrical equipment is mounted shall be grounded to a copper clad metallic ground rod 5/8" in diameter x 8'0" in length complete with a #8 AWG bare copper bonding strap located in the nearest junction box. All signal controller cabinets and signal/lighting service cabinets shall be grounded to a 5/8" in diameter x 8'0" in length copper clad metallic ground rod located in the nearest junction box with a bare copper bonding strap sized in accordance with the plans, specifications and applicable codes. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-27 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Ground rods and straps are considered miscellaneous items and all costs are to be included with the system or conductors. 8-20.3(10) Services Transformer, Intelligent Transportation System Cabinet This Section is revised as follows: Paragraph two is deleted. Paragraph three is deleted. Power service shall be single phase 120/240 volt, 3 wire 60 Cycle A.C. (street lighting contactor/traffic signal, grounded neutral service) per COR Standard Plans. The power service point shall be as noted on the Plans and shall be verified by the electrical servicing utility (the Contractor to coordinate a power service point availability, with a power company, as described in these Special Provisions, Section 8-20.3 Construction Requirements). The service cabinet shall be shipped and delivered to the job site in a protective covering with suitable dunnage to prevent damage to the exterior surface. 8-20.3(14)A Traffic Signal Controllers This Section is revised as follows: The new traffic signal controller and cabinet shall conform to all of the sections and requirements within and under the Sections and Sub Sections of 9-29.13 Control Cabinet Assemblies within the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. The Traffic Signal controller and cabinet shall be tested by the City at COR Field Maintenance Shop. The Contractor shall deliver the controller and cabinet to the COR Field Maintenance Shop and shall pick up the units at the end of the test period, deliver to the job site, and install. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-28 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 8-20.3(14)B Signal Heads This Section is revised as follows: Alignment of vehicular and pedestrian signal heads shall be approved by the Engineer prior to system turn -on. All new vehicular and pedestrian signal heads shall be covered (sacked) completely with a 6 mil black polyethylene sheeting until placed into initial operation. The fitted covers shall use adjustable straps. The fitted covers shall have a one -inch hole for each signal display to flash out indications. After the pole assembly has been installed and leveled, the Contractor shall measure the distance between each mounting point on the arm and the roadway. A type of mounting bracket different from that specified on the Plans shall be provided and installed by the Contractor if necessary to achieve the following criteria: 1. Red indications shall be in as straight a line as possible. 2. The housing to pavement clearances (including a backplate) shall be minimum 16.5 feet above the pavement. The top of the vehicle signal housing location shall be per the MUTCD. The Contractor shall provide and install the correct type of mounting to achieve the criteria noted above at no additional expense to the Owner. Vehicular signal faces should be aimed so that the continuation of the optical axis of the signal passes through a point on the approach located at least the distance given in the following table and at drivers' eye height. If the approach sight distance is limited by horizontal or vertical alignment, the signals shall be aimed at a point on the approach at which the signal indication first becomes visible. 8-20.3(14)E Signal Standards This Section is revised as follows: 3. Disconnect connectors complete with pole and bracket cable shall be installed in any signal standard supporting a luminaire. Illumination wiring shall conform to COR Standard Plans. Installation of all nuts and bolts shall be performed with proper sized sockets, open end or box wrenches. Use of pipe wrenches or other tools which can damage the galvanization of the nuts and City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-29 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 bolts will not be permitted. Tools shall be of a sufficient size and strength to achieve adequate torquing of the nut(s). Traffic signal standards shall be fabricated in conformance with the methods and materials specified on the pre -approved plans and outlined in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, Sections 9-29.6(1)A Decorative Signal Poles Type III and 9-29.6(1)A Signal Poles Type PS. All Type III signal standards shall have terminal cabinets and Iuminaire arm connection as described in 9-29.6(1)A Decorative Signal Poles Type III. While delivering the poles and arms to the job site and before they are installed, they shall be transported and stored in a manner that will not inconvenience the public or damage the surface finish. Extreme care shall be taken by the Contractor during installation and pole erection to avoid damage to the finish. The poles shall be installed on leveling nuts and washers secured to the anchor bolts and with locking nuts and washers on the top of the base flange. The side of the shaft opposite the load shall be plumbed by adjusting the leveling nuts or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. The space between the concrete base and the bottom of the pole flange shall be filled with dry pack mortar to completely fill the space under the flange and be neatly troweled to the contour of the pole flange. A barrier shall be placed around the anchor bolts to prevent grout from entering the conduits. A plastic drain hose (3/8-inch diameter) shall be inserted through the mortar to provide drainage from the interior of the pole base and be trimmed flush with the interior and exterior surface of the mortar. Dry pack mortar shall consist of a 1 to 3 mixture of cement and fine sand. All welds shall comply with the latest AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals. Welding inspection shall comply with Standard Specifications Section 6-03.3(25)A Welding Inspection. Hardened washers shall be used with all signal arm -connecting bolts instead of lock washers. All signal arm AASHTO M 164 connecting bolts shall be tightened to 40 percent of proof load. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-30 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 8-20.3(14)F Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption Detectors This Section is an added new section: The Contractor shall supply the manufacturer's software on original disks. Controller cabinets shall have the related harness wired into the cabinet by the supplier. Emergency vehicle pre-emption detectors shall be installed in a drilled and tapped hole in the top of the mast arm unless otherwise shown in the Plans. They shall be tightly fitted to point in the direction shown in the plan view. The Contractor shall furnish and install detector lead-in cable for the emergency pre-emption system. Lead-in cable back to the controller, shall be Opticom Detector 138 cable, or equivalent, and shall have no splices. All lead-in cables shall be connected to terminals in the controller cabinet as shown in the wiring diagram. The shields shall be grounded to the grounding bar. The Contractor shall furnish and install phase discriminator units as required to obtain the necessary phase discriminator channels for each leg of the intersection. 8-20.3(14)G Pedestrian Push Button Assembly This Section is an added new section: The Contractor shall provide and install the pedestrian push buttons (APS type) and signs on the signal pole or pedestrian signal pole per Contract Plans. The push buttons will be mounted to the poles per WSDOT Standard Plan J-20.26. All mountings shall be securely fastened and approved by the City Traffic Engineer. The position of the pedestrian push buttons shall be adjacent to a flat surface, located generally so that each point at the crosswalk which the button is intended to serve and face the intersection; however, final positioning for the optimum effectiveness shall be approved by the Engineer. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-31 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-20.3(15) Grout This Section is supplemented with the following: After the pole is plumbed the space between the concrete foundation and the bottom of the pole base plate shall be filled with a dry pack mortar grout troweled to a smooth finish conforming to the contour of the pole base plate. Dry pack mortar grout shall consist of a 1:3 mixture of Portland cement and fine sand with just enough water so that the mixture will stick together on being molded into a ball by hand and will not exude moisture when so pressed. A one half inch drain hole shall be left in the bottom of the grout pad as shown on the standard detail. 8-20.4 Measurement This Section is replaced with the following: When shown as lump sum in the Plans or in the proposal as "Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons (HAWK) Signal System, Complete", no specific unit of measurement will apply, but measurement shall be for the sum total of all items for a complete system to be furnished and installed. When shown as lump sum in the Plans or in the proposal as "Wireless Interconnect" no specific unit of measure will apply, but measurement shall be for the sum total of all items for a complete system to be furnished and installed per lump sum. 8-20.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: Payment will be made for the following bid items: "Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (HAWK) Signal System, Complete," per lump sum. "Wireless Interconnect," per lump sum. "Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (HAWK) Signal System, Complete" lump sum shall be full pay for the construction of the complete electrical system, removal of existing system, as shown in the Plans and herein specified including excavation, backfilling, concrete foundations, luminaires, signal City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-32 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 controller cabinet, BPS and electrical service cabinets, signal poles, pedestrian and signal heads, Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption (EVPE), signal pole mounted signs, APS type pedestrian signal push button assemblies, conduit, wiring, terminal cabinets, signal controller testing/assembly, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, salvaging existing materials, testing, coordination with the local power company, making all required tests, costs associated with providing uniformed police officer, producing as -built plans and obtaining all required electrical permits. All costs for installing trenching containing signal conduits, shall be included in the signal system lump sum bid item, listed above, and no separate measurement will be made. Bidders are cautioned to include in the lump sum bid item for signal system, all costs related to dewatering, protection of items to remain, removal and disposal costs of removed items not specified to be salvaged, and costs associated with obtaining electrical inspection, associated permits and testing as required. All costs for installation of new sign posts and signs not installed on signal equipment shall be paid per the bid item "Permanent Signing" per lump sum in Section 8-21.5 of the Standard Specifications. "Wireless Interconnect" lump sum shall be full pay for the construction of a partial wireless interconnect system at the Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (HAWK) Signal System location at the intersection of Renton Avenue South and South 132nd Street as specified in Section 9-29.22 to include furnishing, installing, and testing all equipment for a partial wireless interconnect system. 8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING 8-21.3(4) Sign Removal This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to removing existing signs. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-33 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8-21.3(5) Sign Relocation This Section is supplemented with the following: All existing signs not designated for permanent removal that are damaged or removed shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Existing signs shall be temporarily relocated by the Contractor, as required, to portable sign stands, subject to the approval of the Engineer. When temporarily installed on posts, the signs shall be located as near as practical to their permanent locations and shall have a minimum vertical clearance above the pavement in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). All portable sign stands shall be designed to rigidly support the sign in position without creating a hazard to the motorist. Portable sign stands shall be furnished by the Contractor and upon completion of the work shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the Project. 8-21.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: "Permanent Signing," per lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Permanent Signing" shall be full pay for all material, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to remove, protect, and reinstall existing signs including posts, concrete anchors, and fasteners, as specified herein and shown on the Plans, as well as furnishing and installing all new permanent signs as may be specified on the Plans. 8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING 8-22.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: Pavement markings shall conform to Section 8-22 of the Standard Specifications, and the latest edition and amendments thereto of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) as adopted by the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-34 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 State of Washington, and shall be constructed as shown in the Plans except as modified herein. The Contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control required to place and protect pavement marking material, as outlined in Sections 1-07.23 and 1-10 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 8-22.2 Materials This Section is supplemented with the following: Plastic pavement marking materials shall be Type A — liquid hot applied thermoplastic unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Patents The Contractor shall assume all costs arising from the use of patented materials, equipment, devices, or processes used on or incorporated in the work, and agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Contracting Agency and its duly authorized representatives from all suits of law or action of every nature for, or on account of, the use of any patented materials, equipment, device, or processes. Acceptance The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying material that meets aforestated material and testing requirements. The Contractor shall supply certification that the pavement marking material meets the above specifications. 8-22.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: In addition to the requirements of Sections 8-22.3(2) and 8-22.3(3), the application and surface preparation shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with two copies of the manufacturer's recommendations for installation. In all cases, the product manufacturer's recommended application procedures shall be adhered to. When no such procedures have been published, workmanship shall be governed by these Special Provisions and the Standard Specifications. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-35 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 After cleaning of areas to receive pavement markings, the areas shall pass inspection of the Engineer prior to application of the material or the primer coat. Reflectorized beading as stated in Section 8-22.3(3) of the Standard Specifications shall be provided with all pavement markings. 8-24 ROCK AND GRAVITY BLOCK WALL AND GABION CRIBBING 8-24.2 Materials This Section is supplemented with the following: Landscape Block Walls The face of the wall shall consist of a rock -face type appearance. Modular block units shall be precast concrete tri-plane series, straight face, or Contracting Agency approved equal. Color shall be concrete gray. The depth of each unit block shall be a minimum of 21-1/2 inches. Unit blocks shall allow concave and convex curves per wall alignments indicated on Plans. Modular block units shall have minimum 28-day compressive strength of 20 Mpa in accordance with ASTM C90. The concrete shall have adequate freeze -thaw protection with a maximum adsorption rate of 8 percent. Exterior dimensions shall be uniform and consistent. Maximum dimensional deviations shall be 0.20 inches (not including textured face). 8-24.3(2) Gravity Block Wall This Section is supplemented with the following: Excavation Excavation shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 2-09 and in conformity to the limits and construction stages shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall restrict the excavation limits to the length of wall that can be constructed in one-day's work. Excavation beyond the limits that can be completed in one day's work shall be permitted if the Contractor can demonstrate that the excavation will remain stable until the wall is completed. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-36 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Slopes above the wall shall be established prior to any excavation for the wall. Foundation Preparation The foundation for the wall shall be graded as shown in the Plans. Prior to placement of the concrete units, the foundation, if not in rock, shall be compacted. Any foundation soils found to be unsuitable shall be removed and replaced as provided for under Section 2-09.3(1) C. The leveling pad shall be compacted to 95 percent of modified Proctor. Installation The first course of block units shall be placed on the prepared leveling pad with the front edges tight together. The Contractor shall install the units level and the alignment as shown on the Plans. The units shall be in full contact with the leveling pad. Proper care shall be taken to develop straight lines and smooth curves. All cavities in and around the block shall be backfilled. Backfill front and back of entire bottom row to firmly lock in place. All excess material shall be swept from tops of units. Install next course of wall units on top of base row. The blocks shall be aligned according manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall check each block for proper alignment and level. Backfill remaining space behind second course and compact to 95 percent of standard Proctor. Repeat process for each succeeding course. No more than two courses of block shall be dry stacked prior to placement of unit core fill and backfill. Install cap units with construction adhesive at the wall locations indicated on the Plans. Backfill Material shall be as specified in the Plans. Only hand -operated compaction equipment shall be allowed within 3 feet of the wall face. Sudden braking and sharp turning shall be avoided. The backfill shall be compacted to achieve 95 percent modified Proctor. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for achieving the specified compaction requirements. The Engineer may direct the Contractor to remove and correctly replace any soil or materials found to be not in compliance with these specifications, at the Contractor's expense. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-37 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 8-24.4 Measurement Delete this Section and replace with the following: Measurement for Landscape Block Wall will be per square foot as measured on a vertical face (one side only) from top of wall to bottom of wall (including wall key and excluding cast -in -place wall caps, leveling pad, etc.). 8-24.5 Payment Delete this Section and replace with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid items that are included in the Proposal: The unit contract price per square foot for "Landscape Block Wall" shall be full pay for furnishing all material, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to construct the modular block wall including, but not limited to, excavation, shoring, preparing the subgrade, furnishing and installing leveling pad, modular blocks (including modular caps and construction adhesive), unit fill, drain pipe, drain rock, geotextile fabric for drain pipe, and wastehaul for a complete installation. Gravel backfill will be paid for separately under the unit contract item "Crushed Surfacing Top Course." City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 8-38 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 DIVISION 9 MATERIALS 9-03 AGGREGATES 9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments Delete Item 1 and replace it with the following: 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances. After the JMF is determined as required in 5-04.3(7)A, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Nonstatistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation Aggregate, ercent passin 1 ", 3/4", 1 /2", and 3/8" sieves ±6% ±8% U.S. No. 4 sieve ±6% ±8% U.S. No. 8 sieve ±6% ±8% U.S. No. 200 sieve ±2.0% ±3.0% Asphalt Binder ±0.5% ±0.7% These tolerance limits constitute the allowable limits as described in Section 1-06.2. The tolerance limit for aggregate shall not exceed the limits of the control points section, except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100 percent passing will be 99-100. The tolerance limits on sieves shall only apply to sieves with control points. 9-05 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND CULVERTS 9-05.20 Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe Delete the first sentence of the first paragraph and replace with the following: Corrugated polyethylene storm sewer pipe, couplings and fittings shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type S. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 9-05.52 Polyethylene Foam Plank Section 9-05.52 is a new section: Foam plank for utility separation shall be a durable polyethylene closed cell foam plank. It shall meet the following material specifications: Phv,irsl Prarrrticx Test Mclbod direction Value .:1'. ASTM D3575_ Suffix 'X, Pd (kgf-') I ]Method 6; ISO 645 23 jm-zp L;ampr sion kI ASTM d3575. Suffix 6 Vcrtiol kSIY a cornpr.1; c 209E E'Nn5G 1656 (23'C,. 25'%. rompc I c 1099. (:ampr sivc Creep ASTM d3575. Suffix BE Vertical c 'I M Vr 2. S Psi 110013 his a 737 12YC11 I 117_5 kpa) L;ampr sivc Dl flectian .ASTM d3575. Suffix d Arerage Psi (kPa7 R 149E 7 1501 - Itt51 LB f1241 Thermal St3biliiy ASTM d3575_ Suffix S; c 1.5 % 150 2796 c 2 % 'Cbermal CDodactivitg ASTM d3575, Suffix V; Vertical wru-i'"'Ft'-'F EN 243D 1; 150 25111 { Wfm-I[l 175 T 42#'CI 0.42 10.") W 23'F i-5'C1 0.37 10.05% W3ker Abs}rgtian ASTM 103575_ Suffix 1, iblfL' Lkgfm'y 150 2996; As-rm c272 0.3 4 L.51 { 39S by volume R.ofa—Y ASTM D3575, Suffix AA pd (kgf-') 5B (9341 Tentile Strength G. peak ASTM d3S75, Suffix T, A"mgr psi (kp.) 150 179E 3212241 Tensile F3ongatia ASTM d3575. Suffix T, Anrage 513% BO 179S Tcur Sacmgrh ASTM d.3575, Suffix G Arerage ffi!in INImm} LO 11.751 9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING 9-14.1 Soil 9-14.1(1) Topsoil Type A This Section is supplemented with the following: Import topsoil shall be two-way topsoil, consisting of 50 percent Compost screened to 1/2 inch and 50 percent sand. No animal waste, sludge or other amendments added. Bulk product screened to 1/2 inch. Free of weeds, sticks, seeds, clay lumps or any material. Compost shall meet all of the requirements found in See 9-14.4(8). City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The sand portion of the topsoil shall be free of phyto-toxic materials; viable seeds, roots or rhizomes. 9-14.1(3)A Topsoil Acceptance This Section is revised with the following: Contractor must provide from the manufacturer a recent copy of a soil report with a required sample that is not more than 6 months old. The soil report must demonstrate the topsoil meets all of the requirements described in 9- 14.1(1). 9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNAL, ELECTRICAL 9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct This Section is supplemented by adding the following: The conduit PVC - non-metallic shall be of the two types indicated below: 1. Schedule 80 Extra heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM, Standards, to be used in all installations under roadways. 2. Schedule 40 heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM Standards. 9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes This Section is supplemented with: Junction boxes shall be reinforced concrete with galvanized steel frame anchored in place and galvanized steel cover plate (Diamond pattern). Grounding lugs shall be stainless steel and shall be mechanically and electrically bonded. Junction boxes for copper wire shall incorporate a locking lid per City of Renton Standard Plan. Junction boxes placed in the sidewalks shall have non-skid lids. Junction boxes shall be marked for use in accordance with the following schedule: System Type: Legend City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Illumination: LT Traffic Signal: TS Interconnect Only: COMM 9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors and Cable 9 29.3(1)(A)Fiber Optic Cable This Section is supplemented as follows: Fiber optic cable conduit shall be supplied as a system from a single manufacturer providing all the conduit, all required fittings, termination and other installation accessories, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. The fiber optic cable network shall be singlemode, non -zero dispersion shifted, loose tube fiber capable of supporting both SONET transmission speeds and protocols up to 2.4 GE/s, and NTSC quality color video applications. Trace wire will need to be in cable or pulled in conduit with fiber cable. Install signal controller mounted patch panels for all fiber terminating applications. Patch panels shall accept LC style connectors. The Contractor shall provide all necessary tools, consumables, cleaner, mounting hardware and other materials required for the complete installation of each patch panel. A wiring diagram shall be supplied with each patch panel. The wiring diagram shall identify the destination of each fiber terminated in the patch panel. The destination information shall include at a minimum, an intersection name, cabinet number, patch panel number and patch panel port. The wiring diagram shall be placed in a plastic sheet protector next to the patch panel and a copy submitted to the Project Representative with As -Built drawings. Each row of ports in the patch panels shall be labeled with the associated port numbers with the assumption that the numbers increase from top to bottom or left to right. The Contractor is responsible for demonstrating the functionality of the installed system through testing. These tests shall be conducted in accordance with an approved test plan that shall cover the key functional requirements of the Work. The Contractor shall, at its cost, provide suitable test equipment, instruments and labor for the purpose of tests. The City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Contractor shall provide sufficient notice of not less than three (3) working days prior to the commencement of the first test. The Contractor shall submit with this notice a schedule of all tests covered by this notice. 9 29.3(1)(B) OTDR Testing of Spliced Fiber Links This describes the testing to be completed on all sections of the fiber network after splicing is completed. For this section, a fiber link shall be defined as a continuous section of fiber from connector to connector that may pass through a number of intermediate splices. OTDR testing shall be completed as follows: • Test each fiber link in the cable at 1310 nm and 1550 nm, in each direction. • Verify that each completed fusion is less than 0.20 dB, measured as the average of splice loss measured in each direction through the link. • Re -make any fusions in excess of 0.20 dB, unless the Engineer specifically approves such high loss fusions, and re -test any fiber links that have been re -fused. 9-29.3(2) Electrical Conductors and Cable This Section is revised and supplemented as follows: Supplement: Each wire shall be numbered at each terminal end with a wrap -around type numbering strip bearing the circuit number shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide and install all the necessary wiring, fuses and fittings so as to complete the installation of the signal and lighting equipment as shown on the Plans. All materials and installation methods, except as noted otherwise herein, shall comply with applicable sections of the National Electrical Code. Revisions: 8. Detector loop wire shall be No. 12 AWG stranded copper wire, Class B, with chemically cross -linked polyethylene type RHH-RHW insulation of code thickness. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 11. Communications cable shall meet REA specification PE-39 and shall have No. 19 AWG wires with 0.008-inch FPA/MPR coated aluminum shielding. The cable shall have a petroleum compound completely filling the inside of the cable. 9-29.3(2)J Cable for Vehicle Video Detection Cameras The permanent video detection system shall consist of the following: • Video cameras, including camera enclosure, filter, sunshield and connector kit. • Camera mount assemblies, including extensions as specified in the Plans. • Video image processors • Remote communications module • 9-inch Video Monitor, including cable • Programming devices and/or software • Remote management software • Camera lenses and lens adjustment modules • Surge Suppressor • POE or power cable depending on distance between PTZ camera and controller cabinet. • All other equipment necessary for a fully operational video detection system. 9-29.6(1)A Decorative Signal Poles Type II and III This Section is a new section: The decorative steel traffic signal poles shall be capable of supporting one mast arm up to 65 feet in length and up to two luminaire arms, and shall be complete in all respects. No welding will be allowed at the site at the time of erection. The vertical pole shaft shall be round tapered steel, multi -sided poles are not acceptable. The pole shaft shall consist of a maximum 17-inch round smooth steel tapered pole, with adequate wall thickness to meet all design requirements. The vertical section shall be continuous taper (0.14/ft.) for the entire length without a reducing cone. The pole shaft and mast arm shall meet ASTM A595 Grade A or Grade 572 specifications, minimum yield 55 KSI. The pole shall have a base plate (bolt circle per the Plans) meeting ASTM Grade A- 36 specifications welded to the pole shaft per the manufacturer's recommendations and have four (4) holes at 90 degrees to accept the City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 properly sized anchor bolts. The pole shall have a 4" x 6" oval handhole located 18" up from the base plate to the top of the centerline of the handhole and oriented as per detail in the Signal Pole Specifications sheet. A pressure type grounding nut shall be welded 180 degrees from the handhole opening. Four (4) galvanized steel anchor bolts (design to be supplied by pole manufacturer) conforming to ASTM F1554 GR105 specifications shall be provided for each pole complete with two (2) nuts and washers for each bolt. Pole top tenon shall be 4-1/4" OD x 11" tall with removable pole top cap. Decorative Arm (Steel Arm Assembly shall be as dimensioned in the Plans, 3/16" minimum wall, ASTM A500 Grades B and C with 1/4-inch upper gusset (fin) and 4-inch OD decorative hole per plan sheets. Two piece clamp assembly shall be 3/16-inch tubing welded on each end, sized to fit luminaire and pole, clamp assemblies are secured with 1/2-inch 13NC stainless steel hex head bolts. Fixture clamp shall have 1" NPT x 1" long threaded pipe nipple with bushings to provide additional means of securing luminaire to clamp assembly and provide a raceway for the conductors. Arm assembly shall be hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A123. Poles and arms shall be factory galvanized, primed and finish coated as referenced in Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. 9-29.6(1)B Decorative Light Poles This Section is a new section: Decorative Roadway and Pedestrian Poles shall be spun tapered from all new seamless 6063 alloy aluminum and be heat treated to produce a T6 temper. The rate of taper shall be .14 inch per foot except the section of the pole where decorative arms are attached, the poles will be non -tapered for the height of the clamp assembly used (16-inches approx.). Roadway luminaire poles shall be per dimensions as shown on the Plans and shall have a 10-inch butt diameter with a 4" x 8" reinforced hand hole opening 18" above the base plate, base plate shall be 13-inch square cast aluminum with slotted holes for 1" anchor bolts at 14-inch to 15-inch bolt circle. Pedestrian luminaire poles shall be per dimensions as shown on the Plans City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 shall have a 7" butt diameter with a 4" x 6" reinforced hand hole opening 18 inches above the base plate, base plate shall be 11 13/16" square cast aluminum with slotted holes for 1-inch anchor bolts at 10-inch to 11-inch bolt circle. All aluminum poles shall have a 5/16"-18 tapped provision for ground connector, dome shaped pole top cap and have a satin brushed finish to insure proper adhesion of paint. Decorative Arms (Aluminum) Arm assembly shall be extruded tubing, as dimensioned in the Plans, minimum .125 wall, 6061-T6 alloy with upper gusset (fin) and decorative hole per plan sheets. Two piece clamp assembly shall be .188 wall tubing welded on each end, sized to fit luminaire and pole at the proper mounting height, clamp assemblies are secured with 1/2-inch 13NC stainless steel hex head bolts. Fixture clamp shall have a 1-1/2-inch wireway going from pole shaft to fixture extending into pole shaft and fixture by 1 inch. Prove 1/2 inch through hole at 45 degrees on pole clamp assembly for 3/8-inch 16NC self -tapping screw to prevent rotation of arm assembly after installation. Poles and arms shall be factory primed and finish coated as referenced in Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. 9-29.6(1)C Signal Poles Type PPB Section 9-29.6(1)C is added as follows: Type PPB signal poles shall be as noted on the approved Plans. Pole and its subassemblies color shall be per Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires This Section is replaced with the following: Roadway and pedestrian luminaires shall be LED type, wattages similar to the wattages shown in the luminaire schedules on the Plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that the performance of the LED luminaires is adequate to comply with the City illumination standards (roadways: 1.3 ft-candles average and 4:1 uniformity; intersections: 1.5 ft- candles average and 4:1 uniformity, and a minimum of 0.8 ft-candles at any City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 location within the crosswalks) without modifying illumination and signal pole locations shown on the Plans. AG132 files shall be provided, by the Contractor upon the request, by the Engineer. The roadway and pedestrian luminaire housing shall be dome shaped and similar to dimensions as shown on the Plans, made of cast or spun aluminum with tempered flat glass lens attached to a round cast aluminum lens frame with one or more latches to provide tool less access to the internal components, upper section shall be round aluminum tubing with shallow dome shaped top cap. Luminaire shall be IP66 certified and conform to UL 1598 standards or CSA certified. Optical assembly/reflector shall be made of pre -anodized aluminum, segmented in multiple facets, ventilated perforations and heat sinks to maximize heat dissipation. Reflector shall produce full cut-off Type III optics to meet the design/performance criteria, 4000K CCT. LED driver module rated for 120V-277V operation, high power factor (90%), with a minimum starting temperature of -40 Degrees Fahrenheit, secured on a tool less access tray with quick disconnects. Individual LED chips or modules shall be removable by means of tool less access in the event they need to be replaced. LED driver not to exceed 750 MA. All decorative fixtures shall be of the same manufacturer and external appearance. Color shall be per these Special provisions, Section 6-07 Painting. 9-29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls This Section is replaced with: Photoelectric controls shall be a plug-in device, rated to operate on 120 volts, 60 Hz. The unit shall consist of a light sensitive element connected to necessary control relays. The unit shall be so designed that a failure of any electronic component will energize the lighting circuit. The photo cell shall be a solid state device with stable turn -on values in the temperature range of -55 degrees C to +70 degrees C. In a contactor controlled system, the photo cell to control the system shall be mounted on the luminaire nearest to the service/contactor cabinet. The photo cell shall be rated as a 10-year (or higher) life expectancy. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 9-29.13 CONTROL CABINET ASSEMBLIES 9-29.13(1) Environmental, Performance and Test Standards for Solid State Traffic Controller This Section is supplemented by adding the following: The traffic signal controller assemblies, including the traffic signal controller, auxiliary control equipment and cabinet shall be shop tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Testing and check-out of all timing circuits, phasing and signal operation shall be at the City of Renton Signal Shop, Renton, Washington. The contractor shall give the city of Renton Signal Shop at least one week notice in advanced for lead time to delivery. The contractor shall deliver the controller and cabinet to the shop and shall pick up the units at the end of the test period, deliver to the job site, and install. Allow for three weeks for testing. The Signal Shop will make space available to the Contractor for the required test demonstrations. The Contractor shall assemble the cabinet and related signal control equipment ready for testing. A complete demonstration by the Contractor of all integrated components satisfactorily functioning shall start the test period. Any malfunction shall stop the test period until all parts are satisfactorily operating. The test shall be extended until a minimum of 72 hours continuous satisfactory performance of the entire integrated system has been demonstrated. The demonstration by the Contractor to the Engineer of all components functioning properly shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility relative to the proper functioning of all aforestated control gear when field installed. 9-29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall give fourteen (14) calendar days written notice to the Engineer prior to delivering the signal control equipment to the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop. The equipment shall be delivered far enough in advance of actual need to allow for testing by the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop. This may involve retesting because of failures or rejections. The COR Transportation Maintenance Shop may require thirty-five (35) calendar days for testing the signal control equipment. This time will increase if the equipment does not meet the contract requirements or is incomplete. If more than thirty-five (35) calendar days are required for any individual testing or retesting by the COR City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Transportation Maintenance Shop, an extension of time will be considered in accordance with Section 1-08.8. Tests in environment chamber will only be run as needed for type changes. Upon successful completion of testing by the COR Transportation Maintenance Department, the signal controller equipment shall be available for pickup. A certificate verifying environmental testing, if required, shall be supplied in the cabinet to the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop for each respective control cabinet. The Contractor shall notify the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop in writing a minimum of fourteen (14) calendar days before the Contractor is ready to pick up the signal controller cabinet. The Contractor shall not pick up the controller cabinet from COR Transportation Maintenance Shop until the electrical service is energized and all site preparation required to install the controller cabinet is complete. Documentation A complete documentation set shall be furnished with the control equipment prior to the start of testing. It shall include the following: • Serial numbers when applicable. • Written certification that equipment of the same make and model has been tested according to NEMA Environmental Standards and Test Procedures, and has met or exceeded these standards. The certificate shall include equipment model number and where, when, and by whom the tests were conducted. This certificate shall accompany each shipment of controllers. • The Contractor shall provide wiring diagrams, including a USB flash drive containing the diagrams for all controllers in AutoCAD Release 2018 or later and two blue -tone prints for each controller and cabinet supplied. The sheet size shall be 22 inches by 34 inches. • Wiring diagrams for all auxiliary equipment furnished. One set per cabinet. • Complete operations and maintenance manuals including complete and correct software listing and flow charts, five sets of operations and maintenance manuals per cabinet, and five sets of software listings and flow charts. • Complete operations and maintenance manuals for all auxiliary equipment. One set per cabinet. • The operational and maintenance manuals for each traffic signal controller supplied including as a minimum, but not to be limited to the following: Detailed instructions for maintaining all hardware City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-11 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 components, controller, and auxiliary equipment; a complete parts list detailing all manufacturer's identification codes; detailed wiring diagrams and schematics indicating voltage levels and pictorial description, part name, and location for all hardware components, controller, and auxiliary equipment. The supplier has 5 working days to repair or replace any components that fail during the testing process at no cost to the Contracting Agency. All failed or rejected equipment shall be removed from the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop within seven (7) calendar days following notification; otherwise, the failed or rejected equipment will be returned, freight collect, to the Contractor. 9-29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller This Section is revised with the following: The NEMA controller shall be a Siemens Eagle Model EPAC300-M62 with a USB Data module with a hand-held Display Unit. Two Input/Output configurations shall be provided: a. NEMA TS-2 Type 1 for serial connection to cabinet Bus Interface Unit. b. NEMATS-2 Type 2 for direct parallel connection to load switches and detectors. In addition to NEMA requirements, the controller shall provide the following: a. Built-in 10 Base-T Ethernet with RJ-45 connector on controller front panel. b. Built-in Internet Protocol (IP) address assigned by Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), one unique IP address for each controller. C. Built-in Infrared (IR) wireless port compatible with Microsoft Windows for Pocket PC Infrared RAW mode. d. Built-in 1200 bps Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) modem. Modem is optional per Agency specification. Choice of 2 or 4 wire operation per Agency specification. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-12 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 e. Built-in EIA-232 port for uploading and downloading applications software, as well as to update the operating system. f. Built-in C60 connector for use with removable Keyboard and Display, Personal Computer COM1 or Personal Digital Assistant (PDA). C60 protocol per Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE ATC standard. 9-29.13(4) Traffic Signal Controller Software This Section is supplemented as follows: The controller shall have Siemens SE -PAC HAWK 10 Firmware 3.34G and shall also be completely operable with TACTICS central system. 9-29.13(5) Flashing Operations The following items in this Section are revised as follows: 2. Police Panel Switch. When the flash -automatic switch located behind the police panel door is turned to the flash position, the signals shall immediately revert to flash and remove power from the controller. When the switch is placed on automatic, power shall be applied to the controller to initiate start-up sequence. 3. Cabinet Switches. When the flash -automatic switch located inside the controller cabinet is placed in the flash position, the signals shall immediately revert to flash; however, the controller shall continue to function. When the flash -automatic switch is placed in the automatic position, the controller shall immediately resume normal cyclic operation. Adjacent to the flash -automatic switch shall be a controller on -off switch. If the flash -automatic switch is in the automatic position and the controller on -off switch is placed in the OFF position, the signals shall immediately revert to flash. 5. Conflict Monitor. Upon sensing conflicting signals or unsatisfactory operation voltages, the conflict monitor shall immediately cause the signal to revert to flash; however, the controller shall stop time at the point of conflict. After the conflict monitor has been reset, the controller shall immediately take command of the signal displays. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-13 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The following is a supplement: 6. Flash unit shall be a two -circuit type, capable of switching loads up to 1,000 watts per circuit alternately at a rate of 60 flashes per minute per circuit, plus or minus two flashes per minute. 9-29.13(6) Emergency Pre-emption This Section is replaced with: Immediately after a valid call has been received, the preemption controls shall cause the signals to display the required clearance intervals and subsequent preemption intervals. Preemption shall sequence as noted in the contract. Preemption equipment shall be installed so that internal wiring of the controller, as normally furnished by the manufacturer, is not altered. Termination of the pre-emption sequence shall NOT place a call on all vehicle and pedestrian phases. Pre-emption indicators, if required, shall turn on when the controller reaches the pre-empted phase. Emergency vehicle pre-emption shall be furnished as modules that plug directly into a rack wired to accept GTT Opticom discriminator type units. The pre-emption system operation shall be compatible with the 764 GTT company "Opticom" system which the City of Renton is currently using and shall be capable of being activated by the same transmitters and GPS opticom antenna. The optical signal discriminator system shall enable an authorized vehicle to remotely control traffic control signals from a distance of up to 1800 feet (0.54 kilometers) along an unobstructed "line of sight" path or within range of the antenna if the vehicle is equipped with a GPS receiver. The system shall cause the traffic signals controller to move into an appropriate fire pre- emption program. This optical discriminator shall interface to the 562 software, for field programmability. It shall consist of the following components: 1. Optical energy detectors which shall be mounted on the traffic signal mast arms and shall receive the optical energy emitter's signal. There shall also be a GPS antenna on the signal pole located closest to the traffic signal controller cabinet and shall receive a GPS signal. 2. Discriminators which shall cause the signal controller to go into internal pre-emption which will give the authorized vehicle the right of way in the manner shown on the phase sequence diagram. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-14 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3. Pre-emption Indicator Lights. Optical Detector 1. Shall be of solid state construction. 2. Fittings shall meet the specifications of the system manufacturer to facilitate ease of installation. 3. Shall operate over an ambient temperature range of -400F to +1800 F (400C to +850C ). 4. Shall have internal circuitry encapsulated in a semi -flexible compound and shall be impervious to moisture. 5. Shall respond to the optical energy impulses generated by a pulsed Xenon source with a pulse energy density of 0.8 micro joule per square meter at the detector, a rise time less than one microsecond and half power point pulse width on not less than thirty microseconds. ni-,rrrinninatnr When a pre-emption detector detects an emergency vehicle, the phase selector shall hold the controller in the required phase or advance directly to that phase after observing all vehicle clearances. The phase selector shall hold the controller in the phase selected until the detector no longer detects the emergency vehicle. When the phase selector is responding to one detector, it shall not respond to any other detector until calls from the first detector are satisfied. Indicator lights shall indicate power on, signal being received, channel called. Switches shall control system power and simulate detector calls for each phase. Phase selectors shall be able to validate both IR detectors and GPS enabled receivers. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 9-29.13(7) Wiring Diagrams This Section is modified and supplemented by retaining the first three sentences and replacing the remainder with: The controller cabinet shall have a waterproof envelope with a side access attached to the inside of the cabinet door. There shall be four complete sets of controller cabinet schematics as well as manuals for all assemblies and sub -assemblies. The controller cabinet schematics shall include the intersection name, and an intersection diagram that shall include intersection phasing and loop assignments. There shall be a USB flash drive containing the controller cabinet schematics in AutoCAD Release 2018 or later digital file format. 9-29.13(9) Radio Interference Suppressors This Section is supplemented by adding the following: A Cornell-Dubiler radio interference filter NF 10801-1 30 amps or approved equivalent shall be used to filter the A.C. power. Additionally, all power supplies shall have noise immunity from other devices within the cabinet. 9-29.13(10) NEMA, Type 170E, 2070 Controllers And Cabinets The following auxiliary equipment shall be furnished and installed in each cabinet for NEMA traffic -actuated controllers: Flasher The cabinet shall come with one (1) flasher. The flasher shall be discrete type and have LED indications. The flasher shall be PDC model SSF-87 or approved equivalent. Flasher Transfer Relay The cabinet shall come with eight (8) heavy duty flash transfer relays. The relays shall be Detrol Controls model 295 or approved equivalent. Load Switches The cabinet shall come with sixteen (16) load switches. All load switches shall be discreet type and have LED indications for both the input and output City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-16 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 side of the load. The load switches shall be PDC model SSS-871/0 or approved equivalent. Bus Interface Unit (BIU700) The cabinet shall come with four (4) bus interface units (BIU) 1/2 width. These shall meet all the requirements of NEMA TS-2 1988 standards. In addition, all BTUs shall provide separate front panel indicator LEDs for DC power status and SDLC Port 1 transmit and receive status. The BTUs shall be Eberle Design, Inc. model BIU700H or approved equivalent. Power Supply (PS) The cabinet shall come with a shelf -mounted cabinet power supply meeting at minimum TS 2-2003 standards. It shall be a heavy duty device that provides +12VDC at 5 Amps / +24VDC at 2 Amps / 12VAC at .25 Amp, and line frequency reference at 50 mA. The power supply shall provide a separate front panel indicator LED for each of the four outputs. Front panel banana jack test points for 24VDC and logic ground shall also be provided. The power supply shall provide 5A of power and be able to cover the load of four (4) complete detector racks. The PS shall be Eberle Design, Inc. model PS250 or approved equivalent. BBS System The cabinet shall come with a complete uninterruptable power system (BBS) which shall include at a minimum a UPS module with SNMP, ATS assembly, batteries, battery heater mats, battery cables, and a battery management system. All other ancillary equipment for a complete functioning UPS system shall be included. The key BBS system components include: UPS Module The cabinet shall come with one FXM 1100W uninterruptible power supply that supplies clean reliable power control and management. It shall have Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR), an Ethernet SNMP interface, and a control and power connection panel that is rotatable for viewing in any vertical or horizontal orientation. It shall have nominal dimensions of 5.22 inches by 15.5 inches by 8.75 inches and come with mounting brackets. The UPS module shall be an Alpha model 017-201-23 or equivalent. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-17 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 UATS/UGTS Assembly The cabinet shall come with one universal automatic transfer switch and universal generator transfer switch connected between the UPS module and the batteries. It shall have surge protection, have dimensions of 3.25 inches by 15.5 inches by 6.00 inches, and come with mounting brackets. The ATS module shall be an Alpha model 020-168-25 or equivalent. UPS Batteries The cabinet shall come with eight high performance extreme temperature Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) technology AlphaCellTM XTV Glass Mat Cell batteries with 56Ah runtime. The BBS batteries shall be Alpha model 100XTV or equivalent. UPS Battery Harness The cabinet shall come with a battery "Y" cable, two (2) battery cables 10 feet long wired for four (4) batteries each. The battery harness shall be Alpha model 740-628-27 or equivalent. Battery Management System The cabinet shall come with an AlphaGuardTm battery charge management system which extends battery operational life. It shall be an Alpha model 012-306-21 or approved equivalent. Malfunction Management Unit (MMU) The cabinet shall come with a MMU that meets all the requirements of NEMA TS2-2003 while remaining downward compatible with NEMA TS1. It shall have two high contrast LCD displays and an internal diagnostic wizard. It shall come with a 10/100 ethernet port. It shall come with software to run flashing yellow arrow operation. The MMU shall be an Eberle Design, Inc. model MMU2-16LEip or approved equivalent. Ethernet Switch The cabinet shall come with a 10-port Ethernet switch. Eight ports of 10/100TX and two ports of 1,000-base single -mode fiber with LC ports with 10km distance. The Ethernet switch shall support all of the following minimum requirements: rapid spanning tree protocol (IEEE 802.1w), quality of service (IEEE802.1 p), virtual local area networks (VLAN) tagging (IEEE 802.1 q), IGMP snooping, port mirroring, broadcast storm filtering, and City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-18 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 simple network management protocol (SNMP). The Ethernet switch shall be a RuggedCom model RS940G-HI-D-2SFP-XX or approved equivalent. The following cables and cords shall be supplied with the Ethernet switch: • Two single mode patch cords (LC to LC); two meters • One 16-gauge, 3-conductor power adapter • Four Cat6 patch cables; five meters Opticom The cabinet shall come with one 4-channel, rack -mounted OpticomTM phase selector. This device shall be capable of receiving encoded signals from Opticom series 700 emitters and detectors. The OpticomTM phase selectors shall be Global Traffic Technologies model 764 or approved equivalent. One OpticomTM 768 auxiliary interface panel or approved equivalent shall be supplied for each OpticomTM phase selector supplied. Cabinet Quality The cabinet shall be compliant to both mechanical and function specification prior to being shipped to owner. 1. Cabinet and hardware will comply with project specification. 2. Function compliance will be tested with power applied. 3. All cabinet and loadbay functions will pass point-to-point tests including expansion requirements. 4. All field detector inputs must be checked from field connection point to controller. Cabinet issues and clarifications need to be documented and addressed prior to delivery. This agency will NOT provide QA or testing service for the delivered cabinet. Testing done by this agency is not in lieu of manufacturer test requirements. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-19 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 9-29.13(10)C NEMA Controller Cabinets The standard traffic signal controller cabinet shall be a TS2 — Type 1 Stretch M36+ (SM36+). The traffic signal cabinet(s) built to NEMA TS2 — Type 1 M standards with modifications as required to include separate compartment with BBS and shall be supplied in compliance with Section 9-29.13, Traffic Signal Cabinet of the Standard Specification and modified as stated herein. All new traffic signals located within a signal interconnect system shall be connected to said system. The following are minimum requirements for all cabinets: 1. The cabinet shall have nominal dimensions of 60 inches high by 36 inches wide by 17 inches deep and meet the footprint dimensions as specified in Section 7.3, Table 7-1 of NEMA TS2 standards for a Type M36 cabinet. The cabinet base shall have continuously welded interior mounting reinforcement plates with the same anchor bolt hole pattern as the footprint dimensions. 2. The cabinet shall be fabricated from 5052-H32 0.125-inch-thick aluminum. 3. The cabinet shall be double -flanged where it meets the cabinet door. 4. The top of the cabinet shall be sloped 1 inch towards the rear to facilitate water runoff. And shall bend at a 90-degree angle at the front of the cabinet. Lesser slope angles are not allowed. 5. The inside of the cabinet shall have two separate compartments. The main compartment shall be accessible from the front door and shall house the cabinet load facilities and electronics. The BBS compartment shall be accessible from the side door and shall contain the UPS system batteries. The UPS system inverter and ATS assembly shall be mounted in the BBS compartment but shall be accessible when the front door is open. 6. The inside of the cabinet shall utilize C channel rails. Two welded on the back wall on 19-inch center and two welded on each side wall on 08-inch center. The C channel rails on the back wall shall be 52 inches in length and start 5 inches from the bottom of the cabinet interior. The C channel rails on the side walls shall be 52 inches in length and start 5 inches from the bottom of the cabinet interior. Adjustable rails are not allowed. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-20 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 7. The Cabinet shall be supplied with the following finishes: the interior natural mill finish and the exterior natural mill finish. 8. All external fasteners shall be stainless steel. Pop rivets shall not be allowed on any external surface. 9. The front door handle shall be 3/4-inch-round stock stainless steel bar. The side door shall use a recessed hexagonal socket in lieu of a door handle. All door handle mechanisms shall be interchangeable and field replaceable. 10. The front door shall contain two flush -mounted locking recessed compartments. The upper compartment that houses a police door and a lower compartment that houses a generator bypass receptacle. A stiffener plate shall be welded to the inside of the front door to prevent flexing. It shall have a two -position, three-point door stop that accommodates open -angles at 90 degrees, 125 degrees, and 150 degrees. A louvered air entrance located at the bottom of the main door shall satisfy NEMA rod entry test requirements for 3R ventilated enclosures. Bearing rollers shall be applied to ends of door latches to discourage metal -on -metal surfaces from rubbing. The main front door lock assembly shall be positioned so the door handle does not cause interference with the key when opening the door. 11. The police door compartment shall come with a conventional police lock. 12. The generator bypass receptacle compartment shall be equipped with a universal lock bracket capable of accepting a Best TM style lock and a Corbin #2 tumbler series lock. The lock shall be a tapered lock using a Best TM style lock or Corbin #2 series core. The door shall have an integrated door slide mechanism that allows the door to be closed and locked after a generator has been connected to the internal receptacle. This compartment is used by maintenance personnel for emergency generator operation in the absence of service power or BBS control. 13. The side door shall be one-piece construction without any recessed compartments. It shall have a three -position, two -point door stop that accommodates open -angles at roughly 80 degrees, 100 degrees, and 120 degrees. A louvered air entrance located at the bottom of the side door shall satisfy NEMA rod entry test requirements for 3R ventilated enclosures. Bearing rollers shall be applied to ends of door latches to discourage metal -on -metal surfaces from rubbing. Lock City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-21 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 assembly shall be positioned so handle does not cause interference with key when opening the door. 14. Closed -cell, neoprene gaskets shall be bonded to the inside of the cabinet doors. The gaskets shall cover all areas where the doors contact the double -flanged cabinet housing exterior and be thick enough to provide a watertight seal. 15. A complete set of keys shall be supplied providing access to the cabinet front door, cabinet side door, the police door, and the generator receptacle door. 16. The cabinet shall be equipped with universal lock brackets capable of accepting a BestTM style lock and a Corbin #2 tumbler series lock. The cabinet shall come equipped with a BestTM style locks and green cores. 17. The cabinet shall be supplied with one door switch which controls the cabinet interior lighting circuits. 18. All exterior seams shall be manufactured with a neatly formed continuously welded construction. The weld for the police and generator bypass box door shall be done on the inside of the cabinet door. All welds shall be free from burrs, cracks, blowholes, or other irregularities. 19. The fan baffle panel seams shall be sealed with RTV sealant or equivalent material on the interior of the cabinet. 20. The cabinet shall be UL listed. 21. The cabinet shall come with lifting ears affixed to the upper exterior of the cabinet. These ears shall utilize only one bolt for easy reorientation. (The cabinet lifting ears shall not be used when the batteries are installed.) 22. The cabinet shall come with one dual -ply DustlockTM Media polyester, disposable air filter; and the filter performance shall conform to listed UL 900 Class 2 and conform to MERV-8 & ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999. The filter element shall be secured to louvered entrance on the main door with a metal filter cover. The filter and metal cover shall be secured to the entrance on the main door by two (2) horizontally -mounted restraints. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-22 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 23. All cabinet doors shall be mounted with a single continuous stainless steel piano hinge that runs the length of the door. The hinge shall be attached via stainless steel tamper resistant bolts. 24. All steel incorporated in the cabinet shell shall be manufactured in the United States of America, and shall meet the requirements of Section 1605 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. 25. The cabinet enclosure shall be a SM36+ style Western Systems Part # 3025505000 or approved equivalent. Labels A permanent printed thermo vinyl, engraved, or silk screened label shall be provided for all terminals and sockets. Labels shall be legible and shall not be obstructed by cabinet wiring, panels, or cables. All labels shall conform to the designations on the cabinet wiring prints. Shelves Shelves shall come with two double -beveled shelves 10 inches deep that are reinforced welded with V channel, fabricated from 5052-H32 0.125-inch-thick aluminum with double flanged edges rolled front to back. Slotted hole shall be inserted every 7 inches for the purpose of tying off wire bundles. The BIBS compartment shall come with four shelves designed to hold batteries and capable of supporting 75 Ibs each. Cabinet Layout The shelves shall be populated as follows: The controller and monitor shall be placed on the bottom shelf. The two detector racks and power supply shall be placed on the top shelf. The roll out drawer shall be mounted under the bottom shelf. Load bay shall be mounted on the back wall with 5 inches of clearance to the bottom of the cabinet. The detector panel for all field inputs shall be located on the lower left wall. The SDLC and power supply interface panels shall be located on the left wall between the shelves. The load resistor panel shall be mounted on the lower right wall. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-23 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 The power panel shall be located on the lower right wall above the load resistor panel. The 768 shall be mounted on the left "C" channel located on back wall. It shall be placed between the shelves. The cabinet wiring assembly for the SM+ shall be Western Systems Part # 2525012085 or approved equivalent. Ventilating Fans The cabinet shall be provided with two finger -safe fans mounted on the right and left sides of the cabinet plenum, and shall be thermostatically controlled (adjustable between 4 to 176 degrees Fahrenheit). The safe touch thermostat fuse holder and power terminal block(s) shall be rail -mounted on the right side of the cabinet plenum. Computer Shelf A slide -out computer shelf 16 inches in length by 12 inches in width by 2 inches in depth shall be installed below the middle shelf underneath the controller. The shelf shall be mounted just right of center so that controller cables will not interfere with the operation of the shelf when equipment is installed. The shelf shall have a hinged cover that opens from the front and shall be powder -coated black. It shall be a General Devices Part # VC4080-99-1168 or approved equivalent. The door when fully extended shall hold up to 50 lbs. Main Panel Configuration (Load -Bay) The design of the panel shall conform to NEMA TS2 Section 5, Terminals and Facilities, unless modified herein. This panel shall be the termination point for the controller unit (CU) MSA, (MMU) MSA and B cables, bus interface units 1 and 2 (BIU), and field terminal facilities. The terminal and facilities layout shall be arranged in a manner that allows all equipment in the cabinet and all screw terminals to be readily accessible by maintenance personnel. The load -bay shall be fully wired and meet the following requirements: • The load -bay shall have the following dimensions; constructed from aluminum with a nominal thickness of 0.125 inch, a maximum height of 25.5 inches and maximum width of 23 inches. The field terminals width shall be 24 inches, including attached wiring bundles. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-24 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 • The entire assembly shall roll down and provide access to all of the back of the panel wiring. All solder terminals shall be accessible when the load -bay is rolled down. The assembly shall be able to roll down without requiring other components, cables, or switches to be removed. • The load -bay shall be designed so that all other cabinet screw terminals are accessible without removing cabinet electronics. • All the controller (CU) and malfunction management (MMU) cables shall be routed through the back of the load -bay so that they will not be subject to damage during load -bay roll down. • The top of the load -bay panel shall attach directly to "C" channel and detach without the use of tools or loose hardware for roll -down purpose. • The load -bay shall be balanced such that it will not roll down when the top of the load bay is detached from the "C" channel, even when fully loaded with BIU load switches, flashers, and flash transfer relays. • The load -bay facility shall be wired for 16 channels. Load switch(s) 1-8 shall be vehicle phases 1-8; load switch(s) 9-12 shall be pedestrian phases 2, 4, 6, and 8; load switches 13-16 shall be overlaps A, B, C, and D. Load switches 1-8 and 13-16 shall be routed through a flash transfer relay. • Sixteen load switch sockets in two rows of eight spaced on 2-inch center per NEMA TS2 section 5.3.1.2, figure 5-2. • Six flash transfer relay sockets. • One flasher socket. • All load switches and flashers shall be supported by a bracket extending at least 1/2 the length of the load switch. • Two bus interface unit rack slots for BTUs 1 and 2. The main panel BIU racks shall be left of the load switches, placed vertically with BIU 1 on top and BIU 2 on bottom. • BIU wires connection to the PCB shall be two 34-pin connectors. These connectors shall have locking latches. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-25 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 • All BIU wiring shall be soldered to backside of a screw terminal. The screw terminals provide access to all functions of BTUs. • Wiring for one Type-16 MMU. All MMU wiring shall be soldered to backside of a screw terminal. The screw terminals provide access to all functions of the MMU. • All 24-VDC relays shall have the same base socket, but it shall be different from the 120-VAC relays. • All 120-VAC relays shall have the same base socket, but it shall be different from the 24-VDC relays (not applicable to flash transfer relays). • Shall have a relay that drops +24 VDC to load switches when the cabinet is in flash. • There shall be a wire between the pedestrian yellow field terminals and another terminal on the load bay. The MMU channel 9-12 yellows shall terminate next to said pedestrian yellows terminal. • The load -bay shall be silkscreened on both sides. Silkscreen shall be numbers and functions on the front side, and numbers only on the back side. • The field terminals shall be labeled with 300 series for load bay wiring proposes and with WSDOT 600 and 700 series for landing field wiring. Wiring chart: Red: 611, 621, 631, 641, 651, 661, 671, 681, 6A1, 6B1, 6C1, 6D1 Yellow: 612, 622, 632, 642, 652, 662, 672, 682, 6A2, 6B2, 6C2, 6D2 Green: 613, 623, 633, 643, 653, 663, 673, 683, 6A3, 6133, 6C3, 6D3 Don't Walk: 711, 721, 731, 741, 751, 761, 771, 781 Ped Yellow: 712, 722, 732, 742, 752, 762, 772, 782 Walk: 713, 723, 733, 743, 753, 763, 773, 783 • Field wiring terminations shall be per channel across the bottom of the load -bay. Each channel shall have three terminations corresponding to the appropriate vehicle phase Red, Yellow, and Green. Default wiring shall be left to right Red, Yellow, Green, vehicle phases 1-8; pedestrian phases 2, 4, 6, and 8; and overlap channels City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-26 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 A, B, C, and D following the order of the load switches. Field terminals shall be #10 screw terminal and be rated for 600V. • All cable wires shall be terminated. No tie -off of unused terminals will be allowed. • Shall be 100% manufactured in the United States of America. All wiring shall conform to NEMA TS2 Section 5.2.5 and table 5-1. Conductors shall conform to military specification MIL-W-16878D, Electrical insulated high heat wire, type B. Conductors #14 or larger shall be permitted to be UL type THHN. Main panel wiring shall conform to the following colors and minimum wire sizes: Vehicle green load switch output Vehicle yellow load switch output Vehicle red load switch output Pedestrian Don't Walk switch Pedestrian Walk switch Pedestrian Clearance load switch Vehicle green load switch input Vehicle yellow load switch input Vehicle red load switch input Pedestrian Don't Walk input Pedestrian Walk input Pedestrian Clearance input Logic Ground +24V DC +12V DC AC+ Line AC- Line Earth Ground AC line (load bay) AC neutral (load bay) Controller A cables MMU A & B cables 14 gauge brown 14 gauge yellow 14 gauge red 14 gauge orange 14 gauge blue 14 gauge yellow 22 gauge brown 22 gauge yellow 22 gauge red 22 gauge orange 22 gauge blue 22 gauge yellow 18 gauge white with red tracer 18 gauge red with white tracer 18 gauge pink 14 gauge black 14 gauge white 16 gauge green 12/14 gauge black 12/14 gauge white 22 gauge blue with the exception of power wires (AC+ Black, AC- White, and Earth Ground Green). These wires shall be 18AWG. 22 gauge orange with the exception of power wires (AC+ Black, AC- White, and Earth Ground Green Start Delay Relay Common Black, Normally open Black, and Normally Closed Black) These wires shall be 18AWG. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-27 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Four conductors will supply alternating current (AC) power to the load switch sockets. The load switch sockets shall be supplied 1-4, 5-8, 9-12, and 13-16 by each conductor. The vehicle and overlap field terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than three No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. Three 12-position terminal blocks shall be provided in a single row across the bottom of the main panel. Spade lugs from internal cabinet wiring are not allowed on field terminal screws. There shall be a second row of three 12-position terminal blocks with screw type #10 above the field terminal blocks. These blocks shall operate the flash program. It shall be changeable from the front of the load bay. The power terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than three No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. One 12-position terminal block shall be provided vertically on the right side of the load bay. The placement of the power terminal block on any other panel shall not be allowed. The pedestrian terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than three No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. One 12-position terminal block shall be provided vertically on the right side of the load bay, below the power terminal block. The placement of the power terminal block on any other panel shall not be allowed. All load switches, flasher, and flash transfer relay sockets shall be marked and mounted with screws. Rivets and clip -mounting is unacceptable. Wire size 16 AWG or smaller at solder joints shall be hooked or looped around the eyelet or terminal block post prior to soldering to ensure circuit integrity. All wires shall have lugs or terminal fittings when not soldered. Lap joint/tack on soldering is not acceptable. All soldered connections shall be made with 60/40 solder and non -corrosive, non-conductive flux. All wiring shall be run neatly and shall use mechanical clamps, and conductors shall not be spliced between terminations. Cables shall be sleeved in braided nylon mesh, and wires shall not be exposed. Load -Bay and Panel Wire Termination All wires terminated behind the main panel or on the back side of other panels shall be SOLDERED. No pressure or solder -less connectors shall be used. Printed circuit boards shall only be used on the load bay where connecting to the bus interface units (BIU). City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-28 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Cabinet Light Assembly The cabinet shall have an LED lighting fixture with 15 high power LEDs using a cool white color emitting 3001m min @ 12VDC/750mA. The LED shall be a Rodeo Electronics TS-LED-05M02. The LED fixture shall be powered by a Mean Well class 2 power supply LPV-20-12 that shall be mounted on the inside top of the cabinet near the front edge. The cabinet light circuit shall be designed so a second LED fixture can be installed in the cabinet without the need of a second power supply. It shall be attached under the cabinet drawer so that it remains stationary when the drawer is extended. An on/off switch that is turned on when the cabinet door is opened and off when it is closed shall activate the lighting fixture(s) power supply. Convenience Outlet The cabinet shall be wired with one convenience outlet with a ground fault interrupter (GFI) and one quad convenience outlet without ground fault interrupters. The ground fault outlet (GFI) shall be mounted on the right side of the cabinet on or near the power panel. The quad outlet shall be mounted on the right side between the UPS invertor and the bypass. No outlets shall be mounted on the door. The GFI power shall be fed through the auxiliary breaker (CB2). The quad outlet shall be fed through an EDCO SHP300-10 or approved equivalent transient voltage suppressor located on the cabinet power panel. Auxiliary Panel The cabinet shall include an auxiliary switch panel mounted to the interior side of the police panel compartment on the cabinet door. The panel shall be secured to the police panel compartment by two (2) screws and shall be hinged at the bottom to allow access to the soldered side of the switches with the use of only a Phillips screwdriver. Both sides of the panel shall be silkscreened. Silk-screening on the backside of the switch panel shall be upside down so that when the panel is opened for maintenance the silk-screening will be right side up. All of the switches shall be protected by a hinged see -through Plexiglas cover. At a minimum the following switches shall be included: Controller ON/OFF Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the controller and load -switching devices electrically dead while maintaining flashing operations for purpose of changing the controller or load -switching devices. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Signals ON/OFF Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the field signal displays electrically dead while maintaining controller operation for City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-29 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 purpose of monitoring controller operations. The switch shall be a general- purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Stop Time Switch: There shall be a 3-position switch labeled "Normal" (up), "Off" (center), and "On" (down). With the switch in the "Normal" position, a stop timing command shall be applied to the controller by the police flash switch or the MMU (Malfunction Management Unit). When the switch is in its "Off" position, stop timing commands shall be removed from the controller. The "On" position shall cause the controller to stop time. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. There shall be a red LED indicator light that illuminates when stop time is applied. Technician Flash Switch: There shall be a switch that places the field signal displays in flashing operation while the controller continues to operate. This flash shall have no effect on the operation of the controller or MMU. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Vehicle Test Switches: All eight vehicle phase inputs shall have a 2- position (on, on) test switch. Switches shall be labeled "On" (up) and "Test" (down). With the switches in the "On" position, normal operations of the vehicle detection occur. When in the "Test" position, a constant input shall be applied to the controller. The switches shall directly input a call to the related controller vehicle phase without routing the call through the detector rack(s) when activated. These switches shall be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Pedestrian Test Switches: All eight pedestrian phase inputs shall have a 2-position (on, on) test switch. Switches shall be labeled "On" (up) and "Test" (down). With the switches in the "On" position, normal operations of the pedestrian detection occur. When in the "Test" position, a constant input shall be applied to the controller. The switches shall directly input a call to the related controller pedestrian phase. These switches shall be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Police Panel Behind the police panel door there shall be switches for use by emergency personnel. The wiring for these switches shall be accessible when the auxiliary panel is open. The following switches shall be included: Flash Switch: There shall be a switch for the police that puts the cabinet into flashing operations. The switch shall have two positions, "Auto" (up) and "Flash" (down). The "Auto" position shall allow normal signal operation. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-30 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The "Flash" position shall immediately cause all signal displays to flash as programmed for emergency flash and apply stop time to the controller. When the police flash switch is returned to "Auto", stop time shall be removed from the controller except when the MMU has commanded flash operation. The effect shall be to disable the police panel switch when the MMU has detected a malfunction and all controller and MMU indications shall be available to the technician regardless of the position of the police flash switch. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Signals ON/OFF Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the field signal displays electrically dead while maintaining controller operation for purpose of monitoring controller operations. The switch shall be a general- purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Cables All wire cable bundles shall be encased in flex or expandable braided sleeving along the entire free length. All SDLC cables shall be terminated on both ends; securely terminated to the SDLC interface panel with screw type connection; and professionally routed in the cabinet interior to easily reach the load bay, controller, malfunction management unit, and detector racks. All SDLC connectors shall be fully populated with 15 pins each. Flashing Operation All cabinets shall be wired to flash for all vehicle channels. Flashing operation shall alternate between the used vehicle phases 1, 4, 5, 8, OLA & OLD and 2, 3, 6, 7, OLB & OLC. Flash programming shall be either red, yellow, or no flash simply by changing wires on the front of the load -bay. Detector Racks At a minimum, the cabinet shall be wired to accommodate 32 channels of detection. One detector rack shall be standard size and support 16 channels of loop detection, one Buss Interface Unit (BIU), and four channels of OpticomT"' These racks shall be capable of using both two -channel or -channel detection devices or OpticomTM cards. One detector rack shall be standard size and support 16 channels of loop detection and one Buss Interface Unit (BIU). This racks shall be capable of using both two -channel and four -channel detection devices. The loop cabling shall be connected via a 37-pin DB connector using spring clips. The Opticom cable shall be connected via a 24-pin connector using locking latches. The power cable shall be a 6-pin connector. All power wires shall be 18 AWG. The City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-31 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 addressing of detector racks shall be accomplished via dipswitches mounted to the PCB. There shall be the capability to turn off the TS2 status to the BIU for the uses of TS1 detector equipment via dipswitches mounted to the PCB. There shall be a 34-pin connector using locking latches that breaks the output from the detector to the input of the BIU; there shall also be +24VDC and logic ground on this connector. All racks shall have space at the bottom front for labeling. All racks shall be designed for horizontal stacking. Separate racks for detection and preemption are not allowed. 768 Panel There shall be an OpticomTM GTT 768 or approved equivalent. interface panel installed in the cabinet. At a minimum, it shall be soldered to the load switch green outputs and to the advanced vehicle preemption terminal block on the detector panel. This panel shall have a protective plastic cover. It shall be mounted between the shelves on the left side of the back wall. Detection Panel The detection panel shall support 32 channels of vehicle detection, 4 channels of emergency vehicle preemption detection, 8 channels or pedestrian detection, and 8 pedestrian returns on a single panel. The loop wires shall be a 22-AWG twisted pair, color coded as follows. Channel one brown, channel two red, channel three orange, and channel four yellow. One of the twisted pair wires of all colors shall have a white tracer and land on the second position terminal of each loop. The emergency preempt wires shall be color coded as follows: +24VDC orange, preempt inputs yellow, and ground blue. This panel will be mounted on the left side of the cabinet below the bottom shelf. The panel shall also include 19-position solid aluminum, tin-plated neutral, and ground buss bars with raised slotted and torque style screw heads. The buss bars shall be mounted vertically at the bottom of the panel. The Opticom and pedestrian terminal blocks shall be labeled as follows: Opticom + orange: 5A1, 5131, 5C1, 5D1 Opticom Call yellow: 5A2, 5132, 5133, 5134 Opticom — blue: 5A3, 5133, 5C3, 5D3 Pedestrian Calls: 714, 724, 734, 744, 754, 764, 774, 784 Pedestrian Returns: 715, 725, 735, 745, 755, 765, 775, 785 Power Supply Interface Panel The power supply interface panel shall include terminations for all the cabinet power supply inputs and outputs. It shall have a protective plastic cover. This panel shall be mounted on the left wall of the cabinet. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-32 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Generator Bypass Compartment and Cable The cabinet front door shall have a locking generator bypass compartment that shall be used to connect a generator to operate the cabinet during extended loss of service line power. The generator compartment shall be capable of being closed and locked while a generator is connected. The mechanism for allowing generator cable access, while the compartment is closed, shall be an integral part of the generator bypass door, via a sliding panel that will normally be in the closed position. Inside the compartment, there shall be a silkscreened panel housing a Hubbell HBL2615 30A/125V flanged inlet receptacle capable of accepting a standard 30-amp generator plug, a BACO HC52DQG cam switch with split 120- VAC line, and neutral feeds .The switch shall be a break before make type. Two (2) LED lamps with sockets. One LED shall be illuminated when the cabinet has service line power available and the other when the cabinet has generator power available. All LEDs shall be field replaceable without putting the intersection in flash and shall carry a 5-year manufacturer warranty. All wiring to and from the generator bypass compartment shall be contained in a single cable bundle. The cable shall connect to the backside of the electrical components and shall only be accessible from the inside of the cabinet front door. All electrical components on the inside of the front door that carry AC voltage shall be covered by a see -through plexi-glass cover. The generator bypass cable shall terminate at the same power panel location as service line voltage. Service Surge Suppression The cabinet shall be equipped with an EDCO model SHP300-10 or approved equivalent surge arrestor mounted on the power panel. Power to all cabinet electronics equipment and power strip shall come through this surge suppression circuit. Power Panel The power panel shall handle all the power distribution and protection for the cabinet and shall be mounted in the bottom right side of the facility. All equipment shall be mounted on a 12-inch by 17-inch silkscreened aluminum panel and include, at a minimum, the following equipment: • A 40-amp main breaker shall be supplied. This breaker shall supply power to the load bay, load switches, and auxiliary panel. The breaker shall also supply power via the EDCO SHP300-10 to the controller, MMU, power supply, detector racks, and quad outlet. • A 20-amp auxiliary breaker shall supply power to the fan, light, and GFI. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-33 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 • A 50-amp, 125 VAC radio interference line filter. • A normally open, 50-amp, solid-state relay. The relay shall have a green LED light that is on when energized. (No Mercury Contactors shall be allowed.) • One see -through plexi-glass cover on stand-offs to protect maintenance personnel from AC line voltages. It shall cover the top and front of the power panel. With cover on access to the neutral and ground busses is possible. It shall also cover the utility power in terminal block. The protective cover shall have a slot to access the field side of said power block with a standard screwdriver. This shall be removable by loosening screws but without removing screws. • Two 19-position solid aluminum, tin-plated neutral buss bar with raised slotted and torque style screw heads. • One 19-position solid aluminum, tin-plated ground buss bar with raised slotted and torque style screw heads. • Two MOVs shall be terminated on the 120AC in field terminal. One tied between line and ground, the other between neutral and ground. Manuals and Documentation The cabinet shall be furnished with three complete sets of cabinet prints. All cabinet wiring, and layout shall come on one E1 size sheet, multiple pages shall not be allowed. Upon request a USB flash drive with AutoCAD Release 2018 or later cabinet drawing for the cabinet wiring. Cabinet mounting and installation The foundation for a cabinet shall be a concrete pedestal of the same size as the base of the cabinet with one foot of the foundation above the adjacent grade. The pedestal shall be poured in place and shall be 12 inches below grade and 12 inches above grade. A sidewalk shall be provided on all sides of a cabinet and poured in place with the cabinet foundation. Refer to Cabinet Foundation details on project Plans for concrete pedestals where multiple cabinets are to be installed on one pad. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-34 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 9-29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads This Section is supplemented by adding the following: Vehicular signal heads shall have McCain 12-inch lens sizes or approved equivalent unless shown otherwise on the signal Plans. Each signal head shall have a 1/4-inch drain hole in its base. Signal heads shall be mounted on the mast arm such that the red indicators lie in the same plane and such that the bottom of the housing of a signal head shall not be less than 16 feet 6 inches nor more than 18 feet 6 inches above the grade at the center of the roadway. 9-29.16(2)A Optical Units This Section has been revised as follows: GE or approved equal Light Emitting Diode (LED) light sources are required for all displays. 9-29.16(2)B Signal Housing The fifth paragraph of this Section has been revised as follows: Each lens shall be protected with a removable visor. The visor shall be tunnel type unless noted otherwise in the contract. Tunnel, cap, and cut away type visors shall be made of aluminum throughout. Visors shall be flat black in color inside and shall be yellow baked enamel on the outside. Visors shall have attaching ears for installation to the housing door. The signal display shall have square doors. End caps shall be made from aluminum and shall be installed with fittings to provide a watertight seal. A bead of silicone sealant shall be applied around the perimeter of all top end cap openings prior to installation of the end cap assembly. Plastic end caps shall utilize a threaded stud with seal and wing nut. End caps shall have the same color as the signal housing. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-35 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 9-29.16(2)C Louvered Visors This Section has been revised as follows: Where noted in the Contract, louvered tunnel visors shall be furnished and installed. Directional louvers shall be constructed to have a snug fit in the signal visor. The outside cylinder shall be constructed of aluminum, and the louvers shall be constructed of anodized aluminum painted flat black. Dimensions and arrangement of louvers shall be as shown in the contract. 9-29.16(2)D Back Plates This Section has been deleted and replaced with: Back plates shall be furnished and attached to the signal heads. Back plates shall be 3-S half -hard aluminum sheet, 0.058-inch minimum thickness, with 5-inch square cut border and painted black in front and yellow in back. Back plates shall have 1 " reflective yellow tape boarder. 9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads This Section has been revised as follows: Traffic signal heads (vehicle and pedestrian) shall be finished with two coats of factory applied traffic signal federal yellow baked enamel or shall be finished with a traffic signal federal yellow oven baked powder coating comprised of resins and pigments. Aluminum end caps and the back of back plates shall be painted to match the color of the signal housing. The inside of visors, front of back plates, and louvers shall be finished with two coats of factory applied flat black enamel. 9-29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings This Section is replaced as follows: Mounting hardware will provide for a rigid connection between the signal head and mast arm. All mounting hardware will be of the top -mount plumbizer type as shown on the standard Plans, unless specified otherwise on the Plans. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-36 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Vehicle and pedestrian signal head mountings shall be as detailed in the Standard Plans. Material requirements for signal head mounts are as follows: Aluminum 1. Arms and slotted tube fittings for Type N mount (temporary signals only). 2. Tube clamp and female clamp assembly for Type N mount. Bronze 1. Terminal compartments for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts. 2. Collars for Type C, D, and F mounts. 3. Ell fittings for Type L and LE mounts. 4. Messenger hanger and wire entrance fittings for Type P, Q, R, and S mounts. 5. Balance adjuster for Type Q, R, and S mounts. Galvanized Steel 1. Washers for Type A, B, C, D, F, H, and K mounts. 2. Fasteners for Type A, B, E, H, and K mounts. Stainless Steel 1. All set screws and cotter Keys. 2. Bands for Type N mount. 3. Bolt, nut and washers for Type L mount. 4. Bolts, nuts, washers, and screw buckle swivels. Steel 1. Center pipes, nipples, elbow and tee fittings for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-37 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 2. Nipples for Type L, LE, and P mounts. All other miscellaneous hardware shall be stainless steel. All hardware for mounts shall be painted with two coats of factory applied traffic signal federal yellow baked enamel. Pins for messenger hanger fittings shall be a minimum of 1 /2 inch in diameter. Terminal compartments for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts shall contain a 12 section terminal block. All hardware for mounts shall be painted with two coats of factory applied traffic signal Federal yellow baked enamel. 9-29.18 VEHICLE DETECTOR 9-29.18(3) Video Detection System This Section is a new section: The video detection camera mounting hardware shall be painted per Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. The fully functional video detection systems shall be provided and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit complete equipment list to the City Engineer for approval prior to the system's purchase. The video detection system shall be capable of providing presence vehicle detection and shall be expandable without removing or replacing existing units. All materials furnished during construction for temporary and permanent detection shall be new, unused, current production models and shall be items currently in distribution. The video detection system shall have a minimum 18-month warranty (from the time of permanent installation) against manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship from the date of shipment. The Contractor shall supply the warranty and all documentation necessary to maintain and operate the system to the COR Transportation Operations Maintenance Representative prior to approval of the video detection system by the Transportation Operations Maintenance Manager. The Video Detection System shall consist of ITERIS video detection equipment, auxiliary equipment, cameras, housings, and mounts, and all required mounting hardware, cables, connectors, and wiring. The video detection equipment shall be of the quantities shown in the Plans, and shall City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-38 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 meet the following specifications (The contractor shall submit to the COR Transportation Maintenance Shop Representative a detailed summary of video detection equipment prior to placing an order): Camera: Vantage Vector color camera with video and radar sensor fusion and with integrated weatherproof housing or approved equivalent. Mounting: The camera shall be mounted on a mast arm per manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall have approval for the mounting location from the Transportation Operations Maintenance Manager prior to installation. Video Detection Board: Iteris Dual Camera Processor or approved equivalent that operable with the Vantage Vector Camera Monitoring: Include (1) shelf mounted 9" LCD color monitor and (1) computer optical USB mouse at each signal. Modem: Edge Connect Network Modem Surge Suppression: Each camera assembly shall have a surge suppressor which shall be installed inside the traffic signal controller cabinet. The surge suppressor shall be an EDCO CX06-BNCY or approved equivalent meeting these specifications: City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 Peak Surge Current 5Ka Technology Hybrid, Solid State Attenuation 0.1 dB @ 10 Mhz Response Time <1 nanosecond Protection Line to Ground Clamp Voltage 6 V Connectors BNC Impedance 75 ohms Environmental -40°F to 185°F Mechanical 4'/2" x 1'/2" x 1'/4' 9-39 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons This Section is replaced by the following: The Contractor shall furnish and install a fully functioning accessible pedestrian push button system at locations specified in the Contract Plans. The pedestrian push button system shall include the following items: Pedestrian push button assemblies shall be ADA Accessible Pedestrian Signals (APS), "Navigator 2-Wire Push Button Station," Model IN23TN0-B, by Polara Engineering, Inc. or approved equal. The push button assemblies shall include the following features: • Vibrating button during Walk • Confirmation of button push by latching LED, audible "walk" sound and tactile bounce • Locating tone during Don't Walk • Audible Message during the Walk phase (shall be approved by the Engineer) • All sounds adjust to ambient noise • Most sounds have a minimum and maximum volume setting option • Select and Custom audio messages, change configuration settings, and perform firmware updates wirelessly using iOS devices, or a Windows PC with Polara's Bluetooth Dongle • Built in health/event logging feature, up to 300 events • Independent ambient adjustment setting for the locate tone which allows fine adjustments for low ambient conditions • Built in False walk detection: four (4) independent checks • Program selection options: time of day, week, month, holidays, and daylight savings time • Programs (configurations): one (1) default plus three (3) alternate programs • Sounds synchronized across all push buttons • Can provide pre -configured special messages played throughout the entire intersection upon a central system activated signal (preemption)Operate over a single pair of wires • All push button stations wired in parallel, individually assignable to any phase • Accommodate at least sixteen (16) push button stations • Four (4) Locate tone selectable options • Fourteen (14) walk sound selectable options, three (3) of them custom options City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-40 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 • Seven (7) clearance sound selectable options • Capable of boost volume for next Walk and Clearance with Extended Button Push • Capable of direction of travel message with Extended Button Push • Capable of mutes all but selected crosswalk with Extended Push Priority • Extended push activation settings: 0-6 second range, 0.5 second increments • Beaconing and Ping Pong features available • 9"x15" Hi -Intensity Retroreflective MUTCD R10-3e countdown sign (per WSDOT Standard Plan J-20.26) • No Braille on the Face Plate • Custom Audio Messages • Black Plate and Body • Black Button Cover One Shelf Mount Central Control Unit shall be provided and installed in the traffic controller cabinet per intersection as an interface between the signal controller and the pedestrian push button stations. The Shelf Mount iNTELLIGENT CENTRAL CONTOL UNIT, Model iCCU-S, by Polara Engineering, Inc. or approved equal, shall: • Designed to site on a shelf, and interfaces to traffic cabinet either through the Polara 50 pin cable assembly, or a SDLC cable • Support full bidirectional Bus Interface Unit (BIU) capability allow the control unit to get interval timing information and place calls to the traffic controller directly through the SDLC interface • the power supply and signaling interface between the existing intersection Traffic Control Unit and the iN2 Navigator Push Button Stations installed on the intersection • include one (1) Custom Cable Harness 50-pin Connector, Model 850-216, cable assembly with all cables 12-feet long for double wide cabinets • Accommodate up to 16 push button stations • Support SDLC communication in TS1 and TS2 cabinets • Include a front panel with a backlit LCD for displaying system status information • Perform setup functions via Ethernet or Wi-Fi/Bluetooth using a PC, iPhone or iPad • Provide free apps for both Windows PCs (Windows 7 or higher) and iOS (8.0 or higher) devices. • Supports multiple configurations, with ability to change operational features based on time of daylnclude a built in conflict monitoring City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-41 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 system that monitors pedestrian push button stations and pedestrian signal head lights and powers off in the event of a conflict • Include health log data capture that is downloadable and contains extensive status/fault reporting • Support remote monitoring over Ethernet • Include an Ethernet port for communication • Include a USB port • Include the Interconnect Board, Model iN2-ICB, for termination of field wiring intersection/field button • Include two (2) SDLC Cables, Model iN2-SDLC-CABLE, a standard 6-feet long SDLC cable • Include a three (3) year manufacturer limited warrantylnclude one (1) power cable for 120VAC, 60Hz, 5A 9-29.20(1) LED Pedestrian Displays This Section is supplemented with the following: The pedestrian signal shall be hand/man with a countdown feature. The hand and man and countdown symbols shall have a uniform appearance; individual LEDs shall not be visible. The hand and man symbols shall be on the left side superimposed and the countdown symbol on the right side and shall comply with the latest MUTCD requirements. The countdown feature shall allow countdown time to remain stored internally, even when power is removed for extended periods of time, shall automatically adjust to traffic controller interval changes and the symbol shall be minimum 9-inches high. The housing shall be 18 inches and the face shall have z-crates. Except as noted in the following pre -approved list of this section, samples of each item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 9-29.22 Wireless Interconnect (New Section) This section is supplemented with the following: Contractor shall furnish, install and test a partial wireless interconnect system to include radio, antenna, antenna mount and connecting cable at: • Renton Ave S/S 132nd St (Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon) City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-42 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 The Contractor shall demonstrate that the wireless interconnect components installed function properly (i.e., radio and antenna operation and connectivity). Wireless interconnect shall be Intuicom's Integrated Nitro58n wireless interconnect system, including all equipment for a functioning wireless interconnect system, or approved equivalent. The wireless interconnect system shall be a broadband product capable of the following specifications. General Specifications: • PoE Standard: IEEE 802.3af/at • Ethernet:10/100/1000base-TX • Geolocation: Embedded GPS • Size: 13.2 inches X 13.2 inches x 3.5 inches • Weight 4.0 Ibs • Antenna Included: Dual Polarized Panel • Environmental: -40 to +70 degrees C (IP67) Wireless Interface: • Wireless Protocols: IEEE 802.11a/n • Frequency Range: 5.150 — 5.825Ghz • Data Rate: 300Mbps/600Mbps (dual) • Receive Sensitivity: -97 to -74dBm • Channel Widths 20, 40MHz • Modulations: OFDM, BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM • MIMO:2x2:2 • Topology: Point -to -Point, Point-to-Multipoint • Dynamic Frequency Selection: Automatic or User Configurable Security: • Capable of being secured with multiple types of encryption to prevent non -authorized access 0 802.11 i WPA-PSK 0 802.11 i WPA2-PSK 0 802.11 i WPA-EAP 0 802.11 i WPA2-WAP 0 802.11 i TKIP 0 802.11 i AES-CCM 0 802.11 i 802.1 X City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-43 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 0 802.11 i —RSN 0 Radius authentication 0 Mac Access Control List 0 128/256 Encryption The connecting cable between the radio unit in the signal controller cabinet and the antenna shall be a shielded Category 5 cable provided by the manufacturer. The antenna mounting bracket shall be per manufacturer's recommendation. It shall be fully articulating and capable of mounting to a signal mast arm or shaft of a signal standard. Section 9-29.23 is a new section: The BBS shall meet or exceed the following specifications: Enclosure Specifications: Anodized aluminum weatherproof enclosure shall house BBS and batteries. Enclosure shall be TIG welded construction with welding materials specifically designed for the material to be welded. Enclosure shall have fully framed side hinged outer doors with swaged close tolerance sides for flush fit with drip lip and closed cell neoprene flange compressed gaskets. Front door shall incorporate a full-length piano hinge, pad -lockable draw latch (center area on door - latch side), and two pad lockable welded -in place vandal -proof tabs (one upper area, one lower area on door -latch side, rated at 2000 lbs. each). There shall be no exposed nut, bolts, screws, rivets or other fasteners on the exterior of the enclosure. Maximum cabinet dimensions 46" H x 20" W x 10.25" D. Weight 250 Ibs with batteries. BBS shall be mounted in an interior tilt out housing with 800 lb rated stops. Battery connectors shall be Anderson Connectors with silver plated contacts. Batteries shall be installed in fixed position framed trays for seismic safety and be readily accessible for maintenance. Batteries shall be mounted allowing airflow front and back. Enclosure can include two transfer bypass switches, one for BBS bypass the second for auxiliary generator (optional). All switches must be panel mounted on interior dead front panel board. UV resistant plastic laminated nameplates shall identify all controls and major components. A plastic covered wiring diagram will be attached to the inside of the front door. All components shall be factory wired and conform to required NEMA, NEC, and UL standards. A chassis ground point shall be provided. Panel shall be UL 508 Industrial Control Panel rated. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-44 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The BBS compartment shall be accessible from the side door of the signal cabinet and shall contain the UPS system batteries. The UPS system inverter and ATS assembly shall be mounted in the BBS compartment but shall be accessible when the front door is open. IM-Now, Jfl'1P it11ii17 i11M_ • System shall provide 700 watts of full control run time for 2 hours. In addition the system shall provide 6 to 8 hours of flash. • BBS bypass and BBS isolation switch. • Deadfront safety panel board with all switches, indicating fuses, plugs, and isolation fuses for each battery pre -wired with phenolic nameplates. • All nameplates shall be screwed on phenolic engraved type. • All wire terminating lugs shall be full wrap around type. • All batteries shall be captive spaced from external captive sides in earthquake proof buckets. • Cabinet ventilation shall be by (qty. 4) 4" x'/4" louvers top and bottom with encapsulated bug screens, cleanable filters and a 100cfm fan to completely exchange air 25 time minimum per minute. • All DC terminals and connections shall incorporate safety covers such that the safety covers are in place for every normal maintenance mode. • Event Counters & Total Run Time Counter. BBS Unit Minimum Specifications: BBS unit shall provide a true sine -wave output with minimum 1400 Volt - Amp continuous capacity. BIBS must provide for utility service isolation when in operation. The minimum rating for wattage output will be 950 watts. The BBS shall be capable of running an intersection with LED lights (for Run Time consult manufacturer). The unit shall operate off-line, with transfer time of 2 ms or less, with battery condition indicator, with automatic test provisions, and with hot- swappable batteries (all batteries in system). BIBS will automatically recharge batteries from full discharge to 95% capacity within 6 hours. BBS will provide on-line operation for a minimum City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-45 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 input of 92 to 145 VAC, provide full load output of 120VAC — 10% / +4% at 60 Hz +/- 0.05% over a temperature range of -37°C (optional adder) to +74°C and be a UL Approved Design. For Safety and maintenance the BBS shall not exceed 28 pounds. The BBS unit will be delivered with maintenance manuals and schematic diagrams. BIBS Unit Minimum Features: • 1,400VA 950 Watts, with quick make/break connectors and plugs. (Systems requiring hard wiring termination to/from the inverter are unacceptable). • Surge energy withstand 480 Joules, 6.5kA • Common mode clamping 0 ns < 5ns typical UL 1449 • Conditioned power — Computer quality • Transient lighting protection — 160 Joules • Transfer to battery time — 2 ms • Retransfer to utility — 2 ms • Each battery shall be 24 volts @ 18 AH with heavy duty Anderson plugs and isolated fused (deadfront panel mounted 30 amp) connections to the BBS for greater system reliability and ease of maintenance. Series wiring is unacceptable. • Fan cooling shall be fused for locked rotor current. • Cooling air shall be ducted to cool the front and back of each battery with air space on all four sides and top of battery. • BBS covers shall be 60% open on both sides to diminish the environmental effects of extreme temperatures. • Includes USB & RS232, DB9 Computer Interface Ports. • Low voltage safety design at 24v DC. (Higher voltage DC systems are unacceptable). City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 BBS Communications Module: All inverter connections shall be made without the use of tools. This includes: A/C -Input, A/C- Output, Normally -Open, and Normally -Closed programmable contacts. Smart Slot Relay 1/0 Module: Input #1 — Turn the BBS on. Input #2 — Turn the BBS off. Input #3 — Start the BBS self -test. Input #4 - Shut down the BBS (when on battery). Output #1 — The BBS is on -battery (during a power failure, self -test or run time calibration). Output #2 — BBS has a low battery — Programmable. Output #3 — The protected load is not receiving power from the BBS. Output #4 Replace the BBS batteries. Output #5 — The BBS is overloaded. Output #6 — Any BBS fault or self -test failure. Batteries: Batteries shall be maintenance -free, type AGM/VRLA (Absorbed Glass Mat/Valve Regulated Lead Acid), such as APC Smart -UPS RMXL or approved equal. Batteries shall be independently pre -wired and individually fused. Batteries shall be furnished with heavy-duty 50 amp rated silver-plated Anderson Connectors. 100 Amp internal fuse by Battery supplier. Batteries shall be lightweight for personnel safety and protection plus ease of installation and maintenance. Batteries with a weight of over 26 Ibs are not acceptable. ENCLOSURE TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION: Operating temperature range shall be a minimum -37°C to +74°C. Power Svstem Analvzer and Conflict Resolution Module: The system shall incorporate an integrated Power System Analyzer and Conflict Resolution Module. The Analyzer shall evaluate and make limited adjustments to the incoming utility power and automatically transfer load to the battery back-up power if utility power is lost. When utility power becomes available, the BBS shall analyze the power to verify stability and return to normal operation. The system shall provide automatic BBS failure detection and automatically isolate the failed BBS and lock the unit onto utility power. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-47 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Once the failure has been corrected, the system shall return to the normal operation. Triple Bypass System For Off line BBS: SPACT — Smart Power Analyzer with Conflict Monitor Isolation and Transfer Module. PCM — Power Conflict Monitor The PCM is a totally redundant failsafe system. The PCM shall monitor load bus power available continuously. If load bus power fails for 5ms the PCM shall transfer and isolate the BBS and guarantee that commercial power will be locked on. Watchdog Timer — Redundant 5 ms delay and hard transfer to utility power. The outboard Smart Transfer Switch shall not interrupt the normal controller function. Transfer time shall be 2ms. Onboard Smart 1/0 module shall execute lockout of battery back up system upon Smart detection of any inverter BBS fault. If BBS resets itself, it shall automatically be available for backup. ON Inverter to timed relay for Full Time control of Output, 0 to 10 hours. Smart Battery Charger: Shall charge from shut off discharge to 95% fully charged in less than 6 hours. Batteries shall be ambient enclosure compensated to less than 120°. The battery charger shall utilize Smart Cell Technology to extend battery life. Intelligent Battery Management: The system shall have a precision battery charging system, automatic true - load battery tests, and redundant overcharge protection. The system shall regulate under and over voltages without switching to battery. Battery Replacement Warning prevents downtime — the system shall automatically perform a self -test every two weeks and alert owner to degrading batteries before they wear out. Through software, or the push of a button, self -tests may be performed at anytime. Faster Recharge Time — the system battery charging systems shall be microprocessor controlled to precisely charge batteries. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-48 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Hot-Swappable Battery Replacement: The system shall have a 60 second, user friendly, hot-swappable battery replacement system allowing safe and easy replacement of batteries while your system is up and running. Replacement battery packs shall ship in a reusable box for convenient return of exhausted batteries to a recycling center. Additional Design Features: The system shall have available: Generator Transfer switch with BBS bypass and 30-amp external reverse service plug. Heater with thermostat. 9-29.24(2) Electrical Circuit Breakers and Contactors This Section is deleted and replaced with the following: The electrical circuit breakers and contactors shall be as indicated on the contract Plans and detail sheets. The following equipment shall be featured within the cabinet. 1. Main circuit breaker 2. Branch circuit breakers 3. Utility plug (120 volt-20 Amp rated) G.F.I. Type 4. Light control test switch (120 volt-15 Amp) 5. Contactor relay for each circuit 6. Double pole branch breaker(s) for lighting circuits (240 volt) 7. One 120 volt, 20 Amp single pole branch breaker (for utility plugs) 8. Type 3-single phase 120/240 volt grounded neutral service 9. One 120 volt 40 Amp single pole branch breaker (signal service) 10. Complete provisions for 16 breaker poles 11. Name plates phenolic black with white engraving except the main breaker which shall be red with white lettering. All name plates shall be attached by S.S. screws. 12. Meter base sections are unnecessary City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-49 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 9-29.25 Amplifier, Transformer, and Terminal Cabinets This Section is supplemented as follows: The terminal box shall be weather tight, have a single door with continuous hinge on one side and screw hold-downs on the door locking side. All hardware will be stainless steel. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel and shall be incidental to the unit price of terminal box. Terminal blocks shall be 600V heavy duty, barrier type. Each terminal shall be separated by a marker strip. The marker strip shall be permanently marked with the circuit number indicated in the Plans. Each connector shall be a screw type with No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than 3 #12 AWG wires fitted with spade tips. Interconnect splice tower cabinets shall be Type F, with nominal dimensions of 22" high x 13" wide x 11" deep and constructed of cast aluminum and fitted with a Best internal lock. 9-30 PAVEMENT MARKING Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request approval of the pre -mark channelization at least 48 hours prior to placement of pavement markings. All Pavement markings at intersection shall be 3M Stamark all weather Tape 380AW and Contrast Tape 380AWE-5 or thermal plastic with wet/dry elements 9-30.1 Removing Pavement Markings This Section is supplemented with the following: Existing pavement markings within the construction limits, including stop bars, traffic arrows, lane markers, and raised pavement markers shall be removed prior to overlaying the roadway surface. All conflicting channelization shall be removed as necessary by sand blasting to install temporary pavement markings or after the final channelization has been installed. Removal of existing pavement markings shall be conducted using such methods to prevent damage to the remaining pavement. The use of chemicals that may be harmful to the pavement will not be allowed. Damaged pavement shall be replaced at the Contractor's City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-50 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 9-30.2 Permanent Signing This Section is supplemented with the following: This work shall also consist of fabricating, assembling and installing Street Name Signs on signal mast arms in accordance with City Of Renton standard details. 9-30.3 Materials Section 8-21.2 is supplemented with the following: Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections as applicable unless noted: Painting 6-07 Permanent Signing 8-21 Signing Materials and Fabrication 9-28 Lettering and border graphics shall be white, non -reflective, in an opaque, white 2-mil cast vinyl adhesive graphic film with matte finish, clear, removable, pressure -sensitive adhesive (solvent acrylic) for exterior signage application and have a life performance of 7 years durability, UV resistant, chemical and moisture resistant. Sign Name Signs shall have 2-mil cast vinyl adhesive graphic film with matte finish, clear, removable, pressure -sensitive adhesive (solvent acrylic) for exterior signage application and have a life performance of 7 years durability, UV resistant, chemical and moisture resistant, applicable for color printing application. Aluminum sheet shall conform to ASTM B209M — 07 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate. Fasteners to secure sign plates into places shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class FE/ZN 5. Custom colored digitally printed logo shall have coefficient of retroreflection varying between that of the base sheeting as given in Table B, and zero (opaque) depending on the hue and saturation (or chromaticity and lightness) of the custom color. Conformance to standard chromaticity and luminance factor requirements shall be in accordance with ASTM E1164. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-51 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Conformance to coefficient of retroreflection requirements shall be in accordance with ASTM E810 "Test Method for Coefficient of Retroreflection of Retroreflective Sheeting". Minimum percentage of retroflection retained after 8 years shall be minimum of 70%. Adhesive and film properties shall be applied to test panels and conditioned in accordance with ASTM D4956 and test methods and conditions shall conform to ASTM D4956. The following properties shall conform to the requirements in ASTM D4956: 1. Adhesion 2. Outdoor weathering colorfastness 3. Shrinkage 4. Flexibility 5. Liner removal 6. Impact resistance - retained coefficient of retroreflection- Gloss test method shall be in accordance with ASTM D523. Rating shall not be less than 50. Optical stability of the sheeting shall retain a minimum of 85% and a maximum of 115% of the original coefficient of retroreflection. Street Name Signs on signal mast arms shall be provided with a warranty for signs made with custom colors. The areas of the signs featuring custom colors shall be warrantied against excessive fading, discoloring, cracking, crazing, peeling, blistering and loss of reflectivity such that signs become visually unsuitable for their intended purpose for a period of 8 years. 9-30.4 Construction Requirements Section 8-21.3 is supplemented with the following: Surface of street name sign plate shall be prepared by sheeting manufacturer's recommendations. damage to the remaining pavement. The use of chemicals that may be harmful to the pavement will not be allowed. Damaged pavement shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-52 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Vinyl adhesive graphic film shall be positioned at zero degree application angle at +4°C minimum (air and substrate) per manufacturer's recommendation. Sign Code Numbers indicated on the Plans are in reference to the Washington State Department of Transportation Sign Fabrication Manual and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall reset all signs that have been disturbed or removed during the construction in their permanent location to the satisfaction of the City. Existing concrete at the base of signpost shall be removed prior to installation in new concrete. Relocated signs shall be installed on new galvanized steel posts per the detail shown in the Plans or attached to light poles where noted on the Plans. Any damage due to the Contractor's negligence before the end of the project shall be replaced by the Contractor with no additional compensation allowed. The Contractor shall request from the Engineer electronic graphic files prior to street name sign samples approval. The Contractor shall provide graphic artwork, catalog cut sheet and a full scale sample of all street name signs mounted on signal mast arms for Engineer's approval, prior to manufacturing. The Contractor shall provide three copies of shop drawings for fabrication, fastening locations, and installation of all street name sign types prior to fabrication, for Engineer's approval. Appendices (January 2, 2012 WSDOT) The following appendices are attached and made a part of this contract: Appendix A — Wage Rates Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates Federal Wage Rates Appendix B — Boring Logs (For Information Only) City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-53 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 (January 7, 2019) Standard Plans The State of Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction M21-01 transmitted under Publications Transmittal No. PT 16-048, effective August 6, 2018 is made a part of this contract. The Standard Plans are revised as follows: A -An 1 n Section View, PCCP to HMA Longitudinal Joint, callout, was - "Sawed Groove - Width 3/16" (IN) MIN. to 5/16" (IN) MAX. - Depth 1" (IN) MIN. - see Std. Spec. 5-04.3(12)B" is revised to read; "Sawed Groove - Width 3/16" (IN) MIN. to 5/16" (IN) MAX. - Depth 1" (IN) MIN. - see Std. Spec. Section 5-04.3(12)A2" Section View, Transverse Contraction Joint, dimension, was - "D/4" is revised to read: "D/3 to D/4" A-50.10 Sheet 2 of 2, Plan, with Single Slope Barrier, reference C-14a is revised to C-70.10 A -gin 9n Sheet 2 of 2, Plan, with Anchored Barrier, reference C-14a is revised to C- 70.10 A-50.30 Sheet 2 of 2, Plan (top), reference C-14a is revised to C-70.1 B-10.60 DELETED B-82.20 DELETED B-90.40 Valve Detail - DELETED C-2C CASE 9A (typical of 2 callouts): The dimensions were "3'-0" MIN. - TO FACE OF GUARDRAIL". are now revised to read "5 4' MIN -- TO FACE OF GUARDRAIL". City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-54 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 C-4 b DELETED C-4e DELETED C-4f Sheet 1, BULLNOSE GRADING PLAN: Slopes shall be not steeper than 10H:1 V for the bullnose guardrail system including slopes into the guardrail face to 1 foot behind the guardrail post. Sheet 2, POST 1 R & 1 L, 2R & 2L, 3R TO 8R and 3L TO 8L, 9R TO 12 R and 9L TO 12L elevation view details: Slopes into the guardrail face to 1 foot behind the guardrail post shall not be steeper than 1 OH:1 V. Sheet 3, SECTION B, callout — was: "THE NUT SHALL BE ASTM A563D STEEL, AND GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO STANDARD SPEC. 9- 16.3(3)." Is revised to read: "THE NUT SHALL BE ASTM A307 STEEL, AND GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO STANDARD SPEC. 9-16.3(3)." C-20.14 CASE 3-31: The dimension was "5 4' MIN" from the back of guardrail to the center of railroad signal support is now revised to "5-0" MIN" from face of guardrail to the front edge of the railroad signal support. Note 3, was — "The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail cannot exceed 1 OH : 1 V when the face of the guardrail is less than 12' — 0" from the edge of the shoulder." is revised to read: "The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail cannot be steeper than 1 OH : 1 V when the face of the guardrail is less than 12' — 0" from the edge of the shoulder. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail cannot be steeper than 6H : 1V when the guardrail is 12' — 0" or more from the edge of the shoulder." r:-qn 1 R ALL CASES: The dimensions were "3'-0" MIN" from the face of guardrail to the front edge of the fixed feature are now revised to "5-0" MIN" from the face of guardrail to the front edge of the fixed feature. Note 1, was — "The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not exceed 1 OH : 1 V when the guardrail is within 12' — 0" from the edge of the shoulder." Is revised to read: "The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should not be steeper than 1 OH 1 V when the guardrail is less than 12' — 0" from the edge of the shoulder. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the guardrail should City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-55 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 not be steeper than 6H : 1 V when the guardrail is 12' — 0" or more from the edge of shoulder." C-22.14 DELETED C-22.16 Note 3, formula, was: "Elevation G = (Elevation S — D x (0.1) + 31" is revised to read: "Elevation G = (Elevation S — D x (0.1) + 31/12" C-22.40 PLAN VIEW, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-3) SHOWN: The dimension was 'W-0" MIN" from the face of the terminal to the edge of the widened embankment is now revised to 'W-0" MIN" from the back of the terminal post to the edge of the widened embankment. Elevation View, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-3), dimension, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-3) SYSTEM LENGTH = 50' — 0" , dimension is revised to read: 46' — 101/2" Elevation View, SOFTSTOP (TL-3), dimension, SOFTSTOP (TL-3) SYSTEM LENGTH = 50' — 9 1/2", dimension is revised to read: 50' — 10 1/2" Note 6, was — "...a maximum taper of 25.4 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length of 50' — 9 '/2" with a maximum..." is revised to read: "...a maximum taper of 25.44 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length of 50' — 10 1/2" with a maximum..." C-22.45 PLAN VIEW, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-2) SHOWN: The dimension was 'W-0" MIN" from the face of the terminal to the edge of the widened embankment is now revised to 'W-0" MIN" from the back of the terminal post to the edge of the widened embankment. Elevation View, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-2), dimension, MSKT-SP-MGS (TL-2) SYSTEM LENGTH = 25' — 0", dimension is revised to read 34' — 4 1/2" Elevation View, SOFTSTOP (TL-2), dimension, SOFTSTOP (TL-2) SYSTEM LENGTH = 38'— 3 1/2", dimension is revised to read 38'— 4 1/2" Note 6, was — "...flare of 38.29 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length of 38' — 3'/2" with a maximum..." is revised to read: "...flare of 38.38 : 1 or flatter is allowed over the system length of 38' — 4'/2" with a maximum..." City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-56 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 C-25.26 Elevation View, TYPE 23: The guardrail height dimension was 2'-8" from the top of the thrie beam to the top of the bridge curb is now revised to 2'- 8" from the top of the thrie beam to the top of the ground line. C-25.80 Plan View, callout, was — 12" (IN) BLOCKOUT" is revised to read; "12" (IN) or 8" (IN) BLOCKOUT (12" (IN) SHOWN)" Elevation View, add labels to posts (below view); beginning at left side of view — Label Posts as follows; POST 1, POST 2 through POST 6". General Notes, add Note 6. Note reads as follows; "6. Post 1 shall use an 8 inch blockout, and posts 2 through post 6 shall use 12 inch or 8 inch blockouts." C-40.14 DELETED C-90.10 DELETED n-in 1n Wall Type 1 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non- standard and shall be designed in accordance with the current WSDOT Bridge Design Manual (BDM) and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. D-10.15 Wall Type 2 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non- standard and shall be designed in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. n-i n gn Wall Type 3 may be used in all cases. The last sentence of Note 6 on Wall Type 3 shall be revised to read: The seismic design of these walls has been completed using a site adjusted (effective) peak ground acceleration of 0.32g. n-i n 9r; Wall Type 4 may be used in all cases. The last sentence of Note 6 on Wall Type 4 shall be revised to read: The seismic design of these walls has been completed using a site adjusted (effective) peak ground acceleration of 0.32g. City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-57 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 D-10.30 Wall Type 5 may be used in all cases. D-10.35 Wall Type 6 may be used in all cases. D-10.40 Wall Type 7 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non- standard and shall be designed in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. n-i n a. Wall Type 8 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non- standard and shall be designed in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. D-15.10 STD Plans D-15 series "Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls" are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required in place of these STD Plans. D-15.20 STD Plans D-15 series "Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls" are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required in place of these STD Plans. D-15.30 STD Plans D-15 series "Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls" are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required in place of these STD Plans. IMFAMN6 Section Title, was — "Depressed Curb Section" is revised to read: "Depressed Curb and Gutter Section" F-10.40 "EXTRUDED CURB AT CUT SLOPE", Section detail - Deleted F-10.42 DELETE — "Extruded Curb at Cut Slope" View City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-58 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 H-7n gn Sheet 2, Spacing Detail, Mailbox Support Type 1, reference to Standard Plan 1-70.10 is revised to H-70.10 1-30.30 8" Diameter Wattle Spacing Table, lower left corner, was—"Slope:1 H : 1 V, Maximum Spacing:10' — 0"" is revised to read: "Slope:1 H : 1 V, Maximum Spacing:8' — 0"" J-10.21 Note 18, was — "When service cabinet is installed within right of way fence, see Standard Plan J-10.22 for details." Is revised to read; "When service cabinet is installed within right of way fence, or the meter base is mounted on the exterior of the cabinet, see Standard Plan J-10.22 for details." J-10.22 Key Note 1, was — "Meter base per serving utility requirements- as a minimum, the meter base shall be safety socket box with factory -installed test bypass facility that meets the requirements of EUSERC drawing 305." Is revised to read; "Meter base per serving utility requirements— as a minimum, the meter base shall be safety socket box with factory -installed test bypass facility that meets the requirements of EUSERC drawing 305. When the utility requires meter base to be mounted on the side or back of the service cabinet, the meter base enclosure shall be fabricated from type 304 stainless steel." Key Note 4, "Test with (SPDT Snap Action, Positive close 15 Amp — 120/277 volt "T" rated). Is revised to read: "Test Switch (SPDT snap action, positive close 15 amp — 120/277 volt "T" rated)." Key Note 14, was — "Hinged dead front with turn fasteners or slide latch." Is revised to read; "Hinged dead front with turn fasteners or slide latch. Dead front panel bolts shall not extend into the vertical limits of the breaker array(s)." Key Note 15, was — "Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper. Buss shall be 4 lug tinned copper. See Cabinet Main bonding Jumper detail, Standard Plan J- 3b." is revised to read; "Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper Assembly Buss shall be 4 lug tinned copper -- See Standard Plan J-10.20 for Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper Assembly details." Note 1, was — "...socket box mounting detail, see Standard Plan J-3b." is revised to read to read: "...socket box mounting detail, see Standard Plan J-10.20." Note 6, was — "...See door hinge detail, Standard Plan J-3b." is revised to read: "...See door hinge detail, Standard Plan J-10.20." City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-59 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 J-20.10 2 Add Note 5, "5. One accessible pedestrian signal assembly per pedestrian 3 pushbutton post." 4 5 J-20.11 6 Sheet 2, Foundation Detail, Elevation, callout - "Type 1 Signal Pole" is 7 revised to read: "Type PS or Type 1 Signal Pole" 8 Sheet 2, Foundation Detail, Elevation, add note below Title, "(Type 1 Signal 9 Pole Shown)" 10 Add Note 6, "6. One accessible pedestrian signal assembly per pedestrian 11 pushbutton post." 12 13 J-20.26 14 Add Note 1, 1. One accessible pedestrian pushbutton station per 15 pedestrian pushbutton post." 16 17 J-20.16 18 View A, callout, was - LOCK NIPPLE, is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE 19 20 J-21.10 21 Sheet 1, Elevation View, Round Concrete Foundation Detail, callout - 22 "ANCHOR BOLTS - 3/4" (IN) x 30" (IN) FULL THREAD - THREE REQ'D. 23 PER ASSEMBLY" IS REVISED TO READ: "ANCHOR BOLTS 3/4" (IN) x 24 30" (IN) FULL THREAD - FOUR REQ'D. PER ASSEMBLY" 25 Sheet 1 of 2, Elevation view (Round), add dimension depicting the distance 26 from the top of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3" 27 CLR.. Delete "(TYP.)" from the 2'/2" CLR. dimension, depicting the distance 28 from the bottom of the foundation to find 2 # 4 reinf. Bar. 29 Sheet 1 of 2, Elevation view (Square), add dimension depicting the distance 30 from the top of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3" 31 CLR. Delete "(TYP.)" from the 2'/2" CLR. dimension, depicting the distance 32 from the bottom of the foundation to find 1 # 4 reinf. Bar. 33 Sheet 2 of 2, Elevation view (Round), add dimension depicting the distance 34 from the top of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3" 35 CLR. Delete "(TYP.)" from the 2'/2" CLR. dimension, depicting the distance 36 from the bottom of the foundation to find 2 # 4 reinf. Bar. 37 Sheet 2 of 2, Elevation view (Square), add dimension depicting the distance 38 from the top of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3" 39 CLR. Delete "(TYP.)" from the 2'/2" CLR. dimension, depicting the distance 40 from the bottom of the foundation to find 1 # 4 reinf. Bar. 41 Detail F, callout, "Heavy Hex Clamping Bolt (TYP.) - 3/4" (IN) Diam. Torque 42 Clamping Bolts (see Note 3)" is revised to read; "Heavy Hex Clamping Bolt 43 (TYP.) - 3/4" (IN) Diam. Torque Clamping Bolts (see Note 1)" City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-60 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Detail F, callout, "3/4" (IN) x 2' — 6" Anchor Bolt (TYP.) Four Required (See Note 4)" is revised to read; "3/4" (IN) x 2' — 6" Anchor Bolt (TYP.) — Three Required (See Note 2)" J-21.15 Partial View, callout, was — LOCK NIPPLE — 1 1/2" DIAM., is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE — 1 '/2" (IN) DIAM. J-21.16 Detail A, callout, was — LOCKNIPPLE, is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE llvkmUl Ramp Meter Signal Standard, elevation, dimension 4' - 6" is revised to read; 6'-0" (2x) Detail A, callout, was — LOCK NIPPLE — 1 '/2" DIAM. is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE — 1 1/2" (IN) DIAM. J-40.10 Sheet 2 of 2, Detail F, callout, 12 — 13 x 1 '/2" S.S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 12" S. S. FLAT WASHER" is revised to read; 12 — 13 x 1 '/2" S. S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 1/2" (IN) S. S. FLAT WASHER" J-60.14 All references to J-16b (6x) are revised to read; J-60.11 K-80.30 In the NARROW BASE, END view, the reference to Std. Plan C-8e is revised to Std. Plan K-80.35 Plan Title, was "ALTERNATIVE TEMPORARY CONC. BARRIER (F- SHAPE)" is revised to read: "CONCRETE BARRIER TYPE F" The following are the Standard Plan numbers applicable at the time this project was advertised. The date shown with each plan number is the publication approval date shown in the lower right-hand corner of that plan. Standard Plans showing different dates shall not be used in this contract. A-10.10-00 ........ 8/7/07 A-10.20-00 ......10/5/07 A-10.30-00 ......10/5/07 A-20.10-00 ...... 8/31 /07 A-30.10-00 ...... 11 /8/07 A-30.30-01 ...... 6/ 16/ 11 A-30.35-00 ....... 10/ 12/07 City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 A-40.00-00 ......... 8/11 /09 A-40.10-03 ......... 12/23/14 A-40.15-00 ......... 8/11 /09 A-40.20-04 ......... 1 /18/17 A-40.50-02 ......... 12/23/14 A-50.10-00 ....... 11 /17/08 A-50.20-01 ......... 9/22/09 9-61 A-50.30-00 ....... 11 /17/08 A-50.40-00 ....... 11 /17/08 A-60.10-03 ........ 12/23/ 14 A-60.20-03 ......... 12/23/ 14 A-60.30-01 .......... 6/28/ 18 A-60.40-00 .......... 8/31 /07 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 K B-5.20-02........ 1 /26/17 B-5.40-02......... 1 /26/17 B-5.60-02......... 1 /26/17 B-10.20-02 ........ 3/2/ 18 B-10.40-01 ........ 1 /26/17 B-10.70-00 ...... 1 /26/17 B-15.20-01........ 2/7/ 12 B-15.40-01........ 2/7/ 12 B-15.60-02 ........ 1 /26/17 B-20.20-02 ....... 3/16/12 B-20.40-04 ....... 2/27/18 B-20.60-03 ....... 3/15/12 B-25.20-02 ........ 2/27/18 B-25.60-02 ......... 2/27/18 B-30.10-03 ......... 2/27/18 B-30.15-00 ........ 2/27/18 B-30.20-04 ......... 2/27/ 18 B-30.30-03 ......... 2/27/18 B-30.40-03 .......... 2/27/18 C-1.................... 6/28/ 18 C-1 a.................7/14/15 C-1 b...................7/14/15 C-1 d................ 10/31 /03 C-2c.................. 6/21 /06 C-4f ................... 7/2/ 12 C-6 a ................ 10/ 14/09 C-7 ..................... 6/ 16/ 11 C-7 a ................... 6/ 16/ 11 C-8 ..................... 2/ 10/09 C-8a...................7/25/97 C-8b....................2/29/16 C-8e.................... 2/21 /07 C-8f.....................6/30/04 C-16a................. 7/21 /17 C-20.10-04 ......... 7/21 /17 C-20.11-00 ........ 7/21 /17 C-20.14-03 .......... 6/11 /14 D-2.04-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.06-01........ 1 /6/09 D-2.08-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.14-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.16-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.18-00........ 11 /10/05 B-30.50-03 ......... 2/27/ 18 B-30.70-04 ......... 2/27/ 18 B-30.80-01 .......... 2/27/18 B-30.90-02 ........ 1 /26/17 B-35.20-00 .......... 6/8/06 B-35.40-00 .......... 6/8/06 B-40.20-00 .......... 6/1 /06 B-40.40-02 ........ 1 /26/17 B-45.20-01 .......... 7/11 /17 B-45.40-01 .......... 7/21 /17 B-50.20-00 .......... 6/1 /06 B-55.20-02 .......... 2/27/18 B-60.20-01 .......... 6/28/18 B-60.40-01 .......... 2/27/ 18 B-65.20-01 .......... 4/26/ 12 B-65.40-00 .......... 6/1 /06 B-70.20-00 .......... 6/1 /06 B-70.60-01 .......... 1 /26/17 C-20.15-02 .......... 6/11 /14 C-20.18-02 .......... 6/11 /14 C-20.19-02 .......... 6/11 /14 C-20.40-06 .......... 7/21 /17 C-20.41-01 .......... 7/14/15 C-20.42-05 .......... 7/14/15 C-20.45.01........... 7/2/ 12 C-22.16-06 ........ 7/21 /17 C-22.40-06 ........ 7/21 /17 C-22.45-03 ........ 7/21 /17 C-23.60-04 ........ 7/21 /17 C.24.10-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-25.20-06 ........ 7/14/15 C-25.22-05 ........ 7/14/15 C-25.26-03 ........ 7/14/15 C-25.30-00 .......6/28/18 C-25.80-04 ........ 7/15/16 C-40.16-02 ........ 7/2/12 D-2.48-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.64-01........ 1 /6/09 D-2.66-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.68-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.80-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.82-00........ 11 /10/05 City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-62 B-75.20-02 .......... 2/27/18 B-75.50-01 .......... 6/ 10/08 B-75.60-00 ............ 6/8/06 B-80.20-00 ......... 6/8/06 B-80.40-00 ......... 6/1 /06 B-85.10-01 ......... 6/ 10/08 B-85.20-00 .......... 6/ 1 /06 B-85.30-00 .......... 6/1 /06 B-85.40-00 .......... 6/8/06 B-85.50-01 ......... 6/ 10/08 B-90.10-00 ..........6/8/06 B-90.20-00 .......... 6/8/06 B-90.30-00 .......... 6/8/06 B-90.40-01 .......... 1 /26/17 B-90.50-00 .......... 6/8/06 B-95.20-01 .......... 2/3/09 B-95.40-01 .......... 6/28/18 C-40.18-03 ........ 7/21 /17 C-70.10-01 ........ 6/17/14 C-75.10-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-75.20-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-75.30-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-80.10-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-80.20-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-80.30-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-80.40-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-80.50-00 ........ 4/8/ 12 C-85.10-00 ........ 4/8/ 12 C-85.11-00 ........ 4/8/12 C-85.14-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-85.15-01 ........ 6/30/14 C-85.16-01 ........ 6/17/14 C-85-18-01 ........ 6/11 /14 C-85.20-01 ........ 6/11 /14 D-3.17-02 ...... 5/9/ 16 D-4................. 12/11 /98 D-6................... 6/ 19/98 D-10.10-01 ...... 12/2/08 D-10.15-01 ...... 12/2/08 D-10.20-00 ......... 7/8/08 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 0 5 n D-2.20-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.32-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.34-01........ 1 /6/09 D-2.36-03........ 6/11 /14 D-2.42-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.44-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.60-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.62-00........ 11 /10/05 D-2.46-01........ 6/11 /14 E-1.................... 2/21 /07 E-2 .................... 5/29/98 F-10.12-03 ....... 6/11 /14 F-10.16-00 .......12/20/06 F-10.18-01 ......... 7/11 /17 F-10.40-03 ........... 6/29/ 16 F-10.42-00 ......... 1 /23/07 G-10.10-00 ........ 9/20/07 G-20.10-02 ........ 6/23/ 15 G-22.10-04 .......... 6/28/18 G-24.10-00 ...... 11 /8/07 G-24.20-01 ...... 2/7/12 G-24.30-02 ...... 6/28/ 18 G-24.40-07.....6/28/18 G-24.50-04 ..... 7/11 /17 G-24.60-05.....6/28/18 H-10.10-00.......... 7/3/08 H-10.15-00.......... 7/3/08 H-30.10-00...... 10/12/07 1-10.10-01......... 8/11 /09 1-30.10-02......... 3/22/13 1-30.15-02......... 3/22/13 1-30.16-00......... 3/22/13 1-30.17-00......... 3/22/13 J-10..................7/18/97 J-10.10-03 ...... 6/3/15 J-10.15-01 ........ 6/11 /14 J-10.16-00 ...... 6/3/15 J-10.17-00 ...... 6/3/15 J-10.18-00 ...... 6/3/15 D-2.84-00 ........ 11 /10/05 D-2.86-00 ........ 11 /10/05 D-2.88-00 ........ 11 /10/05 D-2.92-00 ........ 11 /10/05 D-3.09-00 ........ 5/17/12 D-3.10-01...... 5/29/ 13 D-3.11-03 ...... 6/11 /14 D-3.15-02 ...... 6/ 10/ 13 D-3.16-02 ...... 5/29/ 13 E-4....................8/27/03 E-4a..................8/27/03 F-10.62-02 ........ 4/22/ 14 F-10.64-03 ........ 4/22/ 14 F-30.10-03 ........ 6/11 /14 F-40.12-03 ........ 6/29/16 F-40.14-03 ........ 6/29/16 G-25.10-04 ....... 6/10/13 G-30.10-04 ....... 6/23/15 G-50.10-03 ....... 6/28/18 G-60.10-04 ....... 6/28/18 G-60.20-02 ....... 6/18/15 G-60.30-02 ....... 6/ 18/ 15 G-70.10-03 ....... 6/18/15 G-70.20-04 ....... 7/21 /17 G-70.30-04 ....... 7/21 /17 H-32.10-00....... 9/20/07 H-60.10-01......... 7/3/08 H-60.20-01......... 7/3/08 1-30.20-00......... 9/20/07 1-30.30-01 ......... 6/10/13 1-30.40-01 ....... 6/10/13 1-30.60-01 ......... 3/7/18 1-40.10-00 ......... 9/20/07 J-28.22-00 ....... 8/07/07 J-28.24-01 ....... 6/3/ 15 J-28.26-01 ...... 12/02/08 J-28.30-03 ...... 6/11 /14 J-28.40-02 ...... 6/11 /14 J-28.42-01 ....... 6/11 /14 City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-63 D-10.25-00 ......... 7/8/08 D-10.30-00 ......... 7/8/08 D-10.35-00 ......... 7/8/08 D-1 0.40-01 ...... 12/2/08 D-1 0.45-01 ...... 12/2/08 D-15.10-01 ...... 12/2/08 D-15.20-03 ........ 5/9/16 D-1 5.30-01 ...... 12/02/08 F-40.15-03........ 6/29/ 16 F-40.16-03........ 6/29/16 F-45.10-02........ 7/15/16 F-80.10-04........ 7/15/16 G-90.10-03...... 7/11 /17 G-90.11-00 ...... 4/28/16 G-90.20-05 ...... 7/11 /17 G-90.30-04 ...... 7/11 /17 G-90.40-02 ...... 4/28/16 G-95.10-02 ........ 6/28/18 G-95.20-03 ........ 6/28/18 G-95.30-03 ........ 6/28/18 H-70.10-01...... 2/7/12 H-70.20-01...... 2/16/12 H-70.30-02...... 2/7/12 1-40.20-00......... 9/20/07 1-50.20-01.......... 6/ 10/ 13 1-60.10-01 .......... 6/10/13 1-60.20-01 .......... 6/10/13 1-80.10-02 .......... 7/15/16 J-50.25-00 .......6/3/11 J-50.30-00 .......6/3/11 J-60.05-01....... 7/21 / 16 J-60.11-00 ....... 5/20/13 J-60.12-00 .......5/20/13 J-60.13-00 .......6/16/10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued 1 2 3 J-10.20-01...... 6/1 /16 J-10.21-00...... 6/3/15 J-10.22-00........ 5/29/13 J-10.25-00...... 7/11 /17 J-12.15-00...... 6/28/18 J-12.16-00...... 6/28/18 J-15.10-01........ 6/11 /14 J-15.15-02 ...... 7/ 10/ 15 J-20.10-03........ 6/30/14 J-20.11-02........ 6/30/14 J-20.15-03........ 6/30/14 J-20.16-02........ 6/30/14 J-20.20-02........ 5/20/13 J-20.26-01........ 7/12/12 J-21.10-04 ...... 6/30/ 14 J-21.15-01......6/ 10/ 13 J-21.16-01......6/ 10/ 13 J-21.17-01......6/ 10/ 13 J-21.20-01...... 6/10/13 J-22.15-02 ...... 7/ 10/ 15 J-22.16-03...... 7/10/15 J-26.10-03.....7/21 /16 J-26.15-01.....5/17/12 J-26.20-01.....6/28/18 J-27.10-01.....7/21 /16 J-27.15-00.....3/15/12 J-28.10-01...... 5/11 /11 K-70.20-01....... 6/1 /16 K-80.10-01 ....... 6/1 /16 K-80.20-00 ..... 12/20/06 K-80.30-00 ....... 2/21 /07 K-80.35-00 ....... 2/21 /07 K-80.37-00 ....... 2/21 /07 L-10.10-02........ 6/21 /12 L-20.10-03........ 7/14/15 L-30.10-02........ 6/11 /14 M-1.20-03......... 6/24/ 14 M-1.40-02......... 6/3/ 11 M-1.60-02......... 6/3/11 M-1.80-03......... 6/3/11 M-2.20-03......... 7/10/15 J-28.43-01 ....... 6/28/ 18 J-28.45-03 ....... 7/21 /16 J-28.50-03 ....... 7/21 /16 J-28.60-02 ....... 7/21 /16 J-28.70-03 ....... 7/21 /17 J-29.10-01 ....... 7/21 /16 J-29.15-01 ....... 7/21 /16 J-29.16-02 ....... 7/21 /16 J-30.10-00 ...... 6/18/15 J-40.05-00 ...... 7/21 /16 J-40.10-04 ...... 4/28/16 J-40.20-03 ...... 4/28/16 J-40.30-04 ...... 4/28/16 J-40.35-01...... 5/29/13 J-40.36-02 ...... 7/21 /17 J-40.37-02 ...... 7/21 /17 J-40.38-01 ....... 5/20/ 13 J-40.39-00...... 5/20/13 J-40.40-01 ...... 4/28/16 J-45.36-00 ...... 7/21 /17 J-50.05-00 ...... 7/21 /17 J-50.10-00 ....... 6/3/ 11 J-50.11-01 ....... 7/21 /17 J-50.12-01 ....... 7/21 /17 J-50.15-01 ....... 7/21 /17 J-50.16-01 ....... 3/22/13 J-50.20-00 ....... 6/3/ 11 L-40.10-02........ 6/21 /12 L-40.15-01........ 6/ 16/ 11 L-40.20-02........ 6/21 /12 M-12.10-01 ...... 6/28/18 M-15.10-01 ........ 2/6/07 M-17.10-02 ........ 7/3/08 M-20.10-02 ........ 6/3/11 M-20.20-02 ........ 4/20/15 City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing G&O #17534 9-64 J-60.14-00 ...... 6/16/10 J-75.10-02 ...... 7/10/15 J-75.20-01 ...... 7/10/15 J-75.30-02 ....... 7/ 10/ 15 J-75.40-02 ...... 6/1 /16 J-75.41-01 ...... 6/29/16 J-75.45-02 ...... 6/ 1 / 16 J-80.10-00 ...... 6/28/18 J-80.15-00 ...... 6/28/18 J-81.10-00 ...... 6/28/18 J-86.10-00 ...... 6/28/18 J-90.10-03 ....... 6/28/18 J-90.20-03 ....... 6/28/18 J-90.21-02 ...... 6/28/18 J-90.50-00 ...... 6/28/18 L-70.10-01....... 5/21 /08 L-70.20-01....... 5/21 /08 M-40.10-03...... 6/24/14 M-40.20-00... 10/ 12/07 M-40.30-01...... 7/11 /17 M-40.40-00...... 9/20/07 M-40.50-00...... 9/20/07 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Continued M-2.21-00...... 7/10/15 M-3.10-03......... 6/3/ 11 M-3.20-02......... 6/3/ 11 M-3.30-03......... 6/3/ 11 M-3.40-03......... 6/3/ 11 M-3.50-02......... 6/3/ 11 M-5.10-02......... 6/3/ 11 M-7.50-01......... 1 /30/07 M-9.50-02......... 6/24/ 14 M-9.60-00 ........2/10/09 M-11.10-02........ 7/11 /17 City of Renton Renton Avenue South Resurfacing M-20.30-04........ 2/29/16 M-40.60-00...... 9/20/07 M-20.40-03 ........ 6/24/14 M-20.50-02 ........ 6/3/11 M-24.20-02 ....... 4/20/15 M-24.40-02 ....... 4/20/ 15 M-24.50-00 ....... 6/16/11 M-24.60-04 ....... 6/24/ 14 M-24.65-00 ...... 7/11 /17 M-24.66-00 ...... 7/11 /17 M-60.10-01...... 6/3/11 M-60.20-02...... 6/27/11 M-65.10-02...... 5/11 /11 M-80.10-01...... 6/3/ 11 M-80.20-00...... 6/10/08 M-80.30-00...... 6/10/08 G&O #17534 9-65 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing APPENDIX A. WAGE RATES City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing 1. WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 02/05/2019 County Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note King Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $46.57 5D 1 H King Boilermakers Journey Level $66.54 5N 1C King Brick Mason Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M King Brick Mason Pointer -Caulker -Cleaner $57.32 5A 1M King Building Service Employees Janitor $24.63 5S 2F King Building Service Employees Traveling Waxer/Shampooer $25.08 5S 2F King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Non -Scaffold) $28.13 5S 2F King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Scaffold) $29.03 5S 2F King Cabinet Makers (In Shop) Journey Level $22.74 1 King Carpenters Acoustical Worker $60.04 5D 4C King Carpenters Bridge, Dock And Wharf Carpenters $60.04 5D 4C King Carpenters Carpenter $60.04 5D 4C King Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $60.17 5D 4C King Carpenters Creosoted Material $60.14 5D 4C King Carpenters Floor Finisher $60.04 5D 4C King Carpenters Floor Layer $60.04 5D 4C King Carpenters Scaffold Erector $60.04 5D 4C King Cement Masons Journey Level Bell/Vehicle or Submersible Operator (Not Under Pressure) $60.07 7A 41J King Divers Et Tenders $113.60 5D 4C King Divers Et Tenders Dive Supervisor/Master $76.33 5D 4C King Divers Et Tenders Diver $113.60 5D 4C 8V King Divers Et Tenders Diver On Standby $71.33 5D 4C King Divers Et Tenders Diver Tender $64.71 5D 4C King Divers Et Tenders Manifold Operator $64.71 5D 4C King Divers Et Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $69.71 5D 4C King Divers Et Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Operator/Technician $64.71 5D 4C King Divers Et Tenders King Dredge Workers Remote Operated Vehicle Tender Assistant Engineer $60.29 5A 4C $56.44 5D 3F 1 of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 AM https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand) $56.00 5D 3F King Dredge Workers Boatmen $56.44 5D 3F King Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $57.51 5D 3F King Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $58.67 5D 3F King Dredge Workers Mates $56.44 5D 3F King Dredge Workers Oiler $56.00 5D 3F King Drywall Applicator Journey Level $58.48 5D 1 H King Drywall Tapers Journey Level $59.32 5P 1 E King Electrical Fixture Maintenance Journey Level $28.99 5L 1 E Workers King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $77.51 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel) $82.84 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $74.90 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel) $80.37 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $39.69 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Journey Level $72.30 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel) $77.51 7C 4E King Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $45.08 5A 1 B King Electricians - Powerline Construction Cable Splicer $79.43 5A 4D King Electricians - Powerline Construction Certified Line Welder Groundperson Heavy Line Equipment Operator Journey Level Lineperson $69.75 5A 4D King Electricians - Powerline Construction $46.28 5A 4D King Electricians - Powerline Construction $69.75 5A 4D King Electricians - Powerline Construction $69.75 5A 4D King Electricians - Powerline Construction Line Equipment Operator $59.01 5A 4D King Electricians - Powerline Construction Meter Installer $46.28 5A 4D 8W King Electricians - Powerline Construction Pole Sprayer Powderperson $69.75 5A 4D King Electricians - Powerline Construction $52.20 5A 4D King Electronic Technicians Journey Level $48.06 7E 1 E King Elevator Constructors Mechanic $91.24 7D 4A King Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $98.51 7D 4A King Fabricated Precast Concrete All Classifications - In -Factory Work Only $17.72 5B 111 Products King Fence Erectors Fence Erector $41.45 7A 31 King Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $41.45 7A 31 King flaggers Journey Level $41.45 7A 31 King Glaziers Journey Level $63.06 7L 1y King Heat Et Frost Insulators And Journeyman $73.58 5J 4H Asbestos Workers King Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $82.51 7F 1 E King Hod Carriers Et Mason Tenders Journey Level $50.421 7A 31 of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaner Journey Level $12.00 1 King Inland Boatmen Boat 0 erator $61.41 5B 1 K King Inland Boatmen Cook $56.48 5B 1 K King Inland Boatmen Deckhand $57.48 5B 1 K King Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $58.81 5B 1 K King Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $58.89 5B 1K King Inland Boatmen Mate $57.31 5B 1 K King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Cleaner Operator, Foamer Operator $31.49 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Grout Truck Operator Head Operator $12.00 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of $24.91 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Technician Tv Truck Operator $19.33 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of $20.45 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Insulation Applicators Journey Level $60.04 5D 4C King Ironworkers Journeyman $69.28 7N 10 King Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Batch Wei hman $41.45 7A 31 King Laborers Brick Pavers $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Brush Cutter $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Burner $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Caisson Worker $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers Carpenter Tender $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Caulker $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Cement Dumper -paving $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs.) $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Chipping Gun(30 Lbs. And Over) $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Choker Setter $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Chuck Tender $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Clary Power Spreader $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Clean-up Laborer $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Concrete Dumper/chute Operator $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $49.81 7A 31 of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/core Driller $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Crusher Feeder $41.45 7A 31 King Laborers Curing Laborer Demolition: Wrecking Et Moving (incl. Charred Material) $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Ditch Digger $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Diver $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers Drill Operator (hydrautic, diamond) $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Dry Stack Walls $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Dump Person $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Epoxy Technician $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Erosion Control Worker $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Faller Et Bucker Chain Saw $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Fine Graders $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Firewatch $41.45 7A 31 King Laborers Form Setter $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers General Laborer $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Grade Checker Et Transit Person $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers Grinders $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Grout Machine Tender $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Groutmen (pressure)including Post Tension Beams $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Guardrail Erector Hazardous Waste Worker (level A) Hazardous Waste Worker (level $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level C) $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers High Scaler $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers Jackhammer $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Laserbeam Operator $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Maintenance Person $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Manhole Builder-mudman $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Material Yard Person $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Motorman -dinky Locomotive $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Nozzleman (concrete Pump, $49.81 Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air Et Water On Concrete Et Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Bla Pavement Breaker $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers 7A 31 King Laborers Pilot Car $41.45 7A 31 King Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers Pipe Layer/tailor $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $49.81 7A 31 of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Laborers Pipe Reliner $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Pipe Wrapper $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Pot Tender $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Powderman $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers Powderman's Helper $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Power Jacks $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Raker - Asphalt $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers Re-timberman $50.42 7A 31 King Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Rigger/signal Person $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Rip Rap Person $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Rivet Buster $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Rodder $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Scaffold Erector $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Scale Person $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Slo er (over 20") $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Slo er Sprayer $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Spreader (concrete) $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Stake Hopper $48.90 $48.90 7A 7A 31 31 King Laborers Stock Piler Tamper Ft Similar Electric, Air Et Gas Operated Tools King Laborers $49.81 $49.81 7A 7A 31 31 King Laborers Tamper (multiple Et Self- propelled) King Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (lagger, Shorer Et Cribber) Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) To er Track Laborer $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers $48.90 $49.81 7A 7A 31 31 King Laborers Track Liner (power) King Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $44.33 7A 31 8R King Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $44.33 7A 31 8R King Laborers Truck Spotter $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Tugger Operator $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 0-30 psi $107.60 7A 31 King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 30.01-44.00 psi $112.63 7A 31 King Laborers Laborers Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 44.01-54.00 psi Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 54.01-60.00 psi $116.31 7A 31 8 King $122.01 $124.13 7A 7A 31 31 King Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 60.01-64.00 psi King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 64.01-68.00 psi $129.23 7A 31 King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 68.01-70.00 psi $131.13 7A 31 of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 70.01-72.00 psi $133.13 7A 31 King Laborers Tunnel Work -Compressed Air Worker 72.01-74.00 psi $135.13 7A 31 8Q King Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock Tender $50.52 7A 31 8Q King Laborers Tunnel Work -Miner $50.52 7A 31 8� King Laborers Vibrator $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Vinyl Seamer $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers Watchman $37.67 7A 31 King Laborers Welder $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Well Point Laborer $49.81 7A 31 King Laborers Window Washer/cleaner $37.67 7A 31 King Laborers - Underground Sewer Et Water General Laborer Et Topman $48.90 7A 31 King Laborers - Underground Sewer Et Water Pipe Layer $49.81 7A 31 King Landsca a Construction Landscape Laborer $37.67 7A 31 King Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Lathers Journey Level $58.48 5D 1H King Marble Setters Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M King Metal Fabrication In Shop) Fitter $15.86 1 King Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Laborer $12.00 1 King Metal Fabrication (115hoM Machine Operator $13.04 1 King Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Painter $12.00 1 King Metal Fabrication In Shop) Welder $15.48 1 King Millwright Journey Level $61.54 5D 4C King Modular Buildin s Cabinet Assembly $12.00 1 King Modular Buildin s Electrician $12.00 1 King Modular Buildin s Equipment Maintenance $12.00 1 King Modular Buildin s Plumber $12.00 1 King Modular Buildin s Production Worker $12.00 1 King Modular Buildin s Tool Maintenance $12.00 1 King Modular Buildin s Utility Person $12.00 1 King Modular Buildings Welder $12.00 1 King Painters Journey Level $42.50 6Z 2B King Pile Driver Crew Tender $54.991 5D 4C King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 0-30.00 PSI $74.87 5D 4C King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 30.01 - 44.00 PSI $79.87 5D 4C King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 44.01 - 54.00 PSI $83.87 5D 4C King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 54.01 - 60.00 PSI $88.87 5D 4C King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 60.01 - 64.00 PSI $91.37 5D 4C King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed $96.37 5D Air Worker 64.01 - 68.00 PSI 4C of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed $98.37 Air Worker 68.01 - 70.00 PSI 5D 4C King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 70.01 - 72.00 PSI $100.37 5D 4C King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 72.01 - 74.00 PSI $102.37 5D 4C King Pile Driver Journey Level $60.29 5D 4C King Plasterers Journey Level $56.54 1R King Playground Et Park Equipment Journey Level $12.00 1 Installers King Plumbers Et Pi efitters Journey Level $83.69 6Z 1 G King Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power E ui ment Operators Bobcat $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Brooms $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cableways $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Chipper $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Compressor $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine -laser Screed $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $59.96 7A 3C 8P Power Equipment Operators King Conveyors Cranes Friction: 200 tons and over Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators $62.33 7A 3C 8P Power Equipment Operators King $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (Including Jib With Attachments) $61.10 7A 3C 8P Power Equipment Operators King Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib with attachments $61.72 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $62.33 7A 3C 8P Power Equipment Operators King $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And Under $56.90 7A 3C 8P of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes through $61.72 199 tons 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Through 19 Tons With Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons Crusher Deck Engineer/deck Winches (power) $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators $59.96 7A 3C King Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $60.49 7A 3C 8P 8P King Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 Et Under $59.491 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $61.10 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco Et Similar Equipment $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $59.49 7A 3C 8P King King Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $56.90 $59.96 7A 7A 3C 3C 8P 8P Power Equipment Operators King Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/stakeman $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards $60.49 7A 3C 8P _ Power Equipment Operators King $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/directional Drill Locator $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/directional Drill Operator $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/boom Trucks Over 10 Tons Hydralifts/boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $59.49 7A 3C 8P Power Equipment Operators King $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. Et Over $61.10 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $59.96 $59.961 7A 7A 3C 3C 8P 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed King Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $61.10 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $60.491 7A 3C 8P of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Power Equipment Operators King Power Equipment Operators I Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $60.49 7A 3C 8P Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution Et Mulch Seeding Operator $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (elevators And $59.49 Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 $59.96 Tons Through 44 Tons Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons $61.10 And Over 7A 3C 8P Power Equipment Operators King King 7A 3C 8P Power Equipment Operators 7A 7A 3C 3C 8P 8P King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons Pavement Breaker $60.49 King Power Equipment Operators $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment Rigger And Bellman Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) Rolla on $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators $60.49 7A 3C 8P King I Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift Materials $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power E ui ment Operators Roto-mill, Roto- rinder $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power E ui ment Operators Saws - Concrete $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete Et Carry All $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $59.49 7A 3C 8P King I Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/ unite Equipment $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $60.49 7A 3C 8P $59.96 7A 3C 8P of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Power Equipment Operators King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $61.10 Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $61.72 Over 90 Metric Tons 7A 3C 8P 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Sli form Pavers $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider Et Screedman $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $61.10 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in height, base to boom $61.72 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $62.33 7A 3C 8P Power Equipment Operators King Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type Trenching Machines $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 Tons And Over $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver Under 100 Tons $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $59.961 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Welder $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Tye $56.90 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $59.96 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Asphalt Plant Operators Assistant Engineer $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Barrier Machine (zipper) _ Batch Plant Operator, Concrete Bobcat $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Brooms $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Bump Cutter $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cableways $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Chipper $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Compressor Underground Sewer Et Water $56.90 $60.49 7A 7A 3C 3C 8P 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Finish Machine -laser Screed $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m Conveyors Cranes Friction: 200 tons and over Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $62.33 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (Including Jib With Attachments) Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib with attachments $61.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $61.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $62.33 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And Under $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $61.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Through 19 Tons With Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons Crusher Deck Engineer/deck Winches (power) Derricks, On Building Work $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Dozers D-9 Et Under $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Drilling Machine Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $61.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco Et Similar Equipment $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Gradechecker/stakeman $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Power Equipment Operators- Guardrail Punch $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards Horizontal/directional Drill Locator Horizontal/directional Drill Operator $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts/boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts/boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. Et Over Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $61.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Plant Feed Loaders: Elevating Type Belt Locomotives, All $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Material Transfer Device $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $61.10 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Graders $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution Et Mulch Seeding Operator $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Outside Hoists (elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons Pavement Breaker Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $61.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Power Equipment Operators- Posthole Digger, Mechanical $56.90 Power Plant $56.90 Pumps - Water $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment Rigger And Bellman Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) Rollagon $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift Materials $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roto-mill, Roto-grinder Saws - Concrete $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Scrapers - Concrete Et Carry All Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Service Engineers - Equipment $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shotcrete/gunite Equipment $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $61.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Underground Sewer Et Water Over 90 Metric Tons Power Equipment Operators- Slipform Pavers Underground Sewer Et Water Power Equipment Operators- Spreader, Topsider Et Screedman Underground Sewer Et Water $61.72 7A 3C 8P King $60.49 7A 3C 8P King $60.49 7A 3C 8P of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Power Equipment Operators- Subgrader Trimmer $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Bucket Elevators $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $61.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in height, base to boom $61.72 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $62.33 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Trenching Machines $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 Tons And Over $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler/driver Under 100 Tons $59.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Mount Portable Conveyor Welder $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- $60.49 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $56.90 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Yo Yo Pay Dozer $59.96 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Line Clearance Tree Journey Level In Charge Spray Person $49.96 5A 4A Trimmers King Power Line Clearance Tree $47.37 5A 4A Trimmers King Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Equipment Operator $49.96 5A 4A Trimmers King Power Line Clearance Tree Tree Trimmer Tree Trimmer Groundperson Journey Level $44.57 5A 4A Trimmers King Power Line Clearance Tree $33.60 5A 4A Trimmers King Refrigeration Et Air Conditioning $79.51 6Z 1G Mechanics King Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M King Residential Car enters Journey Level $45.05 5D 4C King Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $60.07 7A 4U King Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $45.05 5D 4C King Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $45.19 5P 1 E King Residential Electricians Journey Level $37.26 5_Q 20 King Residential Glaziers Journey Level $42.05 7L 1 H King Residential Insulation A licators Journey Level Journey Level $45.05 5D 4C King Residential Laborers $36.68 7A 1 H King Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M King Residential Painters Journey Level $42.50 6Z 2B King Residential Plumbers Et Pi efitters Journey Level $51.37 5A 1 G of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Residential Refrigeration Et Air Journey Level $51.37 5A 1G Conditioning Mechanics King Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $50.01 7F 1 R King Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $49.43 5A 3.1 King Residential Sprinkler Fitters Journey Level $46.58 5C 211 (Fire Protection) King Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $57.32 5A 1M King Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M King Residential Terrazzo/Tile Finishers Journey Level $43.44 5A 113 King Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M King Roofers Journey Level $51.52 5A 3H King Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous Materials $54.52 5A 3H King Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $82.51 7F 1 E King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Crane Operator $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Heat Et Frost Insulator $73.58 5J 4H King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Operating Engineer $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding k5hip Repair New Construction Painter $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Re air New Construction Pi efitter $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding k§hip Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair New Construction Shi fitter $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Ft Ship Repair New Construction Warehouse/Teamster $36.36 7V 1 Shipbuilding Ft Ship Repair King New Construction Welder / Burner $36.36 7V 1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $44.95 7X 4.1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $44.95 7X 4.1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $44.06 7Y 4K King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $44.95 7X 4.1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Heat Et Frost Insulator $73.58 5.1 4H King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $44.95 7X 4.1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Re air Ship Repair Machinist $44.95 7X 4.1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Re air Ship Repair Operating Engineer $44.06 7Y 4K King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $44.95 7X 4.1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Re air Ship Repair Pi efitter $44.95 7X 4.1 King Shipbuilding5hipbuilding Et Ship Re air Ship Repair Rigger $44.95 7X 4.1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Re air Ship Repair Sheet Metal $44.95 7X 4.1 King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $44.95 7X 4.1 of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Ship Repair Warehouse / Teamster Journey Level Journey Level $44.06 7Y 4K King Sign Makers Et Installers (Electrical) $49.70 0 1 King Sign Makers Et Installers (Non- $31.52 0 1 Electrical) King Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $49.43 5A 3J King Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $12.44 1 King Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection) Journey Level $77.39 5C 1X King Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Journey Level $13.23 $57.32 $19.09 5A 1 1M 1 Structural) King Stone Masons Journey Level King Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Journey Level Assistant Construction Site Surveyor Chainman Workers King Surveyors $59.49 7A 3C 8P King Surveyors $58.93 7A 3C 8P King Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $60.49 7A 3C 8P King Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $48.06 7E 1 E King Telephone Line Construction - Cable Splicer Outside Telephone Line Construction - Hole Digger/Ground Person Outside Telephone Line Construction - Installer (Repairer) Outside $41.22 5A 2B King $23.12 5A 2B King $39.53 5A 2B King Telephone Line Construction - Special Aparatus Installer 1 $41.22 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Special Apparatus Installer 11 $40.41 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - _ Telephone Equipment Operator (Heavy) Telephone Equipment Operator (Light) Telephone Lineperson $41.22 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - $38.36 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - $38.36 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television Groundperson $21.92 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television Lineperson/Installer $29.13 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television System Technician Television Technician $34.68 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - $31.18 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Tree Trimmer $38.36 5A 2B Outside King Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M King Tile Setters Journey Level $52.61 5A 1M King Tile, Marble Et Terrazzo Finishers Finisher $43.44 5A 1B King I Traffic Control Stripers I Journey Level $45.53 7A 1 K Kin Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $54.30 5D 3A 8L of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $53.46 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Dump Truck $53.46 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Dump Truck Et Trailer $54.30 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Other Trucks $54.30 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Booster 9 Yards and Over $52.78 5A 4T King Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Non -Booster Loads Under 9 Cubic Yards $52.53 5A 4T King Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Irrigation Pump Installer $17.71 1 Installers King Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Oiler $12.97 1 Installers King Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Well Driller $18.00 1 Installers of 17 1/8/2019, 10:23 A Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 Overtime Codes Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for the worker. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five -eight (8) hour workweek day or a four -ten (10) hour workweek day and the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four - ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid atone and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. N. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 1 Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 Overtime Codes Continued O. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. S. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays and all other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer)) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be agreed upon by any employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the workweek shall be paid at the straight -time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or 40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay. Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 Overtime Codes Continued 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. C. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four -day, ten- hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on the fifth day shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked on the fifth, sixth, and seventh days and on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. Hours worked over twelve hours (12) in a single shift and all work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. The employer shall have the sole discretion to assign overtime work to employees. Primary consideration for overtime work shall be given to employees regularly assigned to the work to be performed on overtime situations. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. C. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 Overtime Codes Continued E. All hours worked Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Each week, once 40 hours of straight time work is achieved, then any hours worked over 10 hours per day Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly wage rate. F. All hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at two (2) times the regular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be compensated at one and one half (1-1/2) times the regular rate of pay. I. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. In the event the job is down due to weather conditions during a five day work week (Monday through Friday,) or a four day -ten hour work week (Tuesday through Friday,) then Saturday may be worked as a voluntary make-up day at the straight time rate. However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make-up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked between the hours of 10:00 pm and 5:00 am, Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at a one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. B. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours per day and all hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday due to weather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two (2) times the straight time rate of pay. 4 Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 Overtime Codes Continued 4. D. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. Rates include all members of the assigned crew. EXCEPTION: On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations, regulating, capacitor stations, generating plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except those substations whose primary function is to feed a distribution system, will be paid overtime under the following rates: The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours in excess of ten (10) hours will be at two (2) times the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage. All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described work that is energized, shall be paid at the double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four -day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four - day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half (I V2) times the regular shift rate for the first eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 20% over the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, and all hours on Sunday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. I. The First eight (8) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) per day on Saturdays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on a Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 4. L. The first twelve (12) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a Saturday in excess of twelve (12) hours shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a holiday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, except that all hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. M. All hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate. Any employee reporting to work less than nine (9) hours from their previous quitting time shall be paid for such time at time and one-half times the hourly rate. N. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays, and all work performed between the hours of midnight (12:00 AM) and eight AM (8:00 AM) every day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked between midnight Friday to midnight Sunday shall be paid at one and one-half the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked in excess of eight (8) continuous hours in any one or more calendar days, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of six (6) hours or more. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. R. Placeholder Holidav Codes A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8). C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Holiday Codes Continued D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas (6). Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (7). K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9). P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday. Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, One -Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2). S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And The Day Before Or After Christmas (9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). 6. A. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). E. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Day Before Or After New Year's Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and a Half - Day On Christmas Eve Day. (9 1/2). G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and Christmas Eve Day (11). H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year's Eve Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (10). I. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 Holiday Codes Continued 6. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the holiday. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President's Day. Any paid holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. F. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. Holiday Codes Continued I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. M. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And the Day after or before Christmas Day (10). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after or before Christmas Day (10). If any of the listed holidays fall on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as the holiday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and The Day after or before Christmas Day. (10). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. V. Holidays: New Year's Day, President's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas, and the day before or after New Year's Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 Holiday Codes Continued W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year's, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, the day after Christmas, the day before New Year's Day, and a Floating Holiday. X. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before or after New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off, then the holiday will be taken on the last normal workday. If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday, then the holiday will be taken on the next normal workday. Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (8) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, then the day observed by the federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, President's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. 15. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8) Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (9) C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8) D Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after Christmas. Note Codes 8. D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And Level C: $0.25. M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D: $0.50. N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25. 10 Benefit Code Key — Effective 8/31/2018 thru 3/2/2019 Note Codes Continued 8. P. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, And Class D Suit $0.50. Q. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the shift shall be used in determining the scale paid. R. Effective August 31, 2012 —A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2012. S. Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. T. Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. U. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows — Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, And Class C Suit: $1.00. Workers performing underground work receive an additional $0.40 per hour for any and all work performed underground, including operating, servicing and repairing of equipment. The premium for underground work shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who work suspended by a rope or cable receive an additional $0.50 per hour. The premium for work suspended shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who do "pioneer" work (break open a cut, build road, etc.) more than one hundred fifty (150) feet above grade elevation receive an additional $0.50 per hour. V. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth and enclosure premiums shall be paid. The premiums are to be calculated for the maximum depth and distance into an enclosure that a diver reaches in a day. The premiums are to be paid one time for the day and are not used in calculating overtime pay. Depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more. Over 50' to 100' - $2.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet. Over 101' to 150' - $3.00 per foot for each foot over 101 feet. Over 151' to 220' - $4.00 per foot for each foot over 220 feet. Over 22 F - $5.00 per foot for each foot over 221 feet. Enclosure premiums apply when divers enter enclosures (such as pipes or tunnels) where there is no vertical ascent and is measured by the distance travelled from the entrance. 25' to 300' - $1.00 per foot from entrance. 300' to 600' - $1.50 per foot beginning at 300'. Over 600' - $2.00 per foot beginning at 600'. W. Meter Installers work on single phase 120/240V self-contained residential meters. The Lineman/Groundmen rates would apply to meters not fitting this description. 11 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing 2. FEDERAL WAGE RATES Page 1 of 42 General Decision Number: WA190001 01/18/2019 WA1 Superseded General Decision Number: WA20180001 State: Washington Construction Type: Highway Counties: Washington Statewide. HIGHWAY (Excludes D.O.E. Hanford Site in Benton and Franklin Counties) Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.60 for calendar year 2019 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.60 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2019. If this contract is covered by the EO and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must pay workers in that classification at least the wage rate determined through the conformance process set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) (or the EO minimum wage rate,if it is higher than the conformed wage rate). The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above -mentioned types of contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis -Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis -Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/04/2019 1 01/18/2019 CARP0001-008 06/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN, and YAKIMA Counties Rates CARPENTER GROUP 1.....................$ 33.40 GROUP 2.....................$ 45.42 GROUP 3.....................$ 34.52 GROUP 4.....................$ 34.52 GROUP 5.....................$ 77.52 Fringes 16.40 18.83 16.40 16.40 16.40 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 2 of 42 GROUP 6.....................$ 37.76 16.40 GROUP 7.....................$ 38.76 16.40 GROUP 8.....................$ 35.52 16.40 GROUP 9.....................$ 41.76 16.40 CARPENTER & DIVER CLASSIFICATIONS: GROUP 1: Carpenter GROUP 2: Millwright, Machine Erector GROUP 3: Piledriver - includes driving, pulling, cutting, placing collars, setting, welding, or creosote treated material, on all piling GROUP 4: Bridge, Dock, and Wharf carpenters GROUP 5: Diver Wet GROUP 6: Diver Tender, Manifold Operator, ROV Operator GROUP 7: Diver Standby GROUP 8: Assistant Diver Tender, ROV Tender/Technician GROUP 9: Manifold Operator -Mixed Gas ZONE PAY: ZONE 1 0-60 MILES FREE ZONE 2 61-100 $4.00/PER HOUR ZONE 3 OVER 100 MILES $6.00/PER HOUR DISPATCH POINTS: CARPENTERS/MILLWRIGHTS: PASCO (515 N Neel Street) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS/PILEDRIVER: SPOKANE (127 E. AUGUSTA AVE.) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: WENATCHEE (27 N. CHELAN) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: COEUR D' ALENE (1839 N. GOVERNMENT WAY) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: MOSCOW (306 N. JACKSON) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). DEPTH PAY FOR DIVERS BELOW WATER SURFACE: 50-100 feet $2.00 per foot 101-150 feet $3.00 per foot 151-220 feet $4.00 per foot 221 feet and deeper $5.00 per foot PREMIUM PAY FOR DIVING IN ENCLOSURES WITH NO VERTICAL ASCENT: https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 3 of 42 0-25 feet Free 26-300 feet $1.00 per Foot SATURATION DIVING: The standby rate applies until saturation starts. The saturation diving rate applies when divers are under pressure continuously until work task and decompression are complete. the diver rate shall be paid for all saturation hours. WORK IN COMBINATION OF CLASSIFICATIONS: Employees working in any combination of classifications within the diving crew (except dive supervisor) in a shift are paid in the classification with the highest rate for that shift. HAZMAT PROJECTS: Anyone working on a HAZMAT job (task), where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated at a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL D + $.25 per hour - This is the lowest level of protection. No respirator is used and skin protection is minimal. LEVEL C + $.50 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B + $.75 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit". LEVEL A +$1.00 per hour - This level utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0003-006 06/01/2018 SOUTHWEST WASHINGTON: CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, LEWIS(Piledriver only), PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to Willapa Bay to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA, and WAHKIAKUM Counties. Rates Fringes Carpenters: CARPENTERS ..................$ 37.64 16.83 DIVERS TENDERS ..............$ 43.73 16.83 DIVERS ......................$ 87.73 16.83 DRYWALL .....................$ 37.64 16.83 MILLWRIGHTS .................$ 38.17 16.83 PILEDRIVERS .................$ 38.71 16.83 DEPTH PAY: 50 TO 100 FEET $1.00 PER FOOT OVER 50 FEET https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 4 of 42 101 TO 150 FEET $1.50 PER FOOT OVER 101 FEET 151 TO 200 FEET $2.00 PER FOOT OVER 151 FEET Zone Differential (Add up Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $0.85 Zone 3 - 1.25 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.00 Zone 6 - 3.00 BASEPOINTS: ASTORIA, LONGVIEW, PORTLAND, THE DALLES, AND VANCOUVER, (NOTE: All dispatches for Washington State Counties: Cowlitz, Wahkiakum and Pacific shall be from Longview Local #1707 and mileage shall be computed from that point.) ZONE 1: Projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities ZONE 2: Projects located more than 30 miles and less than 40 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 3: Projects located more than 40 miles and less than 50 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 4: Projects located more than 50 miles and less than 60 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities. ZONE 5: Projects located more than 60 miles and less than 70 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 6: Projects located more than 70 miles of the respected city of the above mentioned cities ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0770-003 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes CARPENTER CENTRAL WASHINGTON: CHELAN, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), KITTITAS, OKANOGAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) AND YAKIMA COUNTIES CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTE MATERIAL ...................$ 29.15 13.93 CARPENTERS .................$ 29.05 13.93 DIVERS TENDER ..............$ 48.59 16.12 DIVERS .....................$ 97.43 16.12 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS ...................$ 45.42 16.12 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING ....... $ 44.17 13.93 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 5 of 42 Seattle Olympia Bellingham Auburn Bremerton Anacortes Renton Shelton Yakima Aberdeen-Hoquiam Tacoma Wenatchee Ellensburg Everett Port Angeles Centralia Mount Vernon Sunnyside Chelan Pt. Townsend Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55/hour (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0770-006 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes CARPENTER WESTERN WASHINGTON: CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS (excludes piledrivers only), MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES BRIDGE CARPENTERS .......... $ 43.92 16.12 CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTE MATERIAL ...................$ 44.02 16.12 CARPENTERS .................$ 43.92 16.12 DIVERS TENDER ..............$ 48.59 16.12 DIVERS .....................$ 97.48 16.12 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS ...................$ 45.42 16.12 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING ....... $ 44.17 16.12 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 6 of 42 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Seattle Auburn Renton Aberdeen-Hoquiam Ellensburg Centralia Chelan Olympia Bremerton Shelton Tacoma Everett Mount Vernon Pt. Townsend Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55/hour Bellingham Anacortes Yakima Wenatchee Port Angeles Sunnyside (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0046-001 08/06/2018 CALLAM, JEFFERSON, KING AND KITSAP COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 55.627 3%+20.21 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 50.57 3%+20.21 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ELECO048-003 01/01/2018 CLARK, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 44.22 21.50 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 42.60 22.75 HOURLY ZONE PAY: Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Portland, The Dalles, Hood River, Tillamook, Seaside and https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 7 of 42 Astoria Zone Pay: Zone 1: 31-50 miles $1.50/hour Zone 2: 51-70 miles $3.50/hour Zone 3: 71-90 miles $5.50/hour Zone 4: Beyond 90 miles $9.00/hour *These are not miles driven. Zones are based on Delorrne Street Atlas USA 2006 plus. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0048-029 01/01/2018 COWLITZ AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTY Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 44.22 21.50 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 42.60 22.75 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ELECO073-001 01/01/2019 ADAMS, FERRY, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 34.10 16.68 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 34.30 18.88 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0076-002 08/31/2018 GRAYS HARBOR, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 48.06 23.23 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 43.69 23.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0112-005 06/01/2018 ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, KITTITAS, WALLA WALLA, YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 45.68 20.60 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 43.50 20.54 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0191-003 06/01/2018 ISLAND, SAN JUAN, SNOHOMISH, SKAGIT AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 8 of 42 CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 44.23 17.73 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 44.95 21.42 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELECO191-004 06/01/2018 CHELAN, DOUGLAS, GRANT AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER ....................$ 40.82 17.63 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 42.45 21.34 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0302-003 06/01/2018 CHELAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), CLALLAM, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, KITTITAS, MASON, OKANOGAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), SAN JUNA, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, WHATCOM AND YAKIMA (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Group 1A...................$ 44.44 Group 1AA..................$ 45.09 Group 1AAA.................$ 45.73 Group 1.....................$ 43.79 Group 2.....................$ 43.23 Group 3.....................$ 42.74 Group 4.....................$ 40.01 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) - $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 Fringes 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 BASEPOINTS: Aberdeen, Bellingham, Bremerton, Everett, Kent, Mount Vernon, Port Angeles, Port Townsend, Seattle, Shelton, Wenatchee, Yakima POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1AAA - Cranes -over 300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes 200 to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Tower crane over 175 ft in height, base to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders -overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 9 of 42 of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off -road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9, HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers -self propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all truck or track type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operaor- Concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane -overhead, bridge type-20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete Pump -truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3yards and under; Finishing Machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Horizontal/directional drill operator; Loaders -overhead under 6 yards; Loaders -plant feed; Locomotives -all; Mechanics -all; Mixers -asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders -finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill,roto-grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper -self propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off -road equipment -under 45 yards; Subgrade trimmer; Tractors, backhoes-over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine -shuttle buggy, blaw knox-roadtec; Truck crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount portable conveyor; Yo Yo Pay dozer GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes-thru 19 tons with attachments; A -frame crane over 10 tons; Drill oilers -auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozers-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside hoists -(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loader -elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pumps -concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi -lift materials; Saws -concrete; Scrpers-concrete and carry -all; Service engineer -equipment; Trenching machines; Truck Crane Oiler/Driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe 75 hp and under GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete finish mahine-laser screed; Cranes -A frame-10 tons and under; Elevator and Manlift-permanent or shaft type; Gradechecker, Stakehop; Forklifts under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger, mechanical; Power plant; Pumps, water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller -other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 10 of 42 elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing H-2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .25 per hour. H-3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .75 per hour. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10370-002 06/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES ZONE 1: Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1.....................$ 27.51 15.95 GROUP 2.....................$ 27.83 15.95 GROUP 3.....................$ 28.44 15.95 GROUP 4.....................$ 28.60 15.95 GROUP 5.....................$ 28.76 15.95 GROUP 6.....................$ 29.04 15.95 GROUP 7.....................$ 29.31 15.95 GROUP 8.....................$ 30.41 15.95 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 Zone 1: Within 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho Zone 2: Outside 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Bit Grinders; Bolt Threading Machine; Compressors (under 2000 CFM, gas, diesel, or electric power); Deck Hand; Fireman & Heater Tender; Hydro -seeder, Mulcher, Nozzleman; Oiler Driver, & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine; Pumpman; Rollers, all types on subgrade, including seal and chip coatings (farm type, Case, John Deere & similar, or Compacting Vibrator), except when pulled by Dozer with operable blade; Welding Machine; Crane Oiler -Driver (CLD required) & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine GROUP 2: A -frame Truck (single drum); Assistant Refrigeration Plant (under 1000 ton); Assistant Plant Operator, Fireman https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 11 of 42 or Pugmixer (asphalt); Bagley or Stationary Scraper; Belt Finishing Machine; Blower Operator (cement); Cement Hog; Compressor (2000 CFM or over, 2 or more, gas diesel or electric power); Concrete Saw (multiple cut); Distributor Leverman; Ditch Witch or similar; Elevator Hoisting Materials; Dope Pots (power agitated); Fork Lift or Lumber Stacker, hydra -lift & similar; Gin Trucks (pipeline); Hoist, single drum; Loaders (bucket elevators and conveyors); Longitudinal Float; Mixer (portable -concrete); Pavement Breaker, Hydra -Hammer & similar; Power Broom; Railroad Ballast Regulation Operator (self-propelled); Railroad Power Tamper Operator (self-propelled); Railroad Tamper Jack Operator (self-propelled; Spray Curing Machine (concrete); Spreader Box (self-propelled); Straddle Buggy (Ross & similar on construction job only); Tractor (Farm type R/T with attachment, except Backhoe); Tugger Operator GROUP 3: A -frame Truck (2 or more drums); Assistant Refrigeration Plant & Chiller Operator (over 1000 ton); Backfillers (Cleveland & similar); Batch Plant & Wet Mix Operator, single unit (concrete); Belt -Crete Conveyors with power pack or similar; Belt Loader (Kocal or similar); Bending Machine; Bob Cat (Skid Steer); Boring Machine (earth); Boring Machine (rock under 8 inch bit) (Quarry Master, Joy or similar); Bump Cutter (Wayne, Saginau or similar); Canal Lining Machine (concrete); Chipper (without crane); Cleaning & Doping Machine (pipeline); Deck Engineer; Elevating Belt -type Loader (Euclid, Barber Green & similar); Elevating Grader -type Loader (Dumor, Adams or similar); Generator Plant Engineers (diesel or electric); Gunnite Combination Mixer & Compressor; Locomotive Engineer; Mixermobile; Mucking Machine; Posthole Auger or Punch; Pump (grout or jet); Soil Stabilizer (P & H or similar); Spreader Machine; Dozer/Tractor (up to D-6 or equivalent) and Traxcavator; Traverse Finish Machine; Turnhead Operator GROUP 4: Concrete Pumps (squeeze-crete, flow-crete, pump- crete, Whitman & similar); Curb Extruder (asphalt or concrete); Drills (churn, core, calyx or diamond); Equipment Serviceman; Greaser & Oiler; Hoist (2 or more drums or Tower Hoist); Loaders (overhead & front-end, under 4 yds. R/T); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (under 1000 ton); Rubber -tired Skidders (R/T with or without attachments); Surface Heater & Plant Machine; Trenching Machines (under 7 ft. depth capacity); Turnhead (with re -screening); Vacuum Drill (reverse circulation drill under 8 inch bit) GROUP 5: Backhoe (under 45,000 gw); Backhoe & Hoe Ram (under 3/4 yd.); Carrydeck & Boom Truck (under 25 tons); Cranes (25 tons & under), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Derricks & Stifflegs (under 65 tons); Drilling Equipment(8 inch bit & over) (Robbins, reverse circulation & similar); Hoe Ram; Piledriving Engineers; Paving (dual drum); Railroad Track Liner Operaotr (self-propelled); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (1000 tons & over); Signalman (Whirleys, Highline Hammerheads or similar); Grade Checker GROUP 6: Asphalt Plant Operator; Automatic Subgrader (Ditches & Trimmers)(Autograde, ABC, R.A. Hansen & similar on grade https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 12 of 42 wire); Backhoe (45,000 gw and over to 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3/4 yd. to 3 yd.); Batch Plant (over 4 units); Batch & Wet Mix Operator (multiple units, 2 & incl. 4); Blade Operator (motor patrol & attachments); Cable Controller (dispatcher); Compactor (self-propelled with blade); Concrete Pump Boom Truck; Concrete Slip Form Paver; Cranes (over 25 tons, to and including 45 tons), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Crusher, Grizzle & Screening Plant Operator; Dozer, 834 R/T & similar; Drill Doctor; Loader Operator (front-end & overhead, 4 yds. incl. 8 yds.); Multiple Dozer Units with single blade; Paving Machine (asphalt and concrete); Quad -Track or similar equipment; Rollerman (finishing asphalt pavement); Roto Mill (pavement grinder); Scrapers, all, rubber -tired; Screed Operator; Shovel(under 3 yds.); Trenching Machines (7 ft. depth & over); Tug Boat Operator Vactor guzzler, super sucker; Lime Batch Tank Operator (REcycle Train); Lime Brain Operator (Recycle Train); Mobile Crusher Operator (Recycle Train) GROUP 7: Backhoe (over 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3 yds & over); Blade (finish & bluetop) Automatic, CMI, ABC, Finish Athey & Huber & similar when used as automatic; Cableway Operators; Concrete Cleaning/Decontamination machine operator; Cranes (over 45 tons to but not including 85 tons), all attachments including clamshell and dragine; Derricks & Stiffleys (65 tons & over); Elevating Belt (Holland type); Heavy equipment robotics operator; Loader (360 degrees revolving Koehring Scooper or similar); Loaders (overhead & front-end, over 8 yds. to 10 yds.); Rubber -tired Scrapers (multiple engine with three or more scrapers); Shovels (3 yds. & over); Whirleys & Hammerheads, ALL; H.D. Mechanic; H.D. Welder; Hydraulic Platform Trailers (Goldhofer, Shaurerly andSimilar); Ultra High Pressure Wateriet Cutting Tool System Operator (30,000 psi); Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator GROUP 8: Cranes (85 tons and over, and all climbing, overhead,rail and tower), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Loaders (overhead and front-end, 10 yards and over); Helicopter Pilot BOOM PAY: (All Cranes, Including Tower) 180 ft to 250 ft $ .50 over scale Over 250 ft $ .80 over scale NOTE: In computing the length of the boom on Tower Cranes, they shall be measured from the base of the Tower to the point of the boom. HAZMAT: Anyone working on HAZMAT jobs, working with supplied air shall receive $1.00 an hour above classification. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10612-001 09/28/2018 PIERCE County https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 13 of 42 ON PROJECTS DESCRIBED IN FOOTNOTE A BELOW, THE RATE FOR EACH GROUP SHALL BE 90% OF THE BASE RATE PLUS FULL FRINGE BENEFITS. ON ALL OTHER WORK, THE FOLLOWING RATES APPLY. Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1A...................$ 44.44 19.97 GROUP 1AA..................$ 45.09 19.97 GROUP 1AAA.................$ 45.73 19.97 GROUP 1.....................$ 43.79 19.97 GROUP 2.....................$ 43.23 19.97 GROUP 3.....................$ 42.74 19.97 GROUP 4.....................$ 40.01 19.97 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) = $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 BASEPOINTS: CENTRALIA, OLYMPIA, TACOMA POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 AAA - Cranes -over 300 tons or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes- 200 tonsto 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments; Tower crane over 175 ft in height, bas to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders -overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off -road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead, 6 yards to, but not including, 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9 HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers - self -propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all track or truck type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operator - concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane -Overhead, bridge type, 20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete pump -truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck engineer/deck winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3 yards and under; Finishing machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Loaders, overhead under 6 yards; Loaders -plant feed; Locomotives -all; Mechanics- all; https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 14 of 42 Mixers, asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders, finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill, roto- grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper -self- propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off -road equipment- under 45 yards; Subgrader trimmer; Tractors, backhoe over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine -shuttle buggy, Blaw Knox- Roadtec; Truck Crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount Portable Conveyor; Yo Yo pay GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes through 19 tons with attachments; Crane -A -frame over 10 tons; Drill oilers -auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozer-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside Hoists -(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loaders -elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pump -Concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lfit materials; Saws -concrete; Scrapers, concrete and carry all; Service engineers -equipment; Trenching machines; Truck crane oiler/driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe under 75 hp GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete Finish Machine -laser screed; Cranes A -frame 10 tons and under; Elevator and manlift (permanent and shaft type); Forklifts -under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Gradechecker, stakehop; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger -mechanical; Power plant; Pumps -water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller -other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator FOOTNOTE A- Reduced rates may be paid on the following: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and bridges whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000. HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing, Class "D" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.00 per hour. https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 15 of 42 H-3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.50 per hour. H-4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $2.00 per hour. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10612-012 09/28/2018 LEWIS, PACIFIC (portion lying north of a parallel line extending west from the northern boundary of Wahkaikum County to the sea) AND THURSTON COUNTIES ON PROJECTS DESCRIBED IN FOOTNOTE A BELOW, THE RATE FOR EACH GROUP SHALL BE 90% OF THE BASE RATE PLUS FULL FRINGE BENEFITS. ON ALL OTHER WORK, THE FOLLOWING RATES APPLY. Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1A...................$ 44.44 GROUP 1AA..................$ 45.09 GROUP 1AAA.................$ 45.73 GROUP 1.....................$ 43.79 GROUP 2.....................$ 43.23 GROUP 3.....................$ 42.74 GROUP 4.....................$ 40.01 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) = $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 BASEPOINTS: CENTRALIA, OLYMPIA, TACOMA POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS Fringes 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 GROUP 1 AAA - Cranes -over 300 tons or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes- 200 tonsto 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments; Tower crane over 175 ft in height, bas to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders -overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane -overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off -road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead, 6 yards to, but not including, 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9 HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers - self -propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all track or truck type https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 16 of 42 GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operator - concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane -Overhead, bridge type, 20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete pump -truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck engineer/deck winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3 yards and under; Finishing machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Loaders, overhead under 6 yards; Loaders -plant feed; Locomotives -all; Mechanics- all; Mixers, asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders, finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill, roto- grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper -self- propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off -road equipment- under 45 yards; Subgrader trimmer; Tractors, backhoe over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine -shuttle buggy, Blaw Knox- Roadtec; Truck Crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount Portable Conveyor; Yo Yo pay GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes through 19 tons with attachments; Crane -A -frame over 10 tons; Drill oilers -auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozer-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside Hoists -(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loaders -elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pump -Concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lfit materials; Saws -concrete; Scrapers, concrete and carry all; Service engineers -equipment; Trenching machines; Truck crane oiler/driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe under 75 hp GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete Finish Machine -laser screed; Cranes A -frame 10 tons and under; Elevator and manlift (permanent and shaft type); Forklifts -under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Gradechecker, stakehop; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger -mechanical; Power plant; Pumps -water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller -other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator FOOTNOTE A- Reduced rates may be paid on the following: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and bridges whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000. HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 17 of 42 designated hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing, Class "D" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-2 Class "C" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.00 per hour. H-3 Class "B" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.50 per hour. H-4 Class "A" Suit - Base wage rate plus $2.00 per hour. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10701-002 01/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES POWER RQUIPMENT OPERATORS: ZONE 1 Rates POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1.....................$ 41.65 GROUP 1A....................$ 43.73 GROUP 1B....................$ 45.82 GROUP 2.....................$ 39.74 GROUP 3.....................$ 38.59 GROUP 4.....................$ 37.51 GROUP 5.....................$ 36.27 GROUP 6.....................$ 33.05 Zone Differential (add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $3.00 Zone 3 - $6.00 Fringes 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 14.35 For the following metropolitan counties: MULTNOMAH; CLACKAMAS; MARION; WASHINGTON; YAMHILL; AND COLUMBIA; CLARK; AND COWLITZ COUNTY, WASHINGTON WITH MODIFICATIONS AS INDICATED: All jobs or projects located in Multnomah, Clackamas and Marion Counties, West of the western boundary of Mt. Hood National Forest and West of Mile Post 30 on Interstate 84 and West of Mile Post 30 on State Highway 26 and West of Mile Post 30 on Highway 22 and all jobs or projects located in Yamhill County, Washington County and Columbia County and all jobs or porjects located in Clark & Cowlitz County, Washington except that portion of Cowlitz County in the Mt. St. Helens "Blast Zone" shall receive Zone I pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located in the area outside the identified boundary above, but less than 50 miles from the Portland City Hall shall receive Zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 18 of 42 Portland City Hall, but outside the identified border above, shall receive Zone III pay for all classifications. For the following cities: ALBANY; BEND; COOS BAY; EUGENE; GRANTS PASS; KLAMATH FALLS; MEDFORD; ROSEBURG All jobs or projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone I pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 30 miles and less than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone III pay for all classifications. POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS Group 1 Concrete Batch Plan and or Wet mix three (3) units or more; Crane, Floating one hundred and fifty (150) ton but less than two hundred and fifty (250) ton; Crane, two hundred (200) ton through two hundred ninety nine (299) ton with two hundred foot (200') boom or less (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, ninety (90) ton through one hundred ninety nine (199) ton with over two hundred (200') boom Including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Tower Crane with one hundred seventy five foot (1751) tower or less and with less than two hundred foot (200') jib; Crane, Whirley ninety (90) ton and over; Helicopter when used in erecting work Group lA Crane, floating two hundred fifty (250) ton and over; Crane, two hundred (200) ton through two hundred ninety nine (299) ton, with over two hundred foot (200') boom (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, three hundred (300) ton through three hundred ninety nine (399) ton; Crane, Tower Crane with over one hundred seventy five foot (175') tower or over two hundred foot (200') jib; Crane, tower Crane on rail system or 2nd tower or more in work radius Group 1B Crane, three hundred (300) ton through three hundred ninety nine (399) ton, with over two hundred foot (200') boom (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Floating crane, three hundred fifty (350) ton and over; Crane, four hundred (400) ton and over Group 2 Asphalt Plant (any type); Asphalt Roto-Mill, pavement profiler eight foot (8') lateral cut and over; Auto Grader or "Trimmer"; Blade, Robotic; Bulldozer, Robotic Equipment (any type); Bulldozer, over one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. and above; Concrete Batch Plant and/or Wet https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 19 of 42 Mix one (1) and two (2) drum; Concrete Diamond Head Profiler; Canal Trimmer; Concrete, Automatic Slip Form Paver (Assistant to the Operator required); Crane, Boom Truck fifty (50) ton and with over one hundred fifty foot (150') boom and over; Crane, Floating (derrick barge) thirty (30) ton but less than one hundred fifty (150) ton; Crane, Cableway twenty-five (25) ton and over; Crane, Floating Clamshell three (3) cu. Yds. And over; Crane, ninety (90) ton through one hundred ninety nine (199) ton up to and including two hundred foot (200') of boom (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, fifty (50) ton through eighty nine (89) ton with over one hundred fifty foot (150') boom (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Whirley under ninety (90) ton; Crusher Plant; Excavator over one hundred thirty thousand (130,000) lbs.; Loader one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. and above; Remote Controlled Earth Moving Equipment; Shovel, Dragline, Clamshell, five (5) cu. Yds. And over; Underwater Equipment remote or otherwise, when used in construction work; Wheel Excavator any size Group 3 Bulldozer, over seventy thousand (70,000) lbs. up to and including one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs.; Crane, Boom Truck fifty (50) ton and over with less than one hundred fifty foot (150') boom; Crane, fifty (50) ton through eighty nine (89) ton with one hundred fifty foot (150') boom or less (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Shovel, Dragline or Clamshell three (3) cu. yds. but less than five (5) cu. Yds.; Excavator over eighty thousand (80,000) lbs. through one hundred thirty thousand (130,000) lbs.; Loader sixty thousand (60,000) lbs. and less than one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. Group 4 Asphalt, Screed; Asphalt Paver; Asphalt Roto-Mill, pavement profiler, under eight foot (8') lateral cut; Asphalt, Material Transfer Vehicle Operator; Back Filling Machine; Backhoe, Robotic, track and wheel type up to and including twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. with any attachments; Blade (any type); Boatman; Boring Machine; Bulldozer over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. and more than one hundred (100) horse up to seventy thousand (70,000) lbs.; Cable -Plow (any type); Cableway up to twenty five (25) ton; Cat Drill (John Henry); Chippers; Compactor, multi -engine; Compactor, Robotic; Compactor with blade self-propelled; Concrete, Breaker; Concrete, Grout Plant; Concrete, Mixer Mobile; Concrete, Paving Road Mixer; Concrete, Reinforced Tank Banding Machine; Crane, Boom Truck twenty (20) ton and under fifty (50) ton; Crane, Bridge Locomotive, Gantry and Overhead; Crane, Carry Deck; Crane, Chicago Boom and similar types; Crane, Derrick Operator, under one hundred (100) ton; Crane, Floating Clamshell, Dragline, etc. Operator, under three (3) cu. yds. Or less than thirty (30) ton; Crane, under fifty (50) ton; Crane, Quick Tower under one hundred foot (100') in height and less than one hundred fifty foot (1501) jib (on rail included); Diesel -Electric Engineer (Plant or Floating); Directional Drill over twenty https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 20 of 42 thousand (20,000) lbs. pullback; Drill Cat Operator; Drill Doctor and/or Bit Grinder; Driller, Percussion, Diamond, Core, Cable, Rotary and similar type; Excavator Operator over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. through eighty thousand (80,000) lbs.; Generator Operator; Grade -all; Guardrail Machines, i.e. punch, auger, etc.; Hammer Operator (Piledriver); Hoist, stiff leg, guy derrick or similar type, fifty (50) ton and over; Hoist, two (2) drums or more; Hydro Axe (loader mounted or similar type); Jack Operator, Elevating Barges, Barge Operator, self -unloading; Loader Operator, front end and overhead, twenty five thousand (25,000) lbs. and less than sixty thousand (60,000) lbs.; Log Skidders; Piledriver Operator (not crane type); Pipe, Bending, Cleaning, Doping and Wrapping Machines; Rail, Ballast Tamper Multi -Purpose; Rubber -tired Dozers and Pushers; Scraper, all types; Side -Boom; Skip Loader, Drag Box; Strump Grinder (loader mounted or similar type); Surface Heater and Planer; Tractor, rubber -tired, over fifty (50) HP Flywheel; Trenching Machine three foot (31) depth and deeper; Tub Grinder (used for wood debris); Tunnel Boring Machine Mechanic; Tunnel, Mucking Machine; Ultra High Pressure Water Jet Cutting Tool System Operator; Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator; Water pulls, Water wagons Group 5 Asphalt, Extrusion Machine; Asphalt, Roller (any asphalt mix); Asphalt, Roto-Mill pavement profiler ground man; Bulldozer, twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. or less, or one hundred (100) horse or less; Cement Pump; Chip Spreading Machine; Churn Drill and Earth Boring Machine; Compactor, self-propelled without blade; Compressor, (any power) one thousand two hundred fifty (1,250) cu. ft. and over, total capacity; Concrete, Batch Plant Quality control; Concrete, Combination Mixer and compressor operator, gunite work; Concrete, Curb Machine, Mechanical Berm, Curb and/or Curb and Gutter; Concrete, Finishing Machine; Concrete, Grouting Machine; Concrete, Internal Full Slab Vibrator Operator; Concrete, Joint Machine; Concrete, Mixer single drum, any capacity; Concrete, Paving Machine eight foot (8') or less; Concrete, Planer; Concrete, Pump; Concrete, Pump Truck; Concrete, Pumperete Operator (any type); Concrete, Slip Form Pumps, power driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms; Conveyored Material Hauler; Crane, Boom Truck under twenty (20) tons; Crane, Boom Type lifting device, five (5) ton capacity or less; Drill, Directional type less than twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. pullback; Fork Lift, over ten (10) ton or Robotic; Helicopter Hoist; Hoist Operator, single drum; Hydraulic Backhoe track type up to and including twenty thousand (20,000) lbs.; Hydraulic Backhoe wheel type (any make); Laser Screed; Loaders, rubber -tired type, less than twenty five thousand (25,000) lbs.; Pavement Grinder and/or Grooving Machine (riding type); Pipe, cast in place Pipe Laying Machine; Pulva-Mixer or similar types; Pump Operator, more than five (5) pumps (any size); Rail, Ballast Compactor, Regulator, or Tamper machines; Service Oiler (Greaser); Sweeper Self -Propelled; Tractor, Rubber -Tired, fifty (50) HP flywheel and under; Trenching Machine Operator, maximum digging capacity three foot (3') depth; Tunnel, Locomotive, Dinkey; Tunnel, Power https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 21 of 42 Jumbo setting slip forms, etc. Group 6 Asphalt, Pugmill (any type); Asphalt, Raker; Asphalt, Truck Mounted Asphalt Spreader, with Screed; Auger Oiler; Boatman; Bobcat, skid steed (less than one (1) yard); Broom, self-propelled; Compressor Operator (any power) under 1,250 cu. ft. total capacity; Concrete Curing Machine (riding type); Concrete Saw; Conveyor Operator or Assistant; Crane, Tugger; Crusher Feederman; Crusher Oiler; Deckhand; Drill, Directional Locator; Fork Lift; Grade Checker; Guardrail Punch Oiler; Hydrographic Seeder Machine, straw, pulp or seed; Hydrostatic Pump Operator; Mixer Box (CTB, dry batch, etc.); Oiler; Plant Oiler; Pump (any power); Rail, Brakeman, Switchman, Motorman; Rail, Tamping Machine, mechanical, self-propelled; Rigger; Roller grading (not asphalt); Truck, Crane Oiler -Driver ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0014-005 07/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND ORIELLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA AND WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER .......................$ 33.18 27.82 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0029-002 05/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKAIKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER .......................$ 37.00 27.87 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0086-002 07/01/2018 YAKIMA, KITTITAS AND CHELAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER .......................$ 33.18 27.82 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0086-004 07/01/2018 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PIERCE, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER .......................$ 40.81 28.22 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00238-004 06/01/2018 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 22 of 42 PASCO AREA: ADAMS, BENTON, COLUMBIA,DOUGLAS (East of 120th Meridian), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GRANT, OKANOGAN, WALLA WALLA SPOKANE AREA: ASOTIN, GARFIELD, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS & WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER (PASCO) GROUP 1.....................$ 24.84 12.35 GROUP 2.....................$ 26.94 12.35 GROUP 3.....................$ 27.21 12.35 GROUP 4.....................$ 27.48 12.35 GROUP 5.....................$ 27.76 12.35 LABORER (SPOKANE) GROUP 1.....................$ 24.74 12.45 GROUP 2.....................$ 26.84 12.45 GROUP 3.....................$ 27.11 12.45 GROUP 4.....................$ 27.38 12.45 GROUP 5.....................$ 27.66 12.45 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office. Zone 2: 45 radius miles and over from the main post office. LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Flagman; Landscape Laborer; Scaleman; Traffic Control Maintenance Laborer (to include erection and maintenance of barricades, signs and relief of flagperson); Window Washer/Cleaner (detail cleanup, such as, but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc. prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Asbestos Abatement Worker; Brush Hog Feeder; Carpenter Tender; Cement Handler; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Crewman (to include stripping of forms, hand operating jacks on slip form construction, application of concrete curing compounds, pumperete machine, signaling, handling the nozzle of squeezcrete or similar machine,6 inches and smaller); Confined Space Attendant; Concrete Signalman; Crusher Feeder; Demolition (to include clean-up, burning, loading, wrecking and salvage of all material); Dumpman; Fence Erector; Firewatch; Form Cleaning Machine Feeder, Stacker; General Laborer; Grout Machine Header Tender; Guard Rail (to include guard rails, guide and reference posts, sign posts, and right-of-way markers); Hazardous Waste Worker, Level D (no respirator is used and skin protection is minimal); Miner, Class "A" (to include all bull gang, concrete crewman, dumpman and pumperete crewman, including distributing pipe, assembly & dismantle, and nipper); Nipper; Riprap Man; Sandblast Tailhoseman; Scaffold Erector (wood or steel); Stake Jumper; Structural Mover (to include separating foundation, preparation, https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 23 of 42 cribbing, shoring, jacking and unloading of structures); Tailhoseman (water nozzle); Timber Bucker and Faller (by hand); Track Laborer (RR); Truck Loader; Well -Point Man; All Other Work Classifications Not Specially Listed Shall Be Classified As General Laborer GROUP 3: Asphalt Roller, walking; Cement Finisher Tender; Concrete Saw, walking; Demolition Torch; Dope Pot Firemen, non -mechanical; Driller Tender (when required to move and position machine); Form Setter, Paving; Grade Checker using level; Hazardous Waste Worker, Level C (uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Jackhammer Operator; Miner, Class "B" (to include brakeman, finisher, vibrator, form setter); Nozzleman (to include squeeze and flo-crete nozzle); Nozzleman, water, air or steam; Pavement Breaker (under 90 lbs.); Pipelayer, corrugated metal culvert; Pipelayer, multi- plate; Pot Tender; Power Buggy Operator; Power Tool Operator, gas, electric, pneumatic; Railroad Equipment, power driven, except dual mobile power spiker or puller; Railroad Power Spiker or Puller, dual mobile; Rodder and Spreader; Tamper (to include operation of Barco, Essex and similar tampers); Trencher, Shawnee; Tugger Operator; Wagon Drills; Water Pipe Liner; Wheelbarrow (power driven) GROUP 4: Air and Hydraulic Track Drill; Aspahlt Raker;Brush Machine (to include horizontal construction joint cleanup brush machine, power propelled); Caisson Worker, free air; Chain Saw Operator and Faller; Concrete Stack (to include laborers when laborers working on free standing concrete stacks for smoke or fume control above 40 feet high); Gunite (to include operation of machine and nozzle); Hazardous Waste Worker, Level B (uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Laser Beam Operator (to include grade checker and elevation control); Miner, Class C (to include miner, nozzleman for concrete, laser beam operator and rigger on tunnels); Monitor Operator (air track or similar mounting); Mortar Mixer; Nozzleman (to include jet blasting nozzleman, over 1,200 lbs., jet blast machine power propelled, sandblast nozzle); Pavement Breaker (90 lbs. and over); Pipelayer (to include working topman, caulker, collarman, jointer, mortarman, rigger, jacker, shorer, valve or meter installer); Pipewrapper; Plasterer Tender; Vibrators (all) GROUP 5 - Drills with Dual Masts; Hazardous Waste Worker, Level A (utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line); Miner Class "D", (to include raise and shaft miner, laser beam operator on riases and shafts) LAB00238-006 06/01/2018 COUNTIES EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN: ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, STEVENS, SPOKANE, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 24 of 42 Rates Fringes Hod Carrier ......................$ 27.75 12.25 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00242-003 06/01/2018 KING COUNTY Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 26.05 11.49 GROUP 2.....................$ 29.83 11.49 GROUP 3.....................$ 37.27 11.49 GROUP 4.....................$ 38.19 11.49 GROUP 5.....................$ 38.80 11.49 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 25 of 42 material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper -Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller -Power; Raker -Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person -sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). LAB00252-010 06/01/2018 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, JEFFERSON, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (EXCLUDING SOUTHWEST), PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 26.05 11.49 GROUP 2.....................$ 29.83 11.49 GROUP 3.....................$ 37.27 11.49 GROUP 4.....................$ 38.19 11.49 GROUP 5.....................$ 38.80 11.49 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 26 of 42 ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper -Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller -Power; Raker -Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 27 of 42 Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person -sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00292-008 06/01/2018 ISLAND, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 26.05 11.49 GROUP 2.....................$ 29.83 11.49 GROUP 3.....................$ 37.27 11.49 GROUP 4.....................$ 38.19 11.49 GROUP 5.....................$ 38.80 11.49 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 28 of 42 Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper -Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller -Power; Raker -Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person -sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). LAB00335-001 06/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH OF A STRAIGHT LINE MADE BY EXTENDING THE NORTH BOUNDARY LINE OF WAHKIAKUM COUNTY WEST TO THE PACIFIC OCEAN), SKAMANIA AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Laborers: ZONE 1: GROUP 1....................$ 31.72 11.49 GROUP 2....................$ 32.38 11.49 GROUP 3....................$ 32.87 11.49 GROUP 4....................$ 33.29 11.49 GROUP 5....................$ 28.98 11.49 GROUP 6....................$ 26.31 11.49 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 29 of 42 GROUP 7....................$ 22.78 11.49 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 $ 0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.75 BASE POINTS: LONGVIEW AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city all. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Asphalt Plant Laborers; Asphalt Spreaders; Batch Weighman; Broomers; Brush Burners and Cutters; Car and Truck Loaders; Carpenter Tender; Change -House Man or Dry Shack Man; Choker Setter; Clean-up Laborers; Curing, Concrete; Demolition, Wrecking and Moving Laborers; Dumpers, road oiling crew; Dumpmen (for grading crew); Elevator Feeders; Median Rail Reference Post, Guide Post, Right of Way Marker; Fine Graders; Fire Watch; Form Strippers (not swinging stages); General Laborers; Hazardous Waste Worker; Leverman or Aggregate Spreader (Flaherty and similar types); Loading Spotters; Material Yard Man (including electrical); Pittsburgh Chipper Operator or Similar Types; Railroad Track Laborers; Ribbon Setters (including steel forms); Rip Rap Man (hand placed); Road Pump Tender; Sewer Labor; Signalman; Skipman; Slopers; Spraymen; Stake Chaser; Stockpiler; Tie Back Shoring; Timber Faller and Bucker (hand labor); Toolroom Man (at job site); Tunnel Bullgang (above ground); Weight -Man- Crusher (aggregate when used) GROUP 2: Applicator (including pot power tender for same), applying protective material by hand or nozzle on utility lines or storage tanks on project; Brush Cutters (power saw); Burners; Choker Splicer; Clary Power Spreader and similar types; Clean- up Nozzleman-Green Cutter (concrete, rock, etc.); Concrete Power Buggyman; Concrete Laborer; Crusher Feeder; Demolition and Wrecking Charred Materials; Gunite Nozzleman Tender; Gunite or Sand Blasting Pot Tender; Handlers or Mixers of all Materials of an irritating nature (including cement and lime); Tool Operators (includes but not limited to: Dry Pack Machine; Jackhammer; Chipping Guns; Paving Breakers); Pipe Doping and Wrapping; Post Hole Digger, air, gas or electric; Vibrating Screed; Tampers; Sand Blasting (Wet); Stake -Setter; Tunnel-Muckers, Brakemen, Concrete Crew, Bullgang (underground) GROUP 3: Asbestos Removal; Bit Grinder; Drill Doctor; Drill https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 30 of 42 Operators, air tracks, cat drills, wagon drills, rubber -mounted drills, and other similar types including at crusher plants; Gunite Nozzleman; High Scalers, Strippers and Drillers (covers work in swinging stages, chairs or belts, under extreme conditions unusual to normal drilling, blasting, barring -down, or sloping and stripping); Manhole Builder; Powdermen; Concrete Saw Operator; Pwdermen; Power Saw Operators (Bucking and Falling); Pumperete Nozzlemen; Sand Blasting (Dry); Sewer Timberman; Track Liners, Anchor Machines, Ballast Regulators, Multiple Tampers, Power Jacks, Tugger Operator; Tunnel -Chuck Tenders, Nippers and Timbermen; Vibrator; Water Blaster GROUP 4: Asphalt Raker; Concrete Saw Operator (walls); Concrete Nozzelman; Grade Checker; Pipelayer; Laser Beam (pipelaying)-applicable when employee assigned to move, set up, align; Laser Beam; Tunnel Miners; Motorman -Dinky Locomotive -Tunnel; Powderman-Tunnel; Shield Operator -Tunnel GROUP 5: Traffic Flaggers GROUP 6: Fence Builders GROUP 7: Landscaping or Planting Laborers ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00335-019 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes Hod Carrier ......................$ 31.72 11.49 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LAB00348-003 06/01/2018 CHELAN, DOUGLAS (W OF 12TH MERIDIAN), KITTITAS, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 22.23 11.49 GROUP 2.....................$ 25.48 11.49 GROUP 3.....................$ 27.89 11.49 GROUP 4.....................$ 28.56 11.49 GROUP 5.....................$ 29.04 11.49 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 31 of 42 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical "splash suit" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper -Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit"); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller -Power; Raker -Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person -sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 32 of 42 GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0005-002 07/01/2018 STATEWIDE EXCEPT CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Painters: STRIPERS ....................$ 30.50 15.73 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0005-004 03/01/2009 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER ..........................$ 20.82 7.44 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN0005-006 07/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN; BENTON AND FRANKLIN (EXCEPT HANFORD SITE); CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER Application of Cold Tar Products, Epoxies, Polyure thanes, Acids, Radiation Resistant Material, Water and Sandblasting ............ $ 30.19 11.71 Over 30'/Swing Stage Work..$ 22.20 7.98 Brush, Roller, Striping, Steam -cleaning and Spray .... $ 22.94 11.61 Lead Abatement, Asbestos Abatement ...................$ 21.50 7.98 *$.70 shall be paid over and above the basic wage rates listed for work on swing stages and high work of over 30 feet. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0055-003 07/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 33 of 42 Rates Fringes PAINTER Brush & Roller ..............$ 23.51 11.94 High work - All work 60 ft. or higher ...............$ 24.26 11.94 Spray and Sandblasting ...... $ 23.51 11.94 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0055-006 07/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, SKAMANIA and WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Painters: HIGHWAY & PARKING LOT STRIPER .....................$ 35.02 12.06 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0072-004 06/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER ZONE 1......................$ 29.07 14.13 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston; Wenatchee Zone 1: 0 - 45 radius miles from the main post office Zone 2: Over 45 radius miles from the main post office ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0528-001 06/01/2018 CLALLAM, COWLITZ, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, WAHKIAKUM AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON CEMENT MASON ................$ 42.63 17.44 COMPOSITION, TROWEL MACHINE, GRINDER, POWER TOOLS, GUNNITE NOZZLE ....... $ 43.13 17.44 TROWLING MACHINE OPERATOR ON COMPOSITION ..............$ 43.13 17.44 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0555-002 06/01/2017 CLARK, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA COUNTIES https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 34 of 42 ZONE 1: Rates CEMENT MASON CEMENT MASONS DOING BOTH COMPOSITION/POWER MACHINERY AND SUSPENDED/HANGING SCAFFOLD..$ 32.87 CEMENT MASONS ON SUSPENDED, SWINGING AND/OR HANGING SCAFFOLD ............ $ 32.87 CEMENT MASONS ...............$ 31.50 COMPOSITION WORKERS AND POWER MACHINERY OPERATORS ... $ 32.19 Zone Differential (Add To Zone 1 Rates): Zone 2 - $0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 3.00 Fringes 17.62 17.62 17.62 17.62 BASE POINTS: BEND, CORVALLIS, EUGENE, MEDFORD, PORTLAND, SALEM, THE DALLES, VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0037-002 06/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Truck drivers: ZONE 1 GROUP 1....................$ 28.52 GROUP 2....................$ 28.64 GROUP 3....................$ 28.78 GROUP 4....................$ 29.05 GROUP 5....................$ 29.27 GROUP 6....................$ 29.45 GROUP 7....................$ 29.65 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 Rates): Zone 2 - $0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.75 Fringes 14.62 14.62 14.62 14.62 14.62 14.62 14.62 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 35 of 42 BASE POINTS: ASTORIA, THE DALLES, LONGVIEW AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: A Frame or Hydra lifrt truck w/load bearing surface; Articulated Dump Truck; Battery Rebuilders; Bus or Manhaul Driver; Concrete Buggies (power operated); Concrete Pump Truck; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations there of: up to and including 10 cu. yds.; Lift Jitneys, Fork Lifts (all sizes in loading, unloading and transporting material on job site); Loader and/or Leverman on Concrete Dry Batch Plant (manually operated); Pilot Car; Pickup Truck; Solo Flat Bed and misc. Body Trucks, 0-10 tons; Truck Tender; Truck Mechanic Tender; Water Wagons (rated capacity) up to 3,000 gallons; Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix - 5 cu. yds. and under; Lubrication Man, Fuel Truck Driver, Tireman, Wash Rack, Steam Cleaner or combinations; Team Driver; Slurry Truck Driver or Leverman; Tireman GROUP 2: Boom Truck/Hydra-lift or Retracting Crane; Challenger; Dumpsters or similar equipment all sizes; Dump Trucks/Articulated Dumps 6 cu to 10 cu.; Flaherty Spreader Driver or Leverman; Lowbed Equipment, Flat Bed Semi -trailer or doubles transporting equipment or wet or dry materials; Lumber Carrier, Driver -Straddle Carrier (used in loading, unloading and transporting of materials on job site); Oil Distributor Driver or Leverman; Transit mix and wet or dry mix trcuks: over 5 cu. yds. and including 7 cu. yds.; Vacuum Trucks; Water truck/Wagons (rated capacity) over 3,000 to 5,000 gallons GROUP 3: Ammonia Nitrate Distributor Driver; Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 10 cu. yds. and including 30 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Self -Propelled Street Sweeper; Transit mix and wet or dry mix truck: over 7 cu yds. and including 11 cu yds.; Truck Mechanic -Welder -Body Repairman; Utility and Clean-up Truck; Water Wagons (rated capacity) over 5,000 to 10,000 gallons GROUP 4: Asphalt Burner; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom cumps, including Semi -Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 30 cu. yds. and including 50 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Fire Guard; Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks, over 11 cu. yds. and including https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 36 of 42 15 cu. yds.; Water Wagon (rated capacity) over 10,000 gallons to 15,000 gallons GROUP 5: Composite Crewman; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 50 cu. yds. and including 60 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks GROUP 6: Bulk Cement Spreader w/o Auger; Dry Pre -Batch concrete Mix Trucks; Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains of combinations thereof: over 60 cu. yds. and including 80 cu. yds., and includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Skid Truck GROUP 7: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 80 cu. yds. and including 100 cu. yds., includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Industrial Lift Truck (mechanical tailgate) ---------------------------------------------------------------- * TEAM0174-001 01/01/2018 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Truck drivers: ZONE A: GROUP 1:...................$ 35.63 18.67 GROUP 2:...................$ 34.79 18.67 GROUP 3:...................$ 31.98 18.67 GROUP 4:...................$ 27.01 18.67 GROUP 5:...................$ 35.18 18.67 ZONE B (25-45 miles from center of listed cities*): Add $.70 per hour to Zone A rates. ZONE C (over 45 miles from centr of listed cities*): Add $1.00 per hour to Zone A rates. *Zone pay will be calculated from the city center of the following listed cities: BELLINGHAM CENTRALIA EVERETT SHELTON SEATTLE PORT ANGELES TACOMA PORT TOWNSEND TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS RAYMOND OLYMPIA ANACORTES BELLEVUE MT. VERNON KENT ABERDEEN BREMERTON GROUP 1 - "A -frame or Hydralift" trucks and Boom trucks or similar equipment when "A" frame or "Hydralift" and Boom truck or similar equipment is used; Buggymobile; Bulk Cement Tanker; Dumpsters and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Tournotrailer, Cat DW series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, Westinghouse, Athye Wagon, Euclid https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 37 of 42 Two and Four -Wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top -loaded equipment transporting material: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi -trucks and trains or combinations thereof with 16 yards to 30 yards capacity: Over 30 yards $.15 per hour additional for each 10 yard increment; Explosive Truck (field mix) and similar equipment; Hyster Operators (handling bulk loose aggregates); Lowbed and Heavy Duty Trailer; Road Oil Distributor Driver; Spreader, Flaherty Transit mix used exclusively in heavy construction; Water Wagon and Tank Truck-3,000 gallons and over capacity GROUP 2 - Bulllifts, or similar equipment used in loading or unloading trucks, transporting materials on job site; Dumpsters, and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Turnotrailer, Cat. D.W. Series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, Westinghouse, Athye wagon, Euclid two and four -wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top -loaded equipment transporting material: Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi -trucks and trains or combinations thereof with less than 16 yards capacity; Flatbed (Dual Rear Axle); Grease Truck, Fuel Truck, Greaser, Battery Service Man and/or Tire Service Man; Leverman and loader at bunkers and batch plants; Oil tank transport; Scissor truck; Slurry Truck; Sno-Go and similar equipment; Swampers; Straddler Carrier (Ross, Hyster) and similar equipment; Team Driver; Tractor (small, rubber-tired)(when used within Teamster jurisdiction); Vacuum truck; Water Wagon and Tank trucks -less than 3,000 gallons capacity; Winch Truck; Wrecker, Tow truck and similar equipment GROUP 3 - Flatbed (single rear axle); Pickup Sweeper; Pickup Truck. (Adjust Group 3 upward by $2.00 per hour for onsite work only) GROUP 4 - Escort or Pilot Car GROUP 5 - Mechanic HAZMAT PROJECTS Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C: +$.25 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B: +$.50 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit." LEVEL A: +$.75 per hour - This level utilizes a fully - encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0690-004 06/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 38 of 42 COUNTIES Rates Fringes Truck drivers: (AREA 1: SPOKANE ZONE CENTER: Adams, Chelan, Douglas, Ferry, Grant, Kittitas, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pen Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, and Whitman Counties AREA 1: LEWISTON ZONE CENTER: Asotin, Columbia, and Garfield Counties AREA 2: PASCO ZONE CENTER: Benton, Franklin, Walla Walla and Yakima Counties) AREA 1: GROUP 1....................$ 24.32 17.30 GROUP 2....................$ 26.86 17.30 GROUP 3....................$ 26.97 17.30 GROUP 4....................$ 27.30 17.30 GROUP 5....................$ 27.41 17.30 GROUP 6....................$ 29.57 17.30 GROUP 7....................$ 28.11 17.30 GROUP 8....................$ 28.43 17.30 AREA 2: GROUP 1....................$ 26.32 17.30 GROUP 2....................$ 28.86 17.30 GROUP 3....................$ 28.97 17.30 GROUP 4....................$ 29.30 17.30 GROUP 5....................$ 29.41 17.30 GROUP 6....................$ 29.57 17.30 GROUP 7....................$ 28.05 17.30 GROUP 8....................$ 30.43 17.30 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate: Zone 1 + $2.00) BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office. Zone 2: Outside 45 radius miles from the main post office TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Escort Driver or Pilot Car; Employee Haul; Power Boat Hauling Employees or Material GROUP 2: Fish Truck; Flat Bed Truck; Fork Lift (3000 lbs. and under); Leverperson (loading trucks at bunkers); Trailer Mounted Hydro Seeder and Mulcher; Seeder & Mulcher; Stationary Fuel Operator; Tractor (small, rubber -tired, pulling trailer or similar equipment) GROUP 3: Auto Crane (2000 lbs. capacity); Buggy Mobile & Similar; Bulk Cement Tanks & Spreader; Dumptor (6 yds. & under); Flat Bed Truck with Hydraullic System; Fork Lift https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 39 of 42 (3001-16,000 lbs.); Fuel Truck Driver, Steamcleaner & Washer; Power Operated Sweeper; Rubber -tired Tunnel Jumbo; Scissors Truck; Slurry Truck Driver; Straddle Carrier (Ross, Hyster, & similar); Tireperson; Transit Mixers & Truck Hauling Concrete (3 yd. to & including 6 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (3 yards to and including 6 yds.); Warehouseperson (to include shipping & receiving); Wrecker & Tow Truck GROUP 4: A -Frame; Burner, Cutter, & Welder; Service Greaser; Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (over 6 yards to and including 12 yds.); Truck Mounted Hydro Seeder; Warehouseperson; Water Tank truck (0-8,000 gallons) GROUP 5: Dumptor (over 6 yds.); Lowboy (50 tons & under); Self- loading Roll Off; Semi -Truck & Trailer; Tractor with Steer Trailer; Transit Mixers and Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 6 yds. to and including 10 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and end dump (over 12 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Truck -Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled, up to 14 ton); Vacuum Truck (super sucker, guzzler, etc.) GROUP 6: Flaherty Spreader Box Driver; Flowboys; Fork Lift (over 16,000 lbs.); Dumps (Semi -end); Mechanic (Field); Semi- end Dumps; Transfer Truck & Trailer; Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 10 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 20 yds. to & including 40 yds.); Truck and Pup; Tournarocker, DWs & similar with 2 or more 4 wheel -power tractor with trailer, gallonage or yardage scale, whichever is greater Water Tank Truck (8,001- 14,000 gallons); Lowboy(over 50 tons) GROUP 7: Oil Distributor Driver; Stringer Truck (cable oeprated trailer); Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 20 yds.); Truck, side, end, bottom end dump (over 40 yds. to & including 100 yds.); Truck Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled (16 through 25 tons); GROUP 8: Prime Movers and Stinger Truck; Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 100 yds.); Helicopter Pilot Hauling Employees or Materials Footnote A - Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in additon to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C-D: - $.50 PER HOUR (This is the lowest level of protection. This level may use an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL A-B: - $1.00 PER HOUR (Uses supplied air is conjunction with a chemical spash suit or fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus. Employees shall be paid Hazmat pay in increments of four(4) and eight(8) hours. https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 40 of 42 NOTE: Trucks Pulling Equipment Trailers: shall receive $.15/hour over applicable truck rate WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health -related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health -related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)) . The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 41 of 42 the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 1000 of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 Page 42 of 42 On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/wal.dvb 2/8/2019 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/WA70.dvb?v=0 General Decision Number: WA190070 01/04/2019 WA70 Superseded General Decision Number: WA20180095 State: Washington Construction Type: Heavy including water and sewer line construction County: King County in Washington. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (including sewer/water construction). Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.60 for calendar year 2019 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.60 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2019. If this contract is covered by the EO and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must pay workers in that classification at least the wage rate determined through the conformance process set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) (or the EO minimum wage rate, if it is higher than the conformed wage rate). The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above -mentioned types of contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis -Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis -Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/04/2019 ASBE0007-001 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST INSULATOR (Pipe and Duct Insulation) ......................$ 53.62 17.81 ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0770-030 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Including Formwork) ... $ 43.92 16.12 MILLWRIGHT .......................$ 45.42 16.12 PILEDRIVERMAN ....................$ 44.17 16.12 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS 1 of 8 1/8/2019, 10:28 AM https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/WA70.dvb?v=0 Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Seattle Auburn Renton Aberdeen-Hoquiam Ellensburg Centralia Chelan Zone Pay: Olympia Bellingham Bremerton Anacortes Shelton Yakima Tacoma Wenatchee Everett Port Angeles Mount Vernon Sunnyside Pt. Townsend 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55/hour (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0046-006 08/06/2018 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 50.57 3%+20.21 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ELECO077-001 02/01/2018 Rates Fringes Line Construction: LINEMEN .....................$ 51.73 1%+17.50 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0302-026 06/01/2018 Rates Power equipment operators: Group 1A...................$ 44.44 Group 1AA..................$ 45.09 Group 1AAA.................$ 45.73 Group 1.....................$ 43.79 Group 2.....................$ 43.23 Group 3.....................$ 42.74 Group 4.....................$ 40.01 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) - $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 Fringes 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 19.97 BASEPOINTS: Aberdeen, Bellingham, Bremerton, Everett, Kent, Mount Vernon, Port Angeles, Port Townsend, Seattle, Shelton, Wenatchee, Yakima 2 of 8 1/8/2019, 10:28 AM https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/WA70.dvb?v=0 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1AAA - Cranes -over 300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes 200 to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments);Tower crane over 175 ft in height, base to boom; Excavator/Trackhoe: Over 90 metric tons GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments);Crane-overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders -overhead, 8 yards and over; excavator/Trackhoe: over 50 metric tons to 90 metric tons; Backhoe- 6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments);Crane-overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator/Trackhoe: over 30 metric tons to 50 metric tons; Loader- overhead 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Dozer D-10; Screedman; Scrapers: 45 yards and over; Grader/Blade; Paver GROUP 2 - Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments;Crane-overhead, bridge type-20 tons through 44 tons; Drilling machine; Excavator/Trackhoe: 15 to 30 metric tons; Horizontal/directional drill operator; Loaders -overhead under 6 yards; Crane Oiler-100 Tons and Over; Scraper: under 45 tons; Backhoe- 3 yards and under; Mechanic; Piledriver; Boring Machine GROUP 3 - Cranes-thru 19 tons with attachments;A-frame crane over 10 tons; Dozers-D-9 and under; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Roller -Plant Mix; Crane Oiler under 100 tons; Excavator/Trackhoe: under 15 metric tons; Service Oiler; Conveyors; Backhoe 75 hp and under; Boom Truck over 10 tons GROUP 4 - Cranes -A frame-10 tons and under; Roller -other than plant mix; Rigger/Bellman; Grade Checker; Drill Assistant; Boom Truck 10 tons and under ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0086-010 07/01/2018 IRONWORKER (Reinforcing, Structural and Ornamental) ....... $ ---------------------------------- LAB00242-004 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes 40.81 28.22 Rates Laborers: GROUP 2.....................$ 29.83 GROUP 3.....................$ 37.27 GROUP 4.....................$ 38.19 GROUP 5.....................$ 38.80 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 Fringes 11.49 11.49 11.49 11.49 3 of 8 1/8/2019, 10:28 AM https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/WA70.dvb?v=0 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 2: Flagman GROUP 3: General Laborer; Mason Tender-Cement/Concrete; Form Stripping;Sign Erector/Installer GROUP 4: Grade Checker; Pipe Layer; Handheld Drill; High Scaler; Jackhammer GROUP 5: Mason Tender -Brick ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0005-008 07/01/2018 Rates Fringes PAINTER (Brush, Roller and Spray) ...........................$ 22.94 11.61 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0528-004 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER ... $ 42.63 17.44 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0032-011 06/01/2018 Rates Fringes Plumbers and Pipefitters......... $ 59.21 23.88 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * TEAM0174-003 01/01/2018 Rates Fringes Truck drivers: ZONE A: GROUP 1:...................$ 35.63 18.67 GROUP 2: ................... $ 34.79 18.67 ZONE B (25-45 miles from center of listed cities*): Add $.70 per hour to Zone A rates. ZONE C (over 45 miles from centr of listed cities*): Add $1.00 per hour to Zone A rates. *Zone pay will be calculated from the city center of the following listed cities: BELLINGHAM CENTRALIA EVERETT SHELTON SEATTLE PORT ANGELES TACOMA PORT TOWNSEND RAYMOND OLYMPIA ANACORTES BELLEVUE MT. VERNON KENT ABERDEEN BREMERTON 4 of 8 1/8/2019, 10:28 AM https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/WA70.dvb?v=0 TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 - Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi -trucks and trains or combinations thereof with 16 yards to 30 yards capacity: Over 30 yards $.15 per hour additional for each 10 yard increment.; Water Truck-3,000 gallons and over; Semi -Trailer Truck GROUP 2 - Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi -trucks and trains or combinations thereof with less than 16 yards capacity; Water Truck- less than 3,000 gallons HAZMAT PROJECTS Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C: +$.25 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B: +$.50 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical "splash suit." LEVEL A: +$.75 per hour - This level utilizes a fully - encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. -------------------------------------------------------------- SUWA2009-061 08/07/2009 Rates Fringes LABORER: Landscape & Irrigation .......................$ 8.77 1.80 OPERATOR: Asphalt Plant ......... $ 34.14 0.68 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader ................$ 10.63 0.00 OPERATOR: Broom/Sweeper ......... $ 30.39 3.77 OPERATOR: Forklift ..............$ 28.03 7.28 OPERATOR: Power Shovel .......... $ 25.12 7.83 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck ..... $ 22.74 6.29 TRUCK DRIVER: Lowboy Truck ...... ---------------------------------------------------------------- $ 22.89 5.72 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health -related needs, including 5 of 8 1/8/2019, 10:28 AM https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/WA70.dvb?v=0 preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health -related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a 6 of 8 1/8/2019, 10:28 AM https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/WA70.dvb?v=0 new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 1000 of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, 7 of 8 1/8/2019, 10:28 AM https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/WA70.dvb?v=0 etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION 8 of 8 1/8/2019, 10:28 AM City of Renton Contract Provisions for Renton Avenue South Resurfacing APPENDIX B. BORING LOGS (FOR INFORMATION ONLY) Lake Washington Bangor St � �f �• �y t S 112lh St YPS S71 st. rr �P �,• y', i r, S1161hSt ' r �`As s- 20th sl t �°• a ALLENTOWN.% 4; S 124th St L i Bryn Y. L �► Mawr-Sk a " ' -•�z Project Alignment • G � i S 134th St N 3rd St F. t 32nd St , f; enton DOWNTOWN RENTON m A � © Tukwila fi I Walmart Supercenter Q TukWil Family "i Fun CeQer &... a tee _ 1 Q� Westfield SouthcenlerC) m f f SW 77th St L�1 � r n PanGE0 Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project I N C 0 R P 0 R A T E o Renton, WA Not to Scale Image Source: Google Maps VICINITY MAP o� 3 a E m N 0 C C U H L 07 m Q C O m M N N N n O m O 0- n 0 N q U m O o_ N 7 4 / 3 S —17" J JMX6'X6�/�U LEGEND PG-# Soil Boring by PanGEO (2017 - Appendix A) NOTES 1. Base map provided by Gray & Osborne, Inc. on August 14, 2017. 2. Location of borings are approximate and based on the relative locations of known site features. 3. Map features are provided for relative information only and are not a substitution for field survey. 4. Vertical Datum: NAVD 88 I I I i I I I - I I _ I I I � I / I 40' 0 40' 80, scale in feet Scale: 1" = 80' I I / i► I I I_ PmGF-j@ Renton Avenue Extension Resurfacing Project I W C 0 R P O R A T E 0 Renton, Washington SITE AND EXPLORATION PLAN PROJECT NO. FIGURE NO. 17-222 1 2A O N O N RELATIVE DENSITY / CONSISTENCY SAND /GRAVEL SILT / CLAY SPT Approx. Relative SPT Approx. Undrained Shear DensityN-values : Density (%) Consistency N-values Strength (psf) Very Loose <4 <15 Very Soft <2 <250 Loose 4 to 10 15 - 35 : Soft 2 to 4 250 - 500 Med. Dense 10 to 30 35 - 65 Med. Stiff 4 to 8 500 -1000 Dense 30 to 50 65 - 85 : Stiff 8 to 15 1000 - 2000 Very Dense >50 85 -100 Very Stiff 15 to 30 2000 - 4000 : Hard >30 >4000 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP DESCRIPTIONS •�' GW: Well -graded GRAVEL Gravel GRAVEL (<5%fines) .....:...................................................... 50% or more of the coarse GP Poorly -graded GRAVEL fraction retained on the #4 sieve. Use dual symbols leg. o p GM Silty GRAVEL GP -GM) for 5% to 12% fines. GRAVEL (>12%fines) ..................................................................... ............................•...... GC : Clayey GRAVEL .............................................................. SW: Well -graded SAND Sand ; SAND <5 /o fines 50% or more of the coarse w .: .:..'> SP : Poorly -graded SAND fraction passing the #4 sieve. Use dual symbols leg. SP-SM g ) . > ....:...................................................... SM : Silty SAND for 5%to12%fines. SAND (>1 2% fines) ...................................................................... ......................................................... SC : Clayey SAND ............................................................. : ML : SILT Liquid Limit < 50 .....:...................................................... CL : Lean CLAY ............................................................ == — Silt and Clay OL : Organic SILT or CLAY 50%or more passing #200 sieve :.................................. ..:...................................................... MH : Elastic SILT Liquid Limit > 50 CH , Fat CLAY .......................... ....................................... OH Organic SILT or CLAY ...................................... . u HighlyOrganic Soils PT : PEAT Notes: 1. Soil exploration to s contain material descriptions based on visual observation and field tests using a system modified from the Uniform Soil Classification System (USCS). Where necessary laboratory tests have been conducted (as noted in the "Other Tests" column), unit descriptions may include a classification. Please refer to the discussions in the report text for a more complete description of the subsurface conditions. 2. The graphic symbols given above are not inclusive of all symbols that may appear on the borehole logs. Other symbols may be used where field observations indicated mixed soil constituents or dual constituent materials. DESCRIPTIONS OF SOIL STRUCTURES Layered: Units of material distinguished by color and/or Fissured: Breaks along defined planes composition from material units above and below Slickensided: Fracture planes that are polished or glossy Laminated: Layers of soil typically 0.05 to 1 mm thick, max. 1 cm Blocky: Angular soil lumps that resist breakdown Lens: Layer of soil that pinches out laterally Disrupted: Soil that is broken and mixed Interlayered: Alternating layers of differing soil material Scattered: Less than one per foot Pocket: Erratic, discontinuous deposit of limited extent Numerous: More than one per foot Homogeneous: Soil with uniform color and composition throughout BCN: Angle between bedding plane and a plane normal to core axis COMPONENT DEFINITIONS COMPONENT SIZE / SIEVE RANGE COMPONENT SIZE / SIEVE RANGE Boulder: : > 12 inches Sand Cobbles: 3 to 12 inches Coarse Sand: #4 to #10 sieve (4.5 to 2.0 mm) Gravel Medium Sand: #10 to #40 sieve (2.0 to 0.42 mm) Coarse Gravel: 3 to 3/4 inches Fine Sand: #40 to #200 sieve (0.42 to 0.074 mm) Fine Gravel: 3/4 inches to #4 sieve Silt 0.074 to 0.002 mm Clay <0.002 mm TEST SYMBOLS for In Situ and Laboratory Tests listed in "Other Tests" column. ATT Atterberg Limit Test Comp Compaction Tests Con Consolidation DID Dry Density DS Direct Shear %F Fines Content GS Grain Size Perm Permeability PP Pocket Penetrometer R R-value SG Specific Gravity TV Torvane TXC Triaxial Compression UCC Unconfined Compression Sample/In Situ test types and intervals 2-inch OD Split Spoon, SPT (140-lb. hammer, 30" drop) H3.25-inch OD Spilt Spoon (300-lb hammer, 30" drop) Non-standard penetration test (see boring log for details) Thin wall (Shelby) tube Grab Rock core ® Vane Shear MONITORING WELL SZ Groundwater Level at time of drilling (ATD) 1 Static Groundwater Level Cement / Concrete Seal Bentonite grout / seal Silica sand backfill Slotted tip Slough Bottom of Boring MOISTURE CONTENT Dry Dusty, dry to the touch Moist Damp but no visible water Wet Visible free water PanGEO Terms and Symbols for I IN C O R P U R A T E D Boring and Test Pit Logs Figure A-1 Phone: 206.262.0370 Project: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project Surface Elevation: 295.0ft Job Number: 17-222 Top of Casing Elev.: Not Applicable Location: Renton, Washington Drilling Method: HSA Coordinates: Northing: , Easting: Sampling Method: SPT CL C 0 O Z Q E U) Q E U N 3 m O p E >1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION N-Value A PL Moisture LL ®ROD Recovery El 0 50 100 0 11 inches Pavement. 1 Dense, dark brown, silty SAND with gravel, moist. (Fill). 14 S-1 25 Very dense, gray, sandy SILT to silty SAND, moist. Fine sand, occasional subround gravel, diamict. (Glacial Till). 2 33 33 Becomes grayish -brown, low to medium plasticity, trace coarse sand. 3 S-2 50/5 4 5 25 Becomes brown. S-3 50/4 Boring drilled in center turn lane. Boring terminated approximately 5.8 6 ......... ......... feet below grade. Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. 7 8 9 ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 10 Completion Depth: 5.8ft Remarks: Boring drilled with a TD 85 trailer -mounted drill rig. Drill rig equipped with a Date Borehole Started: 8/15/17 Date Borehole Completed: 8/15/17 safety hammer (cathead mechanism) for SPT. Ground surfac elevation estmated from a topographic survey provided by Gray & Osborne, Inc. Logged By: STS Drilling Company: Boretec1 RnGE8 LOG OF TEST BORING PG-1 i n c o R P o R A T E o FigureA-2 The stratification lines represent approximate boundaries. The transition may be gradual. Sheet 1 Of Project: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project Surface Elevation: 256.0ft Job Number: 17-222 Top of Casing Elev.: Not Applicable Location: Renton, Washington Drilling Method: HSA Coordinates: Northing: , Easting: Sampling Method: SPT CL C 0 O Z Q E U) Q E U N 3 m O p E >1 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION N-Value A PL Moisture LL Recovery El El 0 50 100 0 18 inches Pavement. 1 S-1 X 50/5 Medium dense, brown, silty SAND with gravel, moist (Fill). 2 14 3 S-2 13 13 4 Loose, light brown, sandy SILT, moist. Manganese -oxide and iron -oxide staining. (Completely Weathered Tukwila Formation). 5 6 S-3 6 6 3 Boring drilled in center turn lane. Boring terminated approximately 6.5 7 feet below grade. Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. 8 9 ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 10 Completion Depth: 6.5ft Remarks: Boring drilled with a TD 85 trailer -mounted drill rig. Drill rig equipped with a Date Borehole Started: 8/15/17 Date Borehole Completed: 8/15/17 safety hammer (cathead mechanism) for SPT. Ground surfac elevation estmated from a topographic survey provided by Gray & Osborne, Inc. Logged By: STS Drilling Company: Boretec1 RnGE8 LOG OF TEST BORING PG-2 i n c o R P o R A T E o FigureA-3 The stratification lines represent approximate boundaries. The transition may be gradual. Sheet 1 Of Project: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project Surface Elevation: 191.0ft Job Number: 17-222 Top of Casing Elev.: Not Applicable Location: Renton, Washington Drilling Method: HSA Coordinates: Northing: , Easting: Sampling Method: SPT N-Value A O Z p PL Moisture LL C Q Q N E MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CL 0 E E 3 >1 ®ROD Recovery El U) U m O 0 50 100 0 9 inches Pavement. Medium dense, brownish -gray, silty SAND with gravel, moist. 1 10 Weathered, diamict, subround gravel, fine to medium sand, iron -oxide staining. (Glacial Till). S-1 14 2 14 Becomes gray to brownish -gray. 6 3 S-2 6 10 4 5 Relatively clean sand lens. 5 S-3 9 6 16 Boring drilled in North outside lane. Boring terminated approximately 7 6.5 feet below grade. Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. 8 9 ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 10 Completion Depth: 6.5ft Remarks: Boring drilled with a TD 85 trailer -mounted drill rig. Drill rig equipped with a Date Borehole Started: 8/15/17 safety hammer (cathead mechanism) for SPT. Ground surfac elevation estmated from a Date Borehole Completed: 8/15/17 topographic survey provided by Gray & Osborne, Inc. Logged By: STS Drilling Company: Boretec1 RnGE8 LOG OF TEST BORING PG-3 i n c o R P o R A T E o FigureA-4 The stratification lines represent approximate boundaries. The transition may be gradual. Sheet 1 Of Project: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project Surface Elevation: 174.0ft Job Number: 17-222 Top of Casing Elev.: Not Applicable Location: Renton, Washington Drilling Method: HSA Coordinates: Northing: , Easting: Sampling Method: SPT N-Value A O Z p PL Moisture LL C Q Q N E MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CL 0 E E U 3 >1 ® ROD RecoveryEl U) m O 0 50 100 0 11 inches Pavement. 1 ......... ......... Very dense, light brown, poorly graded GRAVEL with silt and sand, 19 ° dry to moist. Occasional cobbles. (Fill). ......... ......... ......... ......... S-1 ......... ......... 50/3 ° ......... ......... 2 0 ......... ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Medium dense, light brown, SILT with fine sand, moist. (Completely 9 weathered Tukwila Formation). 3 Sample S-2; no recovery. S-2 8 6 4 5 Manganese -oxide staining. 3 S-3 4 6 6 Boring drilled in South outside lane. Boring terminated approximately 7 6.5 feet below grade. Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. 8 9 ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 10 Completion Depth: 6.5ft Remarks: Boring drilled with a TD 85 trailer -mounted drill rig. Drill rig equipped with a Date Borehole Started: 8/15/17 safety hammer (cathead mechanism) for SPT. Ground surfac elevation estmated from a Date Borehole Completed: 8/15/17 topographic survey provided by Gray & Osborne, Inc. Logged By: STS Drilling Company: Boretec1 RnGE8 LOG OF TEST BORING PG-4 i n c o R P o R A T E o FigureA-5 The stratification lines represent approximate boundaries. The transition may be gradual. Sheet 1 Of Project: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project Surface Elevation: 142.0ft Job Number: 17-222 Top of Casing Elev.: Not Applicable Location: Renton, Washington Drilling Method: HSA Coordinates: Northing: , Easting: Sampling Method: SPT N-Value A O Z p PL Moisture LL C Q Q N E MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CL 0 E E 3 >1 Recovery El El U) U m O 0 50 100 0 9 inches Pavement. Dense, brown, silty SAND with gravel, dry. 1 14 S-1 20 2 14 Hard, orangish-brown, SILT, dry. Low plasticity, manganese oxide stained pockets. (Completely weathered Tukwila Formation). 37 3 S-2 50/5 Becomes gray. ......... ......... ......... ......... 4 ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 5 ......... ....... . 24 S-3 40 6 43 Boring drilled in North outside lane. Boring terminated approximately 7 6.5 feet below grade. Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. 8 9 ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 10 Completion Depth: 6.5ft Remarks: Boring drilled with a TD 85 trailer -mounted drill rig. Drill rig equipped with a Date Borehole Started: 8/15/17 safety hammer (cathead mechanism) for SPT. Ground surfac elevation estmated from a Date Borehole Completed: 8/15/17 topographic survey provided by Gray & Osborne, Inc. Logged By: STS Drilling Company: Boretec1 RnGE8 LOG OF TEST BORING PG-5 i n c o R P o R A T E o FigureA-6 The stratification lines represent approximate boundaries. The transition may be gradual. Sheet 1 Of Project: Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project Surface Elevation: 101.0ft Job Number: 17-222 Top of Casing Elev.: Not Applicable Location: Renton, Washington Drilling Method: HSA Coordinates: Northing: , Easting: Sampling Method: SPT N-Value A O Z p PL Moisture LL C Q Q N E MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CL 0 E E 3 >1 ®ROD Recovery El U) U m O 0 50 100 0 7 inches Pavement. Medium dense, orangish-brown, poorly graded GRAVEL with silt and ° sand, dry to moist. (Fill). 1 6 0 S-1 9 ° 0 2 5 ° 0 Loose, brown, silty fine SAND, moist. Weathered. (Completely 3 weathered Tukwila Formation). 3 S-2 2 3 4 5 Becomes medium dense and light brown. 7 S-3 8 6 7 Boring drilled in South outside lane. Boring terminated approximately 7 6.5 feet below grade. Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. 8 9 ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... L I I I I ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 10 Completion Depth: 6.5ft Remarks: Boring drilled with a TD 85 trailer -mounted drill rig. Drill rig equipped with a Date Borehole Started: 8/15/17 safety hammer (cathead mechanism) for SPT. Ground surfac elevation estmated from a Date Borehole Completed: 8/15/17 topographic survey provided by Gray & Osborne, Inc. Logged By: STS Drilling Company: Boretec1 RnGE8 LOG OF TEST BORING PG-6 i n c o R P o R A T E o FigureA-7 The stratification lines represent approximate boundaries. The transition may be gradual. Sheet 1 Of Photos of Pavement Cores Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project, Renton WA Figure B-1 Photos of Pavement Cores Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project, Renton WA Figure B-2 Photos of Pavement Cores Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project, Renton WA PG-3 Figure B-3 Photos of Pavement Cores Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project, Renton WA PG-4 Figure B-4 E Photos of Pavement Cores Renton Avenue South Resurfacing Project, Renton WA Al n. i ��*�• :ilr l�'F !r �� raj=7f1.0 r r Te PG-5 •.,1} 'Shy .i �. L �r •fit ,yl� f' �ti'77F"'.�Z'••r''. �� t � ' � � ` I•-f Figure B-5 Photos of Pavement Cores Renton avenue South Resurfacing Project, Renton WA . _ - PG- }¥«t§a Figure a-6